SEDIMENTARY FACIES ANALYSIS
Sedimentary Facies Analysis: A Tribute to the Research and Teaching of Harold G. Reading Edited by A. Guy Plint © 1995 The International Association of Sedimentologists ISBN: 978-0-865-42898-0
S P E C I A L P U B LI CA TI O N N U M B E R 22 I N T E R N A T I O NA L A S S OCIA T I O N
OF
THE
OF S ED I M E N T O L O GI S T S
Sedimentary Facies Analysis A TRIBUTE TO THE RESEARCH AND TEACHING OF HAROLD G. READING
EDITED BY A. GUY
b
Blackwell Science
PLINT
© 1995
The International Association
of Sedimentologists and published for them by Blackwell Science Ltd Editorial Offices: Osney Mead, Oxford OX2 OEL
DISTRIBUTORS
Marston Book Services Ltd PO Box 87 Oxford OX2 ODT
(Orders:
Tel: 01865 791155 Fax: 01865 791927
25 John Street, London WClN 2BL
Telex: 837515)
23 Ainslie Place, Edinburgh EH3 6AJ 238 Main Street, Cambridge Massachusetts 02142, USA 54 University Street, Carlton Victoria 3053, Australia
USA Blackwell Science, Inc. 238 Main Street Cambridge, MA 02142
(Orders:
Tel: 800 215-1000
Other Editorial Offices:
617 876-7000
Arnette Blackwell SA 1, rue de Lille, 75007 Paris France Blackwell Wissenschafts-Verlag GmbH KurfUrstendamm 57 10707 Berlin, Germany Feldgasse 13, A-1238 Wien Austria
Fax: 617 492-5263) Canada Oxford University Press 70 Wynford Drive Don Mills Ontario M3C 119
(Orders:
Tel: 416 441 2941)
Australia Blackwell Science Pty Ltd 54 University Street
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or
Carlton, Victoria 3053 Tel: 03 347-0300
(Orders:
Fax: 03 349-3016)
transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, except as permitted by the UK Copyright, Designs and Patents Act
A catalogue record for this title is available from the British Library ISBN 0-86542-898-0
1988, without the prior permission of the copyright owner. First published 1995
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Sedimentary facies analysis: a tribute to
Set by Setrite Typesetters, Hong Kong
the research and teaching
Printed and bound in Great Britain
of Harold G. Reading/
at the Alden Press Limited,
edited by A. Guy Plint.
Oxford and Northampton
p.
em.
(Special publication number 22 of the International Association of Sedimentologists) Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0-86542-898-0 1. Facies (Geology) 2. Sedimentation and deposition. II. Reading, H.G.
[[[.
I. Plint, A. Guy.
Series: Special publication
of the International Association of Sedimentologists; no. 22. QE651.S43 1995 552' .5-dc20
94-30445 CIP
To Harold
Photograph courtesy of Tim Barrett
We offer this collection of papers as a token of our appreciation for your friendship, guidance and inspiration. In remembering your infectious enthusiasm, dedication and sometimes daunting expectations, we realize how deeply we were influenced by your philosophy and attitude; a gift that has, in no small measure, shaped the course of our professional ]jves. Your former students
Contents
IX
Preface
XI
Harold G. Reading
xm
Introduction
Clastic Facies Analysis 3
Alluvial palaeogeography of the Guaritas depositional sequence of southern Brazil Paulo S. G. Paim
17
Sedimentology of a transgressive, estuarine sand complex: the Lower Cretaceous Woburn Sands (Lower Greensand), southern England Howard D. Johnson and Bruce K. Levell
47
An incised valley in the Cardium Formation at Ricinus, Alberta: reinterpretation as an estuary fill Roger G. Walker
75
Gravelly shoreface and beachface deposits Bruce S. Hart and A. Guy Plint
101
The return of 'The Fan That Never Was': Westphalian turbidite systems in the Variscan Culm Basin: Bude Formation (southwest England) Robert V. Burne
137
Depositional controls on iron formation associations in Canada Philip Fralick and Timothy J. Barrett
157
Facies models in volcanic terrains: time's arrow versus time's cycle Geoffrey J. Orton
Tectonics and Sedimentation 197
Coarse-grained lacustrine fan-delta deposits (Pororari Group) of the northwestern South Island, New Zealand: evidence for Mid-Cretaceous rifting Malcolm G. Laird VII
Contents
vm
219
Sedimentation and tectonics of a synrift succession: Upper Jurassic alluvial fans and palaeokarst at the late Cimmerian unconformity, western Cameros Basin, northern Spain Nigel H. Platt
237
The use of geochemical data in determining the provenance and tectonic setting of ancient sedimetary successions: the Kalvag Melange, western Norwegian Caledonides Rodmar Ravnas and Harald Fumes
265
Differential subsidence and preservation potential of shallow-water Tertiary sequences, northern Gulf Coast Basin, USA Marc B. Edwards
Sequence and Seismic Stratigraphy in Facies Analysis 285
Seismic-stratigraphical analysis of large-scale ridge-trough sedimentary structures in the Late Miocene to Early Pliocene of the central North Sea Joe Cartwright
305
Millstone Grit cyclicity revisited, II: sequence stratigraphy and sedimentary responses to changes of relative sea-level Ole J. Martinsen, John D. Collinson and Brian K. Holdsworth
Facies Analysis in Reservoir Sedimentology 331
Productive Middle East clastic oil and gas reservoirs: their depositional settings and origins of their hydrocarbons Ziad R. Beydoun
355
The evolution of Oligo-Miocene fluvial sand-body geometries and the effect on hydro carbon trapping: Widuri field, west Java Sea Ray Young, W.E. Harmony and Thomas Budiyento
381
Index
Preface
This book stands out in the series of Special Publi
Bureau considered that this would be best done
cations of the International Association of Sedimen
through a Special Publication on a subject in line
tologists.
It
is
an
acknowledgement
of Harold
with Harold's work (obvious topics were clastics,
Reading's commitment to lAS, for whom he has
facies and depositional environments, sedimentation
been Publications Secretary, General Secretary and
and tectonics).
President successively, over the last 30 years.
It is therefore most appropriate that Guy Plint,
Harold has not only been source and inspiration
as Editor chosen for this special publication, has
of many of the lAS policies and activities over this
brought together a collection of original scientific
time, he has also been at the roots of 'facies sedimen
papers authored by Harold Reading's students, or
tology' as an art in itself, and as a major tool in the
students of theirs. To honour Harold Reading's own
broader field of geology.
scientific scope, the subject chosen is broad: sedi
More than providing his own personal contribution
mentary facies analysis. The contributions contained
to this branch of the earth sciences, Harold created a
in this Special Publication show to what extent facies
flourishing school of teaching and research. Harold's
sedimentology, as fostered by Harold Reading, is
approach has burgeoned from Parks Road, Oxford,
now established as a necessary basis to any under
to
standing of sedimentary rocks.
become
international
not
only
through
his
students, but also through 'his book'.
PETER HOMEWOOD
The Bureau of the lAS, taking up a suggestion by
/AS Publications Secretary
Robert Campbell of Blackwell Science, decided to put together a scientific tribute to Harold. The
IX
Harold G. Reading
Harold Reading was born in 1924 and, on leaving
at Rijswijk, arranged for Harold to investigate the
school, joined the Indian Army. This early experience
context of reported turbidites associated with English
left a lasting impression and undoubtedly contributed
Carboniferous deltaics in the Pennines and in south
to Harold's later concern for international cooper
west England.
ation. He went up to Oxford in 1948, initially to read
Cooperation with de Raaf and with Roger Walker,
Forestry, but his interests were diverted towards
one of Harold's earliest research students, developed
geology and he graduated in that subject in 1951.
a detailed appreciation of sedimentary structures
As an undergraduate, he visited North Norway to
and their role in understanding processes, and led
investigate the Late Precambrian and Cambrian
to the development of the style of facies analysis
stratigraphy of the Digermul Peninsula. This under
exemplified by the 1965 classic paper on the Carbon
graduate expedition not only shed significant new
iferous cycles of North Devon. Thereafter, Harold's
light on the stratigraphy of the area but also sowed
stable of research students grew rapidly as this volume
the seeds of a later rich sedimentological harvest.
amply testifies. Until his retirement, it was unusual
Three years at Durham under K.C. Dunham led to a
for him to have fewer than five or six doctoral
PhD with a project that involved mapping Carbon
students at any one time, this in addition to a full
iferous Y oredale cycles across an area of bleak
undergraduate teaching programme and responsi
Pennine moorland. Although the main thrust of the
bilities in college. This formidable work load was
study was stratigraphy and structure, the experience
carried out with great conscientiousness but Harold
of Carboniferous cyclicity was to set a further pointer
still had time to spare for external activities such
for the future.
as his involvement with lAS and JAPEC. During
On completion of his PhD Harold joined Royal
Harold's long career in Oxford, he only spent sus
Dutch Shell and immediately found himself in the
tained periods away on sabbatical on two occasions,
contrasting field conditions of Venezuela. This multi
the first in Leyden in the mid-1960s and the second
national, multidisciplinary environment developed
in Canada in 1972. The period in Holland led to
an appreciation of broader geological perspectives
close cooperation with structural geologists working
and the pragmatic, though rigorous, approach to
in the Cantabrians, an important extension of his
problem solving that has characterized Harold's
interests outside Britain.
career.
Of particular significance was a visit to
Harold's earliest students developed his early
Venezuela by Ph. Keunen who was, at that time,
interests, the Carboniferous deltas of Britain, and
actively promoting his pioneering work on turbidity
the tillites, shallow-marine and fluvial sediments of
currents
rigorous
northern Norway. Later, the Lower Palaeozoic of
approach to understanding depositional processes
Ireland and the Carboniferous of northern Spain
struck a chord with Harold, which was to be a
were added. As students were attracted to Oxford
and
their
deposits.
Kuenen's
cornerstone of his approach to sedimentology.
from around the world, the geographical spread
Harold returned to Oxford in 1957 as lecturer in
grew. However, geographical diversification was not
geology, a position that he held until retirement in
an end in itself but largely a result of Harold's
1991. When he took up his post, his teaching responsi
curiosity about wider controls on sedimentation,
bilities included mapping and palaeontology and
particularly the role of tectonics. He understood
stratigraphy. Sedimentology, as we know it, hardly
very early the implications for sedimentology of
existed. Harold first revived his interests in northern
Plate Tectonics, as exemplified by his pioneering
Norway through a further, largely stratigraphical
paper with Andrew Mitchell. Curiosity about new
expedition to Digermul. Perhaps more importantly,
geological ideas and the need to investigate their
he developed his interest in sedimentary process and
implications for sedimentology and vice versa has
environments through a relationship with Shell.
been a hallmark of Harold's geological thinking. By some standards, Harold has not been a prolific
Maurits de Raaf, then Head of Geological Research
XI
Harold G. Reading
XII
author, although his papers are always thoughtful
President have already been acknowledged by the
and stimulating. Published evidence of Harold's
Association
influence lies mainly in the rigour, originality and
Membership to Harold. It is worth remembering
appreciation of the wider geological perspective that
that it was in no small measure due to Harold's
itself
in
the
granting
of
Honorary
characterize many of the publications of his research
efforts that the Association changed from a largely
students and of second and third generation students.
European organization to one of real international
Harold edited one Special Publication of the lAS
stature. Harold's tireless efforts to meet and encour
on-strike-slip mobile belts, but his most valued publi
age sedimentologists of all ages and backgrounds
cation is the textbook Sedimentary Environments and
around the world and his endless patience and
Facies, initially written largely by Harold's former
diplomatic skill have been well rewarded in the
students and rigorously edited to reflect the high
healthy Association that we enjoy today. Harold
standards he espouses. The 3rd edition currently
has additionally been honoured by the Geological
occupies much of his 'retirement'.
Society of London with the award of the Lyell Fund
Although this book is essentially a celebration
and the Prestwich Medal and, most recently, by
of Harold's scientific influence, it is important,
SEPM with the award of its prestigious Twenhofel
especially in a Special Publication of the lAS, to
Medal.
acknowledge
his
enormous
contribution
to
the
development of sedimentology internationally. His unstinting efforts on behalf of the lAS, as Publi cations Secretary,
as General Secretary and as
JOHN CoLLINSON Shrewsbury, UK
Introduction
This volume is a very personal compilation. Unlike
from Harold's former graduate students and their
previous lAS Special Publications, it is not centred
students and co-workers, but to impose no constraint
on a specific geological theme, and for that I make
on topic, in order to illustrate the scope of Harold's
no apology. Instead, my intent was to illustrate, and
knowledge, interest and vision. In consequence, the
celebrate, the breadth of interest, energy and inspi
contents of this book are eclectic. The collection
ration that Harold Reading has brought to the field
of papers serves to highlight the power of facies
of sedimentary geology.
analysis, whether the rocks be volcanogenic, bio
Few would deny the depth of Harold's influence
genic, siliciclastic,
or even 'catastrophic'
on sedimentology, world-wide. In part, this is due to
olistoliths!),
his publications, in particular the enormously suc
method fostered by Harold.
cessful
Sedimentary
Environments
(mega
the scientific
Facies,
It is particularly appropriate that, amongst the
unquestionably the cornerstone for all those who
contributions, Ole Martinsen, John Collinson and
embark on sedimentary facies
and
and of course reflect
analysis! Equally
Brian
important of course, has been his pivotal role in the
Holdsworth
offer
new
interpretations
of
Namurian deltaic rocks in the northern Pennines,
foundation and development of the lAS, a contri
(upon which Harold cut his sedimentological teeth),
bution acknowledged recently with honourary mem
but which, judging from referees comments, still
bership of that Association.
provide fuel for heated debate! In similar vein,
His philosophy and attitude has of course travelled
Bob Burne presents a review and discussion of the
with his graduate students, drawn from 13 countries
depositional environment of the enigmatic Bude
on six continents. Because many of these students
Formation
returned home upon completion of their work in
1960s), but which is still subject to sharply divergent
Oxford, and others now work and teach outside
interpretations.
the UK, the approach Harold fostered during their
Roger Walker shows how important it is, both to
(which In
Harold a
studied
salutory
in
lesson
the to
early
us
all,
graduate days has continued to spread. (He may not
separate facts from interpretations, and to ques
know this, but in a geneological sense, Harold
tion one's cherished interpretation, when he boldly
is now a great-great grandfather to at least one
reinterprets as an incised valley fill, rocks he pro
young sedimentology student who doubtless is quite
claimed a turbidite channel deposit just nine years
unaware of the history of the supervisory influence
ago! As Editor of this volume, I am indebted to the
that has been passed down!)
following people whose thorough reviews served
Although initially conceived as a thematic volume with contributions to be invited from a panoply of
to clarify the papers, and who made my job that
leading
much easier: Gail M. Ashley, Timothy R. Astin, T.
sedimentologists,
two difficulties quickly
arose: first, just what was to be the theme? As
Christopher
Harold has been involved in so many areas of
Charlie S. Bristow, H. Edward Clifton, Thomas C.
Baldwin,
sedimentary geology, selection of any one topic
Connally,
simply served to highlight gross neglect of another.
Peter G. DeCelles, Frank G. Ethridge, Jill Eyers,
Edward
Janok
Cotter,
P.
Bhattacharya,
William
R.
Dupre,
Secondly, it rapidly became apparent that numerous
Stephen S. Flint, Edward C. Freshney, Robert L.
former students were anxious to pay their own
Gawthorpe, Roland Goldring, Anthony J. Hamblin,
personal tribute, and whose contributions could,
Alan P. Heward, Phillip R. Hill, Richard N. Hiscott,
alone, easily constitute a hefty volume! Of the 34
Richard S.
students whom Harold guided through doctoral
McCabe, Kathleen M. Marsaglia, Franco Massari,
theses between 1961 and 1994, 16 have authored, or
Gerrard V. Middleton, Robert A. Morton, George
co-authored papers in this volume.
Postma, William C. Ross, Alastair H. Ruffell, Bruce
In keeping with the sentiment of this festschrift, I
Hyde, Elana L.
Leithold,
Peter J.
W. Sellwood, Gary A. Smith, Roger G. Walker,
took the decision to limit contributions to those
James
xiii
D. L.
White,
John
A.
Winchester
and
Introduction
XIV
Jonathon Wonham, plus two people who chose to
clandestine spmt of this project,
remain anonymous.
essential intelligence on both Harold and his former
I am very grateful to Susan Sternberg, Edward Wates and Julie Elliott at Blackwell Science who provided guidance at critical phases in the prep aration of this book. I also thank Diana Relton (Earth Sciences,
Oxford) who entered into the
graduate students.
A. GuY PuNT London, Ontario
and provided
Clastic Facies Analysis
Sedimentary Facies Analysis: A Tribute to the Research and Teaching of Harold G. Reading Edited by A. Guy Plint © 1995 The International Association of Sedimentologists ISBN: 978-0-865-42898-0
Spec. Pubis int. Ass. Sediment.
(1995) 22, 3-16
Alluvial palaeogeography of the Guaritas depositional sequence of southern Brazil P A U L O S. G. P AlM* Earth Sciences Department , Oxford University, Parks Road, Oxford OXI 3PR, UK
ABSTRACT
The Guaritas sequence is the uppermost stratigraphical level of the Camaqua Basin (southern Brazil) and comprises an alluvial, deltaic and aeolian continental facies association up to 800 m thick. Facies mapping of this unit has revealed a lateral association of tributary fans and trunk braided rivers developed under semi-arid conditions. Two main regions (lobes) of alluvial fan development can be discriminated and the source points of both coincide with synforms in the nearby basement. This depositional system presents a normal down fan facies change. An anomalous lateral change of facies within the trunk river system is interpreted as having been inherited from pre-existing alluvial fan deposits. The main alluvial facies comprise trough cross-stratified (74%) and horizontally bedded (7%) sandstones, massive (16%) and tabular cross-stratified (2%) orthoconglomerates, and massive mud stones (1%) . Vertical aggradation of three-dimensional subaqueous dunes, followed by an upper flow regime plane-bed phase, characterized the depositional events of the sandy areas of the alluvial system. Diffuse gravel sheets and minor longitudinal and transverse bars were the main geomorphological features of the gravelly alluvial reaches. Fine-grained sediments represent temporarily abandoned areas within the braided channel network.
INTRODUCTION
trending tectonic structure, in southern Brazil (Fig. 1}, and evolved during the latest phases of the Brasilia no orogenic cycle (strike-slip basins of Brito Neves & Cordani (1991}}. An extensional or transtensional event at the end of the Brasiliano orogenic cycle, and the consequent formation of intermontane basins, has been pro posed as the tectonic setting of the Camaqua Basin during the deposition of the Guaritas sequence (Fragoso-Cesar et al., 1984, 1992; Beckel, 1990, 1992). In the past decade, the Guaritas depositional sequence has received attention from several authors in terms of facies analysis and palaeoenvironmental interpretation (Becker & Fernandes, 1982; Fragoso Cesar et al., 1984; Jost, 1984; Lavina et a!., 1985; Beckel, 1990). Generally, these papers have indi cated continental sedimentation characterized by
The Guaritas depositional sequence constitutes the uppermost unit of the Camaqua Basin infilling and it is an unconformity-bounded stratigraphical unit: it overlies older deformed molasse strata (angular unconformity) and is covered by Permian sedimen tary rocks of the Parana Basin. The Guaritas sequence, about 800 m thick, is almost always flat-lying, although, near to regional faults some extensional reactivation has tilted the Guaritas deposits. The available radiometric dating, summarized in Soliani et al. (1984) and Fragoso Cesar et al. (1984), indicates a Cambro-Ordovician age for the deposition of the Guaritas sequence. The Camaqua Basin is located in a NE-SW * Permanent address: UNISINOS- Departamento de Geologia, Av. Unisinos 950, Sao Leopoldo RS, Caixa Postal 275, CEP 93022-000, Brazil.
Sedimentary Facies Analysis: A Tribute to the Research and Teaching of Harold G. Reading Edited by A. Guy Plint © 1995 The International Association of Sedimentologists ISBN: 978-0-865-42898-0
3
P.S.G. Paim
4
Permo Triassic
T �
BRAZIL
>-
� L:...:!l
Upper Vendian to Ordovician
t-':(:�: ., .. . .•
� >:<: c::
-�
Guaritas depositional sequence older molasse sequences
Middle to Upper Proterozoic
1· ;;; � :f:f �
N
granites
1
meta volcanic/sedimentary rocks
Archean to Lower Proterozoic
Study area
Br153 .....--_
� B.:::J
Main roads
Scale (Km)
Major faults Ca9apava do Sui 2
6
-
-
0
6
3
12
18
Santana da Boa Vista
Fig. I. Location map and geological setting of the Camaqua Basin. Modified from DNPM/CPRM (1987).
alluvial fan and braided alluvial plain deposits, with associated aeolian and lacustrine sediments. A semi arid environment has been proposed for the overall Guaritas sequence. The most detailed study on the depositional sys-
terns of the Camaqua Basin was presented by Lavina et al. (1985). In this paper the alluvial facies were related to marginal alluvial fans (channel and debris flow deposits) associated with an axial braided alluvial plain. Gravelly longitudinal bars and sandy
5
Palaeogeography of the Guaritas sequence subaqueous dunes and transverse bars were the main morphological elements attributed to the alluvial palaeostreams. Petrological studies by De Ros et al. (1994) on samples from alluvial and aeolian facies of the Guaritas sequence indicate the presence of: (i) fresh feldspar and volcanic lithoclasts; (ii) aggregates of hematite; (iii) oxidized grains; (iv) caliche (concen tric interlayering of calcite and iron oxide); and (v) silcretes. These early diagenetic features reflect arid to semi-arid conditions during the deposition of the Guaritas sequence. Basin-wide facies mapping of the Guaritas se quence carried out by the author in 1988, reinforce previous interpretations indicating intermittent vol canic activity and an aeolian, alluvial and deltaic facies association (Fig. 2). Basin-scale changes of the alluvial facies charac teristics suggest that an objective delineation of dis tinct alluvial subenvironments is possible. These alluvial subenvironments, as well as a brief descrip tion and interpretation of the main alluvial facies, are the main subject of this paper. The alluvial deposits will be discussed in terms of their general features of texture, fabric, sedimentary structures and palaeocurrent pattern on a basin wide scale. Both the mean sedimentary facies charac teristics and the lateral facies changes within the alluvial system are described. The data base includes 403 outcrop descriptions distributed over an area of nearly 1600 km2 (see Fig. SA). This area was subdivided into 46 equal rec tangles (8 x 9 km) and mean values of several par ameters were calculated for each subdivision. The results of this approach are presented in Tables 1 & 2 and summarized in Figs 5 & 6. This approach involves comparison of values from different strati graphical levels. The consistent results (see Fig. 5) throughout the basin, with sampling at several stratigraphical levels (Fig. 2), suggest that the palaeoenvironments were more or less stationary throughout deposition of the Guaritas sequence. A detailed three-dimensional facies architecture analysis (architectural elements approach of Allen (1983) and Miall (1985)), aiming to build up a local alluvial model on a channel-fill scale, is part of my ongoing studies and will be the subject of another publication.
ALLUVIAL GENERAL
FACIES:
FEATURES
To simplify terminology the lithofacies classifi cation proposed by Miall (1977), as modified by Miall (1978), Rust (1978) and Bromley (1991), was adopted. Table 1 presents the main characteristics of each sedimentary facies described in the field. The terminology and classification scheme pro posed by the SEPM (Society of Economic Paleon tologists and Mineralogists) Bedforms and Bedding Structures Research Symposium (Ashley, 1990) for description of large-scale flow-transverse bedforms (excluding antidunes) was adopted. The alluvial deposits (Table 1) are sand dominated (facies S, 81% ) with a smaller amount of conglom erates (facies G, 18% ) and an insignificant amount of pelites (facies F, 1%). Facies S is composed mainly of medium- to coarse-grained sandstones (41% ), with a significant proportion of pebbly to very coarse-grained (25%) and fine- to very fine grained (15%) sandstones. Facies G is composed of pebbles (9%) and granules (8% ) and minor amounts of cobbles (1% ). A few boulders occur in the base of some conglom erate beds, mainly near the eastern border of the Camaqua Basin. The alluvial deposits are usually arranged in fining upward cycles bounded by fifth-order surfaces (sensu Miall, 1988). These cycles are 0.5-4 m thick and tens of metres in lateral extent (Fig. 3), both parallel to and perpendicular to palaeoflow, and can be classified as laterally extensive to sheet-like deposits following the classification of Friend et al. (1979). The proportion of the different textural classes within the fining upward cycles changes laterally with increasing gravel content toward both margins. Conglomerates (G)
Clast-supported conglomerates comprise around 18% of the alluvial facies and massive conglomerates are the most common (Table 1). Clast-supported conglomerates are a very common facies in the lowermost parts of the fining upward cycles. Massive clast-supported conglomerates (facies Gm, Table 1) are the main lithotype of facies G and normal grading, clast orientation and imbrication are their most conspicuous sedimentary features. Facies Gp is characterized by gravels (mainly pebbles) arranged in small- to large-scale, normally isolated, sets of tabular cross-stratification. This
P.S.G. Paim
6 A
10km B
\; ·>.1 � t:;;:.t1
Mainly alluvial facies
Mainly volcanic rocks
Q o
Mainly eolian facies Pre-Guaritas basement
E:f=3-g
Mainly deltaic facies
LA: j
Permo Triassic
Fig. 2. Three-dimensional view of Camaqua Basin and surrounding area (same region of Fig. 1): (A) topography and (B) sketch of the Guaritas sequence facies.
7
Palaeogeography of the Guaritas sequence
Table 1. Classification and relative percentage of the sedimentary lithofacies (lithofacies code adapted from Miall (1977, 1978) and Rust (1978)) Rock type Conglomerates (G)
Sandstones (S)
Mudstones (F)
Facies code
Description
Percentage
Gm
Massive or crudely bedded conglomerates (cobbles, pebbles and granules)
l6
Gp
Small- to large-scale tabular cross-stratified conglomerates (granules and pebbles)
Gt
Small- to large-scale trough cross-stratified conglomerates
Gms
Massive, matrix-supported conglomerates (boulders to granules dispersed in a muddy sand matrix)
St
Small- to large-scale trough cross-stratified sandstones (pebbly to very fine-grained)
Sh
Horizontally bedded sandstones (medium to very fine-grained)
Sp
Medium to pebbly sandstone with small- to large scale planar cross-stratification
Fm
Massive mudstones with mudcracks
Fl
Laminated to rippled very fine sandstone to siltstone
Table 2. Relative percentage of trough cross-stratification and horizontal lamination in each sandy textural class Texture Pebbly to very coarse grained
Facies St
Sedimentary structures
Percentage
Small scale Medium scale Large scale
10 49 41
Sh Coarse to medium grained
St
0 Small scale Medium scale Large scale
10
Sh Fine to very fine grained
St
Sh
10 43 37
Small scale Medium scale Large scale
15 37 28 20
facies commonly occurs associated with facies Gm (Fig. 3). Facies Gt is rare, finer grained than facies Gm and Gp and characterized by small- to large-scale trough cross-stratification (alternations of small pebbles and gravelly sands). This facies interfingers with facies Gm and grades into facies St (Fig. 4). Matrix-supported conglomerates (facies Gms) are
2
74 7
also rare and occur, locally, near the eastern border of the Camaqua Basin. The main characteristic of this facies is its chaotic arrangement of pebbles, cobbles and, less commonly, boulders floating in a muddy to sandy matrix. Sandstones
Trough cross-stratification (facies St, 74% ), in places disrupted and/or deformed by convolution, and horizontal bedding (facies Sh, 7% ) are the main features of the alluvial sandy deposits (Figs 3 & 4). Planar cross-stratification (facies Sp) is rare. Facies St is characterized by very fine- to very coarse-grained sandstones with trough cross-bedding (Table 1). The cross-strata are predominantly of medium to large scale in all textural classes, but the proportion of small-scale trough cross-stratification increases as sandstones become finer grained (Table 2). This facies is the most common in the fining upward cycles. Convolute bedding is common in trough cross stratified sandstones (facies St). Within a single cross-stratified set, all gradations may occur from oversteep foresets, recumbent folding to intense deformation and even complete destruction of the former bedding (facies Sm and Spo of Bromley, 1991). Deformation near the top of the cross-
8
P.S.G. Paim
Fig. 3. Main alluvial lithofacies: facies Gt, St, Sh, Spo and, in the uppermost part of the picture, Fl, Gm and Gp. Bar scale is 2 m long.
stratified set is commonly characterized by downcur rent oversteepening of the cross-strata (Figs 3 & 4), and the intensity of convolution increases down the slip-face. Horizontal bedding (facies Sh) does not occur associated with pebbly and very coarse-grained sand stones and comprises 10% of the sedimentary struc tures of medium- to coarse-grained sandstones and 20% of the fine- to very fine-grained sandstones (Table 2). This facies is often related to the upper most parts of the fining upward alluvial cycles (Figs 3 & 4). Planar-tabular cross-stratified sandstones (facies Sp) are not common in the Guaritas sequence alluv ial deposits (Table 1). They occur as small- to large scale sets in pebbly to medium-grained sandstones and are normally interlayered with facies St. Other facies
Massive mudstones are rare and commonly mud cracks are their most conspicuous feature (facies Fm). Very fine-grained sandstones and siltstones (facies Fl) are also, and can be either horizontal (Fig. 3) or, more rarely, cross-laminated (Table 1). Both usually occur in the uppermost parts of the fining upward alluvial cycles. Alluvial facies: summary of general features and interpretations
The textural aspects (Table 1) suggest that the alluv ial facies of the Guaritas sequence represent bedload stream deposits in which the bedload was predomi-
nantly sandy and the suspension load, if deposited, was almost completely eroded by subsequent flood events. This type of stream commonly has a braided pattern characterized by low sinuosity and highly mobile channels (Collinson, 1986). The sheet-like geometry of the fining upward cycles enclosed by fifth-order bounding surfaces suggests broad, shallow channels. In terms of the gravelly facies, the dominance of clast-supported conglomerates (Table 1) is indicative of gravel deposition by strong tractive flows, whereas the finer grained material (sand and mud) was still being carried in suspension (Rust & Koster, 1984). Thin beds of facies Gm associated with laterally extensive channels suggest the development of dif fuse gravel sheets (Hein & Walker, 1977) by very extensive and shallow sheet-floods (Collinson, 1986). Thicker deposits of facies Gm suggest deeper and less ephemeral flows (Rust, 1978) causing more extensive vertical aggradation of gravel bars with low depositional dips. These deposits commonly have been associated with the development of longi tudinal and/or diagonal gravelly bars (Smith, 1970; Rust, 1972, 1978; Miall, 1977, 1978; Rust & Koster, 1984; Collinson, 1986) under high water and sedi ment discharge (Hein & Walker, 1977). Conglomerates with planar cross-stratification (facies Gp) has been related to (i) two-dimensional dune migration (transverse and/or linguoid gravel bars of Hein & Walker (1977), Miall (1977) and Middleton & Trujillo (1984)) as well as to (ii) later modifications of longitudinal bars (Smith, 1970; Rust, 1978; Enyon & Walker, 1974) in modern alluvial gravelly reaches. The frequent occurrence of
;;,o
!:)
�
�
-§ � -.:;, �
"'
C)
§
;::. s
"' "'
.E Fig. 4. Detailed view of Fig. 3 (enlargement of its lower part): facies Gt, St, Sh, Spo and thin tabular beds of Gm. Bar scale is 2 m long.
"' "' ;:s '"' "'
'.0
10
P.S.G. Paim
isolated sets of facies Gp within deposits of facies Gm could be explained more easily by the second hypothesis. Trough cross-stratified conglomerates are rare (facies Gt) and have been associated with (i) three dimensional dune migration, as observed by Fahnestock & Bradley (1973) and Galay & Neill (1967), and (ii) channel scour-and-fill structures (Miall, 1977; Middleton & Trujillo, 1984). The same criteria previously used to interpret facies Gp can also be applied in this case: the solitary nature of this facies suggests the deposition of gravel in depressions around diffuse gravel sheets. Matrix-supported conglomerates (facies Gms) are also rare and represent mud- and debris-flow deposits commonly associated with an alluvial fan setting (Blackwelder, 1928; Bull, 1963; Hooke, 1967; Rust & Koster, 1984; Collinson, 1986; Blair & MacPherson, 1992). Sandy sediments constitute the majority of the Guaritas alluvial deposits (Table 1) and are exten sively dominated by facies St (Table 2). Trough cross-stratified sandstones have been related almost invariably to migration of three-dimensional dunes (e.g. Collinson, 1970; Williams, 1971; Harms et al., 1975; Miall, 1977; Rust, 1978). In braided alluvial settings these bedforms usually have been associated with in-channel deposition (Cant & Walker, 1976, 1978; Cant, 1978; Walker & Cant, 1984). Such repetitive sand deposits commonly are considered as flood-stage bedforms (Williams, 1971) and are larger in deep channels (Cant, 1978). The association of facies St with the lower and middle part of sheet-like fining-upward cycles suggests this facies could be related to flood stage in shallow channels. Subcritical climbing trough cross strata (facies St) indicate subaqueous dune aggra dation. Sporadic lateral accretion of these bedforms is indicated by inclined planes (first-order bounding surfaces of Miall (1988)) dipping perpendicular to the dune migration direction (Paim, 1994). The absence of third-order surfaces (except the rare occurrence of lateral accretion surfaces) associ ated with the subcritical climbing of the trough cross-bedded sets (facies St) suggests rapid depo sition of a sandy load, transported by traction plus suspension, without macroform (sensu Jackson, 1975) development. Deformation of trough cross-stratified sandstones is a very conspicuous feature of the Guaritas sandy alluvial facies. Recumbent folding in cross-bedded sandstones commonly has been attributed to shear
stress acting on a liquefied sand bed and caused by current drag (Allen & Banks, 1972; Doe & Dott, 1980; Owen, 1987) or by the movement of large bedforms over an unconsolidated substrate during high-flow stages (Plint, 1983). Horizontal bedding (facies Sh) occurs most often in the finest fraction of the sandy deposits (Table 2). This textural control, associated with the occurrence of parting lineation and scattered small pebbles and granules near the base of the horizontally bedded sets, indicates its origin as an upper flow regime bedform. Deposits with the same characteristics of facies Sh usually have been linked to an upper flow regime phase developed during flood stages on the channel floor (McKee et al., 1967; Williams, 1971; Miall, 1977) or under the influence of high-velocity and low depth flows on the top of sand-flats (Cant and Walker, 1978; Miall, 1977; Collinson, 1986). The common occurrence of this facies (Sh) on the upper most parts of the fining upward cycles supports an interpretation involving upper flow regime currents reworking the top of the previous alluvial deposits. Planar-tabular cross-stratified sandstones (facies Sp) are rare. Within alluvial settings this facies commonly has been related to slip-face advance of two-dimensional dunes (transverse -linguoid or lobate bars of Collinson (1970, 1986), Smith (1970), Williams (1971), Asquith & Cramer (1975), Miall (1977), Cant & Walker (1978) and Cant (1978); or sand waves and straight-crested megaripples of Smith (1970), Collinson (1986) and Miall (1978)). Smith (1970) related the origin of the two dimensional dunes to the development of 'deltas' in pre-existing channel-floor depressions, whereas Cant & Walker (1978) related them to flow expansion at channel junctions or places where the channels widen. Facies Fm and Fl are not common in the alluvial system of the Guaritas sequence (Table 1). Their rarity and generally lenticular geometry (Fig. 3) are suggestive of waning flood deposits settling on to temporarily abandoned areas of the braided system (Cant, 1978; Cant & Walker, 1978; Miall, 1978). In general, diffuse gravel sheets and longitudinal/ diagonal bars were the main geomorphological elements of the gravelly reaches, whereas sub aqueous three-dimensional dunes characterized the sandy portions of the Guaritas alluvial system. The predominance of vertical aggradation of dunes instead of downstream and/or lateral accretion of more stable sandy accumulations (e.g. sand-flats)
11
Palaeogeography of the Guaritas sequence suggests a highly variable hydrological character and predominance of the upper part of lower flow regime conditions within the channels. Debris-flow and sheet-flood deposits suggest the presence of alluvial fans within the alluvial system as well as flashy discharge due to sporadic, but torren tial, rainy seasons. The above interpretations together suggest an alluvial drainage developed under semi-arid con ditions (large discharge fluctuations) with alter nation of flood events and dry seasons. These conclusions are reinforced by the aeolian associ ation (Lavina et al., 198S) and by petrographical evidence related to early diagenetic processes (De Ros et a/., 1994).
ALLUVIAL
FACIES:
LATERAL CHANGES
The previous section describes the pattern of alluvial sedimentation in terms of mean regional values and, in this way, reflects the major features of the alluvial deposit. In the following section, spatial variation in some sedimentary features is described and, when possible, interpreted. To achieve this, the mean values, per unit area, of several sedimentary par ameters were calculated using the outcrop locations and grid presented in Fig. SA.
Palaeocurrent pattern
The pattern of sediment transport within the entire Camaqua Basin was calculated using the grid and outcrops shown in Fig. SA. In order to eliminate problems associated with the analysis of several types and scales of sedimentary features (Miall, 1977) mean vectors were calculated only from trough cross-stratification. By using only one rank of sedimentary features, difficulties related to vector magnitude were eliminated (Allen, 1963; Miall, 1974). In addition, dunes seem to be associ ated with high-stage flow and, consequently, should be good indicators of the true downstream direction (Miall, 1977). The distribution of the palaeocurrent vector means (Fig. SB) indicates two major dispersal compart ments within the alluvial system: 1 from the eastern border to the basin axis the sedimentary transport was almost perpendicular to the regional tectonic trend (a general mean vector of
282°, with a correlation coefficient of 0. 86), reflecting a sedimentary input towards the basin axis; 2 from the basin axis to the western border, palaeo currents were predominantly parallel to the struc tural trend (general mean vector of 211 with a correlation coefficient of 0.96). o,
Pattern of textural dispersion
The alluvial deposits of the Guaritas sequence are composed primarily of sandstones (mainly facies St and Sh), minor conglomerates (mainly facies Gm and Gp) and trace amounts of fine-grained sediments (facies Fm and Fl), as has been described in the previous section. In this paper three types of alluvial deposits are distinguished: sandy (:2: 70% sand stones); mixed (70-30% sandstone); and conglom eratic ( ::::: 30% sandstone). Figure SC shows the percentage of sandstone (rela tive to conglomerate) through the entire basin and illustrates a gradual decrease from sand dominated alluvial deposits along the basin axis (axial alluvial sedimentation), to mixed alluvial deposits toward both basin margins (marginal alluvial sedimen tation). Likewise, Fig. SD presents a plan view of the spatial changes of the percentages of coarser grained sediments (conglomerates plus pebbly and very coarse-grained sandstones) relative to finer grained sediments (coarse to very fine sandstones). A pattern quite similar to the former (Fig. SC) can be seen. Clearly, the facies St and Sh are gradually replaced by facies Gm towards both basin borders. In both cases (Figs SC & SD) the only exception to the general pattern of sediment distribution is a NW -SE trending intrusion of coarse material in the southeast region of the basin. Alluvial facies: interpretation of lateral changes
Figure 6 presents an interpretation of the alluvial palaeogeography of the Guaritas sequence based on the lateral variations of the textural and palaeocur rent data. This figure was constructed according to the following considerations. The palaeocurrents suggest the coexistence of two distinct alluvial subenvironments (Fig. SB) with almost orthogonal mean sedimentary transport pat terns (282° versus 211°). 1 The first dispersal system (282°), developed in the eastern part of the basin, is characterized by the highest palaeocurrent vector dispersion and by palaeo flow almost perpendicular to the tectonic trend of
12
P. S.G. Paim B
12 -
Mean vector and number of readings per area Boundary between tributary alluvial fan system and trunk braided river system
50
�
Mean vector and number of readings of both alluvial systems
\
5
A
3 46 ,514 / 44 ti 99
!
26 / 64 /
;;
101
I
--
32
-36
c
§
>90 80-89 70-79
D
1
60 41
\
100 ""'-89 14
"4
/
3 N
---
""'...... 26
H 30-39 ��29 � 0
Fig. 5. Lateral changes within the alluvial system: (A) grid and location of alluvial outcrops used to calculate palaeocurrent and textural mean values; (B) palaeocurrent mean values per area; (C) percentage of sandstone relative to conglomerate; and (D) percentage of coarser grained sediments (gravel plus pebbly to very coarse-grained sand) relative to finer grained sediments (coarse to very fine-grained sand plus mud).
the basin. This subenvironment is interpreted as a tributary alluvial fan (sensu Rust & Koster, 1984). 2 The second dispersal system (211°), represented by palaeoflow parallel to the basin axis, by low palaeocurrent vector disperson, and characteristic of
the western portion of the basin, is interpreted as a trunk braided river (sensu Rust & Koster, 1984). As Collinson (1986) stated, 'it is sometimes poss ible to identify individual fans by the establishment of a radial pattern of palaeocurrents over an area'.
13
Palaeogeograph y of the Guaritas sequence
E
c
Gm Gt St
Sh Spo
n
o -
Sm 1
-
2
-
3
-
Mudstones
Sandstones
Conglomerates
Sandy alluvial deposiiS
Mixed alluvial deposiiS Tributary fan streams Braided trunk river streams Reworked tributary fans
--A
Boundary between trunk rivers and tributary fans Plan view of the alluvial palaeogeography
B
Western margin trunk river facies association
C
Axial sandy trunk river facies associalion
(reworked alluvial fans)
D
Eastern margin proximal alluvial fan facies
E
Summary of the alluvial facies
association
Fig. 6. Alluvial palaeogeography and lateral facies changes: (A) plan view of the alluvial subenvironments; (B) and (D) vertical profiles of marginal facies association; (C) vertical profile of axial facies association; and (E) ideal vertical arrangement of the main facies. Facies code from Miall (1978); Bromley (1991).
Here, the tributary fan mean vectors (Fig. 5B) indicate the coalescence of two main fan lobes (Fig. 6A). The northern fan has a radius of 15 km, whereas the southern fan has a radius of 20 km. These dimen sions are comparable to the size of recent examples of semi-ariel and arid alluvial fans documented by Heward (1978). The point source of both lobes coincides with structural lows (synforms composed
of easily erodible metapelites) in the nearby base ment (Fig. 2). The southern lobe was more important than the others in terms of sedimentary input, as can be deduced both from it having penetrated furthest into the basin (Fig. 5B) and from the major intrusion of coarsest material from southeast to northwest (Figs 5C & 5D) in the southeast region of the basin. Comparison of the grain size distribution (Figs 5C
14
P. S.G. Paim
& 50) and palaeocurrent mean vectors (Fig. 5B) reveals some obvious relationships as well as some discrepancies. The gradual decrease of grain size, from both basin margins towards the basin axis (Figs 5C & 50) can be interpreted as a consequence of lateral alluv ial fan input. This matches the palaeoflow data of the eastern side of the basin, but not that on the western side (Fig. 5B). The textural, palaeocurrent and facies data sum marized in Fig. 6A demonstrate that the grain-size distribution within the trunk braided river system does not show a downcurrent fining, which is a very common characteristic of many braided alluvial environments (e.g. Smith, 1970; Miall, 1977, 1978; Rust, 1978; Collinson, 1986). Instead, the trunk rivers present a lateral change from sand-dominated deposits near the basin axis to mixed deposits towards the western basin border. Such a discrepancy can be related to a dominant alluvial input from the eastern border (tributary alluvial fans) causing the development of a trunk braided river system on the western side of the Camaqua Basin. The emplace ment of trunk rivers in the western region could cause a major remoulding of the alluvial fan deposits on the western border without erasing the down-fan fining. Some of these previous alluvial fan deposits could be preserved and thus could explain some atypical palaeocurrent readings made near the west ern margin, which point to a southeasterly directed sediment discharge. Transitions between purely sandy or gravelly reaches were the norm inside the alluvial system of the Guaritas sequence. The facies are usually arranged as fining upward cycles, bounded by fifth order bounding surfaces, with the major facies super imposed in the following order: Gm-Gp-St-Sh Fm. This characteristic vertical arrangement, reflecting the proportion of each facies (Table 1), is illustrated in a summary (idealized) vertical profile (Fig. 6E) incorporating the mean values of the principal facies observed throughout the basin. Comparison of the summary profile (Fig. 6E) with actual sections around the basin, and with the regional textural variation (Figs 5C & 50), facilitates the identification of some common marginal and axial facies associ ations, summarized in Figure 6: profiles B and D typify common marginal facies associations, whereas profile C represents the axial part of the basin.
CONCLUSIONS
The alluvial deposits of the Guaritas sequence reflect a lateral association of tributary alluvial fans and trunk braided rivers. The alluvial fans show a down stream decrease in mean grain size whereas the trunk rivers present no longitudinal variation in texture. Instead, the trunk rivers show a lateral grain-size change that is interpreted to have been inherited from a hypothetical alluvial fan system fed from the western margin of the basin. The alluvial fans are dominated by water laid deposits and comprise two main lobes. The source points of both alluvial fan lobes coincide with structural lows, suggesting control by basement topography. Semi-arid conditions during the alluvial depo sition are suggested by: sheet-flow and debris-flow deposits; petrological evidence, such as fresh feld spar and volcanic lithoclasts, interstitial hematite aggregates, caliche and silcretes; and the association with aeolian facies (although aeolian facies are com mon in early Palaeozoic sequences because of the absence of land vegetation regardless of climate). Diffuse gravel sheets and longitudinal bars were the main geomorphological elements in the alluvial gravelly reaches. Subaqueous dune aggradation, fol lowed by partial reworking of the deposit by upper flow regime currents, characterized the sandy reaches. An idealized channel-fill succession is typified, from base to top, by: (i) a horizontal to slightly undulatory erosional surface; (ii) gravel deposits, representing diffuse gravel sheets and longitudinal bars (Gm), locally with avalanche faces (Gp); and (iii) sandy deposits, consisting mainly of three dimensional subaqueous dunes (St), rare two dimensional dunes (Sp), and plane beds (Sh), on the top.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Thjs study was carried out during the tenure of a postgraduate scholarship awarded by the Research Council of the Brazilian Government (CNPq), and forms part of the author's D .Phil. thesis at the University of Oxford, England, written under the supervision of Dr H.G. Reading. Field-work costs were supported by CNPq (Grant 413321/ 88-6), Universidade do Vale do Rio dos Sinos (UNISINOS), and Company of Research of Mineral
Palaeogeography of the Guaritas sequence Resources (CPRM) of the Brazilian Government. The author wishes to thank H. G. Reading and H.C. Jenkyns for criticism and revision of an earlier version of the manuscript. Later reviews by G. Plint, G.V. Middleton, A.P. Hamblin and P.A. Allen have enabled me to make several very useful improve ments to the paper.
RE FERENCES
J.R.L. (1963) The classification of cross-stratified units, with notes on their origin. Sedimentology, 2, 93-114. ALLEN, J.R.L. (1983) Studies in fluviatile sedimentation: bars, bar-complexes and sandstone sheets (low-sinuosity braided streams) in the Brownstones (L. Devonian), Welsh borders. Sediment. Geol., 33, 237-293. ALLEN, J.R.L. & BANKS, N.L. (1972) An interpret atiOn and analys1s of recumbent-folded deformed cross bedding. Sedimentology, 19, 257-283. ASHLEY, G.M. (1990) Classification of large-scale sub aqueous bedforms: a new look at an old problem. 1. sediment. Petrol., 60(1), 160-172. AsQUITH, G.B. & CRAMER, S.L. (1975) Transverse braid bars in the Upper Triassic Trujillo sandstone of the Texas Panhandle. J. Geol., 83, 657-661. BECKEL, J. (1990) Metalogenia del Cu, Pb y Zn en ALLEN,
Ia Cuenca de Camaquii durante e/ Cicio Orogenico Brasiliano- Rio Grande del Sur (Brasil). Unpublished PhD thesis, Universidad de Salamanca,274 pp. BECKEL, J. (1992) Evolus;ao geotect6nica da Bacia do Camagua, RS- Proposta de classificas;ao dentro de um conceito mobilista. J Workshop s6bre as bacias molassicas brasilianas,
Boletim
Especial
Resumos
Expandidos,
pp. 1-5. Sao Leopoldo. BECKER, M. R. & FERNANDES, L.A.D. (1982) Caracter izas;ao faciol6gica de uma sequencia vulcano-sedimentar eo-Paleoz6ica na f6lha Passo do Tigre ( RS). Acta geo/. Leopold. , 13(6), 287-321. BLACKWELDER, E. (1928) Mudflow as a geologic agent in semi-arid mountains. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull., 39, 465-483. BLAIR, T.C. & McPHERSON, J.G. (1992) The Trollheim alluvial fan and facies model revisited. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull., 104, 762-769. BRITO NEVES, B.B. & CoRDANl, U.G. (1991) Tectonic evolution of South America during the Late Protero zoic. Precam. Res. , 53, 23-40. BROMLEY, M.H. (1991) Variation in fluvial style as revealed by architectural elements, Kayenta Formation, Mesa Creek, Colorado, USA: evidence for both ephem eral and perennial fluvial processes. In: The Three dimensional Facies Architecture of Terrigenous Clastic Sediments and its Implication for Hydrocarbon Discovery
(Eds Miall, A.D. & Tyler, N.). Soc. Econ. Paleontol. Mineral. Spec. Publication, Concepts Sedimentol. Paleontol. Tulsa, 3, 94-102. BuLL, W.B. (1963) Alluvial fan deposits in Western Fresno County, California. J. Geol., 71, 423-251. CANT, D.J. (1978) Development of a facies model for a_nd Recovery
15
sandy braided river sedimentation: comparison of the South Saskatchewan river and the Battery Point Forma tion. In: Fluvial Sedimentology (Ed. Miall, A.D.). Can. Soc. petrol. Geol., Calgary, Memoir 5, pp. 627-639. CANT, D.J. & WALKER, R.G. (1976) Development of a braided-fluvial facies model for the Devonian Battery Point, Quebec. Can. J. Earth Sci. , 13, 102-119. CANT, D.J. & WALKER, R.G. (1978) Fluvial process and facies sequence in the sandy braided South Saskatchewan river, Canada. Sedimentology, 25, 625-648. CoLLINSON, J.D. (1970) Bedforms of the Tana river, Norway. Geogr. Annaler, 52A, 31-55. COLLINSON, J.D. (1986) Alluvial sediments. In: Sedimen tary Environments and Facies (Ed. Reading, H.G.). pp. 20-62. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford. DERos, L.F., MORAD,S. & PAlM,P.S.G. (1994) The role of detrital composition and climate on the diagenetic evolution of continental molasse: evidence from the Cambro-Ordovician Guaritas sequence, southern Brazil Sediment. Geo/., 92, 197-228. DNPM/CPRM (1987) Cachoeira do Sui- F6lha SH. 22-Y-A. Projeto mapas metalogeneticos e de previsao de recursos minerais, texto e mapas. Escala 1:250000. Brasflia. MME/DNPM/CPRM, 13 pp. DoE, T.W. & Dorr, R.H.,J R. (1980) Genetic significance of deformed cross bedding- with examples from the Navajo and Weber sandstones of Utah. J. sediment. Petrol., 50(3), 793-812. EYNON, G. & WALKER, R.G. (1974) Facies relationships in Pleistocene outwash gravels,Southern Ontario: a model for bar growth in braided rivers. Sedimentology, 21, 43-70. FAHNESTOCK, R.K. & BRADLEY, W.C. (1973) Knik and Mantanuska rivers, Alaska: a contrast in braiding. In: Fluvial Geomorphology (Ed. Morisawa, M.). State University of New York, Binghamton, Proc. 4th Geomorph. Symp., pp. 220-250. FRAGOSO-CESAR, A.R.S., LAVINA, E.L., PAlM, P.S.G. & FACC!Nl, U.F. (1984) A antefossa molassica brasiliana do cinturao Dom Feliciano no escudo do Rio Grande do Sui. Congress. Bras. Geol., 33 (Anais 7), 3272-3283. FRAGOSO-CESAR, A.R.S., MACHADO, R., SAYEG, H.S. & FAMBRJNJ, G.L. (1992) Bacias orogenicas do ciclo brasiliano no Rio Grande do Sui e Uruguai. J Work shop
s6bre
bacias
moltissicas
brasilianas,
Boletim
pp. 47-53. FRIEND, P.F., SLATER, M.J. & WILLIAMS, R.C. (1979) Vertical and lateral building of river sandstone bodies, Ebro Basin,Spain. J. geo/. Soc. London, 136,39-46. GALAY, V.J. & NEILL, C.R. (1967) Discussion of 'No menclature for bed forms in alluvial channels'. J. Hydr. Div. A mer. Soc. Civ. Eng. , 93, 130-133. HARMS, J.C.,SOUTHARD, J.B., SPEARING, D.R. & WALKER, R.G. (1975) Depositional Environments as Interpreted Especial Resumos Expandidos,
from Primary Sedimentary Structures and Stratification
Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists, Tulsa,Short Course 2. HElN, F.J. & WALKER, R.G. (1977) Bar evolution and development of stratification in the gravelly braided Kicking Horse River, British Columbia. Can. J. Earth Sci. , 14, 562-570. HEWARD, A.P. (1978) Alluvial fan sequence and mega sequence models: with examples from Westphalian Sequences.
16
P.S.G. Paim
D- Stephanian B coalfields, Northern Spain. In: Fluvial (Ed. Miall, A.D.). Can. Soc. petrol. Geol.,Calgary, Memoir 5,597-604. HooKE, R. L E B. (1967) Process and arid-region alluvial fans. J. Geol., 75, 438-460. JACKSON, R.G., II (1975) Hierarchical attributes and a unifying model of bed forms composed of cohesionless material and produced by shearing flow. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull., 86,1523-1533. losT,H. (1984) Sedimentacao e vulcanismo durante o ciclo Brasiliano no Rio Grande do Sui: Uma revisao. Congres. Bras. Geol., 33, 3421-3457. LAVINA, E.L., FACC!Nl, U.F., PAlM, P.S.G. & FRAGOSO CESAR, A.R.S. (1985) Ambientes de sedimenta�ao da Bacia do Camaqua, RS. Acta geol. Leopold., 21, 185-227. McKEE, E.D., CROSBY, E.J. & BERYHILL, H.L. (1967) Flood deposits, Bijou Creek, June (1965) J. sediment. Petrol. , 37, 829-851. MIALL, A.D. (1974) Palaeocurrent analysis of alluvial sedi ments: a discussion of directional variance and vector magnitude. J. sediment. Petrol. , 44(4), 1174-1185. MIALL, A.D. (1977) A review of the braided-river depo sitional environment. Earth Sci. Rev. , 13, 1-62. MIALL, A.D. (1978) Lithofacies types and vertical profile models in braided river deposits: a summary. In: Fluvial Sedimentology (Ed. Miall, A.D.). Can. Soc. petrol. Geol., Calgary, Memoir 5, 597-604. MIALL, A.D. (1985) Architectural-element analysis: a new method of facies analysis applied to fluvial deposits. Earth Sci. Rev. , 22, 261-308. MIALL, A.D. (1988) Architectural elements and bounding surfaces in fluvial deposits: anatomy of the Kayenta Formation (Lower Jurassic), Southwest Colorado. Sedi ment. Geol., 55,233-262. MIDDLETON, L.T. & TR UJ IL LO,A.P. (1984) Sedimentology and depositional setting of the Upper Proterozoic Scan lan Conglomerate, Central Arizona. In: Sedimentology of Gravels and Conglomerates (Eds Koster, E.H. & Sedimentology
Steel, R.J.). Can. Soc. petrol. Geol.,Calgary, Memoir 10, 189-201. OwEN, G. (1987) Deformation process in unconsolidated sands. In: Deformation of Sediments and Sedimentaty Rocks (Eds Jones, M.E. & Preston, R.M.F.). Geol. Soc. London, Spec. Pub!., No. 29, 11-24. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford. PAlM, P.S.G. (1994) Depositional Systems and Palaeogeo graphical Evolution of the Camaqua and Santa Barbara Basins, Brazil. Unpub. D.Phil. thesis, University of Oxford,277 pp. PuNT, A. G. (1983) Sandy fluvial point bar sediments from the Middle Eocene of Dorset, England. In: Modern and Ancient Fluvial Systems (Eds Collinson, J.D. & Lewin,J.). Spec. Pub!. int. Ass. Sediment. No. 6, 1933. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford. RusT,B.R. (1972) Structure and process in a braided river. Sedimentology, 18,221-245. RusT, B.R. (1978) Depositional model for braided alluv ium. In: Fluvial Sedimentology (Ed. Miall, A. D.). Can. Soc. petrol. Geol., Calgary, Memoir 5, 605-625. RusT, B.R. & KosTER, E.H. (1984) Coarse alluvial deposits. In: Facies Models (Ed. Walker,R.G.). Geosci. Can., Reprint Ser. 1, 71-89. SMITH, N.D. (1970) The braided stream depositional environment: comparison of the Platte River with some Silurian clastic rocks,North Central Appalachians. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. , 81,2993-3014. SOLIANI, E., JR.,FRAGOSO-CESAR, A. R.S.,TEIXEIRA, W. & KAWASHITA, K. (1984) Panorama geocronol6gico da por�ao meridional do escudo Atlantica. Congress. Bras. Geol., 33, 2435-2449. WALKER, R.G. & CANT, D.J. (1984) Sandy fluvial systems. In: Facies Models (Ed. Walker, R.G.). Geosci. Can., Reprint Ser. 1,71-89 (2nd Edn). WILLIAMS, G.E. (1971) Flood deposits of the sand-bed ephemeral streams of central Australia. Sedimentology, 17, 1-40.
Spec. Pubis int. Ass. Sediment. (1995) 22, 17-46
Sedimentology of a transgressive, estuarine sand complex: the Lower Cretaceous Woburn Sands (Lower Greensand), southern England H O W A R D D . J O H N S O N* and B R U C E K . L E V E L L t
* Department of Geology, Imperial College of Science, Technology and Medicine, t Shell
Prince Consort Road, London SW7 2BP, UK; and Exploration and Production Ltd, Shell-Mex House, Strand, London WC2R ODX, UK
UK
ABSTRACT
A sedimentological investigation of the Lower Cretaceous Woburn Sands of southern England has been used to develop a depositional model for a transgressive estuarine (or embayment) sand complex. The Woburn Sands average 70 m in thickness, but are over 100 m thick in places, and infill a NE-SW trending trough 25-30 km wide, which cuts into the western end of the NW-SE trending London Brabant land mass. Initially, this trough was of limited extent to the northeast but opened out into a broader shallow sea to the south and southwest. Subsequently, during the course of the major Early Cretaceous (Aptian-Albian) transgression, this feature formed a seaway connecting two previously separate basins (the North Sea Basin to the north and the Weald-Wessex-Channel Basin to the south) . The Woburn Sands record this overall transgressive history i n the form of six main facies bodies, which occur in five erosionally based units (from bottom to top) : (i) Orange and Heterolithic Sands; (ii) Silver Sands; (iii) Silty Beds; (iv) Red Sands; and (vi) Transition Series. The lowermost deposits (the Orange and Heterolithic Sands; equivalent to the Lower W oburn Sands) display convincing evidence of tidal current deposition (e.g. bimodal-bipolar palaeocurrent patterns, herringbone cross-bedding, clay drapes and wavy- flaser bedding) . They are further character ized by large-scale, subhorizontal and low-angle erosion surfaces, which are interpreted as tidal channel bases and tidal shoal accretion surfaces, respectively. The overlying sand deposits (the Silver and Red Sands; equivalent to the Upper Woburn Sands) display similar evidence of tidal current activity but are distinguished by overall coarser grain sizes, better sorting, lack of clay layers and the abundance of large-scale cross-bedding. The large-scale structures in the Silver and Red Sands dip mainly towards the south (inferred ebb direction), whereas similar structures in the exposed Orange Sands dip mainly to the northwest (inferred flood direction) . The overall sequence is interpreted in terms of a transgressive tide-dominated estuary or embayment model. The Lower Woburn Sands (Orange and Heterolithic Sands) were deposited in m utually evasive ebb and flood tidal channels and intervening tidal shoals, probably in an inner estuarine environment . In contrast, the higher energy Silver and Red Sands were deposited in the outer reaches of an estuary or embayment where greater water depths allowed the build-up of large-scale bedforms. The southward increase in both cross-bed set size and sand-body thickness in the Red Sands probably reflects general southward deepening. The final element in this facies succession is the draping of the sand complex by slowly deposited fossiliferous marine beds (Transition Series and Basal Beds of the Gault), which are overstepped to the north by the shallow-marine muds of the Gault. The description, interpretation and depositional model outlined here may assist in the recognition and prediction of similar shallow marine sand bodies. This study demonstrates, for example, that thick, high reservoir-quality sands with favourable geometries for stratigraphical traps can accumulate in transgressive estuaries and embayments. The resulting sand complex could be expected to comprise several erosively bounded, lenticular units displaying rapid lateral thickness and facies variations and an upward increase in reservoir quality and sand continuity. This would contrast with the more tabular geometry and more gradual lateral thickness and facies variations of similar tide-dominated deposits developed in offshore/shelf environments. Sedimentary Facies Analysis: A Tribute to the Research and Teaching of Harold G. Reading Edited by A. Guy Plint © 1995 The International Association of Sedimentologists ISBN: 978-0-865-42898-0
17
18
H. D. Johnson and B.K. Levell INTRODUCTION
Shallow-m arine sands (i.e those deposited in w ater depths of 10-200 m and rangi n g from inshore/sub tidal to offshore/neritic environmen ts) h ave received less attention th an most other cl astic deposits and , despite recent adv ances, current facies models remain rel atively generalized. Recent studies demonstrate that sh allow-marine sands occur in a v ariety of settings and owe their variability to several factors, p articularly the complex relationships between fluctu ations in w ater depth , subsidence rates, morphology of the coastal zone, sediment supply and the hydraulic regime of the b asin, includin g the shoreline (e . g. Swift & Thorne, 1991) . Most studies of shallow-marine sand bodies distin guish those resulting from tide-domin ated processes and those formed m ainly by w ave- and storm-domin ated processes (Johnson & B aldwin , 1986; Dalrymple, 1992; W alker & Plint, 1992). In this context the Lower Cretaceous Woburn S ands of southern E n gl and h as been quoted repe atedly as a prime example of an ancient tide-domin ated shallow-marine sand complex, with the spectacul ar l arge-scale cross-beddin g interpreted as the deposits of tid al sand w aves (e . g. Ben tley , 1970; de R aaf & Boersma, 1 97 1; Walker, 1984; Buck , 1985 ; Dalrymple, 1992). However, there h as been less agreement on the specific type of tid al environment preserved in the Woburn S ands and on its overall genetic evolution. Because the resultin g product is a thick sand of high reservoir quality, i t w as felt th at a better understanding of the Woburn S ands would assist in the development of strati graphical models of tid al sand bodies. This could aid their recognition in the subsurface , allow comparison with the geo metry and intern al ch ar acteristics of other sh allow m arine s and bodies (e. g. Exum & H arms, 1968; McCubbin, 1969; Campbell, 1971; Spearin g, 1 975) and contribute to the development of depositional models for hydrocarbon exploration and production. This w as the b ackground to a field study conducted in 197 9 when both authors were employed by the Koninklijke/Shell Exploratie en Produktie L ab oratorium (KSEPL) in Rijswijk , The Netherlands. Subsequently, the results were presented at the 1 980 Annu al Conference of the AAPG (Johnson & Levell, 1980) and documented in an internal report in 1 982. This l atter report forms the b asis for this p aper, which is presented here for several re asons. First, the model presented here is different in several respects to those interpretations published
both before and since completion of our work. Secondly, the 1 980 Abstract is cle arly an i n adequate reference document, but is nevertheless quoted by workers studying these exposures. Thirdly, these exposures comprise sand quarries, which are constantly changing as a result of con tinuing s and extraction. Hence, new observations are frequently m ade and so the d at a acquired during the course of this study, despite the time l apse , are still worthy of fuller documentation. Publishin g the results of this study will also allow our interpretation to be more critically eval u ated and will form a more l astin g contribution to the analysis of this important geological unit. The m ain aim of this p aper, therefore , is to provide a sedimentological description and to argue a deposi tional model for the Lower Cretaceous (Apti an- Albi an) Woburn S ands at Lei ghton Buzzard, southern E n gl and (Fi gs 1 & 2). It is not our intention to comprehensively evalu ate our findin gs in the context of more recent rese arch undertaken on the Woburn S ands, p artly because much of this remains unpublished, p articularly a detailed an alysis of sedimen tary structures of Buck ( 1987) , a litho strati graphical study by Eyers ( 1992 a) and a recent sequence strati graphical analysis by Won h am ( 1993).
GEOLOGICAL FRAMEWORK Stratigraphic framework
The Woburn S ands h ave been shown throu gh field m appin g and borehole evidence to comprise a lens shaped sand complex up to c. 100 m thick (Fig. 3 ) , which in fills a rel atively n arrow (25 -3 0 km wide) N E - SW trendin g trough (Bristow, 1963; Wy att et a/., 1986). The trough, which m ay be p artly tec tonic in ori gin (Eyers, 1 991) , came into existence in the L ate J ur assic, but w as infilled only in the E arly Cre taceous. At Lei ghton Buzzard, which is on the western m argin of the trough, the upper Aptian to lower Alb i an Woburn S ands unconformably overlie Upper Jurassic cl ays and are overstepped northwards by the Albian G ault (Fig. 4). Ammonites and brachiopods found in the b asal phosphatic gr avels of the Woburn S ands are assi gned to the upper Apti an ( nutfieldiensis zone; Casey, 196 1) . Althou gh the Woburn S ands currently exposed contain an abundan t and diverse ichno-
Transgressive estuarine sand complex
19
0'
2'
- Aptian-Albian Lower Greensand outcrop distribution
0
50
100km
,
LHTON BUZZARD
I
l. Location map showing the distribution of Lower Cretaceous outcrops.
Fig.
fauna they do not contain a shelly fauna, possibly because of leaching of calcium carbonate. The over l ying beds be long to the Transition Series, which comprises a thin ( 1 -2 m) , complex and relatively poorly exposed succession of variable lithologies, including the Shenle y Limestone and various iron cemented beds referred to locall y as 'Carstone ' ( Fi g. 3). The Shenle y Limestone contains lower Albian (tardefurcata to mammillatum zone) fauna and represents a depositional hiatus with a complex depositional and diagenetic history (Eyers, 1992b). The condensed lower Albian Gau lt (dentatus zone) represents a northward overstep, which can be related to the ' 108 Ma' maximum floodin g surface of Haq et a!. ( 1987). The paucity of datable fauna within the Woburn Sands essentially precludes further correlation wi th events elsewhere in the Lower Greensand basin (Ruffell & Wach, 199 1 , i n press). Palaeogeographical setting and depositional environments
Duri n g
the
Early
Cretaceous
( Ryazanian
to
Barremian) the London- Brabant land mass formed an intermi ttent land barrier between a shallow marine southern North Sea Basin (the Boreal Sea) to the north, and a freshwater Wealden Basin to the south (Fi g. 5A) . This southern basin, to ge ther with the Channel, Southwestern Approaches, Celtic Sea and Bristol Channel Basins ( Ziegler, 1988, 1990) , formed a series of mainly separate and active, fault bounded basins in the southern British Isles , which underwent a c. 40-million-year period of alluvial sedimentation and the deposition of 'Weald en ' facies ( P. Allen, 198 1 ) . This period o f non-marine sedimentation was terminated by the major Aptian-Albian marine trans gression and the deposition of the Lower Greensand Group. This was mainly a consequence of continued sea-floor spreading and northward extension of the Atlantic Ocean and the Early Cretaceous eustatic sea-level rise. This resulted in progressive, northeastward marine inundation of the Southwestern Approaches, Channel and Weald Basins. Simultaneously, there was also marine northwestward-directed transgression through the Paris Basin into sou thern England and
20
H. D. Johnson and B.K. Levell
@
f!7' Jane's Pit
Heath and Reach
A
@
Old { Llnslade Road
0
Three main periods of marine transgression are recorded in the Lower Greensand of southern England, each associated with depos it ion of exten s ively cross-bedded t idal deposits (Bridges, 1982). The upper Apt ian to lower Alb ian Woburn Sands are associated w ith the transgressive breaching of the London-Brabant land ma�s (Figs SB & SC) . However, although the Woburn Sands clearly represent, in broad terms, a transgressive shallow marine sand deposit , more precise environmental interpretations have remained uncertain. The large scale cross-bedding, extensive bioturbation and evi dence of reversin g currents has led most authors to su ggest a t idal environment (Lamplugh, 1922; Schwarzacher, 1953; Bentley, 1970; de Raaf & Boersma, 197 1 ) , but these authors d isagree , or are non-committal, about specific t idal subenviron ments, with su ggestions ranging from open shelf to tidal fiat for different facies in the complex. From these possibilities, two main deposit ional models emerge for all or part of the Woburn Sands: 1 t idal shelf or seaway, such as the present-day Straits of Dover/En gl ish Channel (e. g. Brid ges, 1982 ) ; 2 tidal estuary o r embayment (e. g. Johnson & Levell, 1980) . These alternatives w ill be considered here in the light of our observations. Similarly, the uncerta inty as to whether the breakthrou gh across the London Brabant land mass (the 'Bedforsh ire Strait' of K irkaldy ( 1939)) occurred as a result of southward or northward extension of a coastal embayment will also be considered.
1km
Lithostratigraphical subdivision and relationships Fig.
2. Location of the sand pits used in this study and the
line of the cross-section illustrated in Fig. 4.
southerly expansion throughout the southern part of the North Sea Basin and adjacent areas (e . g. West Netherlands, Broad Fourteens and Lower Saxony Basins; Ze igler, 1990) . The precise t iming of full marine connection between these basins is uncertain, but most recent reconstructions show this to have occurred by the late Aptian or early Alb ian, at around the time of deposit ion of the Woburn Sands and the overlyin g Gault. Hence , on a regional scale, the depositional h istory of the Woburn Sands would appear to be related to marine transgression that resulted in the connection of two main intracratonic basins.
cThe Woburn Sands comprise up to six facies bodies, which are readily d istinguished on the basis of their l ithofac ies characteristics (mainly grain size, com posit ion , colour, clay content, sed imentary struc tures and bioturbation) . Most of these facies bodies are separated by major subhorizontal to low-an gle erosion surfaces, and five discontinuity-bounded units have been defined as follows (Table 1 & Fi g. 3 ) : 1 Transition Series (you n gest) ; 2 Red Sands;
Fig. 3. (Opposite.) Composite vertical section through the Woburn Sands.
LITHOSTRATIGRAPHIC NOMENCLATURE
-�--'·-·
-�------,
ENVIRONMENTAL SUMMARY
0- ·-:__-_c
"' :0
:;;: :;;
-' 3:
0
------
.. 0 ..
,., :; "' (.')
:;
:;
"'
(.')
- . "Dentatus "--
Cl
�����
Blanket shelf muds
t:=== = -:::::-=---
Carstone and Shanley Limestone
-
BURROW TYPES
u
-
10 Transition Series
u c
"'
rocn
(f) u
u
a:
�� 0
--- -- · "'"'''
\���-
Red Sands
''- -- ...Y.C
<1>
20�"'
en�
- _____/Slow deposition/reworked, transgressive e:i3> deposits
"����
"'
<1>
0:<1>
u
--
"'
�u
:=C
en"' (f)
Silly Beds
�\�� ''\�
� . ''''"
,,,,,
''-'-'-'->--."."''-':-
c
"'
5
.0"'
�-g �"'
Q)(f)
a. a.
=>
u c
"'
Silver Sands
(f)
:;;
.2 Ui
30-
"'
..: :;;
a. a. =>
"'
u c
"'
(/)
E
40 -
::l .0 0
Heterolithic Sands
3:
--
"'
u c "' (f) c
5
.0 0
3: :;;
-'
�� ------�-
-s==: �L
-
�-
�
.. ...
----� ---� !"- .,_.
-- -- ----
High energy, ebb dominated channel! shoal complex (estuary mouth or open marine, sea strait environment)
(:==.:r> =
==M /Low energy, estuary abandonment! transgressive deposits
J High energy, ebb dominated, estuary mouth channel/shoal complex (= ebb-tidal delta environment)
�-
c
"li
� -� ��
=
= =M
= = = =
Low-moderate energy, estuary shoal deposits
=
�
�--.1!....,
"' u c
50 -
"'
� ..}.\.._ �
(f) c 3:
-
e
en
�-
�
�� ��
..... � -:::'{J! � � � /// !))})
3:
0
�
·-··--�
Orange Sands 60-
.__
�
Moderate-high energy, flood dominated, channel-fill sands intercalated with tidal shoal deposits
�--��---""!.
? 70 -
Large-scale cross-bedding Trough cross-bedding Ripple cross-lamination Intraclasts
Basal transgressive deposits with phosphate nodules and reworked faunas
��[�
UPPER JURASSIC
J:?/-::-1 B. Q D
== =
. EJ c=J 1:-�;1 E;J '
Wavy bedding
� Strongly bioturbated
Flaser bedding
6:11 Shells and shell debris
Low-angle erosion surfaces
Q Plant debris
Concretions/nodules
-& Occasional burrows
H. D. Johnson and B.K. Levell
22
Table 1. Summary of the l ithofacies and reservoir characteristics of the main units within the Woburn Sands Interval
Lithology
Gault Clay
Grey fossiliferous claystones
Transition Series
Iron-cemented pebbly sands (basal beds); glauconitic & phosphatic fine-coarse, partly argillaceous Transgressive lag deposits. sands. In-situ lenses of richly fossiliferous limestone (Shenley Lmst.). Reworked clasts of iron-cemented sst. (Carstone) & Shenley Lmst. Rapid lateral lithological variations.
Muddy shelf.
Three main types of cross-bedding: I
Red Sands
Med.-v.coarse sand Mod.-poorly sorted. Ferruginous with up to 20% bv detrital iron oxide (red colouration) up to 2.5% bv heavy minerals 100% sand.
Silty Beds (/) Q z <( (/) z a:
::;:)
Ill 0 Silver
;:
Dep. environment
Physical sedimentary structures
Sands
"//!/1/1/1
0.-":
11
l
��T �1 %
III
;;
�:JtYti,;;tff
J
Giant cross-bedding with avalanche foresets & infilling, large scours ca 3m deep and 1OOm wide. Wedge-shaped sets (-2-3m thick) superimposed on low-angle (4-8°), S-dipping surfaces.
-�-am0.1-4m thick tabular & J trough cross-bedding.
Grey-green glauconitic & lignitic Coarse sands have flat bases, large rippled or flat surfaces & internally cross-bedded or horizontally laminated. clays, silts & f. sands. Minor crs., well sorted sand Fine sands occasionally show low-angle to horizontal lamination but mainly layers & lenses. bioturbated. -20-40% sand. Med.-v.crs. sand. Well-sorted. Quartz arenites. Minor carbonaceous debris. Locally Fa-cemented e.g. clay clasts on erosion surfaces). 100% sand.
��/-71"lr ��: +m Northern area:
(J.t,t,l,ffZt:;Z,'
1
'L1 1 n-:
Southern area:
Large-scale, low-angle (2-4°) surfaces separated m by o.5-2m thick, tabular cross-bed sets. 1-3m avalanche-type cross-bedding, partly filling urs. Complex low-angle s
���
Main structures (in order of decreasing importance) current ripple Numerous thin clay cross-lamination, trough cross-bedding, scour & fill structures & low-angle layers. Intraclasts of cross lamination. Herringbone cross-bed patterns. Abundant clay drapes clay & carbonac. produce wavy & !laser bedding. Large-scale low-angle surfaces (dipping debris. -90% sand. -40)
3
Fine to crs. mod. sorted sands. Scattered quartz granules, clay pebbles & clay drapes. Iron oxide cement in liesegang rings & around clay deposits. -95-100% sand.
Large-scale subhorizontal (1) & low-angle (2) erosion surfaces.
1
��
=
2
D
/////////////////////I
I
�
Large avalanche foresets fill deep scours (1-5m thick). Low angle surfaces separated by cross-laminated, cross-bedded & bioturbated sands. Flaser & wavy bedding/clay drapes.
S ilty Beds; Silver S ands; Oran ge S ands and the Heterolithic S ands ( Lower Woburn S ands or Brown S ands). This inform al scheme generally follows that of Ben tley ( 1970) and is read il y correl ated w ith the
4 5
Transgressive or local abandonment deposit.
Variety of large-scale cross-bedding:
Heterolithic Fine to v.fine mod. Sands sorted sands.
Orange Sands
High-energy, ebb-dominated complex (estuary/embayment mouth or open marine sea strait).
High-energy ebb-dominated embayment mouth channel-shoal complex (cf ebb-tidal deltas)
Moderate-energy, tidal shoal deposits within an inner estuarine/inner embayment ?margmal to tidal channel complex (=Oranae Sands). High-energy flood-dominated tidal channel-fill sands with intercalated moderate-to high-energy tidal shoal deposits.
term inology of prev ious workers (Table 1 & Fig. 3 ) , inclu d in g the schemes o f W yatt e t al. ( 1 986) and the more recent form al l ithostratigraphy of Sheph ard Thorn et a/. ( 1986) . The vertical and l ater al rel ationsh ips of these units are summar ized in Figs 3 & 4, respectively. The b ase
Transgressive estuarine sand complex
23
Table 1. (Continued. ) Fauna and biogenic sedimentary structures
�'it�fe':.�ent SEAL
Ammonites, belemnites, bivalves, brachiopods.
g
POOR to V-POOR -partly sealing due to cementing & argill. content
Abundant ammonites, bivalves, belemnites, astropods & oysters. Partly reworked & phosphatized. henley Lmst.= brachipods, echinoids & crustacea.
No preserved fauna (?leached) 2 main types of bioturbation:
Reservoir characteristics
Pal
Unimodal to the S-SSE GOOD Very locally reduced by minor Fe cementation. No shale layers.
Minor reversals II Funnel to v-shaped burrows due to vertical animal escape or sediment collapse/inti II. Large burrows (1O's & herringbone patterns mm wide, up to -1OOmm high) caused by large bivalve or crustacaean.
No distinct burrow types.
Unfossiliferous. Negligible bioturbation-rare single clay-lined burrows (Ophiomorpha) towards the top in some places (e.g. New Trees).
Unfossiliferous (?leached). Extensively bioturbated (ca. 10-50% of primary structures destroyed). Horizontal, slightly sinuous, clay-lined burrows are the most common type & occur mainly in cross-laminated sands. Occasional vertical to oblique burrows.
Unfossiliferous (?leached). Moderately to strongly bioturbated (30-50% of primary structures destroyed) & variety of burrow types: (i) narrow vertical tubes, (ii) sinuous subhorizontal burrows producing colour mottling. (iii) iron-cemented vertical to steeply inclined burrows, (iv) subhorizontal branching burrows Thalassinoides. (v) v-shaped burrows.
-?Om max. 1-2m
0->15m
I Intense, small-scale colour mottling (5mm diam.) -pale core & darker rim. Caused by horizontal burrows & resulting in negligible destratificatation.
No fauna observed. Strongly bioturbated throughout- fine sediments effectively destratified.
Thickness
(?up 1o10's m max.)
Bimodal-bipolar S-SW modes are dominant (directions of all major structures)
Bimodal-bipolar WSW mode dominant & ENE mode slightly subordinate
Bimodal-bipolar NW mode dominant with minor S-SSW mode
of the lowest unit, the Orange and Heterolithic Sands, was not seen but is thought to directly overlie the phosphati c gravels and sands of the fossiliferous basal beds re corded in abandoned pits ( Lamplugh, 1922). The relationship between these two lower most sands has also not been observed directly, with
-thin permeable sands probably laterally extensive (=Storm layers)
VERY GOOD vertically & laterally uniform
MODERATE to POOR -discontinuous shale layers
1-2m
Sheet-like/tabular
E-W lenticular geometry in N
Large-scale southward thickening wedge in S.
g
-drapes irre . surface of ilver Sand. -dissected cut-out by erosional base of the Red Beds.
2-15m
Tabular within study area.
<25m
Uncertain-restricted to E part of study area. Possibly interfinger to W with Orange Sands.
up to -50m
Uncertain, greater N-S continuity ct. E-W.
MODERATE to GOOD -distinct higher permeability zones within N-S trending channels.
Sheet-like
Lenticular
POOR/SEAL Isolated structures show dips to S
Geometry
either lateral interfingering or erosional contact both possible. However, facies similarities (discussed later) suggest that the Orange and Heterolithic Sands are probably lateral equivalents. The boundary between the top of the Woburn Sands and the overlying Gault is generally poorly
24
H. D. Johnson and B. K. Levell
D Gault Cia'{ D Transition Series [(g);j Red Sands (RS)
�j:j:j:j Silty Beds
- Silver Sands (SS) � Heterolithic Sands (HS) EO(,<�J Orange Sands (OS) North D Jurassic clays ..,.
0
2km
w
--
Approx. depth of present-day exposures
0 10 E: "
20 )§
0
30
10
·t <.) Q)
40.0 :: 0 50 a; .0
20 30
60 �
Q)
70::2:
40
80
50 60
Fig. 4. Cross-section through the Woburn Sands illustrating the vertical and lateral relationships between the main lithostratigraphical units (sec Fig. 2 for location) . The locations at which some of the main lithostratigraphical boundaries can be seen arc indicated by single vertical lines. Note the dashed line indicating the approximate depth of present-day exposures. Datum is the base of the cristatum subzone.
exposed and has not been studied here in any detail . However, this impo rtant and richly fossilife ro us inte rval has been studied e xtensively in the past by palaeontologists and biostratigraphe rs, who have meas ured many detailed vertical profiles (e.g. Lamplugh, 1 922; Wright & W right, 19 47; Casey, 19 61 ; Owen, 1 9 72). These data have been incor porated into Table 1 and Figs 3 & 4.
SEDIMENTOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS
This section outlines in detail the sedimentological cha racteristics of the six main facies types. The key points of description and interp retation are summarized in Table l .
Transgressive estuarine sand complex A
25
B
BOREAL BOREAL
SEA
SEA
:r:
,'
�
Main palaeocurrent directions 50 100km �---
5. Three schematic palaeogeographical maps illustrating the transgressive history of the Lower Cretaceous in the southern North Sea- English Channel area, and the evolution of the 'Bedfordshire Strait' which ultimately connected the Boreal Sea and the Wealden Basin. Aptian-Albian outcrop shown in black (a) Ryazanian-Valanginian; (b) Aptian: Woburn sands, Folkcstonc sands, Hythe and Sandgate beds; (c) Albian, Gault clay. (Based on Ziegler, 1988, 1990.) Fig.
'----'"'---..J100km
H. D . Johnson and B. K. Levell
26 Orange Sands
D_escription
Based on the available exposures at the time of our field-work in 1 9 79 (B ryant's Lane, Stone Lane and Sheepcott quarries; Fig. 2), these sands a re moder ately sorted, fine- to coa rse-grained and contain some quartz granules, clay pebbles and wood frag ments. The o range colour is due to widespread iron oxide, whi ch o ccurs as a cement, in Liesegang rings and in rims around clay (e.g. clay pebbles, drapes and burrow linings). Large-scale erosion surfaces within the unit have been divided a rbitra rily into two types:
NE
I Subhorizontal erosion surfaces a re essentially flat and extend up to 200 m. Lo cally they cut down in con cave-upward scours 4- 6 m deep ( Fig. 6) . The e rosion surfaces are spa ced 5 - 10 m apart verti cally and a re normally overlain by coa rse lags of granules and mud flakes. 2 Low-angle erosion surfaces o ccur within the units bounded by e rosion surfaces of type I and pass laterally and down-dip into the subhorizontal e rosion surfa ces ( Fig. 6) . They are spaced at intervals of a few decimetres to 1 m and separate inte rvals with a variable array of cross-bedding, cross-lamination and burrows ( Fig. 7) . The more deeply e rosive parts of the subhorizontal erosion surfaces a re overlain by 1 -5 m thick tabular
f<---- Flood-dominated tidal channel
Tidal bar -----+1
SW
metres 0
8 .
Transport toN
Photograph location
+----- 150metres--------•
6. An example of large-scale facies relationships in a flood tidal-channel complex in the Orange Sands. The base of the channel is a horizontal erosion surface lined with intraformational clay clasts. A series of low-angle (4-8°) erosion surfaces (right side of the photograph) mark the flanks of a tidal bar, which is characterized by small-scale cross-bedding and moderate to strong bioturbation . The inclinations of the low-angle erosion surfaces (inferred bar flank surfaces) increase laterally (to the left) and eventually pass into high-energy, channel-fill deposits displaying tabular avalanche foresets up to 4 m high. A second flood-tidal channel sequence is also exposed in the lower part of the section. The simplified field sketch (sec Fig. 3 for legend) shows the broader relations between the bioturbated tidal bar sands and the avalanche foresets of flood-dominated, tidal channel-fill sands (from Bryant's Lane pit) .
Fig.
Transgressive estuarine sand complex
27
7 . Physical and biogenic sedimentary structures i n the Orange Sands. (A) Tidal bar deposits comprising small- to moderate-scale cross-bedding (10-SOcm thick) separated by horizontal and low-angle erosion surfaces with thin intraformational mud-flake conglomerates, and occasional clay layers. The numerous low-angle reactivation surfaces give a characteristic wedge-shaped appearance to the cross-bed sets (see also ( D ) ) . ( B ) Close-up of the central part of (A) illustrating some details of the bioturbation. Note in particular the simple vertical burrows and a large V-shapcd burrow (lower centre of photo) . (C) Large-scale tabular cross-bedding infilling a flood tidal channel (upper half of photo) . Vertical burrows increase in density in the deeper part o f the channel and arc inclined perpendicular t o the forcscts. The underlying deposits display oppositely-dipping cross-bedding, horizontal and inclined erosion surfaces and moderate bioturbation. (D) Wedge-shaped cross-bedding with numerous reactivation surfaces, which arc occasionally overlain by clay drapes or oppositely-dipping cross-lamination. Fig.
or wedge-shaped c ross-bedding with NE-dipping avalanche foresets separated by large-scale , low angle erosion surfaces (Fig. 6) . These low-angle e rosion surfaces may flatten up-dip into more closely spaced, subhorizontal e rosion surfaces. This is ac companied by a change in sedimentary structures from 1-5-m-thick avalanche cross-bedding to 0.20. 7-m-thick sets of t rough cross-bedding, cu rrent ripple cross-lamination and flaser and wavy bedding. Palaeocurrent directions from all these deposits a re variable, but there is abundant evidence of reve rsals , especially in the smaller-scale structures. The larger structures show mainly northwest-flowing palaeo cu rrents but with clear, subordinate reve rsals (Fig. 8).
Burrowing has destroyed , on average, some 3050% of the p rimary structures and has been sub divided into five types: 1 Na rrow ( c. 2 mm) vertical tubes that form a branching network with sections 10 -20 mm long. These tubes have no clay lining and a re extremely fragile, being visible only on wind-sculpted faces. They resemble burrows p roduced by polycheate worms in modern sands of estuaries and tidal flats (Schafer, 1 9 72 ) . 2 Sinuous, subho rizontal burrows p roducing c. 5-mm-diameter colour mottling. These burrows occur mainly in the ripple-laminated sands. 3 Simple , ve rtical or steeply inclined tubes ( c. lO mm diameter and 50-200 mm long) with clay linings,
H. D. Johnson and B.K. Levell
28
N
I
N
I
Red Sands
n=89
Silver Sands
n=157
Interpretation
The interbedding of deposits wi th opposed palaeo current modes, evidence of rapid lateral variation in flow regime (as shown by the intercalation of large and small-scale structures), the range of burrow types , and the clay drapes, are all common character istics of high-energy, shallow-water tidal deposits (de Raaf & Boersma , 197 1 ; N io & Yang, 1 99 1 ) . The subhorizontal erosion surfaces, therefore, probably define the bases of tidal channels and, at least in the areas of deepest scour, these channels carried northwestward flowing water. The low-angle erosion surfaces are interpre ted as the accretionary flanks of in-channel bars on which curren t dominance was less pronounced and low-energy structures were preserved (e.g. Yang & N io, 1989 ) . There is no evidence that the preserved portions of these bars were e ither emergent or suffered severe wave activity . The Orange Sands thus represent a h igh energy, tidal channel complex w ith mutually evasive ebb and flood tidal currents. Heterolithic Sands
Description
Orange Sands
n=203
Heterolithic Sands (scale x2)
n=52
8. Palaeocurrent distributions based mainly on l arge scale cross-bedding.
Fig.
wh ich are frequently the sites of iron-oxide precipi tation (Fig. 7A & B) . Th is type projects normal to the bedding even when this is inclined (Fig. 7 C) , and is w idespread throughout the Orange Sands. 4 Complex, subhorizontal to inclined, branching burrow networks c. 10-40 mm in diameter and w ith enlarged, bulbous junctions (Fig. 7D). Iron cementation preserves these in three dimensions. This type most closely resembles the crustacean burrow system Ophiomorpha. 5 Nested cone-shaped burrows (V-shaped in two dimensions, Fig. 7 B) . These appear to represent the collapse of sedimentary lamination i n to 20-30-mm w ide horizontal tubes, but may also occur as iron cemented , V-shaped laminae. They are especially common in sands just above and below major erosion surfaces.
This unit comprises moderately sorted, fine to very fine grained sands w ith numerous clay layers, scattered clay flakes and woody detritus. The sands are largely grey, while the clay drapes and surround ing sands are some times rust-coloured due to iron oxides. The sands contain low-angle ( c. 4 °) erosion sur faces tens of metres long that closely resemble those of the Orange Sands, with the exception that they do not pass downwards into channel-fill facies and are often overlain by relatively continuous clay drapes. The main sedimentary s tructures are, in order of decreasing importance: current ripple cross lamination (Fig. 9A) , trough cross-bedding, scour and-fill s tructures and low-angle cross-lamination. Clay drapes occur on set boundaries and foresets w ith in all types of cross-stratification and sometimes produce wavy and flaser bedding (Fig. 9A & B). Although not measured in detail , clay drape d istr i bution is suggestive of tidal bundles, possibly w ith neap-spring tide cycles (e.g. Visser, 1980). Evidence of bidirectional currents is ubiquitous in all these s tructures (e.g. Fig. 9A) . The larger foresets commonly have superimposed smaller sets w ith reversed dips . Cross-stratification type varies over
Transgressive estuarine sand complex
29
Fig. 9. Physical sedimentary structures in the Heterolithic Sands. (A) Flaser bedding associated with small-scale, current ripple cross lamination. Herringbone patterns are occasionally developed but normally the southwest ebb direction is dominant. (B) Clay draped foresets separated by thick clay layers, which are internally disrupted by bioturbation.
short distances, both laterally and vertically, and there are no progressive vertical changes in either set thickness or grain size. Palaeocurren ts are bimodal-bipolar, with a dominant southwest directed mode (Fig. 8). Burrowing, which has destroyed around 10-50% of the primary sedimentary fabric, is dominated by sinuous, horizontal, clay-lined forms (Fig. 10). Burrows are most common in the flaser and wavy bedded subfacies and may be virtually absent in the larger decimetre-scale cross-bed sets. The pre dominance of horizon tal burrows results in little disturbance of the sedimentary structures. Less common types are vertical to oblique and rare , spiral clay-lined burrows (Fig. lOD).
Interpretation
The bimodal-bipolar palaeocurrent pattern , and the assemblage and variability of sedimentary structures in this unit suggest a shallow-marine tidal origin . The thickness o f this facies (up t o 25 m was recorded by Bentley ( 1970)) and the lack of features rep resenting emergence (rootlets, wave-reworked sur faces, desiccation cracks, etc . ) suggest deposition in a subtidal environment of moderate water depth and fluctuating flow conditions. The lack of distinct channel-fill facies and the ubiqui tous presence of low-angle inclined erosion surfaces wi th a constan t south-eastward dip suggests accretion on a broad subtidal shoal. Relatively low-energy curren ts are
30
H.D. Johnson and B.K. Levell
Fig. 10. Biogenic sedimentary structures i n the Heterolithic Sands. (A) Strong bioturbation i n current ripple cross laminated and partly ftaser bedded sands. The dominant biogenic structures are horizontal, clay-lined burrows. (B) Moderate bioturbation mainly by horizontal, clay-lined burrows with a single inclined burrow (southeast of lens cap) . Bidirectional, cross-lamination with occasional clay-ftasers is still well-preserved. (C) Plan view of the dominant burrow type in this facies comprising horizontal, sinuous, clay-lined burrows with back-fill laminae. (D) Isolated example of a vertical, clay-lined burrow resembling Ophiomorpha. Background facies is ripple laminated, ftaser bedded sand.
suggested by the small scale of cross-bedding and the predominance of r ipple cross-lamination , whereas the extensive clay drapes suggest relatively long periods of quiet water conditions. Silver Sands
Description
The Silver Sands consist of well-sorted , medium- to very coarse-grained quartz arenites (previously used as glass sands ) . Sooty and woody carbonaceous matter is locally abundant, but clay drapes are absent. These sands truncate all earlier deposits w ith a major planar to regionally concave -upwards erosion surface which is lined with granules and clay flakes. The lag deposit overlying this erosion surface is well cemented by iron oxides.
In the northwest of the area (around Heath and Reach, Fig. 2) several pits expose up to 20 m of S ilver Sands, and major low-angle (2-4° apparent dips) erosion surfaces w ith a constant southwestward dip can be p icked out throughout the u n it (Fig. llA ) . Between these planar to slightly undulose erosion surfaces tabular cross-bed sets from 0.5 to 2 m thick occur (Fig. 1 1B ) . The erosion surfaces terminate abruptly down-dip, resulting in thickening of some cross-bed sets, and formation of hanging set bound aries. No s ingle surface could be traced from the top of the 1 5 -m -thick unit to the base. There is only occasional evidence of reversing palaeo currents, such as at the base of the unit in Munday's H ill quarry, resulting in an overwhelmingly domi nant southwestward dip to all scales of forese t (Figs 8 & 1 1) . I n the extreme north o f the area o f the Silver
Transgressive estuarine sand complex
31
Fig. 11. Physical sedimentary structures i n the Silver Sands from the northern part of the study area. (A) A complete vertical section through the Silver Sands ( c. 15 m thick) illustrating a sequence of moderate- to l arge-scale cross-bedding (set thickness c. 0.5-2.0 m ) separated by undulatory horizontal to low-angle erosion surfaces (dipping to right ) . Cross bedding is mainly undirectional to the southwest (ebb-sets) . A prominent erosion surface lined with intraformational clay clasts and quartz granules forms a ledge j ust below the contact between the dark and light coloured sands. The dark sands represent ebb-dominated channel-fill sands within the upper part of the Orange Sands. (B) Closer view of the southwest directed, ebb-dominated Silver Sands (quarry face c. 10 m high ) . Note the undulatory nature of the erosion surfaces and corresponding irregularities in cross-bed set thickness (c. 0.5-2 m ) . There are no positive signs of reversing currents in these ebb-dominated sands. The ledges produced along the various erosion surfaces are not lined with clay; these sections are in c. 100% quartz sand.
Sands are somewhat thinner and more iron-stained. Cross-bedding is predominantly of the avalanche type in se ts 1 - 2 m thick . Three-dimensional ex posures show these sets to be the infills of spoon shaped scours with the appearance of micro-de ltas, rather than the deposits of migrating large-scale megaripp les (or sand waves) with flat bases. In the Shenley Hill area further to the east (Fig. 2), tabular sets 2-4 m thick comprise the bulk of the Silver Sands (Fig. 1 2 ) . These were relative ly poorly exposed during our fie ld -work but were photographed by Bentley ( 1970) and have been
re-exposed recently ( J . Eyers, 1994 pers. comm . ) . Internally these sets show complex lateral transitions from single avalanche se ts, which are a lways directed to the south or southwest (Fig. 8) , and which pass into thinner tabular or wedge-shaped sets of up- and down-slope dipping foresets, separated by low-angle or subhorizontal erosion surfaces (Fig. 13). These sets have only been seen in sections paralle l to the transport direction , and their strike configuration is unknown. Bentley ( 1970) claimed to be able to map the E -W trend of individua l sand-wave crests in this area.
V.> N
::t: \:::)
0' �
a
Cl
;: ., ;: "' t:l;)
;>;: !:""'
"' "' "' :::::
Fig. 12. Large-scale, sand-wave-type cross-bedding in the Silver Sands (Munday ' s Hill Quarry) . Individual sets are up to 4 m thick and are internally complex, ranging from avalanche foresets to low-angle surfaces (6-8°) separated by upslope- and downslope-dipping cross-bedding (see Fig. 13 for details) . Note also the sharp, planar contact between the Silver Sands and Silty Beds and the erosional contact between the Silver and Red Sands. The dark area along this contact represents a ridge of strong iron cementation ('Carstone rib ' ) . Finally the sequence is capped by the marine Gault Clay.
Transgressive estuarine sand complex
33
Fig. 13. Internal characteristics of the sand-wave-type cross-bedding in the Silver Sands in the Munday 's Hill- Double Arches area (large-scale structures illustrated in Fig. 12). (A) Tabular cross-bedding with simple, angle-of-repose foresets. Note small oppositely-dipping set (by lens cap) separating the main , thick sets and a prominent reactivation surface in the upper thick set (Double Arches Quarry) . (B) Relatively small tabular cross-beds, with each displaying an upward decrease in grain size (Munday's Hill Quarry) . (C) The low-angle surfaces dipping to the left represent an ebb directed (to southwest) sand-wave lee face . Internally these coarse to granule grade sands display upslope dipping cross bedding which represents flood-directed megaripples (Munday ' s Hill Quarry ) . (D) Herringbone patterns developed in relatively small sets of trough cross-bedding (Munday's Hill Quarry ) .
In the extreme west of the area, west of Heath and Reach (Sheepcott quarry; Fig. 2) , a heterolithic facies of decimetre-scale cross-bedded sands with persistent clay drapes overlies the Orange Sands. These beds, formally assigned to the Lower Woburn Sands, could be a lateral facies variant of the Silver Sands. In general, the Silver Sands are weakly bio turbated, apart from the upper few metres in some pits (e.g. New Trees) , where clay-lined Ophiomorpha-type burrows occur. Interpretation
The textural and mineralogical maturity of the Silver Sands, the uniformly large size of cross-bedding and
the lack or scarcity of clay drapes and burrows suggest deposition in a higher energy environment than both the Heterolithic and Orange Sands. None the less, the relatively infrequent evidence of revers ing palaeocurrents still suggests tidal deposition. The extensive subhorizontal erosion surface at the base of the unit and the evidence of a bedform complex up to 1 5 m thick, at least in the Heath and Reach area, suggest deposition in a high-energy, current-dominated bar system after a period of wide spread erosion. There is no clear channel-fill facies and it is possible that deposition occurred in an environment in which interbar depressions were created by the accretion of shoals rather than the active cutting of channels. In more detail, the cross-bedding indicates large ,
34
H. D. Johnson and B.K. Levell
possibly sand-wave-type bedforms with super imposed megaripples over the majority of the out crop area, and microdelta-like forms infilling scour hollows in the north. Taken together with a similar change in cross-bedding style in the younger Red Sands (see below ) , this change could be related to a southward increase in water depth across the study area (Fig. 2 ) , which allowed the construction of larger bedforms in the south of the area. In comparison with the shoal complex of the Heterolithic Sands, current energy was apparently much higher and there was less time for the settling of suspended clay. The textural and mineralogical maturity of the sands also indicates a more intensive phase of reworking prior to final deposition. Silty Beds
Description
The Silty Beds (Lamplugh & Walker, 1903; Lamplugh , 1922) comprises a thin interval (mainly 1 - 2 m ; maximum 3 .6 m) of grey-green, glauconite and carbonaceous-rich clays, silts and argillaceous fine-grained sands with rare thin beds of coarse- to very coarse-grained, well-sorted sands. The fine grained sediments are strongly (90- 100 % ) bio turbated (Fig. 14) and have in places suffered soft-sediment deformation. The coarse beds are 50- 1 00 mm thick , have sharp bases and flat or rippled tops, and are internally cross-laminated or plane-laminated. The unit sharply overlies a slightly undulating surface on top of the Silver Sands (Fig. 12). This undulose surface was considered by Lamplugh ( 1922) and Bentley ( 1970) to represent the preserved morphology of shoal or sand-wave crests in the underlying Silver Sands. The Silty Beds are sharply overlain by either the Transition Series or the Red Sands (Fig. 4). Interpretation
This interval represents a period of slow sedimen tation in a marine environment in which both current and wave energy were apparently too weak to cause significant erosion of the unconsolidated sands on the sea-floor. The coarser grained sand layers are interpreted as lags, resulting from reworking and winnowing of the Silver Sands (cf. Levell, 1980). The Silty Beds are interpreted to represent a phase of low energy and low sediment influx (an estuarine abandonment phase) relative to the high-energy,
14. Silty Beds, overlying the Silver Sands with a sharp, planar contact (next to trowel ) . The mottled texture in the Silty Beds is the .result of extreme bioturbation. A low-angle laminated sand bed with an erosional base (storm layer) is present in the upper part of the sequence (Bryant's Lane Quarry) .
Fig.
subtidal sand shoal and channel complexes described from the underlying deposits. The precise depositional environment of this unit is debatable. The lack of marine fauna and abundant carbonaceous material could indicate restricted marine conditions, possibly within a deeper, pro tected part of an estuary ( Lamplugh, 1922). The facies could also be interpreted as tidal flat deposits (Eyers, 1992b) , although the absence of tidal channels and the characteristic fining upward sequence capped by in situ marsh deposits (e.g. Evans, 1965) fails to support this. Alternatively, the abrupt cessation of high-energy conditions marked by the sharp base of this unit, and the presence of reworked and glauconite-rich horizons within it, is more characteristic of a sudden deepening, rather
Transgressive estuarine sand complex
than shallowing in water depth. Hence , a more offshore shallow marine environmen t is a further possibility . The Silty Beds probably represen t a relatively long time interval, which marks the end of the underlying Orange- Heteroli thic and Silver Sands depositional succession. This i n terpreta tion implies that the overlying Red Sands form a genetically separate sand body. Red Sands .
Description
The unit comprises moderately to poorly sorted, medium- to very coarse-grained sands (occasionally gravelly), which are distinguished from all older units of the Woburn Sands by their high conte n t (up to 20% bulk volume) of detri tal iron oxide in the form of rust-coloured ooliths of goeth i te and angular ir9nstone chips. It is also rich in heavy minerals ( Bentley, ( 1970) reports up to 2 . 5 % bulk volume) . I n addition, diagene tic iron oxide occurs a s a local cement around mud clasts and on certain foresets. The Red Sands erosionally truncate all earlier deposits. In the Shenley Hill area they were shown by Bentley ( 1970) to occupy E- W trending shallow scours up to 6 m deep and 100 m wide. South of this area the Silty Beds and the Silver Sands are progressively cu t out by erosion beneath the sou th ward thickening Red Sands until, south of Leighton Buzzard, the sand pits expose only this last unit (Fig. 4), which is presumed to overlie Orange and/ or Heterolithic Sands. The erosion surface at the base of the Red Sands is i n terpreted as a sequence boundary by Ruffell and Wach (in press). Three main types of cross-bedding characterize the Red Sands. Type I consists of thick (up to 5 . 5 m) sets of avalanche cross-bedding that overlie prominent erosional scours up to 3 m deep and more than 100 m wide . The overall set geome try thus resembles giant scale trough cross-bedding. The uppermost se t of the unit is overlain by a coset of successively smaller se ts with a particularly i n triguing geometry (Fig. 15). The thick set of avalanche foresets at the base dip at 25 -30° and abut sharply against a basal erosion surface locally lined with granules and pebbles. Major reactivation surfaces periodically separate bundles of foreset laminae with an average thickness of 130 mm (range 50-220 mm) . Each of
35
these tabular or wedge-shaped bundles is in turn subdivided by some times i n tersecting minor dis continuity planes that define the individual foresets. The major reactivation surfaces are convex-up, flattening toward the top of the set, where they are separated by cosets or sol i tary sets of decimetre scale cross-bedding. At the top of the sets, where the reactivation surfaces flatten out, there are some up-dip thinning sets 0.05 - 0.2 m thick of oppositely dipping cross-bedding. This geometry closely resembles, on a large scale, the ebb and flood shields described from several modern tidal environments (e.g. Klein , 1970) . Type ll is characterized by wedge-shaped cross-sets (0.3- 2 m thick) with sou th- or southwest-dipping foresets, which are superimposed on 2-4-m-thick sets of low-angle southward-dipping erosion surfaces (dips 4-8°) . Individual cross-sets taper either up or down the inclined surfaces. Small sets (less than 0.5 m thick) occasionally thicken down-dip into single large-scale ( c. 2-3 m thick) avalanche sets. Type II cross-bedding passes laterally i n to type I in both down- and up-palaeocurren t direction . Type III comprises 0. 1 -0.4-m-thick sets o f trough and tabular cross-bedding bounded by subhorizontal erosion surfaces, and forms the bulk of the Red Sands in the channelized facies of the northern area.
Additional information on the complex and varied geometry of these sedimen tary structures has been obtained recently from ground-penetrating radar studies ( Bristow, in press) . The Red Sands are extensively bioturbated (Fig. 16). The most widespread burrow type is a c. 5-mm diameter colour mottling in which pale-coloured burrow fills contrast with the darker iron-rich sands surrounding them (Fig. 16A) . This structure results from horizontal burrowing and has caused only minimal disruption of the primary stratification. Such bioturbation is apparently similar to that termed 'cryptobioturbation' by Howard & Frey ( 1975) . This structure was found by them in the G eorgia (USA) estuaries and a ttributed by them to amphipod crustaceans. The colour mottling could be due either to a slight grain-size fractionation ( the iron pellets fall mostly in the fine- to very fine-grained sand classes ( Bentley, 1970) or to some oxidation/ reduction difference caused by organic slime. The second and most distinctive burrow type is the nested inverted cone or funnel-shaped struc-
36
H. D. Johnson and B. K. Levell
Fig. 15. Large-scale (c. 3-4 m thick ) , ebb-directed (to south) , avalanche foresets and associated top set deposits.,.(A) Foreset packets are separated by major reactivation surfaces. The latter are ascribed to stronger than normal flood-currents because they are overlain by packets of oppositely dipping, wedge-shaped cross-beds. The large-scale structure is interpreted as an ebb-dominated bedform which filled an erosional hollow. (B) Close-up of central part of (a) showing oppositely-dipping (to northeast), flood-directed sets, possibly analogous to flood-shield bedforms. Locality: Pratts' Lane Quarry.
ture (Fig. 1 6 B) . The V-shaped laminae (in two dimensions) of these structures could have formed either by sediment collapse i n to the underlying horizontal tubes, which are sometimes associated with these structures, or could have formed as an escape structure by upward movement of an animal (e.g. large pelecypod or crustacean). The escape s tructure interpretation may be supported by the association of this sort of burrow with large erosion surfaces overlain by migrating bedforms. Perhaps the animals preferred the relatively slow deposition areas of channel floors but were none the less able to escape by efficient vertical burrowing when buried beneath advancing bedforms.
A third burrow type consists of horizontal 40-mm diameter subhorizontal tubes with miniscus-shaped spreiten. The size, shape and back-filling spreiten resemble the 'press structures' produced by £chino cardium cordatum ( Reineck & Singh , 1973). If these burrows are echinoid burrows, they would indicate fully marine conditions. Interpretation
The Red Sands accumulated in a high-energy marine or marginal marine environment dominated by southward flowing, but sometimes reversing, cur rents (Fig. 8) . There is no evidence of distinct
Transgressive estuarine sand complex
37
Fig. 16. Biogenic sedimentary structures in the Red Sands. (A) Typical mottled appearance of the Red Sands resulting from horizontal burrows. Note the alternation of non-bioturbated laminae and the retention of structure within the bioturbated layers. Locality: Pratt's Lane. (B) Two V-shaped burrows occurring within a large-scale cross bedded sand body at the contact between two different sediment types (coarser, massive sands above) . The lower cross-bedded sands also display the mottled texture detailed in (a) . Locality: Grovebury South.
channel-fill or shoal deposits, and the whole uni t seems to represent rather a blanke t-like field of megaripples and megarippled sand waves (cf. J . R.L. Allen, 1980) , which increased systematically in height southwards. The sedimentary s tructures closely resemble tidal sand waves found in modern subtidal environments (e.g. Berne et a!. , 199 1 ) . There i s no evidence of emergence o r s ignificant wave activity , but the b ioturbation suggests similar marine or marginal marine cond itions to the under lying units. The lack of clay drapes indicates a more or less constantly active water column .
Transition Series
Description
The Transition Series comprises a d istinctive thin (c. 1 -2 m thick) , and laterally extensive deposit at the junction between the previously described units and the overlying Gault. I t has been studied inten sively by palaeontologists because of its rich fauna (for more extensive descriptions see Lamplugh ( 1922 ) , Wright & Wright ( 1947 ) , Hancock ( 1958) , Casey ( 1961 ) and Owen ( 1972)) . Lithologically the Transition Series is laterally variable , consisting mainly of partly cemented pebbly
38
H. D. Johnson and B.K. Levell
sands (at the base) and argillaceous, glauconitic and phosphatic fine- to coarse-grained sands and sandy clays. A distinctive and unusual limestone, the Shenley Limestone, occurs as discontinuous in situ bands, up to c. 0.6 m thick , and as reworked frag ments in the lower part of this unit. This limestone, which sharply overlies the underlying deposits, contains a unique fauna, including rich and dis tinctive brachiopods and a unique assemblage of echinoids and Crustacea. The whole Transition Series is highly fossiliferous, with abundant ammon ites, bivalves, belemnites, gastropods and oysters. There is abundant evidence of reworking and dis continuous sedimentation in the form of reworked faunas and several condensed horizons. The Tran sition Series forms a laterally extensive drape over the underlying Woburn Sands and extends laterally over Jurassic sediments (Owen, 1972) . Interpretation
The Transition Series represents a composite trans gressive , shallow-marine lag, which forms a type of abandonment deposit on top of the underlying, mainly high-energy, subtidal deposits. The rework ing of limestone beds, concretions and iron cemented sandstones ( ' Carstone'), mixing of faunal zones and condensed intervals indicate slow depo sition and strong current activity. The abundant and highly varied fauna supports a shallow marine, probably offshore, depositional environment, with the coarser grained layers representing winnowed lag deposits.
PALAEOGEOGRAPHICAL EVOLUTION
Reconstruction of the palaeogeographical evolution of the five erosionally bounded units depends not only on the process interpretations given above but also on the overall palaeogeographical setting and the stratigraphical relationships between the units. The first point to establish is the direction of the transgression . Several factors lead us to propose a northward transgression . 1 The affinities of the fauna described by Casey ( 196 1 ) from the lower part of the complex are with faunas from the southern Wealden Basin, rather than from the northern Southern North Sea Basin. 2 In tidal embayments it is common for ebb-directed sets to be preferentially preserved, either because ebb flows are often enhanced by freshwater run-off
or because these flows reach maximum velocities at times of lower water, and are thus preferentially preserved in the topographically lower parts of the deposit. The predominance of southwestward directed palaeocurrents leads to the proposal of open sea in the southwest. 3 The increase in set size southwards in the Red Sands (and possibly in the Silver Sands) , coupled with a southward increase in the thickness of the Red Sands, could be explained by greater water depth in the south. Water depth is, of course , of especial importance in the preservation of sets up to 5 . 5 m thick. In modern tidal basins (e.g. estuaries and embayments) the largest bedforms frequently occur in the deeper areas (see Fig. 17). 4 The geometry of the deposit is one of southward dipping facies units (Fig. 4) . This is most readily explained by a northward transgression . Two factors lead us to suggest that the Red Sands should be considered separately from the older sub divisions of the Woburn Sands. 1 They rest erosively on the Silty Beds, which appears to be a slowly deposited unit representing the cessation of sand supply to the underlying Silver Sands shoal system. 2 Their distinctive petrography, rich in detrital iron oxide fragments with goethite ooliths, suggests a change in the source material. The most likely possibility is the erosion of presently unexposed iron-rich intervals derived from further updip to the north , which may include the iron-stained Orange Sands, the carstones of the Silver Sands or some other, older or laterally equivalent formation(s) (e.g. the early Cretaceous Carstone of the Norfolk area, Casey & Gallois, 1 973). The only reported occurrence of similar goethite ooliths is from an early Cretaceous oolith-rich sand unit further north (Deepdale Pit), which may be equivalent to the Silver Sands (Eyers, 1992a) . The deposition of the Woburn Sands began with the partly erosional and partly tectonic creation of a trough trending NE-SW through the Bedfordshire area. The basal deposits are gravels and phosphates with rolled, derived faunas and abundant wood material, suggesting transgressive coastal erosion (whether open-marine or on the margins of a brackish embayment is unknown). The overlying Orange and Heterolithic Sands represent subtidal channel and shoal deposits, respectively. The relationship between these two units could be either lateral interfingering or a sharp erosional contact (Fig. 17). l n the first case
Transgressive estuarine sand complex
39
�� Tidal channel fills I . I High-energy tidal shoals C:=J Moderate-energy tidal shoals
}
}
Orange Sands Heterolithic Sands
b) Model 1
� "'A :, ::-:=--. ·:-::::_� -:-::=· ::- :: -_-.-_. -.::-:.: ::���-::-.� �;:.;_ -::-::-.·-. .�- �=._ � :s_ �:::. _.:.:.:::= � �;=-; ;�;� CHANNEL
. __ .•.•.. •
::::
HIGH ENERGY CHANNE HIGH ENERGY L SHOAL SHO L - -. . . ::::::::::-::=·. .� : - .:0 - _ - =-== = . '\ . ;- _
MODERATE ENERGY SHOAL
== -==;::;===;;:::_:::: ----== _ :: :; :
B
0
?
c) Model 2
A
5m B
17. (a) Distribution of the Orange and Heterolithic Sands (Lower Woburn Sands or Brown Sands) below the Silver Sands erosion surface, and (b) two possible models depicting possible lateral relationships (model 1 preferred) .
Fig.
40
H. D. Johnson and B.K. Levell
(Fig. 17b) , the Heterolithic Sands would be situated towards the centre of the estuary or embayment, with the Orange Sands being a marginal , flood dominated , channel complex. Such a palaeo geography with marginal channels hugging the edges of an embayment or estuary would be consistent with the generally rotary circulation models for estuaries, where tidal currents are deflected by Coriolis force to the margins (e.g. Schubel , 197 1 ) . Nevertheless, a problem remains with this inter pretation in that it is difficult to understand why the Heterolithic Sands shoal complex accreted steadily to a thickness of 25 m , without being dissected by a migrating channel system. However, the similarity between the Heterolithic and Orange Sands leads us to infer a laterally interfingering relationship (Fig. 17b). Two features place these two units in the relatively landward and protected parts of the embayment or estuary, rather than on the open shelf. 1 The clear presence of distinct channel and shoal complexes is characteristic of the estuary proper, rather than the seaward extensions. Furthermore the flood dominance of the Orange Sands channels indicates mutually evasive ebb and flood channels. 2 The well-developed clay drapes indicate periods of slack water in a generally current-dominated regime. Whether these are diurnal drapes or not, periods of tidal slack water are more likely to occur in systems with rectilinear tides. Such tides are more common in the inner and more restricted parts of estuaries, whereas in estuary mouths and on the open shelf, tides tend to be rotary (Terwindt, 1973). The major erosion surface at the base of the Silver Sands indicates a shift in depositional setting, and is explained most readily by the lateral shift of a major, wide, estuary mouth channel system. The overlying Silver Sands, with the lack of a distinct channel-fill facies and the large-scale bedform complexes up to 15 m high , suggest, in the context of a continuing northward transgression, deposition in estuary mouth subtidal shoals. Modern analogues might be the outer reaches of Chesapeake Bay ( Ludwick 1970, 1974; Colman eta/. , 1988), or Delaware Bay ( Knebel et al . , 1988) , or the seaward portions of ebb-tidal deltas (Greer, 1975 ; Hayes, 1975 ) . A s mentioned above , the Silty Beds represent the cessation of sand supply to the Silver Sands shoal, followed by a period of slow deposition. Reasons for the abandonment of this shoal could be autocyclic (e.g. a shift in the shoal pattern related to the movement of main tidal channels) or allocyclic (e.g.
sea-level rise leading to the area becoming an open marine shelf rather than an estuary mouth. However, alternative interpretations consider this interval to represent tidal flat deposits and hence a relative shallowing of sea-level of the facies succession has been proposed (Eyers, 1992b) . In gross facies terms (e.g. the style of cross bedding, grain size and lack of clay drapes) the Red Sands closely resemble the Silver Sands. However, there is a major difference in their petrography. The Red Sands could, therefore , represent a similar outer estuarine shoal complex but formed at a time when the up-dip tidal channels were eroding different material. They would therefore represent the shift of tidal channels to debouch again in the Leighton Buzzard Area. An alternative and more dramatic interpretation would relate the Red Sands to the final breaching of the London-Brabant land mass and thus to continued coastal erosion at the margin of the transgressing embayment. As discussed above, the erosion surface at the base of the Red Sands has been interpreted as evidence for a sea-level low stand (sequence boundary) punctuating the overall late Aptian transgression. This explanation would presumably equate the depositional settings of the Silver Sands and Red Sands, with the Silty Beds representing either the most distal (offshore) or most proximal (tidal flat) depositional settings. On the grounds of the facies differences we have described , and of simplicity, we prefer to view the succession as one of continued overall transgression and attribute the baSal erosion surface of the Red Sands to changes in tidal dynamics, possibly associ ated with the breaching of the Lori don - Brabant land mass. The Transition Series marks the final abandon ment of the high-energy, tide-dominated sanely shoal complexes. Sedimentation was slow, discontinuous and interspersed with periods of physical reworking. Subsequent basin deepening resulted in the wide spread deposition of shallow-marine/shelf muds (the Gault) .
DEPOSITIONAL MODEL FOR A TRANSGRESSI V E ESTUARINE - EMBAYMENT SYSTEM
A generalized depositional model can be constructed for a transgressive estuarine -embayment system based on observations from both the Woburn Sands and from known facies and bedform distributions
Transgressive estuarine sand complex
within modern meso- and macrotidal estuaries and embayments (Fig. 18). This model also can be compared with estuarine facies models developed mainly from a synthesis of modern environments and from conceptual considerations (Dalrymple et al., 1 99 1 ) . The essential elements o f the inner estuarine environment are as follows. 1 Discrete , mutually evasive, ebb and flood tidal channels and interchannel tidal shoals. 2 Tidal channel sands will be relatively coarse-grained and characterized by large-scale cross-bedding. 3 Tidal shoals will consist of more heterolithic sands, generally with smaller scale structures, stronger bio turbation and more frequent and laterally extensive clay layers than the higher energy channel-fill deposits.
b)
41
4
Reservoir quality and heterogeneity will be strongly influenced by the contrast between channel and shoal deposits. In general, the channel fills may be expected to form discrete zones of higher per meability (Fig. 18b), whereas the tidal shoals will comprise variable but generally lower quality and more heterogeneous reservoirs ( c.f. Orange and Heterolithic Sands). The essential features of the outer estuarine environ ment are as follows. 1 Minor lithological differentiation between tidal channel and shoal deposits. 2 Well-sorted sands with fewer clay intercalations and less bioturbation compared with the inner estuarine sands. 3 Large-scale cross-bedding, partly reflecting large estuary mouth bars and sand waves, and also
Tidal shoals
'
3
a)
Basic Characteristics
Woburn S. Equiv.
Fossiliferous clays
Gault Clay
Reworked, fossiliferous, partly cemented sands
TRANSGRESSIVE LAG
Transition Series
Well-sorted sands. Large-scale, complex cross-bedding. Ebb-dominated palaeocurrent directions. Mainly minor bioturbuation.
OUTER ESTUARINE/ EMBAYMENT TIDAL SHOALS
Silver Sands and Red Sands
Pre-transgressive deposits
� l
Upper Jurassic Clays
18. A model for a transgressive estuarine- embayment depositional system (see Fig. 3 for legend). (a) Idealized vertical section through a transgressive estuarine-embayment complex based on the Woburn Sands. (b) Block diagram illustrating some of the essential differences in sand body characteristics between the inner estuarine/embaymer.t and outer estuarine/embayment environments. (c) Idealized section through a transgressive estuarine- embayment indicating the potential stratigraphic trap geometry.
Fig.
H. D. Johnson and B.K. Levell
42
the infilling 0f deep ebb-dominated channels and interbar troughs. 4 Possibly an overall seaward i ncrease in the size of cross-bedding in response to deeper-water conditions. 5 Higher quality and more homogeneous reservoir characteristics compared with the inner estuarine sands as a result of both stronger tidal currents and increased wave activity. Shale layers are likely to be very thin and discontinuous, or absent. The vertical sequence through this type of trans gressive sand complex would tend to have lower reservoir quality sands in the lower part and higher reservoir quality sands towards the top (Fig. 1 8a) . The transgressive nature of the sequence would lead ultimately to the blanketing of the overall lenticular sand-body complex by shelf muds and could thereby, form a stratigraphical trap (Fig. 1 8c) .
DISCU S S ION
The difficulty of postulating a generalized facies model for this type of succession is that these deposits are influenced by a particularly wide range of physical processes, both autocyclic and allocyclic; they may receive sediment supplied from different sources (landward and/or seaward; Schubel, 197 1 ) and their preservation potential i s linked closely to the rate and sense of relative sea-level fluctuations. These variables form the basis of Dalrymple et al. 's ( 199 1 ) classification of estuarine facies, in which they argue that these deposits are diagnostic of transgressive conditions. In this scheme the Woburn Sands would be classified as a tide-dominated estuary in which fluvial processes were negligible . Compar able modern environments in terms of physical processes, facies and sedimentary structures would include the southwest Netherlands area (e.g. Haringvliet and Oosterschelde Estuaries) (Oomkens & Terwindt, 1960; Terwindt, 1973; van den Berg et al. , 1980; Yang & Nio, 1989 ) , Severn Estuary/ Bristol Channel area, (Hamilton, 1979; Harris & Collins, 1985 ; J . R . L. Allen, 1 990) , Ossabaw Sound (Greer, 1975 ) , Jade Estuary/German B ight ( Reineck, 1963; Reineck & Singh, 1973) and Broad Sound, Australia (Cook & Mayo, 1977). The stratigraphical relationships recorded in the Woburn Sands and summarized in the depositonal model allows comparison with other stratigraphical models associated with tide-dominated estuaries, incised valleys and transgressive systems tracts , and
allows consideration of their sequence stratigraphical implications (e.g. van Wagoner et at. , 1990) . The major third-order lowstand and maximum flooding events would be recorded respectively by the basal lag deposit of the Woburn Sands and by the condensed horizons in the Lower Gault Clay. We have seen no direct (i.e. preserved) evidence of fluvial incision at the base of the Woburn Sands, which comprises a typical shallow-marine lag deposit. The non-preservation of predicted lowstand fluvial deposits among shallow marine sandstones successions is commonly argued to be the result of either (i) minor lowstand fluvial deposition, due to a predominance of fluvial bypassing during incision, and/or (ii) extensive shallow marine reworking during subsequent relative sea-level rise. In many cases this combination results in the apparent merging of lowstand and initial marine flooding sur faces, and removal of all lowstand fluvial deposits (e.g. Bergman & Walker, 1987; Plint & Walker, 1987; Plint & Norris, 1 99 1 ; Thorne & Swift, 199 1 ; Walker & Bergman, 1992). The greatest amount of such reworking is likely to occur in tide-dominated settings, particularly in confined areas such as estuaries or embayments, due to high-energy tidal currents and their ability to incise deeply into the substrate. Holocene incised valleys on the inner continental shelf of southeastern USA , for example, show a hierarchy of erosional events that reflect not only earlier fluvial incision but later deep tidal scour (c. 15 -30 m ) , particularly at the confluence of tidal streams, in tidal channels associated with tidal flats, in tidal inlets and in channels associated with ebb tidal delta shoals (Oertel et a/. , 199 1 ) . Preservation potential o f transgressive estuarine successions is relatively high due to their relatively protected position within palaeovalleys (Swift et a/. , 1980; Demarest & Kraft , 1987). The degree of preservation is related most closely to the depth of incision of the basal erosion surface , or sequence bounding fluvial incision, plus any additional down·· cutting by tidal scour associated with the initial flooding surface and , to a lesser extent, the degree of erosion associated with the ravinement surface (Dalrymple, 1992). The latter is equivalent to the ravinement/shoreface erosion surface of wave dominated shorelines , but in tide-dominated systems it is characterized by tidal current erosion (e.g. the bedload parting zones of tidal seas; Stride, 1982 ) . Complete preservation of an idealized tide dominated transgressive stratigraphy, which seems to be extremely rare, would predict tidal shelf sand
Transgressive estuarine sand complex
deposits (e.g. tidal sand ridges and tidal sheet sands with sand waves and associated deposits; Stride, 1982; Nummedal & Swift, 1987; Dalrymple, 1992) overlying the ravinement surface . All the main sand bodies in the Woburn Sands appear to occur below the transgressive marine erosion surface and hence are assigned to the estuarine part of the sequence. Shelf sand wave deposits may occur further to the south and southeast within the Folkestone Beds (Narayan, 1 97 1 ; J . R. L . Allen, 1 982; Bridges, 1982). The main difference between tidal shelf sands and tidal estuarine sands is that the latter will be domi nated by complex interfingering of tidal-channel, tidal-shoal and, in places, tidal-flat deposits (cf. Maguregui & Tyler, 1 99 1 ) . Thus in the Woburn Sands, concave-upward erosion surfaces and rela tively rapid lateral thickness changes are common. In more basinward settings individual sand bodies are likely to have tabular geometries, with individual sand and shale layers having much higher continuity (cf. Surlyk and Noe-Nygaard, 1 99 1 ) . Distinguishing between these different types of shallow-marine sand body is particularly important in evaluating the nature of such deposits in the subsurface because of their different geometries and lateral extent (e.g. Banerjee, 199 1 ; Brownridge & Moslow, 199 1 ; Jenette et a!. , 1992).
ACKNOW L E DGEMENTS
We would like to extend our sincerest thanks to Harold Reading for giving us our initial introduction to the Woburn Sands and for making us aware of its sedimentological significance. The basis for this work, its methodology and evaluation stems directly from the lessons learnt by the authors under Harold's previous supervision. We are extremely grateful for this and for his ongoing interest and influence in our work. The authors would also like to thank the Konin klijke/Shell Exploratie and Produktie Laboratorium, Riswijk, The Netherlands, for supporting both the project and its publication. We also acknowledge Shell Research B . V. and Shell Internationale Pet roleum Maatschappij B . V . for their permission to publish this paper. We are also indebted to Guy Plint for his patience and encouragement during the preparation of this paper. The assistance and openness of the two referees, Jill Eyers and Alistair Ruffell , is also gratefully acknowledged. Finally, Ian Glenister is thanked for redrafting the figures.
43 REFERENCES
J . R . L . ( 1 980) Sand waves: a model of origin and internal structures. Sediment. Geol. , 26, 281 - 328. ALLEN, J . R . L . ( 1 982) Mud drapes in sand wave deposits: physical model with application to the Folkestone Beds (Early Cretaceous, southeast England ) . Proc. R. Soc. London, Ser. A, 306, 291 -345 . ALLEN, J . R. L . ( 1990) The Severn Estuary in southwest Britain: its retreat under marine transgression, and fine sediment regime. Sediment. Geol. , 66, 13-28. ALLEN, P . ( 1981 ) Wealden research - ways ahead. Proc. Geol. Assoc. , 100, 529-564. BANERJEE, I. ( 1991 ) Tidal sand sheets of the Late Albian Joli Fou-Kiowa-Skull Creek marine transgression, Western Interior Seaway of North America. In: Clastic Tidal Sedimentology (Eds Smith, D .G . , Reinson, G . E . , Zaitlin, B .A . & Rahmani, R . A . ) . Can. Soc. petrol. Geol. , Calgary, Memoir 16, 335-347. BENTLEY, A . ( 1 970) Sedimentation studies in the Lower Greensand; a report on the sedimentology of the Aptian and lower Albian strata near Leighton Buzzard, Bedfordshire. Unpublished BSc thesis, University of Oxford, 137 pp. BERGMAN, K.M. & WA LKER , R.G. ( 1987) The importance of sea-level fluctuations in the formation of linear con glomerate bodies; Carrot Creek Member of Cardium Formation, Cretaceous Western Interior Seaway, Alberta, Canada. J. sediment. Petrol. , 57, 651 - 665 . BERNE , S . , DuRAND, J. & W EB ER , 0. ( 1991) Architecture of modern subtidal dunes (sand waves ) , Bay of Bourgneuf, France. I n : The Three-Dimensional Facies Architecture of Terrigenous Clastic Sediments and its Implication for Hydrocarbon Discovery and Recovery (Eds Miall, A . D . & Tyler, N . ) . Soc. econ. Paleontol. Mineral. , Concepts Sediment. Paleont . , Tulsa, 3 , 245 -260. BRIDGES, P . H . ( 1982) Ancient offshore tidal deposits. I n : Offshore Tidal Sands: Processes and Deposits (Ed. Stride, A . H . ) , pp. 172- 192. Chapman & Hall , London. BRJSTOW, C . R . ( 1 963) The stratigraphy and structure of the Upper Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous Rocks in the area between Aylesbury (Bucks) and Leighton Buzzard (Beds) , Unpublished PhD thesis, University of London. BRISTOW, C . S . ( 1995) Internal geometry of ancient tidal bedforms revealed using ground-penetrating radar. In: Tidal Signatures in Modern and Ancient Sediments. (Eds Fleiruning, B .W. & Bartholoma). Spec. Pubis. int. Assoc. Sediment. , No. 24. Blackwell Science, Oxford (in press) . BROWNRIDGE, S . & MOSLOW, T.F. ( 1991 ) Tidal estuary and marine facies of the Glauconitic Member, Drayton Valley, central Alberta. I n : Clastic Tidal Sedimentology (Eds Smith, D . G . , Reinson , G . E . , Zaitlin, B .A . & Rahmani, R . A . ) . Can. Soc. petrol. Geol . , Calgary, Memoir 16, 107- 122. BucK, S. ( 1985) Sand-flow cross strata in tidal sands of the Lower Greensand (early Cretaceous ) , southern England. J. sediment. Petrol. , 55, 895-906. BucK, S . ( 1987) Facies and sedimentary structures in the Folkestone Beds (Lower Greensand, Early Cretaceous) and equi valent strata in southern England. Unpublished PhD thesis, University of Reading. CAMPBELL, C.V. ( 1971) Depositional model - Upper ALLEN ,
44
H. D. Johnson and B. K. Levell
Cretaceous Gallup beach shoreline, Ship Rock area, northwestern New Mexico. J. sediment. Petrol. , 41, 395-409. CASEY, R. ( 1961 ) The stratigraphical palaeontology of the Lower Greensand. Palaeontology, 3, 486-62 1 . CASEY, R . & GALLOIS, R.W. ( 1973) The Sandringham Sands of Norfolk. Proc. Yorks. geol. Soc. , 40, 1 -22. COLMAN , S . M . , BERQUIST, C . R . , J R . & HOBBS, C.H. , I I I ( 1988) Structure, age and origin o f the bay-mouth shoal deposits, Chesapeake Bay , Virginia. Mar. Geol. , 83, 95 - 1 13 . CooK, P . J . & MAYO, W . ( 1977) Sedimentology and Holocene history of a tropical estuary (Broad Sound, Queensland) . Aust. Bur. Miner. Resow·. , Geol. Geophys. Bull. , 170, 206 pp. DALRYMPLE, R.W. ( 1992) Tidal depositional systems. In: Facies Models: Response to Sea Level Change (Eds Walker, R.G. & James, N . P . ) , pp. 195 - 218. Geological Association of Canada, St Johns. DALRYMPLE, R.W. , ZAITLIN , B . A . & B OYD , R . ( 1991 ) Estuarine facies models: conceptual basis and strati graphic implications. J. sediment. Petrol. , 62, 1 130- 1 146. DEMAREST, J .M. , II & KRAFT, J . C. ( 1 987) Stratigraphic record of Quaternary sea levels: implications for more ancient strata. In: Sea-Level Fluctuation and Coastal Evolution (Eds Nummedal, D . , Pilkey, O . H . & Howard , J . D . ) . Spec. Pub!. Soc. econ. Paleont. Miner . , Tulsa, N o . 4 1 , 223-229. DE RAAF, J . F . M . & BoERSMA, J . R . ( 197 1 ) Tidal deposits and their sedimentary structures (seven examples from Western Europe) . Geol. Mijnbouw, 50, 479 - 50 1 . EvANS, G. ( 1 965) Intertidal flat sediments and their environments of deposition in the Wash. Q. J. geol. Soc. London, 121, 209-245. Exu M , F. A. & HARMS, J .C. ( 1 968) Comparison of marine bar with valley-fill stratigraphic traps, western Nebraska . Bull. Am. Assoc. Petrol. Geol. , 52, 1 85 1 - 1868. EYERS, J. ( 199 1 ) The influence of tectonics on early Cretaceous sedimentation in Beclfordshire, England. J. geol. Soc. London , 148, 405 -414. EYERS, J . ( 1 992a) Lithostratigraphy of the Lower Greensand and Gault Clay (Lower Cretaceous) of the Bedfordshire Province, England. Unpublished PhD thesis, Open University. EYERS, J. ( 1992b) Sedimentology and palaeoenvironment of the Shenley Limestone (Albian, Lower Cretaceous): an unusual shallow-water carbonate. Proc. Geol. Assoc. , 103, 293-302. GREER, S . A . ( 1975) Estuaries of the Georgia coast USA: III. Sandbody geometry and sedimentary facies at the estuary/marine transition zone, Ossabaw Sound Georgia; a stratigraphic model. Senckenbergiana Mar. , 7, 105 - 135 . HAMILTON, D. ( 1979) The high-energy, sand and mud regime of the severn estuary, S . W . Britain. In: Tidal Power and Estuary Management (Eds Severn, R .T. , Dineley, D . L . & Hawker, L . E . ) , pp. 162- 1 72. Trans atlantic Arts Incorporated, Albuquerque, Colston Paper 30. HANCOCK, J . M . ( 1 958) The Lower Cretaceous near Leighton Buzzard. I n : The London Region Geologists Association Guide, No. 30, pp . 36-40. HAQ, B . - U . , HARDENBOL, J. & VAIL, P . R. ( 1987) Chron-
ology of fluctuating sea-levels since the Triassic (250 million years ago to the present) . Science, 235, 1 156- 1 167. HARRIS, P.T. & COLLINS, M . B . ( 1985) Bedform distribution and sediment transport paths in the Bristol Channel and Severn Estuary. Mar. Geol. , 62, 153- 166. HAYES, M .O. ( 1 975) Forms of sand accumulation in estuaries. I n : Estuarine Research , Vol . II, Geology & Engineering (eel . Cronin, L . E . ) , pp. 3 -22. Academic Press, London. HowARD, J . D . & FREY, R.W. ( 1 975) Regional animal sediment characteristics of Georgia estuaries. Senckenbergiana Mar. , 7, 33- 103. JENElTE, D .C. , JONES, C.R. , VAN WAGONER, J .C. & LARSEN , J . E . ( 1992) High resolution sequence strati graphy of the Upper Cretaceous Tocito Sandstone: the relationship between incised valleys and hydrocarbon accumulation, San Juan Basin, New Mexico. I n : Sequence Stratigraphy Applications to Shelf Sandstone Reservoirs: Outcrop to Subswface Examples (Eels van Wagoner, J.C. , Jones, C.R . , Taylor, D . R . , Nummedal, D . , Jenette, D .C. & Riley, G.W. ) . American Associ ation of Petroleum Geologists Field Conference, September 199 1 . JOHNSON , H . D . & BALDWIN , C.T. ( 1986) Shallow silici clastic seas. In: Sedimentary Environments and Facies (Ed. Reading, H . G . ) , pp. 229-282. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford . JoHNSON, H . D . & LEVELL, B . K . ( 1 980) Sedimentology of a Lower Cretaceous subtidal sand complex, Woburn Sands, southern England. Bull. Am. Assoc. petrol. Geol. , 64, 728-729. KIRKALDY, J .F. ( 1939) The history of the Lower Cretaceous period in England. Proc. Geol. Assoc. , 50, 379-413. KLEI N , G . DE VRIES ( 1970) Depositional and dispersal dynamics of intertidal sand bodies. J. sediment. Petrol. , 40, 1 095 - 1 127 . KNEBEL, H . J . , FLETCHER, C . H. , III & KRAFr, J . C . ( 1 988) Late Wisconsinan - Holocene paleogeography of Dela ware Bay: a large coastal plain estuary. Mar. Geol. , 83, 1 15- 133. LAMPLUGH, G.W. ( 1922) On the j unction of Gault and Lower Greensand near Leighton B uzzard (Beclfordshire) . Q. J. geol. Soc. London, 78, 1 -80. LAMPLUG H , G.W. & WALKER, J.F. ( 1903) On a fossiliferous band at the top of the Lower Greensand near Leighton Buzzard. Q. J. geol. Soc. London , 59, 234-265 . LEVELL, B . K. ( 1 980) Evidence for currents associated with waves in Late Precambrian shelf deposits from Finnmark, North Norway. Sedimentology, 27, 153- 166. LuDWICK, J .C. ( 1 970) Sand waves and tidal channels in the entrance to Chesapeake Bay, Virginia. Va. J. Sci. , 21 ' 178- 184. LUDWICK, J .C. ( 1 974) Tidal currents and zig-zag sand shoals in a wide estuary entrance. Geo/. Soc. Am. Bull. , 85, 717-726. MAGUEREGUI, J . & TYLER, N. ( 1991 ) Evolution of Middle Eocene tide-dominated deltaic sandstones, Lagunillas field, Maracaibo Basin, Western Venezuala. In: The Three-Dimensional Facies Architecture of Terrigenous Clastic Sediments and Its Implication for Hydrocarbon Discovery and Recovery (Eels Miall, A . D . & Tyler, N . ) .
Transgressive estuarine sand complex Soc. econ. Paleontol Mineral . , Concepts Sediment. Paleont., Tulsa, 3 , 233-244. McCuBBIN, D . G . ( 1 969) Cretaceous strike-valley sandstone reservoirs, Northwestern New Mexico. Bull. Am. Assoc. petrol. Ceo!. , 53, 2 1 14-2140. NARAYA N , J. ( 197 1 ) Sedimentary structures in the Lower Greensand of the Weald, England, and Bas-Boulonnais, France . Sediment. Geol. , 6, 73 - 109. N10, S.-D. & YANG, C .-S. ( 1991 ) Diagnostic attributes of clastic tidal deposits: a review. I n : Clastic Tidal Sedimentology (Eds Smith, D . G . , Reinson, G . E . , Zaitlin, B . A . and Rahmani , R . A . ) . Can . Soc. petro l . Geo l . , Calgary, Memoir 16, 3-28. NuMMEDAL, D . & SwiFr, D .J.P. ( 1987) Transgressive stratigraphy at sequence-bounding unconformities: some principles derived from Holocene and Creataceous examples. In: Sea-Level Fluctuation and Coastal Evol ution (Eds Nummedal, D . , Pilkey, O . H . & Howard, J . D . ) . Spec. Pub!. Soc. econ. Paleont. Mineral, Tulsa, 4 1 , 241 - 260. OERTEL, G . F . , HENRY, V . J . & FOYLE, A . M . ( 1 99 1 ) Impli cations of tide-dominated lagoonal processes on the preservation of buried channels on a sediment-starved continental shelf. In: Shelf Sand and Sandstone Bodies: Geometry, Facies and Sequence Stratigraphy (Eds Swift, D . J . P . , Oertel, G.F. , Tillman, R . W . & Thorne, J . A . ) . Spec. Pubis i n t . Assoc. Sediment., No. 1 4 , 379-393. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford . OoMKENS, E . & TERWINDT, J . H . J . ( 1960) Inshore estuarine sediments in the Haringvliet, Netherlands. Ceo/. Mijnbouw, 39, 701 -710. OwEN , H.G. ( 1 972) The Gault and its junction with the Woburn sands in the Leighton Buzzard Area, Bedfordshire and Buckinghamshire. ?roc. Geol. Assoc. , 83, 287-312. PuNT, A.G. & WALKER, R . G . ( 1 987) Morphology and origin of an erosion surface cut into the Bad Heart Formation during major sea-level change, Santonian of West-Central Alberta, Canada. J. sedim. Petrol. , 57, 639-650. PuNT, A . G . & NORRIS, B . ( 1 99 1 ) Anatomy of a ramp margin sequence: facies successions, palaeogeography, and sediment dispersal patterns in the Muskiki and Marshybank formations, Alberta Foreland Basin. Bull. Can. Pet. Geol. , 39, 18-42. REINECK, H . E . ( 1963) Seclimentgefuge in Bereich cler Sucllichen Norclsee. Abh. Senckenb. Natwforsch. Ges, 505, 1 - 138. REINECK, H . E . & SING H , I . B . ( 1973) Depositional Sedi mentary Environments with Reference to Terrigenous Clastics. Springer-Verlag, New York, 431 pp. RuFFELL, A . H . & WACH, G . D . ( 199 1 ) Sequence strati graphic analysis of the Aptian- Albian Lower Greensand in southern England. Mar. Petrol. Ceo/. , 8, 341 -353 . RuFFELL, A . H . & WACH, G . D . (in press) Comparison of depositional sequences in the arenaceous beds of the Aptian-Albian boundary (Cretaceous) in southern and eastern England. In: The Mesozoic and Cenozoic Sequence Stratigraphy of European Basins (Eels Graciansky, P.C. & Jacquin, T . ) . Soc. econ . Paleont. Mineral. Tulsa. ScHAFER, W. ( 1972) Ecology and Palaeoecology of Marine Environments , p. 568. Oliver & Boyd, Edinburgh, (Also:
45
Aktua-palaeontologie nach Studien in der Nordsee, p. 666. W. Kramer, Frankfurt. ) . ScHUBEL, J . R . ( 1971 ) Sources o f sediments to estuaries. In: The Estuarine Environment, Estuaries and Estuarine Sedimentation (Eel. Schubel, J . R . ) , pp . V, 1 - 19. American Geological Institute, Washington. SCHWARZACHER, W. ( 1953) Cross-bedding and grain size in the Lower Cretaceous sands of E. Anglia. Geol. Mag. , 90, 322-330. SHEPHARD-THORN , E . R . , HARRIS, P . M . , HIGHLEY, D . E . & THORNTON, M . H . ( 1 986) An Outline Study of the Lower Greensand of Parts of South-east England. Report for the Department of the Environment, British Geological Survey, Keyworth. SPEARING, D.R. ( 1975) Shannon Sandstone, Wyoming. In: Depositonal Environments as Interpreted from Primary Sedimentary Structures and Stratification Sequences. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists, Short Course No. 2, pp. 104- 1 14. STRIDE, A . H . ( 1982) Offshore Tidal Sands: Process and Deposits. Chapman & Hall, London, 213 pp. SuRLYK, F. & NoE-NYGAARD, N . ( 1991 ) Sand bank and clune facies architecture of a wide intracratonic seaway: Late Jurassic- Early Cretaceous Raukelv Formation, Jameson Land, East Greenland. I n : The Three Dimensional Facies Architecture of Terrigenous Clastic Sediments and Its Implication for Hydrocarbon Discovery and Recove1y (Eels Miall, A . D . & Tyler, N . ) . Soc. econ. Paleontol. Mineral . , Concepts Sediment. Paleont . , Tulsa, 3 , 261 - 276. SwiFT, D . J . P . & THOR N E , J .A . ( 1 99 1 ) Sedimentation on continental margins, 1: a general model for shelf sedimentation. I n : Shelf Sand and Sandstone Bodies: Geometry, Facies and Sequence Stratigraphy (Eels Swift, D . J . P . , Oertel, G.F. , Tillman, R.W. & Thorne, J . A . ) . Spec. Pubis i n t . Assoc. Sediment . , No . 1 4 , p p . 3 - 3 1 . Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford. SWIFT, D . J . P . , MOIR, R . & FREELAN D , G . L. ( 1980) Quaternary rivers on the New Jersey shelf: relation of seafloor to buried valleys. Geology, 8, 276-280. TERWINDT, J . H . J . ( 1 973) Sand movement in the in- and offshore tidal area of the southwestern part of The Netherlands. Geol. Mag. , 52, 69-77. THORNE, J . A . & Swwr, D . J . P. ( 1991) Sedimentation on continental margins, VI: a regime model for depositional sequences, their component systems tracts, and bounding surfaces. I n : ShelfSand and Sandstone Bodies: Geometry, Facies and Sequence Stratigraphy (Eds Swift, D . J . P . , Oertel , G . F . , Tillman, R . W . & Thorne, J . A . ) . Spec Pubis int. Assoc. Seclimento l . , No. 14, pp. 189-255. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford. VAN DEN BERG, J . M . , GoESTEN , M . J . B . G . & S M U LDERS, F. ( 1980) Dynamics and sequential analysis of a mesoticlal shoal and intershoal channel complex in the eastern Scheidt (southwestern Netherlands). Sedimem. Geol. , 26, 263 -279. VAN WAGONER, J .C . , MITC H U M , R . M . , CAMPIO N , K . M . & RAHMA N IAN , V . D. ( 1 990) Siliciclastic Sequence Stra tigraphy in Well Logs, Cores, and Outcrops: Concepts for High-resolution Correlation of Time and Facies. American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Tulsa, Methods in Exploration, 7, 55 pp. ViSSER, M . J . ( 1 980) Neap-spring cycles reflected in
46
H. D. Johnson and B. K. Levell
Holocene subtidal large-scale bedform deposits: a preliminary note. Geology, 8, 543-546. WALKER, R.G. ( 1 984) Shelf and shallow marine sands. I n : Facies Models ( E d . Walker, R . G . ) . Geosci. Can . , Reprint Ser. 1 , 1 4 1 - 170. WALKER, R.G. & BERGMAN , K .M. ( 1992) Late Cretaceous clastics: cores and outcrops. In: Field Trip Guidebook: Trip No. 6. Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists/ American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Calgary, 77 pp. WALKER, R . G . & P uNT, A . G . ( 1992) Wave- and storm dominated shallow marine systems. In: Facies Models: Response to Sea Level Change (Ed. Walker, R.G. & James, N . P . ) , pp. 2 19-238. Geological Association of Canada, St Johns. WoNHAM, J . P . ( 1993) Sedimentology and sequence stra tigraphy of tidal sandstone bodies: implications for reservoir characterisation. Unpublished PhD thesis, University of Liverpool.
C.W. & WRIGHT, E . ( 1947) The stratigraphy of the Albian Beds at Leighton Buzzard. Geol. Mag. , 84, 1 6 1 - 168. WvArr, R.J . , LAKE, R . D . , MoORLOCK, B . S . P . & SHEPHARD THOR N , E . R . ( 1986) The Leighton Buzzard Area: Geo logical Report on 1: I 0 000 Sheets SP82NE, Southeast; SP92NW, Southwest; SP93NW, Northeast, Southwest, Southeast. British Geological Survey, Keyworth . YANG, C.-S. & N i o , S.-D. ( 1989) An ebb-tide delta depo sitional model - a comparison between the modern Eastern Schelde tidal basin (southwest Netherlands) and the Lower Eocene Roda Sandstone in the southern Pyrenees (Spain ) . Sediment. Geol. , 64, 175- 196. ZIEGLER, P . A . ( 1 988) Evolution of the Arctic- North Atlantic and the Western Tethys. Mem . Am. Assoc. petrol. Geo l . , 43, 198 pp. ZIEGLER, P.A. ( 1990) Geological Atlas of Western and Central Europe. Shell Internationale Petroleum Maatschaappij B . V . , The Hague, 239 pp.
WRJGHT,
Spec. Pubis int. Ass. Sediment. (1995) 22, 47-74
An incised valley in the Cardium Formation at Ricinus, Alberta: reinterpretation as an estuary fill R O G ER G . W A L K E R Department of Geology, McMaster University, Hamilton, Ontario L8S 4Ml, Canada
ABSTRACT
The Ricinus incised valley (Turonian-Coniacian Cardium Formation) is at least 50 km long, 10 km wide and up to about 30 m deep. It trends NW-SE, parallel to tectonic trends and shoreline trends in the Cardium Formation. I t cuts into shallow-marine mudstones and sandstones (Raven River Allomember of the Cardium), and is truncated by a transgressive surface of erosion (E5). The valley fill forms a small oil reservoir in the subsurface, but the field is disrupted by thrust faults, and the western margin is poorly constrained because of thrusting and Jack of wells. The valley fill consists of interbedded sandstones and mudstones, with both brackish and fully marine trace fossil assemblages. Some of the sandstones are structureless, with individual beds apparently over 4 m in thickness; others are parallel-laminated with beds up to 3 m thick. Cross-bedding in sets thicker than 5 em is extremely rare. The mudstones contain some thin silty and sandy laminations, but are commonly extensively bioturbated with a fully marine trace fauna (robust Helminthopsis, Zoophycos, Planolites, Anconichnus, Skolithos, Ophiomorpha, Thalassinoides, Teichichnus, Asterosoma, Terebellina and Rosselia). The mudstones can be traced as a sheet about 4 m thick along the entire length of the valley; they appear to pinch out against the eastern wall of the valley. Chert-pebble conglomerates are scattered throughout some wells, but tend to be concentrated near the northern end of the valley. Here, they arc associated with sandstones and with fully marine mudstones. The valley was formerly interpreted to have been cut and filled by turbidity currents, but this interpretation is difficult to reconcile with the depositional environments of the rest of the Cardium Alloformation. It is suggested here that the valley was cut by a river during a falling stage of relative sea level, and was filled transgrcssivcly as an estuary. There is absolutely no evidence for tidal currents, and little indication of waves. The very thick and structureless sandstones suggest pulses of sediment swept into the estuary from the bay head, possibly as density underflows. There is little or no evidence for the reworking of these deposits within the estuary. There arc no central basin mudstones (no turbidity maximum), although this could be due to incomplete preservation of the entire length of the estuary. The geometry of the estuary and the facies distribution of the fill suggest that the open sea Jay to the north. Chert pebbles moving in the longshore drift system were introduced into the estuary from the north by storms; they were not introduced from the fluvial (southern ) end of the estuary. The orientation of the incised valley, parallel to depositional strike for over 50 km, remains a maj or problem.
INTRODUCTION
storm-dominated shallow-marine sandstones (Walker & Eyles, 1 988) , and transgressive incised shoreface deposits ( Bergman & Walker, 1987 , 1988; Pattison & Walker, 1 992). The main purpose of this paper is to re-examine the allostratigraphical (NACSN , 1983) position of the sand body (Figs 1 & 2 ) , and to reinterpret the incised valley fill as estuari ne. Ricinus is a small oil field, discovered in 1969.
The Ricinus sand body in the Cardium Formation of Alberta (Figs 1 & 2) is over 50 km long, at least 10 km wide, and up to about 30 m thick (Walker, 1985 ) . I originally interpreted it as a channel fill, with channel cutting and filling by turbidity currents. This interpretation has always been difficult to reconcile with the sedimentology of the other facies in the Cardium Formation, which consist largely of
Sedimentary Facies Analysis: A Tribute to the Research and Teaching of Harold G. Reading Edited by A. Guy Plint © 1995 The International Association of Sedimentologists ISBN: 978-0-865-42898-0
47
48
R.G. Walker
9
10
8
7
37
RICINUS 0
Wells
.
Cores
OFF-FIELD 36
o
Wells
"
Cores
60' ALBERTA
35
054'
0
3
/�K�\�9' \ o
I
so
�
1 5:
4
Fig. I. Map showing locations of
6
EDMONTON
w--.:_
E5 fields
�
E4 fields
33
�
� \, U '\.
RICIN
c::
�
116'
sw
32
CALGARY . - 1'
114'
6 miles
5
-10 KM
c.20 km
NE
Cardium fields associated with the E4 (fields outlined) and E5 (black) bounding discontinuities. Note location of Ricinus close to and partly straddling the edge of the deformed belt (thrust symbol, inset lower left). The main map shows locations of wells and cores. All of the wells immediately east of Ricinus are shown, but only a few Caroline wells have been used. Note also the locations of cross-section A-A' through to G-G'. Number at right indicates Townships, and number along top indicates Ranges west of the 5th Meridian (114°).
Fig. 2. Stratigraphy of the Cardium Alloformation in the Ricinus area, drawn roughly to scale vertically. Bounding discontinuities E2, E3, E6 and E6.5 cannot be recognized here. Sandier upward successions A-D are assinged to the Hornbeck Allomembcr (note that succession D is commonly truncated by E4). E5 RSE (regressive surface of erosion) defines the base of the Ricinus Allomember, and E5 TSE (transgressive surface of erosion) defines the top. There is some evidence that E5 TSE cuts downward progressively southwestward. IT and RT refer to initial and resumed transgressions, as discussed in the text.
Cardium Formation incised valley
Initial oil-in-place was estimated as 2.88 x 106m3 (18. 1 million bbl) , with initial recoverable oil esti mated at 2.27 x 106m3 ( 14.3 million bbl) (Geological Survey of Canada, 198 1 a , b). However, the signifi cance of the field goes well beyond its minor econ omic potential. It is the only incised valley known in the Cardium, which is surprising in a formation dominated by eight regionally extensive erosion surfaces, each controlled by major fluctuations of relative sea-level. The incised valley interpretation is complicated by the fact that the valley is straight, at least 50 km long, and is parallel to regional strike (Fig. 1 ) . The new interpretations are based upon all o f the data available as of April 1993 , as illustrated in seven new cross-sections presented here (see Figs 3-9 and Appendix 1 ) . There are 172 on-field wells, of which 71 are cored (Fig. 1 ) . All measurements are given in metric units, except where specific reference is made to wells where the well logs and cored intervals were originally recorded in feet.
INTRODUCTION TO THE CARDIUM ALLOFORMA TION
The Cardium Alloformation (NACSN , 1983) is Upper Cretaceous (Turonian - Coniacian), and occurs in the Alberta foreland basin. This basin is part of the Western Interior Seaway, which was open from the Boreal Ocean to the Gulf of Mexico during the Turonian . Sediment was supplied from the active cordillera in the west. The Cardium is about 100 m thick, and is dominated by open-marine mudstones and storm influenced sandstones with hummocky cross stratification (HCS). There is one prograding shoreface succession (Kakwa Allomember; Plint & Walker, 1987) overlain by non-marine deposits (Musreau Allomember), and several examples of incised transgressive shoreface deposits. The relationships of these various deposits have been documented by mapping eight bounding discon tinuities, at least five of which can be traced basin wide (Piint et a/. , 1986; Wadsworth & Walker, 199 1 ; Walker & Eyles, 199 1). These were originally termed erosion surfaces and lettered El- E6, E6. 5 and E7. The regional trend of the various shoreface sand bodies is consistently NW-SE (Fig. 1 ) , parallel to the active cordillera to the west of the foreland basin.
49
Structural problems at Ricinus
The exact morphologies of the Ricinus valley and sand body are difficult to reconstruct because Ricinus lies at the eastern limit of the Foothills deformed belt (Figs 1 , 10 & 1 1 ) . The sand body is broken by several SW-NE trending faults, interpreted to have formed in response to different distances of thrusting toward the northeast. The fault positions have been located mainly by offsets in the northeastern margin of the field, which can be fairly well constrained by the close juxtaposition of wells with 'Ricinus' well log responses versus 'off-field' log responses (Figs 1 & 3-7). Within Ricinus, the sand body is repeated by thrusting in many wells (see Fig. 5 ) . In a few wells the dips exceed 45° and are locally vertical. The former turbidite interpretation
The interpretation of Ricinus as a channel cut and filled by turbidity currents (Walker, 1985) was based on the presence of very thick structure less sandstones and the presence of many beds characterized by a Tabc and Toe internal structure (Bouma, 1962). In the early 1980s, the possibility of turbidity currents in the Western Interior Seaway was suggested by the need to explain how a very large number of sharp based HCS beds had been emplaced well below fair weather wave base. Thinking was also influenced by the occurrence of well-defined turbidites overlain by HCS beds in the Jurassic Passage Beds in the Banff area. Here , both the turbidites and HCS beds have identical palaeocurrent orientations (Hamblin & Walker, 1979), suggesting emplacement of the HCS beds by turbidity currents, but above storm wave base. Turbidite ideas were first applied to the Cardium before the presence and significance of sea-level changes in the Cardium had been documented (Piint et a/., 1986), and before much of the important recent work on estuarine deposits had been pub lished (Dalrymple et a/. , 1992). The main purpose of this paper is to suggest an alternative to turbidity currents for cutting and filling the incised valley at Ricinus. Allostratigraphy
The most useful subdivision of the Cardium is allostratigraphical (NACSN , 1983) rather than lithostratigraphical (Fig. 2). An allostratigraphical unit 'is a mappable stratiform body of sedimentary
50
R.G. Walker
rock that is defined and identified on the basis of its bounding discontinuities ... [one may thus define] as single units discontinuity-bounded deposits charac terized by lithic heterogeneity' (NACSN , 1983 , p. 865). I regard the Cardium Alloformation as a formally defined stratigraphical unit, and have appended some thoughts on allostratigraphy in Appendix 2. The Cardium Alloformation has been subdivided into 14 allomembers, with eight well defined bounding discontinuities (E1 through to E7; Plint et al. , 1986) . Throughout this paper, informal use of the term Cardium (without a modifier) implies the Cardium Alloformation. The term Cardium Formation will be used only to designate the litho stratigraphical unit.
regionally extensive sheet-like sandier upward successions of the Hornbeck Allomember (Fig. 2). These successions are labelled A through to D in Figs 2-8 and collectively form the datum in these cross-sections. Succession C is cored in wells 7-9-36-8W5 and 10-17-34-7W5 (Fig. 4; all wells lie west of the 5th Meridian , and the W5 will be omitted from all subsequent well numbers cited). Succession C consists of bioturbated sandy mudstones that gradually become sandier upward; the top consists of a 1-cm-thick layer of chert grains about 0.5 mm (7-9-36-8) or 3 mm (10-17-34-7) in diameter. This sandier upward succession, capped by a gritty layer, is similar to those described by Walker & Eyles ( 1 988) from the Raven River Allomember; suc cessions A, B and D have not been cored but are probably similar to succession C. The sand bodies that form reservoirs at Garrington, Crossfield and Caroline (E4 fields in Fig. 1; Pattison & Walker, 1992) are assigned to the Burnstick Allomember. They rest in NW-SE trending steps on the E4 erosion surface (Fig. 2) , and are inter preted as transgressive shorefaces. Each incised shoreface is underlain by a surface of initial trans gression (IT in Fig. 2) , and is truncated by a surface of resumed transgression (RT in Fig. 2). An RT surface can pass southwestward into an IT surface if and when the transgression pauses and another still stand shoreface becomes incised. An example can be seen in well 7-33-36- 10, section A (Fig. 3 ) , where
OUTLINE OF CARDIUM STRATIGRAPHY AND SEDIMENTOLOGY
The base of the Cardium Alloformation is taken at bounding discontinuity El (Figs 2 -6). In the Ricinus area E1 has never been cored, and it is probably a correlative conformity (see Appendix 2) rather than a surface with demonstrable erosion . Its log identi fication is compatible with the E 11og identifier used by Plint et al. ( 1 986) and Wadsworth & Walker ( 199 1 ) . Erosion surfaces E2 and E3 cannot be ident ified in this area. Surface E4 has demonstrable erosion (Figs 3, 5 & 6), and cuts into a series of
7-33-36-10
7-26-36-10
7-36-36-10
1-31-36-9
8-32-36-9
11-33-36-9
10-34-36-9
11-36-36-9
7-32-36-8
@
® �
���
�
--
-
--
0
�
�Es�
�
�
�TSE�
�
---'
F �
� �
?-
�
�
�-
-
_t
_
Fig. 3.
-EI-
Gamma-ray and resistivity well-log cross-section A-A', hung collectively on a series of more -or-less parallel markers above and below the Cardium. Depths are marked at 50-m intervals and cored intervals are shown as black bars. Wells 7-33-36-10, 7-26-36-10, 7-36-36-10 and 7-32-36-8 have 'off-field' well-log signatures.
51
Cardium Formation incised valley 7-36-36-10 15-23-36-10
® �
5-10-36-9
4-18-36-8
10-18-36-8
-
�� z 0
11-18-36-9
7-19-36-8
7-9-36-8
®
-
�
--- �/
-
----
-TSE �co�
?-
::;;� 0:: 0 LL
__
'3
/
___________
,
BLACK
�E4�
::;; ::;) 0 0:: "' u
'
f\_SE___
�E4�
_,
fc
\ -E. I-
j
Fig. 4.
Cross-section B-B', hung communally on the sandier upward successions A-C, and the top of the black blanket (dashed line). See caption of Fig. 3 for other conventions, and note draping of upper markers over the Ricinus sand body. The shoulder on the resistivity and gamma-ray logs typical of E7 is not present in 7-9-36-8, nor is the narrower waist in the well-log profile immediately below E7. The waist appears to be cut out by E7 toward 7-9-36-8, and E7 is probably only about 2 m above E5 (see Figs 12-14). Wells 7-36-36-10, 15-23-36-10, 11-18-36-9, 7-19-36-8 and 7-9-36-8 have 'off-field' well log signatures.
©
1-5-34-8
6-9-34-8
14-10-34-8
10-10-34-8
6-14-34-8
6-24-34-8
11-20-34-7
10-21-34-7
©
F?
--
-------
-- EI -
Fig. 5.
-
§ a>
----
g
"' "'
g---"'
Cross-section C-C', hung on sandier upward successions A-C. Other conventions explained in the caption of Fig. 3. Wells 1-5-34-8 and 10-21-34-7 have 'off-field' well-log signatures. F indicates a fault repeat of the top of the Ricinus Allomember in 10-10-34-8, and F? indicates possible faulting. RRl is the first sandier upward succession in the Raven River Allomember.
52
R.G. Walker
1 0-8-33-7
4-9-33-7
3-10-33-7
10-12-33-7
7-10-33-7
6-24-33-7
11-25-33-7
®
®
� �
g " N
z 0
--
0 0 N
�:::!:
0::: 0 LJ... 0 ...J ...J <[
?
E4---
BLANKET
rc � TB 15 0::: <[ u
?
�N
--
0
+A
t
g N
-
EI-
-
Fig. 6.
Cross-section D-D', hung on sandier upward successions A-C. Other conventions explained in the caption of Fig. 3. Note the erosional truncation of markers between ES TSE and E7 by the E7 bounding discontinuity between wells 7-10-33-7, 10-12-33-7 and 6-24-33-7. Wells 10-12-33-7, 6-24-33-7 and 11-25-33-7 have 'off-field' signatures.
11-18-33- 7
3-19-33-7
8-19-33-7
6-20-33-7
4-21-33-7
6-23-33-7
©
----- ----
E4 formed during an initial transgression , and sand was deposited on the surface during a stillstand in transgression . This sand was truncated as the E4 transgression continued, leaving a 4-m-thick sand body. However, over most of the study area, E4 is probably overlain only by a thin lag. The Raven River Allomember extends from the top of this lag to the ES bounding discontinuity (Fig. 2). The lower part consists of black mudstones (the 'black blanket' of Walker, 1983) characterized by parallel and featureless gamma-ray and resistivity logs (Figs 2 & 4-8). In logs, the top of the black
Fig. 7.
Cross-section E-E', hung on the B sandier upward succession. Note truncation of the top of the 'black blanket' and top of RR1 by bounding discontinuity ES RSE, and the apparent pinchout of facies D between wells 3-19-33-7 and 8-19-33-7 against the wall of the incision. Facies D and the sandstones above (3-19-33-7) appear to be eroded by ES TSE toward well 11-18-33-7.
blanket is taken at the first deflections of the gamma ray and resistivity logs (the dashed line in Figs 4-8). Here, the black blanket grades into bioturbated siltstones and sandstones, and HCS sandstones , organized into sandier upward successions. The first of these successions is identified as RR-1 (Figs 5 & 7). The successions are eroded to various depths by ES. Erosion surface E5 has received much attention (Fig. 2; Walker & Eyles, 199 1 ) , partly because of its economic importance in locating the shoreface gravels in the Carrot Creek area (Bergman &
53
Cardium Formation incised valley
7-16-34-8
16-16-34-8
®
'-"'"""E7"'"""-
9-16-34-8
®
�,L
Cross-section F-F', hung comunally on sandier upward successions A-C. Note thinning and disappearance of facies C and/ or D from well 16-16-34-8 eastward toward well 10-22-34-8, and possible erosion of these facies by the thick sandstone in well 7-16-34-8 (possible erosion surface shown by question marks). Note also the truncation of markers between ES TSE and E7 by the E7 bounding discontinuity.
3-19-33-7
6-24-34-8
!15
Fig. 8.
�
10-22-34-8
�ISE"""'
�
BLANKET
16-30-34-8
1 2 -19-35-8
ll-30-35-8
16-30-35-8
3-6-36-8
®
3-6-36-8
7-18-36-8
10-18-36-8
16-13-36-9
6-24-36-9
13-26-36-9
1 2-34-36-9
2-4-37-9
) -�
!15 �0 M
Fig. 9.
South (G) to north (G') cross-section showing the continuity of facies C and/or D along the length of the field. These muddy facies can be recognized by their distinctive indentation in the gamma-ray and resistivity well-logs. The mudstones occur in the uppermost part of the core in 12-34-36-9 (Fig. 26), and also appear to occupy the same position in wells 7-18-36-8, 10-18-36-8 and 13-26-36-9. In these wells, the Ricinus Allomember is unusually thin, suggesting that sandstone originally above facies C and/or D has been eroded at the ES TSE bounding discontinuity.
54
R.G. Walker
Walker, 1987, 1988) , and also for determining the remnant erosional topo·graphy on top of major Cardium reservoirs at Pembina, Willesden Green and Ferrier (shown black and identified as E5 fields in Fig. 1 ; Walker & Eyles, 1988, 199 1 ) . In this paper, the base of the Ricinus sand body is correlated with E5 - specifically with a falling stage of relative sea-level (E5 RSE- regressive surface of erosion) . Over most of the Cardium basin, the subaerial E5 surface was modified during transgression , and is designated E5 TSE (transgressive surface of erosion) in Figs 3-9. Erosion beneath E5 RSE is illustrated by the truncation of log markers, particularly in Figs 5 - 8 . The extent o f erosion a t the E 5 R S E surface can also be shown by isopaching the E4 to E5 RSE interval. If it is assumed that E4 is relatively planar in the Ricinus area, the shape of the Ricinus incision can be seen in Fig. 10. The new term Ricinus Allomember (Fig. 2) is introduced here for the sand 10
9
8
7 37
body that rests on E5 RSE and is truncated by E5 TSE. The extent of this sand body, and the type wells are the same as for the Ricinus Member as defined by Walker ( 1985, p. 1 98 1 ) . Discontinuity E 6 i s a n erosion surface with little topographical relief and it cannot be identified reliably in this area. Although E6.5 has more relief than E6 it also is difficult to identify in the study area. Discontinuity E7 consistently forms a small shoulder on the gamma-ray and resistivity logs, and can be identified easily. The topography of the E7 surface has been mapped by Wadsworth & Walker ( 199 1 ) . They showed a deep 'valley' or 'low' on the erosion surface j ust east of Ricinus, and part of this can be seen in Figs 4 & 6. In Fig. 4, E7 is not present in the 'expected' position in 7-9-36-8 (Fig. 12) . The lag associated with E5 is prominent in core (Fig. 13), and is overlain by transgressive mudstones. A second lag, with chert pebbles up to 1 . 1 em diameter, occurs about 2 m above E5 (Fig. 14) ; it shows on the gamma-ray and resistivity logs and is identified as E7 (?) in Fig. 4. A similar relationship is shown in Figs 6-8, where log markers in the E5 TSE to E7 interval are truncated by E7. Log marker E7, which is nor mally well developed and easy to identify, is absent
10
36
9
8
7 37
35
36 34 6
35 33
34
Isopach, E4 to E5 RSE (base of Ricinus
6 32
incised valley), metres Fig. 10.
Isopach map of the interval between E4 and E5. On field, the map shows the E4-E5 RSE interval, and off field, the E4-E5 TSE interval. Isopachs show height above E4; thus the 4 m isopach shows the deepest part of the valley. Note that the edge of the valley is approximated by the 28 m isopach. The line F shows one of the faults at Ricinus (Fig. 1); north of this fault, all of the data points have been shifted southwestward to line up the axis of the field as defined by the well density - see Appendix C.
lsop1ch, E5 RSE to E5 TSE, metres
33
32
Fig. 11.
Isopach map of the E5 RSE to E5 TSE interval (the thickness of the Ricinus sand body). See Fig. 10 and Appendix C for explanation of line F.
55
Cardium Formation incised valley
Fig. 12.
Core from well 7-9-36-8, which lies just east of the margin of Ricinus. B =bottom, T =top. Note siderite horizon (below label) and chert pebbles (above label) associated with ES, and the interval of laminated mudstones (the 'laminated blanket' of Walker, 1983) between ES and E7. Note siderite horizon (under label) and chert pebbles (above label) associated with E7, and the much blacker mudstones without silty laminations above E7. The separation of ES and E7 over Ricinus is 40-48 m, but is about 2m in this core. Thus there is about 40 m of erosional relief on E7 immediately to the east of Ricinus (Wadsworth & Walker, 1991).
in the easternmost wells in these cross-sections, suggesting that E7 and E5 are co-planar (or that E7 has actually cut into and removed E5). The top of the Cardium Alloformation is taken at the top of the lag that rests on E7.
Fig. 13.
Detail of siderite horizon, chert pebbles, and eroded sandstone clast (large triangular shape) at the ES TSE horizon, well 7-9-36-8, 8634 ft. See Fig. 12 for stratigraphical context of this photograph, but note that core has been rotated in Fig. 13 to show different features. Core is 3 in. (7.6 cm) wide.
GEOMETRY OF THE RICINUS INCISED
VALLEY
AND SAND BODY
The geometry of the Ricinus sand body was estab lished initially from many cross-sections - seven are presented here (Figs 3 - 9). After it had been deter-
mined that bounding discontinuities E7 , E5 TSE , E5 RSE , E4 and El could be traced and identified throughout the study area, maps of various strati graphical intervals were made using SURFER 4.0 (Golden Software Inc. , Golden, Colorado) (see Appendix 3). ·
56
R.G. Walker
which is the base of the valley. The eastern edge of the valley is approximated by the 28 m isopach. The valley trends roughly NW-SE, with a straight and well-defined eastern margin that has at least 24 m of relief in T34 R8-9 (Fig. 10). This eastern valley wall has a gradient of about 0.007° westward into the valley. The eastern margin remains a straight and well-defined feature from T35 R8-9 to the southern most fault in T32 R7, but northward, the valley seems to broaden and become less well defined in T36 R9. Erosion at the eastern valley wall is evident in the cross-sections; Figs 3 - 8 all show truncation of log markers by E5 RSE (particularly in Figs 5, 7 and 8) , or convergence of E5 RSE toward the top of the 'black blanket' (Fig. 6) , or convergence toward E4 (Fig. 5). The eastern margin is characterized by a rapid change from on-field to off-field log signatures, allowing a boundary to be drawn to within 600 m (e.g. in land section 2 1 , T35 R8 and land sections 17-20, T36 R8; Fig. 1 ) . The western margin i s very poorly defined because there is little well control; many of the well logs suggest extensive thrusting and are impossible to use in the isopach maps. The maximum depth of the valley is in the centre of the field (T34 R8 -9), and the valley becomes shallower both northwestward and southeastward. The northern and southern ends of the valley are faulted. Wells on line with the Ricinus sand body but outside the faulted ends have 'off-field' well-log signatures. Sand body geometry
Fig. 14. Detail of siderite, bioturbation and chert pebbles
at the E7 horizon, well 7-9-36-8, 8639 ft. See Fig. 12 for stratigraphical context of this photograph. Core is 3 in. (7. 6 cm) wide.
Incised valley geometry
An isopach map of the E4 to E5 interval is shown in Fig. 10. On-field, the map shows the E4 to E5 RSE interval, and off-field, it shows E4 to E5 TSE. Erosion surface E4 is not exactly planar (Figs 3 -8) , but regionally it may be taken to approximate a plane. If so, the E4 to E5 isopach can be interpreted as showing the on-field topography of E5 RSE,
The sand body geometry was defined by isopaching the E5 TSE to E5 RSE interval (Fig. 1 1) , with the assumption that E5 TSE (the upper bounding dis continuity) approximates a planar surface. The sand body isopach map closely resembles the map of the E4 to E5 RSE interval (the morphology of the base of the valley) , with the sand body thinning northwestward and southeastward from a maximum thickness greater than 24 m in T34 R8. In the northwest, the isopach of the sandstone seems to define a valley more clearly than the E4 to E5 RSE map. The prominent eastward deflections of the 8 and 4 m isopachs in T34 R7 -8 are due to the 1 1-m-thick sandstone in well 1 1-20-34-7; this sand stone has apparently been thrust unusually far to the northeast (Figs 2 & 5). With this exception, the eastern edge of the sand body is remarkably straight. The sand body is characterized by a very sharp
Cardium Formation incised valley
base, and blocky to blocky and serrated gamma-ray and resistivity well-log signatures (Figs 3 - 8) ; these will be termed 'on-field' signatures. They contrast with off-field wells (e .g. Fig. 3, wells 7-33-36- 10, 7-26-36- 10 and 7-36-36- 10) , which are characterized by a gradual sandier upward signature between E4 and E5 and a capping sand body that is only a metre or two thick.
57
Facies A: structureless sandstones
This facies consists of sandstones that lack any physical or biological structures (Figs 1 5 - 17), or that are dominantly structureless but contain parallel lamination and/or ripple cross-lamination in the uppermost part of the bed . Grain size is mostly in the fine-grained sand range, with a few beds of very
FACIES OF THE RICINUS ALLOMEMBER
The Ricinus sand body contains a suite of facies that are quite unlike those found in any other part of the Cardium. Five facies were recognized originally (Walker, 1985 ) , and this scheme is modified and simplified here.
Fig. 15.
Structureless sandstones with no apparent bedding surfaces and no mudstone partings. B =bottom, T =top. Core 3 in. (7 .6 em) wide, each core sleeve 2.5 ft (about 75cm) long. Well 8 -10-34-8, 8109-8124 ft.
Fig. 16.
Structureless sandstone. The absence of structure appears to be primary - there is no evidence of the destruction of former structure by dewatering or bioturbation. Core 3 in. (7. 6 cm) wide. Well 8-10-34-8, 8115 ft.
58
R.G. Walker Structureless sandstones: percent of core
100 ••• ••
... .
u
6
. .
Structureless sandstones:
1m)
average bed thickness 5
4
3
2 . .
.
.. .
.
.
.
•
.
..
•
•
.
... . .
.
0 33 Southeast
34
34
35
36
36
37
Northwest
Fig. 17.
Distribution of facies A structureless sandstones from T33 northward to T37.
fine-grained sand and even fewer of medium-grained sand. X-radiographs have not been made of these sandstones, but it is believed that the absence of sedimentary structures is real. Structures are readily observed in other sandstone facies of similar grain size (Figs 18- 20) . It seems reasonable to infer that where the core shows absolutely no indication of structure (Figs 15 - in the four core sleeves on the right - & 16) , there is probably nothing there. The percentage of facies A beds in core varies from zero to 100, but there is no trend from south to north (Fig. 17). Because of the intense fracturing, particularly in the southern part of Ricinus, it is difficult to estimate individual bed thicknesses. However, several cores contain sandstones that are unfractured, contain no internal grain-size breaks, have no mudstone partings, and have no layers of eroded mud clasts (Fig. 15 - note that there is one mudstone parting near the top of the fourth sleeve from the left). Possibly some of these criteria for multiple beds have been lost in places where core is
Fig. 18.
Sandstone showing crude parallel stratification at the base, well-developed parallel lamination in the middle, and ripple cross-lamination at the top. Core 3 in. wide (scale in em). Well 11-18-33-7, 8541 ft.
broken or cut. Nevertheless, there appear to be at least four single beds thicker than 4 m (in wells 1 1-1 8-33-7 , 7-36-33-8, 2-1-34-8, 14-27-36-9), with two more reaching thicknesses of 6.3 (7-28-34-8) and 6.7 m ( 16- 10-34-8). There is an overall tendency for the thicker beds to be concentrated in the southern part of Ricinus; the thinner ( < 1 m) beds occur
Cardium Formation incised valley
59
Fig. 19.
Almost every piece of core in these boxes shows parallel lamination. The individual pieces of core are cut, obscuring possible bed contacts. There are no angular divergences, intersections or truncations of lamination. B =bottom, T =top. Core is 3 in. ( 7. 6 cm) wide, and each core sleeve is 2. 5 ft ( about 75em) long. Well 14-2-34-8, 7726-7740 ft.
throughout the sand body but are more common in the north, particularly in Townships 36 and 37 (Fig. 17). These thinner beds have sharp bases marked by a jumble of eroded mud clasts and/or a concentration of coarse grains and granules of chert. Grading occurs in about half of the beds, either because of an upward disappearance of the coarse grains and granules (coarse tail grading) , or because of a progressive upward fining throughout the bed (dis tribution grading) . Internally, the beds are domi nantly structureless, but some show the development of crude parallel lamination toward the top. About one-third of the beds have a single layer of ripple cross-lamination at the top. The most common association of structures is Tbe (Fig. 18), with a few beds showing the succession Tal>e· These beds are much more common in the northern part of the sand
Fig. 20.
Parallel lamination, commonly emphasized by finely comminuted organic material. Well 14-2-34-8, 7708ft.
body; the average thickness is about 50 em (range 10- 135 cm , n= 153 beds). Trace fossils are very rare in this facies, and are restricted to Ophiomorpha. Facies B: parallel-laminated sandstone
These sandstones are characterized by parallel lamination (Figs 19 & 20); the stratification is characterized by subtle changes in grain size and by very thin carbonaceous laminae (Fig. 20) . I ndividual beds appear to be as thick as 2 m (maximum 6 m) in the southern part of the sand body, and thin north ward to an average of about 60 em . The percentage of parallel-laminated sandstones in the cores shows a very weak tendency to decrease northward (Fig.
R.G. Walker
60
Grain sizes are consistently in the fine-grained sand range. Trace fossils are rare , and are restricted to Ophiomorpha.
21).
100 80
Parallel-laminated sandstones percent of core
60 Facies C: interbedded bioturbated sandstones and mudstones
This facies consists of alternations of sandstones (thickness typically·1 -3 em) and mudstones (thick nesses a few millimetres to about 1 em) (Figs 22 & 23). I t occurs throughout the sand body (Fig. 9), but is thickest (10-15 m) in the central area (T34 R8) (Fig. 11). Contacts with the other sandstone facies (structureless, parallel-laminated) tend to be gra dational , and granules and pebbles of chert are rare (compare with facies D, below) . The sandstones are characterized by small-scale ripple cross-lamination. Where ripple forms can be seen, they are commonly asymmetrical, suggesting current ripples rather than wave ripples. The facies is not intensely bioturbated; the commonest trace fossil is Planolites (Fig. 23), with some examples of Ophiomorpha, Arenicolites , Conichnus and Rosselia (Fig. 22 - the Rosselia in sleeve 12, counting from the right, was figured by McEachern & Pemberton , 1992, p. 63, A). Facies D : bioturbated mudstones
This facies is less sandy and more thoroughly bio turbated than facies C (Figs 24 - 26). It contains a larger suite of trace fossils; the commonest traces are simple, horizontal sand-filled tubes about 1 em diameter (Planolites), with Helminthopsis (Fig. 27). Zoophycos (Fig. 27), Anconichnus, Skolithos, Ophiomorpha,
Thalassinoides ,
Teichichnus, Aste
and Rosselia. Scattered chert granules and pebbles are com monly associated with the bioturbated sandy mud stones (Fig. 26), and they occur throughout the thickness of the facies in many wells. The coarser
rosoma, Terebellina
Fig. 22.
•
40
20
.
.
0
. .
.
..
·-
.
I I I ·-···· ··-····-·-·--· ·-·.· -•
6
Parallel-laminated sandstones average bed thickness (m)
5 4 3 •
2
..
•
.
•
•
·. ·.
.
;,
..
••
0 �---.----.--,,--r33 34
Southeast
34
35
36
36 37
Northwest
Fig. 21.
Distribution of facies B parallel -laminated sandstones from T33 northward to T37.
clasts rarely occur in distinct beds - they are more commonly bioturbated into the sandy mud stone. The clasts occur throughout the field, from the southernmost (11-21-34-8) to northernmost ( 12-34-36-9) occurrences of the facies. Where the lower contact of this facies is seen in core, it is always sharp, and marked by the incoming of chert granules and pebbles (Figs 24, 25 & 28), together with rip-up clasts of mudstone and siderite. Good examples occur in wells 11-21-34-8 (1 mm chert grains; Fig. 24), 16-30-34-8 (3 mm grains) , 2-34-36-9 (with chert pebbles up to 1 . 4cm), 12-34-36-9 (1.3 em pebbles; Fig. 25) and 2-4-37-9
( Opposite. ) Well 12-19-35-8 boxed with the base of the well at the lower right; B =bottom, T =top. Note the sharp base of the Ricinus sandstone (BASE R), overlain by parallel-laminated sandstone that grade into facies C, the interbedded bioturbated sandstones and mudstones (sleeves 11-14 from right). Toward the top of this facies, it becomes interbedded with parallel-laminated sandstones (sleeves 14 and 15), and grades up into structureless sandstones (top five sleeves). Core is 3 in. (7.6 cm) wide, and each core sleeve is 2.5 ft (about 75cm) long. Well 12-9 -35-8, 8990-9048 ft. Note Rosselia (ROSS) in sleeve 12 - this example was figured by McEachern & Pemberton, 1992. During core photography, handwritten labels with way-up arrows, well locations and the words 'Ricinus' and 'bottom' were pinned on to the core boxes. Thus 'Ricinus bottom' refers to each photograph of three or four core boxes, not to the bottom of the Ricinus Allomember. The base of the Ricinus Allomember is marked by the printed letters BASE R.
62
R.G. Walker
and pebble lags mark the very sharp contact with underlying facies. These lags are normally only one to a few centimetres thick, with chert granules and pebbles up to 4 cm diameter, and abundant sideritized mud clasts. These basal lags occur from the southern to northern parts of the sand body, but there is no systematic distribution of clast sizes. Conglomerates also mark the top of the Ricinus Allomember, where they occur as lags on the E5 TSE surface (Fig. 25) . This surface truncates the Ricinus Allomember, and the conglomerates actually belong to the Carrot Creek Allomember. These conglomerates have been cored only in three wells (7- 19-35-8, 12- 18-36-8 and 12-34-36-9) ; they are 1 .2-2.5 m thick and have chert pebbles up to 4 cm diameter (in 12- 18-36-8). In T36 R9 (particularly in land sections 24 -27) conglomerates are abundant from bottom to top of the Ricinus sand body (Figs 26 & 29). The coarser clasts occur at the bases of graded sandstone beds, or form conglomerate beds up to about 1 m thick, with chert pebbles 1 -2 em diameter. A few pebbles reach 3 - 4 cm, with a maximum of 7.5 cm diameter (in 3-27-36-9). These bedded conglomerates are structureless to crudely stratified, and are inter bedded with structureless or parallel-laminated sand stones, and with thin mudstone partings (Fig. 29). The scattered granules and pebbles associated with the bioturbated mudstone facies have been described above. They are typically mixed into the mudstones by bioturbation, or may fill distinct bur rows (Fig. 30) .
LATERAL AND VERTICAL FACIES DISTRIBUTIONS
Fig. 23. Interbedded bioturbated sandstones and
mudstones, showing abundant Planolites (P), and a possible example of Zoophycos (Z) at the bottom of the photograph. Note ripple cross -lamination within the sandstones. Well 12-19-35-8, 9016 ft.
( 1 .7 em pebbles; Fig. 28). Thus the coarser clasts at this sharp contact become generally fi n er grained southward. Facies E: conglomerates
Conglomerates and scattered pebbles occur through out the Ricinus Allomember. At the base, granule
Sandstones
The Ricinus Allomember trends NW-SE, with a maximum thickness of about 25 m in T34 R8 (Fig. 1 1 ) . It thins against the eastern wall of the valley (Fig. 1 1) but the western margin is poorly constrained by data and disrupted by extensive thrusting. Within the main sand body, the sandstone facies (structure·· less, and parallel-laminated) show no preferred vertical trends. Some wells are almost exclusively structureless, others almost exclusively parallel·· laminated. Most wells show interbedding of these two facies. There is a weak tendency for the average bed thickness in both facies to decrease northwest ward (Figs 17 & 2 1 ) , but there is almost no change
Cardium Formation incised valley
63
Fig. 24.
This core is boxed top-to-left; B =bottom, T =top. The parallel-laminated sandstone facies is overlain sharply by the bioturbated mudstone facies. The sharp contact is marked by the incoming of chert granules (CH). The bioturbated mudstones contain Zoophycos (Z; it first appears near the base of the facies), Helminthopsis (H), Rosselia (R), Thalassinoides (TH) and Teichichnus (TE). Chert granules and pebbles are dispersed throughout the bioturbated mudstone facies, but become abundant and coarser toward the top (in the sandier core sleeve on the left). Core is 3 in. (7.6 cm) wide, and each sleeve is 2.5 ft (about 75 em) long. Well 11-21-34-8, 7022-7052 ft. See comment about handwritten label 'Ricinus bottom' in caption of Fig. 22.
along the field in the percentage of each facies in core (Figs 17 & 2 1 ). Mudstones
Because mudstones form an important part of many estuary fills, the position of Facies C and D within Ricinus was investigated in detail. These facies occur throughout the field (Fig. 9) , with a maximum thicknesses in T34 R8-9. An isopach map (not included here) of the interval between the base of the incised valley and the base of facies C or D shows that in the valley axis these facies occur about 12 m above the base. However, toward the north eastern margin , the height above the base decreases progressively to about 4 m (Figs 7 & 8). The isopachs are parallel to the trend of the valley wall. This
relationship can be interpreted to imply partial valley filling (more sand in the centre, less toward the margin) before the muddier facies C and D were deposited as a sheet that pinched out toward the valley wall. The wells that contain facies C or D appear to have no preferred locations within the field. This may be due to thrusting, particularly on the western side. Alternatively, there is some evidence that the distribution of facies C and D is masked by erosion of E5 TSE into the Ricinus sand body. Erosion of facies C and D is strongly suggested in Fig. 7 , between wells 3-19-33-7 and 1 1-18-33-7, and in Fig. 9 (wells 7-1 8-36-8 and 10- 18-36-8, and at the northern end in wells 13-26-36-9, 12-34-36-9 and 2-4-37-9). The patchy distribution of facies C and D may also be due to original depositional pinchout against the
64
R.G. Walker
Cardium Formation incised valley
eastern valley wall, as suggested in Fig. 7 (between wells 3-19-33-7 and 9-19-33-7) and Fig. 8 (between wells 16- 16-34-8 and 10-22-34-8) . Also , it is possible that some deposits of facies C and D were eroded during subsequent filling of the Ricinus valley, and before the development of ES TSE . This is suggested in Fig. 8, where facies C and/or D in well 9-16-34-8 might possibly be scoured by the sandstone with a blocky well-log response in 7-16-34-8. Although relatively few well-logs display the deeply indented pattern shown in Fig. 9 (indicative of facies C and/or D ) , and despite the limited core control , it seems likely that these facies originally extended from the northern to southern parts of the field as a sheet. This sheet averages about 4 m in thickness, and seems to pinch out against the eastern wall of the valley. The western margin is unknown. The mudstones of facies D, with their fully marine trace fauna, are apparently limited to the northern and central parts of the field (2-4-37-9 southward to 1 1-21 -34-8) . They have very sharp, and probably erosive bases in wells 1 1-21-34-8, 16-30-34-8, 2-34-36-9 and 12-34-36-9.
COMPARISON WITH OTHER CARDIUM ALLOMEMBERS
The major differences between the Ricinus ABo member and other Cardium allomembers are reviewed here. Because all of the facies at Ricinus are apparently marine, I will not make any com parisons with the non-marine Musreau Allomember. There are many asymmetrical scoured surfaces in the Cardium. The scours are linear, oriented NW-SE, and have gentle dips to the southwest and steeper dips to the northeast. Surfaces E4 and ES are typical (Walker & Eyles, 199 1 ; Pattison & Walker, 1992) . Ricinus is also a linear scour oriented NW-SE, but incomplete data for the southwestern side preclude any analysis of its symmetry.
Fig. 25.
65
The facies overlying the valley-floor scour at Ricinus are completely different from those over lying E4 and ES elsewhere. At Ricinus, the typical facies are thick, structureless and parallel-laminated sandstones. Elsewhere, the E4 and ES incised scours are overlain by up to 20 m of conglomerate (Carrot Creek Allomember; Bergman & Walker, 1987, 1988 ) , or coarse and pebbly sandstones with sets of cross-bedding 1 0 cm or more thick (Burnstick Allo member; Pattison & Walker, 1992). The coarse facies in the Carrot Creek and Burnstick Allo members are interpreted as transgressive shoreface deposits. The structureless and parallel-laminated sandstones at Ricinus are found nowhere else in the Cardium. Typical open-marine Cardium deposits consist of mudstones, and wave-rippled and HCS sand stones interbedded with bioturbated mudstones. There are no definite HCS sandstones at Ricinus. Common and abundant ichnospecies in the open marine mudstones include Chondrites, Gyrochorte, Palaeophycus, Planolites, Rhizocorallium , Thalas
and Zoophycos (Pemberton & Frey, 1984, p. 282) . This is a different suite from that found in the mudstones at Ricinus, where Rosselia is much more abundant, Palaeophycus is rare and Chondrites was not observed. Finally, the one prograding shoreface in the Cardium , the Kakwa Allomember, is dominated by swaley cross-stratification (Plint & Walker, 1987 ) . Swaley cross-stratification has not been identified at Ricinus.
sinoides
INTERPRETATION OF RICINUS
Could Ricinus be an incised shoreface?
The orientation of the Ricinus sand body suggests the possibility that it is an incised shoreface , similar to those at Garrington , Crossfield and Caroline
( Opposite. ) Sharp base of Ricinus sand body (BASE R) on underlying mudstones of the Raven River Allomember. Note lag j ust above base (L). The sandstones are parallel-laminated and structureless, and are very abruptly overlain by the bioturbated mudstones facies in the upper half of the figure, at CH. Note sudden incoming of chert pebbles (CH) up to 1 em in diameter. The top of the Ricinus sand body is marked by erosion surface E5 TSE (E5 in photograph), which is characterized by eroded sandstone clasts at the base (j ust above E5 label in photograph). The lag on E5 is about 15em thick, and is overlain by transgressive laminated mudstones (the 'laminated blanket' of Walker, 1983; LB in photograph). B =bottom, T =top. Core is 4 in. (10. 2em) in diameter, and each core sleeve is 2ft (about 60cm) long. Well 12-34-36-9, 9254-9307 ft. See comment about handwritten label 'Ricinus bottom' in caption of Fig. 22. Core is boxed top to-right and is continuous from upper to lower panels in the figure.
66
R.G. Walker
Fig. 26. Bioturbated mudstone facies with abundant scattered chert granules and pebbles (small white specks throughout
photograph), and a prominent conglomerate bed (CGL). B =bottom, T = top. Core is 3 in. (7.6 cm) wide and each core sleeve is 2.5 ft (75 em) long. Well 3-32-34-8, 9040-9066 ft. See comment about handwritten label 'Ricinus bottom' in caption of Fig. 22.
(associated with E4; Pattison & Walker, 1992), and at Carrot Creek (associated with E5; Bergman & Walker, 1987, 1988) . However, the abundance of thick beds of structureless sandstone at Ricinus is most atypical of a shoreface, where the sand is normally being constantly reworked by longshore currents, rip currents and waves. The Carrot Creek shorefaces are characterized by conglomerates, and the Burnstick shorefaces by cross-stratified coarse and granule-sandstones, and conglomerates. The prograding Kakwa shoreface is dominated by swaley cross-stratification. None of these features is present at Ricinus. Mudstones 4-5 m thick are not characteristic of shorefaces, although it could be argued that the mudstones at Ricinus formed during a minor trans gression of the postulated shoreface . However, their geometry is incompatable with this hypothesis. At
Ricinus, the mudstones appear to pinch out against the bounding discontinuity on the eastern side. If this discontinuity were interpreted as the initial trans gressive surface underlying a Ricinus shoreface, the mudstones would downlap on to this surface . This would be an almost impossible situation for a minor transgression of a shoreface ; the mudstones ought to pinch out against the western wall and continue seaward parallel to the eastern bounding discon tinuity. All of these arguments, taken together, suggest that Ricinus is not any form of incised shore face, despite the orientation of the sand body. Origin of the valley
The comparisons of Ricinus with other parts of the Cardium, along with discussions of a possible shore face origin , suggest that Ricinus is (i) not an incised
Cardium Formation incised valley
67
Fig. 27.
Zoophycos (Z) and robust Helminthopsis (H; flattened black marks) in well l l -21-34-8, 7035 ft. Core is 3 in. (7.6 cm) wide.
transgressive shoreface deposit, (ii) not a prograding shoreface , and (iii) not an open-marine HCS sand body like those in the Raven River Allomember (Walker & Eyles, 1988) . The basal incision (E5 RSE) appears to define a NW-SE trending valley at least 24 m deep, with a marine fill. I now reject my earlier suggestion that the valley was cut by turbidity currents (Walker, 1985). The Cardium contains mainly shallow-marine to shore line deposits, influenced by about eight major fluc tuations of relative sea-level . In this overall setting, the most likely origin for the Ricinus valley is fluvial , with incision during a falling stage of sea-level. The valley was subsequently filled in an estuarine setting. The basal deposits of the Ricinus sand body consist of structureless and parallel-laminated sandstones, commonly with a lag of chert pebbles, siderite
Fig. 28.
Sharp and erosive basal contact of bioturbated mudstone facies D on underlying sandstones in well 2-4-379, 9326 ft. Chert pebbles are up to 1. 7 em diameter, and siderite intraclasts are larger than 2 em. Note possible Zoophycos (Z) only a few centimetres above base of the bioturbated mudstone facies. Core 3 in. (7 .6 em) diameter.
pebbles and ripped-up mudstone clasts. There is no preserved angle-of-repose cross-bedding in sets thicker than about 5 em, nor any other facies indica tive of fluvial deposition. It therefore appears that any fluvial sediment in the valley was completely reworked by waves during initial transgression of the valley. At the same time , the valley walls were probably wave scoured and the valley widened. The
68
R.G. Walker
Fig. 29. Interbedded parallel-laminated sandstones (facies B, centre of figure), bioturbated sandstones and mudstones (facies C), and conglomerates (facies E, in 2nd sleeve) in well 3-27-36-9, 8885-8914 ft. Chert pebbles are up to about 2 em diameter. B =bottom, T =top. Core is 3 in. (7 .6 em) wide, and each core sleeve is 2.5 ft (75 em) long. See comment about handwritten label 'Ricinus bottom' in caption of Fig. 22.
interpretation of the base of the valley as a regressive surface of erosion (ES RSE) applies to the main phase of valley erosion; if the floor and walls of the valley have indeed been modified during trans gression , the surface seen today is strictly a ravine ment surface, or surface of initial transgression (IT) . P alaeogeography
There are no unquestionable data that indicate flow direction in the valley, and the problem of palaeo geography is compounded by the incomplete preser vation of the valley; both ends are faulted. The following indicators, taken together, suggest that the sea lay to the north. First, the valley appears to widen northward (Fig. 10), and the eastern wall becomes less steep. Second, the bed thicknesses of
the structureless and parallel-laminated sandstones decrease northward (Figs 17 & 2 1 ) . Third, conglom erates are best developed at the northern end of the valley (T36 R9, land sections 24-27) , but they are not cross-bedded fluvial conglomerates. They are interbedded with mudstones and sandstones with a marine trace-fossil fauna, suggesting that the pebbles were being moved by waves in the longshore drift system, and introduced into the marine end of the estuary by storms. There are far fewer granules and pebbles associated with the thick structureless sand stones at the southern end of the valley. Finally, the mudstones of facies D have a sharp base with a conglomeratic lag. In the four wells with data avail able , the clast size in the lag decreases progressively southward , from 1 .7 em to about 1 mm. This also suggests marine transgression from north to south, and hence an open sea to the north.
Cardium Formation incised valley
Fig. 30.
Chert granules and pebbles scattered within the bioturbated mudstone facies. Note granules filling distinct burrows (centre), and Zoophycos (Z) in upper part of photograph. Well 3-32-3411, 9050ft. Core is 3 in. (7.6 cm) wide.
Deposition in the Ricinus estuary
Deposition in the Ricinus estuary is not closely comparable with that of any modern estuaries, nor does it conform to any existing estuary models ( Dalrymple et al. , 1992; Reinson , 1992). The absence of angle-of-repose cross-bedding in sets thicker than about 5 em indicates the absence of two- and three dimensional dunes in the estuary. Tide-dominated estuaries (e.g. the Gironde (Allen , 199 1 ) and the Bay of Fundy ( Dalrymple et al . , 1990)) and river dominated estuaries (e.g. the Mgeni (Cooper, 1993))
69
are both dominated by dune bedforms, and presum ably would be dominated by angle-of-repose cross bedding if these estuaries were preserved in the geological record. Such cross-bedding is absent at Ricinus. Wave-dominated estuaries are characterized by a tripartite facies distribution consisting of (i) an upstream river-dominated bayhead delta, (ii) a central basin (turbidity maximum) where mudstones are deposited, and (iii) a downstream, marine dominated area where sand is introduced into the estuary from the sea. This tripartite subdivision is not seen at Ricinus, although this might be due to incomplete preservation of the entire length of the estuary. There is no suggestion of a bayhead delta prograding northward, or marine sands prograding southward; in both cases, sandier upward facies successions would be expected (but are not present) as the sands built on to central basin mudstones. Wave-formed or wave-influenced sedimentary structures (symmetrical ripples, hummocky cross stratification) are rare at Ricinus. As in many modern estuaries, this is probably due to partial closing of the estuary at the seaward end, and limited pen etration of large waves from the sea. Wave base in the Ricinus estuary may therefore have been only a few metres below sea level. The sandstones at Ricinus commonly contain evidence of rapid deposition from strong currents, with no subsequent reworking. Rapid deposition is suggested by the thick, structureless sandstones; some of the flows may have deposited beds thicker than 4 m, mostly at the southern end of the valley (T33 and T34). Other flows continued along the length of the valley to deposit structureless sand stones 50- 150 em thick in T36 and T37 (Fig. 17). The common occurrence of parallel lamination suggests that flows were rapid. The presence of Tahc and Tbe beds (Fig. 18) indicates that some of the rapid flows waned during deposition. Flow distance from the southernmost fault in T32 and T33 to the northern end of the valley (T37) is more than 45 km. The beds that contain only parallel lamination also imply rapid flows, with single depositional events forming beds up to 3 m thick in the south, and about 1 m thick in the north. The preservation of structure less, parallel-laminated, and Tabc and Tbc beds indi cates that there was no wave reworking after the original deposition of the sand. However, the estua1y was not necessarily deep because these facies have been preserved; their preservation may simply reflect the proposed shallow depth to wave base.
70
R.G. Walker
Because there is no evidence for fluvial or tidal facies in the estuary, and no evidence for wave reworking, I suggest that the structureless, parallel laminated, Tabc and Tbc beds were emplaced by density underflows generated at a bayhead delta (not observed) in the southern end of the estuary. Similar underflows appear to have been generated in the estuary of the Congo (Zaire) River (Heezen et al. , 1964) , and finer grained underflows originated from the delta of the Colorado River in Lake Mead and flowed the entire length of the lake (about lOO km; Grover & Howard, 1938). The mudstones of facies C and D appear to occur as a sheet about 4-5 m thick that spreads from end to end of the valley. In many places, the structureless and parallel-laminated sandstones grade vertically into the interbedded bioturbated sandstones and mudstones of facies C (Fig. 22) . However, the mud stones of facies D are characterized by a very sharp base, and a basal layer of chert pebbles and mudstone clasts (Figs 24, 25 & 29) . The trace-fossil fauna of these mudstones is fully marine. I suggest that after deposition of the lower sandstones, the estuary was rapidly flooded, with wave scouring of the substrate, cut-off of sediment input from the fluvial (southern) end of the estuary, introduction of pebbles by storms from the open (northern) end of the estuary, and quiet deposition of mud. Wave scouring in the estuary could have increased during flooding ( deepening ) if the barrier at the seaward end was removed. Deposition of mud was interrupted periodically by storms, introducing sand and pebbles at various stratigraphical horizons within the mudstones. The relationship between the mudstones of facies C and D is not clear. The log response suggests that both facies tend to occur at the same stratigraphical horizon (Fig. 9); however, facies C appears to have gradational contacts with facies A and B, whereas facies D has a distinctly erosional relationship with underlying facies. None of the cores shows facies C and D occurring together, and there is not enough data to determine their possible lateral relationships. After deposition of the sheet of mudstones, sand was again introduced into the estuary, and the same facies occur both above and below the mudstones. Because of the patchy distribution of the mudstones, there is a strong possibility that a falling stage of relative sea-level caused reintroduction of sand into the estuary and local scouring of the mudstones. This is tentatively suggested in Fig. 8. The depth of scouring would be at least 15 m if facies C and D in
well 16-1 6-34-8 (Fig. 8) have been cut out in well 7-16-34-8 (Fig. 8). Examination of sandstone cores adjacent to preserved mudstones showed no lag horizons or facies changes that might indicate scouring. Estuarine deposition was terminated by a final rise of relative sea-level , and the estuary deposits were truncated by ES TSE. There appears to be some topographical relief on this surface, with deeper scouring down to the west (Figs 3 - 5 & 7). The ES TSE surface is typically overlain by a thin lag of chert pebbles (Figs 13, 25 & 29) , and then by transgressive mudstones with thin silty laminations the 'laminated blanket' of Walker, 1983.
VALLEY ORIENTATION
The Ricinus valley trends parallel to the incised shorefaces in the Burnstick (Pattison & Walker, 1992) and Carrot Creek (Bergman & Walker, 1987, 1988) Allomembers (Fig. 1 ) ; an estuary would be expected to be perpendicular. The valley is incised into black mudstones and open marine HCS sand stones and bioturbated mudstones of the Raven River Allomember, and it is the only known incised valley in the Cardium (both in subsurface and out crop). The orientation of the Ricinus valley seems to require that the depositional strike in the basin changed from NW -SE (incised transgressive shore faces associated with E4) , to N E - SW (perpendicular to the Ricinus valley), and back to NW-SE (incised transgressive shorefaces associated with ES). One possibility that has been considered (and rejected) is that the Ricinus valley is a strike-parallel tributary of a main valley that trends SW- NE. The marine end of Ricinus appears to be at the northern end, so the postulated main valley would most likely be north of Ricinus. No such valley is known. It also seems unlikely that the gravel that occurs throughout the section at the northern end of Ricinus could have been emplaced into the main valley, and thence into the Ricinus valley via a right angle turn. The orientation of Ricinus remains enigmatic!
CONCLUSIONS
1 The sand body at Ricinus is defined by bounding discontinuities below and above. The lower discon tinuity defines an incised valley at least 50 km long, 24 m deep and 10 km wide. The valley trends
71
Cardium Formation incised valley
N W- S E , parallel t o regional tectonic trends and parallel to regional shoreline trends in the Cardium. 2 The valley is filled with structureless and parallel laminated sandstones. There are also mudstones that form a layer 4-5 m thick that appears to extend as a sheet along the entire length of the valley. The sheet probably pinches out against the eastern wall of the valley. The mudstones contain a fully marine trace-fossil fauna. 3 The geometry of the valley and distribution of facies suggest that the open sea lay to the north. 4 There is no evidence of fluvial or tidal processes , and wave reworking of the sandstones is rare. At least part of the fill (the structure less sandstones and the Tahc and Tbe beds) appears to have been emplaced by density currents that maintained sand in suspension, and then deposited it very rapidly. The sand was not reworked after its initial deposition. This suggests that the valley was domi nated by input of large amounts of sand from the fluvial end. This sand appears to have slumped, perhaps on a bayhead delta, and then travelled along the estuary as a density underflow. 5 A phase of marine transgression terminated sand input and led to the deposition of a valley-wide layer of marine mudstone. A subsequent drop of relative sea-level led to renewed sand emplacement, prob ably with local scouring of the mudstones. 6 The valley is interpreted as a lowstand incision formed by a river. The fill consists of a variety of facies, but broadly can be termed estuarine. 7 The orientation of a major valley 50 km long, parallel to depositional strike, remains enigmatic.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I began work at Ricinus in 1982 whilst on sabbatical leave at Amoco Canada. I thank the company for their support. Work on this paper commenced in 1993 , and I thank David James and Wascana Energy I nc. for access to well logs. The research has been financially supported by the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, in the form of Operating and Strategic Grants. I particu larly thank James McEachern for his help in ident ifying and explaining the trace fossils. And finally, none of the work would have been possible without the help of Harold Reading; it was Harold who first emphasized to me in 1961 the difference between gradational and abrupt facies contacts, following the thinking of Johannes Walther and anticipating many
of the better ideas now incorporated into allostra tigraphy and sequence stratigraphy.
AP PENDIX
1
Cross-sections
The choice of a datum for the cross-sections is difficult. Possible datums above Ricinus tend to drape over the sand body. The 'Cardium zone marker' (E7 in the cross-sections) commonly used by industry and some other workers is a very bad choice because it is a mappable erosion surface with more than 40 m of relief (Wadsworth & Walker, 1 99 1 ; Figs 4 & 6-8). In this paper I have chosen a group of resistivity signatures A - D in Figs 3-8 that appear to define four sandier upward successions immediately below E4. The top of the 'black blanket' (Figs 4-8) is almost parallel to the sandier upward successions. Together, horizons A - D can be taken to approximate an original , almost fiat, sea-floor, into which the Ricinus valley is incised. All 71 cores have been measured and photo graphed. All of the off-field well-logs west of Ricinus have been used where the Cardium is present and recognizable , but some cannot be used because the rocks west of Ricinus are too deformed. Enough wells north and south of the valley (Fig. 1) have been used to define the ends of the valley, and most of the wells immediately east of the valley (between Ricinus and Caroline) have been used. Only a small proportion of Caroline wells are shown on the map (Fig. 1 ) . The cross-sections show gamma-ray and resistivity well-logs, with cored intervals shown as black bars. Depths are mostly in metres, with depth markers shown at 50-m intervals, but a few older wells are shown in feet (numbers greater than 6000, with depth markers at 100-ft intervals) . In the northern and central parts of the field , a few cores show dipping beds. However, the generally parallel nature of E 1 , successions A - D , and the top of the black blanket, shows that thicknesses in most wells are not seriously distorted by variations in dip. The southern part of the field appears to be more extensively thrusted, with more fracturing of the sandstones in core. Steeply dipping beds in section D can be identified in cores, and in those parts of the well-logs where thicknesses appear to be expanded. I have assumed that in section D (Fig. 6) the eastern most well ( 1 1-25-33-7) is undeformed because the
72
R.G. Walker
thicknesses of various stratigraphical intervals are very similar to those in the other cross-sections. Other wells in section D have been drilled into dipping rocks, and I have therefore reduced the well logs so that the thicknesses of units A - D below E4 are roughly constant across the section.
AP P ENDIX
2
Allostratigraphy
Allostratigraphy first appeared m the North American Stratigraphic Code in 1983 (NACSN , 1983 ) . It does not appear to have been used in the Western Interior Seaway of North America until 1987 (Plint et a!. , 1987, p. 366) , with reference to the unconformity-bounded members of the Cardium Formation proposed by Plint et al. ( 1 986) . An allostratigraphical unit 'is a mappable stratiform body of sedimentary rock that is defined and identified on the basis of its bounding discontinuities' (NACSN, 1983 , p . 865). I suggest (following the definitions of sequence stratigraphy) that this definition be extended to read ' . . . bounding discontinuities and their correlative conformities' . The bounding dis continuities were not defined in the stratigraphical code, but clearly include erosion surfaces (regressive and transgressive surfaces of erosion) , condensed horizons of reduced or zero deposition (commonly maximum flooding surfaces), and firmgrounds and hardgrounds. Allostratigraphy is descriptive, and does not involve any of the interpretive aspects of sequence stratigraphy. It can commonly be applied on a smaller scale than sequence stratigraphy (where a sequence is a 'relatively conformable succession of genetically related strata bounded by unconformities or their correlative conformities'; van Wagoner et al. , 1990, p. 22) . An unconformity was defined as 'a surface separating younger from older strata along which there is evidence of subaerial-erosional trunc ation, or subaerial exposure, with a significant hiatus indicated' (van Wagoner et al. , 1990, p. 22) . In the Cardium , there i s absolutely n o 'evidence of subaerial-erosional truncation' on surfaces E5, E6, E6.5 and E7, although the surfaces are interpreted to have initially formed subaerially. The 'evidence' was entirely removed during erosive shoreface transgression . Sequence stratigraphers are now recognizing the need to subdivide many stratigraphical units on a finer scale, thus giving rise to discussions of 'high-
resolution sequence stratigraphy'. This subdiscipline is converging on allostratigraphy, but unfortunately retains the concept that units are bounded by uncon formities, and that the strata bounded by the uncon formities are 'genetically related' . I n the Cardium (Fig. 2) , the only type 1 sequence boundary, with valley incision, is E5 RSE at Ricinus. If I ignore Ricinus for a moment, it is possible to define a 'sequence' between E4 and E5, by arguing that both are unconformities, and that both developed initially during subaerial exposure (E4, see Pattison & Walker, 1992; E5, see Walker & Eyles, 199 1 ) . The implication is that the rocks between E4 and E5 are 'genetically related' as a sequence. This sequence consists of coarse sand stones and conglomerates deposited in a trans gressing shoreface (Burnstick member, Fig. 2), overlain by black mudstones (the 'black blanket', Fig. 2) and very fine- to fine-grained hummocky cross-stratified sandstones in the upper part of the Raven River Allomember. There is presumably a maximum flooding surface immediately below or j ust within the black blanket. I suggest that on sedimentological grounds, there is absolutely no 'genetic relationship' between the transgressive con glomerates and the overlying (highstand) black mudstones and HCS sandstones. Water depths were very different, as were the wave climates, sediment transport processes and grain sizes of available sedi ment. The salinities may also have been different. Thus sequence stratigraphy is not the most appro priate technique for descriptive subdivision of a unit like the Cardium. Allostratigraphy does not involve problems of defining terms such as unconformity , genetically related, and evidence of subaerial erosional truncation, and allows the Cardium to be subdivided using bounding discontinuities (however they formed). The most useful bounding discon tinuities are the transgressive surfaces of erosion (E4, E5 TSE, etc. ) , and the flooding surfaces that j uxtapose relatively offshore quietly deposited mud stones on top of nearshore conglomerates (Fig. 25). The allostratigraphical units so defined correspond to transgressive systems tracts (the Burnstick Allomember and its correlative conglomerate lag on E4) and highstand systems tracts (the Raven River Allomember) ; these systems tracts do contain 'genetically related' strata. The Ricinus sand body is also defined by two bounding discontinuities; E5 RSE and E5 TSE. It is therefore defined in this paper as the Ricinus Allomember of the Cardium Alloformation. It is
73
Cardium Formation incised valley
genetically distinct both from the highstand deposits of the Raven River, and the transgressive deposits of the Carrot Creek Allomembers. The scale of allostratigraphical subdivision, like that of lithostratigraphical subdivision , is left to the discretion of the individual worker. In the Cardium , the transgressive surfaces of erosion are complicated by the fact that in many places there appear to be stillstands of sea-level during the overall trans gression. Incised shorefaces are cut during these stillstands. The shoreface is floored by the initial surface of transgression (IT), and is truncated by a surface of resumed transgression ( RT) (Fig. 2, Burnstick Allomember ) . However, the RT surface will pass laterally into another IT surface if there is another stillstand during the transgression (Fig. 2). Thus the two Burnstick sand bodies shown in Fig. 2 are defined by different bounding discontinuities, and hence would qualify as different allomembers. Such fine subdivision seems unnecessary at present; the erosional envelope beneath the sand bodies can be regarded as one bounding discontinuity, as can the contact between the RT surfaces and the over lying transgressive mudstones. Thus the Burnstick Allomember (and the Carrot Creek Allomember) consist of a series of separate sand bodies at slightly different stratigraphical horizons, but all developed during one overall phase of transgression. My final comment on allostratigraphy concerns names. The stratigraphical code does not address this problem - it simply states that 'the principles and procedures for naming allostratigraphical units are the same as those for naming of lithostratigraphi cal units' (NACSN, 1983 , p. 867). The Cardium Formation is a formally defined lithostratigraphical unit. Some workers have suggested that if an allo stratigraphical scheme is to be used, the term Cardium Alloformation is forbidden because Cardium has already been used. It is clear that if existing names are banned, the number of names will double if existing units are subdivided allo stratigraphically. This is ridiculous. I do not believe that the term Cardium Alloformation is in any way confusing. It is defined as those rocks between E l and the top of the transgressive lag o n E7, and encompasses roughly the same rocks as the Cardium Formation. It has the advantage of emphasizing a natural break in sedimentation, whereas the base of the Cardium Formation is defined at the incoming of sandstones at some arbitrary point within the first sandier upward succession. There is room for both a Cardium Formation and a Cardium Alloformation.
Alloformations and allomembers will commonly be heterogeneous, encompassing both horizontal and vertical facies changes. Thus the concept of formally defining a 'type section' needs to be re-evaluated. Also, any formal definition of an allo stratigraphical unit must include descriptions of the bounding discontinuities, so that they can be recog nized by other workers.
AP PENDIX
3
P reparation of computer maps
It has not been possible to restore all of the thrusts that displace sandstones within the field. Conse quently, some of the wells penetrate sandstones that have been thrust northeastward, and some thickness may be slightly exaggerated if the well penetrates dipping strata. The effect of exaggerated thickness is reduced in the mapping because SU RFER calculates each grid-point using data from the 10 closest wells using a kriging method. Thus the thickness distor tions are probably not great, but the maps should be stretched southwestward in the reader's imagination to allow for the foreshortening due to thrusting. It can be seen in Fig. 1 that the main sand body as defined by drilling density does not seem to be displaced laterally by the faults that define the southernmost three compartments. In my data base, the locations of the wells in the northern compart ment have been shifted about 4 km southwestward to bring them on line with the rest of the field; off field wells to the southwest were also shifted, but off-field wells to the northeast were not relocated.
REFERENCES
ALLEN, G.P. (1991) Sedimentary processes and facies in the Gironde estuary: a recent model for macrotidal estuarine systems. In: Clastic Tidal Sedimentology (Eds Smith, D.G . , Reinson. G.E. , Zaitlin, B . A . & Rahmani, R.A.). Can. Soc. petrol. Geol . , Calgary, Memoir 16, 29- 40. BERGMAN, K . M. & WA L KER , R.G. (1987) The importance of sea level fluctuations in the formation of linear con glomerate bodies: Carrot Creek Member, Cretaceous Western Interior Seaway, Alberta, Canada. J. sediment. Petrol. , 57, 65 1 - 665. BERG MA N , K . M. & WALKER, R.G. (1988) Formation of Cardium erosion surface E5, and associated deposition of conglomerate; Carrot Creek field, Cretaceous Western Interior Seaway, Alberta. In: Sequences, Stratigraphy, Sedimentology: Surface and Subswface (Eds James, D.P.
74
R. G. Walker
& Leckie, D.A.). Can. Soc. petrol. Geol . , Calgary, Memoir 15, 15-24. B o u M A , A.H. ( 1 982) Sedimentology of some Flysch Deposits. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 168 pp. CooPER, J .A.G. ( 1993) Sedimentation in a river dominated estuary. Sedimentology, 40, 979- 1 0 1 7 . DALRYMPLE, R.W., KNIGHT, R.J . , ZAITLIN , B.A. & MIDDLETON , G. V . ( 1 990) Dynamics and facies model of a macrotidal sand-bar complex, Cobequid Bay - Salmon River · estuary, Bay of Fundy, Canada. Sedimentology, 37, 577- 6 1 2 . DALRYMPLE, R.W. , ZAITLIN , B.A. & BoYD, R. ( 1992) Estuarine facies models: conceptual basis and strati graphic implications. J. sediment. Petrol. , 62, 1 1 30- 1 146. GEOLOGICAL S U RVEY OF CANADA ( 198 1a) Gas Pools of Western Canada. Geol. Surv. Canada, Map 1558A, Ottawa. GEOLOGICAL S u RVEY OF CANADA ( 1981b) Oil Pools of Western Canada. Geol. Surv. Canada, Map 1558B, Ottawa. GROVER, N.C. & HowARD, C.S. ( 1938) The passage of turbid water through Lake Mead. Trans Am. Soc. civ. Eng. , 103, 720- 790. HAMBLIN, A.P. & WALKER, R.G. ( 1979) Storm-dominated shallow marine deposits: the Fernie-Kootenay (Jurassic) transition, southern Rocky Mountains. Can. J. Earth Sci. , 16, 1673- 1690. HEEZEN, B.C., MENZIES, R.J . , SCHNEIDER, E. D . , EWING, W.M. & GRANELLI, N.C.L. ( 1964) Congo submarine fan. Bull. Am. Assoc. petrol. Geol. , 48, 1 126- 1 149. McEACHER N , J.A. & PEMBERTO N , S. G. ( 1992) lchnological aspects of Cretaceous shoreface successions and shore face variability in the Western I nterior Seaway of North America. In: Applications of Ichnology to Petroleum Exploration; a Core Workshop (Ed. Pemberton, S. G. ) Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists, Tulsa, Core Workshop 1 7 , 57-84. NACSN ( N ORTH AMERICAN COMMISSION ON STRATIGRAPHIC NoMENCLATURE ) ( 1 983) North American stratigraphic code. Bull. Am. Assoc. petrol. Geol. , 67, 84 1 -875. PATTISO N , S. A.J. & WALKER, R. G. ( 1992) D eposition and interpretation of long, narrow sand bodies underlain by a basinwide erosion surface: Cardium Formation, Cretaceous Western Interior Seaway, Alberta, Canada. J. sediment. Petrol. , 62, 292-309. PEMBERTO N , S. G. & FREY, R.W. ( 1984) I chnology of storm influenced shallow marine sequence: Cardium For-
mation (Upper Cretaceous) at Seebe, Alberta. In: The Mesozoic of Middle North America (Eds Stott, D.F. & Glass, D.J.) Can. Soc. petrol. Geol . , Calgary, Memoir 9, 281 -304. PuNT, A.G. & WALKER, R. G. ( 1987) Cardium Formation 8. Facies and environments of the Cardium shoreline and coastal plain in the Kakwa field and adjacent areas, northwestern Alberta. Bull. Can. petrol. Geol. , 35, 48-64. PUNT, A. G., WALKER, R.G. & BERGMAN, K.M. ( 1986) Cardium Formation 6. Stratigraphic framework of the Cardium in subsurface. Bull. Can. petrol. Geol. , 33, 2 1 3-225 . PUNT, A. G., WALKER, R.G. & BERGMA N , K.M. ( 1 987) Cardium Formation 6. Stratigraphic framework of the Cardium in subsurface: Reply. Bull. Can. petrol. Geol. , 35, 365-374. REINSON, G.E. ( 1 992) Transgressive barrier island and estuarine systems. In: Facies Models - Response to Sea Level Change (Eds Walker, R.G. & J ames, N.P. ) . pp. 179- 194. Geological Association o f Canada. VAN WAGONER, J.C., MITCHUM, R. M. , CAMPION, K.M. & RAHMANIAN , V.D. ( 1990) Siliciclastic Sequence Stra tigraphy in Well Logs, Cores, and Outcrops. American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Tulsa, Methods in Exploration Series, 7 , 55 pp. WADSWORTH, J.A. & WALKER, R.G. ( 1 99 1 ) Morphology and origin of erosion surfaces in the Cardium Formation (Upper Cretaceous, Western Interior Seaway, Alberta) and their implications for rapid sea level fluctuations. Can. J. Earth Sci. , 28 , 1507- 1520. WALKER, R. G. ( 1983) Sedimentology and stratigraphy in the Caroline-Garrington area, Bull. Can. petrol. Geol. , 3 1 , 2 1 3 -230. WALKER, R.G. ( 1 985) Cardium Formation at Ricinus Field, Alberta: a channel cut and filled by turbidity currents in the Cretaceous Western Interior Seaway. Bull. Am. Assoc. petrol. Geol. , 69, 1963- 198 1 . WALKER, R.G. & EYLES, C.H. ( 1988) Geometry and facies of stacked shallow marine sandier upward sequences dissected by erosion surface: Cardium Formation, Willesden Green, Alberta. Bull. Am. Assoc. petrol. Geol. , 72, 1469- 1494. WALKER, R. G. & EYLES, C.H. ( 199 1 ) Topography and significance of a basinwide sequence-bounding erosion surface in the Cretaceous Cardium Formation, Alberta, Canada. J. sediment. Petrol. , 61, 473-496.
Spec. Pubis in!. Ass. Sediment. (1995) 22, 75-99
Gravelly shoreface and beachface deposits B R U C E S . H A R T* L and A . G UY P Ll N T"! *Geological Survey of Canada, Box 6000, Sidney, British Columbia VBL 4B2, Canada; and "I Department of Earth Sciences, University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario N6A 5B7, Canada
ABSTRACT
Modern gravel-dominated shoreface deposits are poorly documented, especially from progradational settings. This makes the interpretation of possible ancient analogues very difficult. In the absence of unique diagnostic features, ancient conglomeratic shoreface deposits may be identified on the basis of: (i) the inferred relationship between sedimentary process and deposit, based on sedimentary structures, fabric and texture of the deposit, palaeocurrent data, etc . ; (ii) vertical and lateral successions of facies; (iii) gross morphology of a deposit; and (iv) stratigraphical setting. Much more is known about gravelly beachface deposits because modern analogues are easily accessible. Several distinct 'end-member' types of gravelly shorcface/beachface deposits can be recognized: (i) river mouth bar deposits, which show evidence of rapid deposition, scouring, reworking by waves and (possibly) post-depositional failure; (ii) mixed sand-gravel systems in which sedimentary structures within the sandstones allow determination of depositional environment; (iii) swash-aligned gravelly systems dominated by ncar-perpendicular wave approaches, which show shore-normal facies zonation; (iv) driji-aligned gravelly systems , which show evidence of pronounced longshore transport generated by oblique wave incidence; and (v) transgressive lag deposits. Observations and interpretations of ancient conglomeratic shorefore deposits raise process-related questions that have yet to be addressed by studies of modern equivalents.
INTRODUCTION
depositional environments must rely on interpret ation of the processes which gave rise to the observed lithofacies , and relating these interpreted processes to stratigraphical context, partially analogous modern environments, and the three-dimensional morphology of the deposit. Progradational gravel-dominated shoreface and beachface systems are not common, and are rarely documented. Three 'end-member' settings for grav elly shorefaces may be identified. The first involves areas of active erosion of coastal bedrock outcrops (e.g. Zenkovitch , 1967; Ogren & Waag, 1986). The second setting is in high-latitude areas that were subject to Pleistocene glaciation (e.g. Forbes & Taylor, 1987 ) . There, gravel can be derived from tills, outwash deposits, or other coarse-grained sub- to proglacial deposits. Thirdly, progradational
It is commonly accepted that one of the most fruitful approaches to facies analysis involves comparison of modern sedimentary environments and potential ancient analogues. This approach, based on the uniformitarian principle that the present is the key to the past, forms the basis of most texts dealing with facies models and its roots can be traced back for at least a century to Johannes Walther. Walther advocated an 'actualistic' approach to the examin ation of ancient sedimentary deposits, but knew that ancient facies might exist which have no direct modern analogues (Middleton, 1973) . In such cases, as explained by Reading (1986), reconstruction of 1 Present address: Department of Geosciences, Penn sylvania State University, U niversity Park, Pennsylvania 168 02, USA.
Sedimentary Facies Analysis: A Tribute to the Research and Teaching of Harold G. Reading Edited by A. Guy Plint © 1995 The International Association of Sedimentologists ISBN: 978-0-865-42898-0
75
76
B.S. Hart and A . G. Plint
gravelly coastlines may develop where the shoreline is adjacent to uplands yielding abundant coarse grained sediment. Most modern examples of such coastlines are associated with fan-deltas. In fan delta settings, gravelly shorefaces develop in a 'tran sition zone' between alluvial plain and offshore settings (e .g. Wescott & Ethridge, 1980) . Holocene sea-level rise has inhibited widespread develop ment of progradational systems, and therefore most studies of modern gravelly coasts have involved transgressive gravelly shorelines along bedrock coasts and in glaciated areas. Given the relative scarcity of gravel dominated coastal deposits, and the logistical difficulties involved in their investigation, it is no surprise that modern gravel-dominated shorefaces represent a type of environment that has received very little attention from sedimentologists. Modern gravel beachfaces have been the object of considerable study (Bluck , 1967; Carr, 1969; Dobkins & Fol k , 1970; Carter & Orford , 1984; Forbes & Taylor, 1987 ) , but there have been very few studies of the movement of pebble-sized material on the shoreface (Neate, 1967; Mathews, 1980; Gillie, 1983) and the nature of sedimentary structures present on modern gravelly shorefaces is poorly documented. Studies of gravel on modern inner shelves (e.g. Gillie, 1983; Forbes & Boyd, 1987) are helpful in this regard , and gravels have also been reported from modern sand dominated shorefaces (e . g . Hunter et a/., 1979; Shipp, 1984; Ross & Long, 1989 ) . Ancient conglomeratic shoreface/inner shelf deposits have been recognized in outcrop (e.g. Clifton, 1973, 198 1 ; Leckie & Walker, 1982; Leithold & Bourgeois, 1984; Leckie, 1988; Massari & Parea, 1988; Cheel & Leckie, 1992) but in most of these cases, pebble-size material forms a small pro portion of a sand-dominated sedimentary deposit. Kleinspehn et a!. ( 1984), Massari & Parea ( 1988) and Massari et a!. ( 1 986) described progradational shoreface and beachface gravels associated with fan delta settings. Conglomerates have been described using subsur face data (Bergman & Walker, 1987; Arnott, 199 1 ) and interpreted a s shoreface deposits o n the basis of stratigraphical position and the geometry of the conglomerate bodies as a whole. Ancient con glomeratic beachface deposits are clearly recogniz able, both in outcrop and core (e.g. Nemec & Steel 1984; Plint & Walker 1987; Postma & Nemec, 1990) . This paper will review the sedimentology of gravel dominated shoreface and beachface deposits. M uch
of the data presented was drawn from studies of conglomerates in the Upper Cretaceous Cardium Formation of western Canada (Piint & Hart, 1988; Hart & Plint, 1989, 1 99 1 ; Hart, 1990, 199 1 ) . In the Cardium Formation, sedimentological studies are complemented by extensive stratigraphical studies (e.g. Plint et a!., 1986; Bergman & Walker, 1987; Hart, 1990; Hart & Plint , 1993a ) . This work has demonstrated that the chert-pebble conglomerates in the Cardium were deposited many tens to hun dreds of kilometres basinward of any potential source -they are therefore not interpretable as alluvial fan or fan-delta deposits.
SEDIMENT TRANSPORT PROCESSES
There is considerable disagreement between authors and between disciplines (e.g. geologists and coastal geomorphologists and engineers) about the termin ology used to describe coastal zonation. The shore face is defined here as the broadly concave-upward zone where sediment is transported by wave pro cesses on a regular basis (i.e. between low-tide level and 'fair-weather wave base'; Fig. 1). The upper portion of the shoreface is the region of breaking waves (surf ) or 'nearshore zone' of coastal geomor phologists (see Komar, 1976; Dubois, 1992 ) . The lower shoreface extends seaward from the breaker zone to the depth at which shoaling surface gravity waves no longer entrain sediment (sometimes des cribed as the 'transition zone' between the nearshore and offshore; Komar, 1976; Dubois, 1992). In the stratigraphical record , the vertical transition from interbedded sandstones and mudstones to thick sand stones (and/or conglomerates) in ancient prograding shoreline successions is typically defined as the tran sition from inner shelf to shoreface deposition (e.g. Plint & Walker, 1987 ) . The width and maximum water depth of the shoreface and nearshore are a complex function of sea-floor slope, wave climate and tides, all of which vary between sites and over the course of time at any given site (Wright & Short, 1984) . The beachface comprises that region between low-tide level and the landward limit of wave action (Fig. 1 ) . There exists abundant literature concerning shoreface and beachface processes (e.g. Zenkovitch, 1967; Komar, 1976; Niedoroda et a/., 1985; Carter, 1988) , and an extended discussion will not be presented here. Numerical analysis of the relationship between flow parameters and the movement of gravel in
Gravelly shorefaces
77
SHOREFACE
�....:::--
Swash ------------------- limit
--
����-----�--�Depth at breaker zone
Fairweather
Mean low tide
wave base
Fig. l. Schematic diagram showing coastal zone terminology used in this paper.
shallow marine settings has not advanced to the point where predictive estimates of sediment trans port can be made confidently. This shortcoming can be related both to the logistical problems of working in the high-energy shoreface zone and the problems inherent in understanding the movement of pebble size materials in general (see below). Bulk textural properties of a deposit, clast form and fabric all appear to play important roles, which are not (yet) fully quantifiable. Williams et al. ( 1989 ) , for exam ple, used sophisticated instrument packages to study the movement of marine gravels, yet felt compelled to state that 'caution is required if attempting to deduce bedload transport rates for marine gravels with significantly different grain size distribution or in flow regimes radically different from the present' . Given these uncertainties, only a qualitative over view of the subject will be presented in this section. Shoreface processes
In a general way, there are three main forces respon sible for sediment transport on the shoreface. These are: (i) wave motion; (ii) currents induced by shoaling waves; and (iii) other currents. During wave shoaling, progressive distortion of sinusoidal deep-water waves results in the forward motion under the wave crest becoming shorter but faster, and the backward motion under the trough becoming longer and slower. This time-velocity asymmetry has important consequences for sedi ment. As described by Zenkovitch ( 1967) and Bruun ( 1988) , the shoreface profile is a function of sediment grain size and wave type (height, wavelength, period, form ) . For any particle resting on the shoreface there are forces acting to move the particle upslope (stronger but shorter landward motion under the crest) and downslope (slower but lon2:er seaward
motion under the trough, plus gravity) . For a given grain size, slope and wave conditions, there will exist a point at which the upslope and downslope forces are balanced, and forward motion will equal the backward motion . Seaward of this point, sediment will migrate offshore, whereas further landward, sediment will migrate onshore. This effect is grain size dependent: for the same wave conditions and bottom slope, fine-grained sediments may move off shore whereas coarse-grained sediments move onshore (Zenkovitch, 1967) . When a mix of grain · sizes is available on the sea-floor, a graded profile can be developed with large particles moving onshore and smaller particles offshore (Zenkovitch, 1967 , p. 1 15 ) . Shoreface profiles are a function o f several factors, including wave height, period and sediment grain size. Although gravelly systems appear to respond less quickly to changes in wave regime than their sandy counterparts (Carter, 1988), Hart & Plint (1989) concluded that gravel on the shoreface at Chesil Beach moved offshore during storms then onshore during fair-weather conditions. Gillie ( 1983) described both onshore and offshore movement of gravel on the inner shelf in response to differing wave conditions. Kidson & Carr ( 1959) used radioactively 'tagged' pebbles and found that at some critical (but undefined) distance offshore, pebble movement was very limited (even during storms) and exchange of gravel between the shoreface and shelf did not occur. I ntuitively, this 'critical' distance must be related to the depth at which oscillatory wave motion can initiate movement, and is therefore a function of sediment size, submarine slope and wave climate. Longshore currents (sensu stricto) are generated over the upper shoreface by the dissipation of the longshore component of energy in breaking waves. The upper shoreface, owing to the high energy levels
78
B.S. Hart and A. G. Plint
and potential for unidirectional longshore currents, is considered to be a major sediment transport zone for coarse-grained sediments (e.g. Carter & Orford, 199 1 ) . Rip currents are another type of current induced by breaking waves. Channels can be excavated by these seaward flows (Davidson-Arnott & Greenwood, 1976; Gruszcyriski et a!., 1993) and pebbles and even boulders can be transported off shore (Zenkovitch, 1967; Gruszczynski et a!., 1993 ) . In sandy settings, coarser material accumulates as lags in the base of the rip channels (Davidson-Arnott & Greenwood, 1976; Hunter et a!., 1979). Rip cur rents are not typically well developed on steep, 'reflective' shorelines such as those associated with most modern gravelly shorelines (Carter, 1988) . However, it must be remembered that these are generally transgressive systems and progradational shorelines may have different profiles. Tidal, wind-induced and fluvial currents may also transport sediment on the shoreface . In wave dominated settings, perhaps the most important role of tides is to change water depth and hence the geographical limits of the surf and swash zones (Ross & Long, 1 989) . Currents generated by coastal set-up (with onshore winds) flow offshore along the sea-floor in the shoreface zone, and thus enhance offshore sediment transport during storms (Niedoroda et at., 1985). Close to river mouths, interaction of fluvial and shoreface processes is to be expected. Gravity-driven mass transport processes may occur in 'mouth bar' settings (Kleinspehn et a!., 1984) as rapid deposition leads to oversteepening and resultant instability.
Finally, in some settings, seaweed can enhance both landward and seaward transport (Woodborne et a!., 1989 , and references therein ) , although the geological significance of this process is hard to assess. Pebbles and shell material attached to hold fasts are commonly observed along beaches adjacent to seaweed beds (Fig. 2 ) . Seaweed communities are best developed along rocky or gravelly coasts in cool waters of high latitudes (Carter, 1988). Once trans ported out of its initial habitat, the plant dies and decays, leaving no lasting trace of the holdfast on the clast. Woodborne et a!. ( 1 989) reported kelp rafting of a 30-kg boulder, and kelp rafted pebbles in 350 m water, 120 km offshore, and also reported that about 15% of the kelp along the South African coast is torn from the bottom during storms each year. If only 1% of the algae carried clasts, pebble transport by this process could be 'significant' over geological time (Woodborne et a!., 1989 ) . Beachface processes
Beachface processes along gravelly coasts are better documented than those below low-tide level. The roughness of gravel beachfaces can reduce the velo city and distance travelled by the swash, relative to sandy systems (Carter, 1988). The high porosity and permeability and low water table of gravelly beaches also reduces the run-up distance of swash, and reduces or eliminates backwash by allowing water to freely percolate into _the sediment. When the water table is high, for example during falling tides or storms, surface clasts on the beachface are more susceptible to movement by wave swash and back-
Fig. 2. Clasts attached to seaweed holdfasts on a transgressive shoreline, Island View Beach, British Columbia. Lens cap for scale.
Gravelly shorefaces wash . Forbes & Taylor ( 1 987) reported that beach morphology is sensitive to the amount of sand in the system. Oblique swash motion on the beachface , generated by oblique wave approach , transports clasts alongshore, with grains returning directly sea ward during the backwash. This alongshore 'zig-zig' motion should not be confused with longshore cur rents in the surf zone, even though both processes transport clasts along the shoreline. Overwash may be important during storms on some gravel barrier systems (Carter & Orford , 198 1 , 1984) . Pebble-filled streams and drainage rills (developed by groundwater flow during falling tide) may cut
Fig.
3. Streams cutting across beachface. (A) Pebble-lined stream cutting across sandy beachface, China Beach, British Columbia. Note steep, locally overhanging channels walls. View toward back beach area. Note 'pulse' of gravel in background being transported seaward through the channel. (B ) Large drainage rills incised into Chesil Beach, England.
79
across sandy beaches (Clifton et al., 1973; Fig. 3A) . The permeability of gravel-dominated systems tends to limit the development of such small channels, although they may nevertheless develop (Fig. 3 B ) . Bluck ( 1 967) suggested that particles can b e trans ported through the sediment body in certain portions of coarse-grained beachfaces. Bluck suggested that the backwash percolating through the gravel appeared to 'flush' finer particles seaward. How ever, unless the beach consisted of an open, clast supported framework of pebbles and cobbles, the sieving process is unlikely to operate.
80
B.S. Hart and A . G. Plint GRAIN SIZE AND SHAPE
As with sandy deposits, the textural characteristics of gravels reflect the processes responsible for their deposition. Unfortunately, gravels do not readily lend themselves to the same types of routine size analyses as sands, and therefore much less is known about their grain-size distribution. On the other hand , the size of gravels makes them much more amenable to analysis of clast shape, usually expressed as form indices derived from measurement of long ( L), intermediate (!) and short ( S) axes. As noted in the preceding section, accurate predictions of entrainment velocity are very difficult to quantify as a result of sorting and clast shape effects. Textural trends
The threshold conditions for movement of a given clast depend not only on flow parameters but also on clast shape, fabric of the deposit and the size of the grain relative to that of the host deposit (Komar & Li , 1986) . Although the largest clasts are sometimes used to evaluate flow competence , such grains on the surface of a deposit project higher into the flow and are thus subjected to higher shear stress than the bulk of the sediment. Komar ( 1 987) suggested that flow competence is therefore best evaluated by relating the bed shear stress and the ratio of the diameter of the largest clast to the median diameter of the deposit as a whole . Maejima ( 1 982) found, however, that mean grain size and D10 show very similar trends across gravelly beaches, lending some justification to the use of D10 (D10 =intermediate diameter of the 10 largest clasts ) . Williams & Caldwell ( 1 988) suggested that the short axis of clasts was the most 'hydraulically sensitive' length on gravel beaches. Further investigation appears warranted. In the previous section it was noted that graded shoreface profiles are expected to develop under equilibrium conditions, with larger clasts moving onshore. A vertical section through a progradational shoreface deposit might therefore display an upward coarsening trend . To date, the only attempt to quan tify such a trend appears to be the work presented by Hart & Plint ( 199 1 ) on the Bay Tree outcrop of the Cardium Formation. Representative measured sections through two, well-exposed examples of grav elly shoreface deposits in the Cardium Formation are presented in Fig. 4. Vertical trends in L (long axis length) , I (intermediate axis length) , S (short
axis length) and D10 from two measured sections at the Bay Tree locality are shown in Fig. 5. Regression lines from D10 in section BT2, and L and I from both sections have positive slopes, indicative of an up-section increase in grain size, and high correlation coefficients. These results suggest that upward coarsening trends (not necessarily 'recognized' by D10) may develop on some gravelly shorefaces, although the lack of a distinguishable trend for the S axis suggests that this dimension may not have been hydrodynamically significant at Bay Tree. Dupre et al. ( 1980) , in a study of a Pleistocene, mixed sandy and gravelly shoreface system, reported that the coarsest clasts were to be found within deposits of the upper surf zone. A comparable up section increase in the thickness, abundance and lateral continuity of conglomerate beds in sandstone dominated shoreface deposits can be seen in some sections of the Cardium Formation (Fig. 6). Some studies of beachface deposits indicate that the coarsest sediments are found on the uppermost (landward) part of the beachface (Biuck, 1967; Kirk, 1980; Massari & Parea, 1988) , suggesting that upward-coarsening trends should develop in pro gradational systems. Maejima ( 1982 ) , however, reported that the coarsest sediment was present in a zone of berm accretion on the beachface. In mixed sand-gravel systems, the plunge point (at the toe of the beach during fair-weather conditions) may also be a position where coarse sediment accumulates (Dupre et al., 1980; Kirk, 1980; Short, 1984). Well sorted and stratified very coarse sandstones and granule conglomerates are present as beachface deposits in the Cardium Formation (Piint & Walker, 1987; Arnott, 199 1 ) . Gravelly shorefaces and beaches may reveal along shore trends in grain size generally taken to represent downdrift fining. Two examples from outcrops of the Cardium Formation show that such trends may not always be clear (Fig. 7 ) . Pattison & Walker ( 1992) used along-strike grain-size variations to infer sediment dispersal direction in pebbly sandstone shoreface deposits of the Cardium Formation in the subsurface. This type of trend was inferred to develop in response to preferential longshore trans port of finer grades, with smaller clasts 'out running' coarser sizes. Although such processes are docu mented from modern settings, Carter ( 1988) has emphasized that downdrift coarsening may also develop under some circumstances. Gravels and conglomerates typically consist of at least two grain-size classes of material, gravel clasts
Gravelly shorefaces
81
BT7
BT6 BT2
E
0
Ravinement Surface (Hart & Plint 1993a)
---r-t:l;;;;::--..:.o
A
MNA·IO
MNA·9
, __
0
B
Fig.
.-�Channelized base
/
4. Measured sections of Cardium Formation. (A) Shoreface conglomerates at Bay Tree (Alberta), represented by seven measured sections along cliff face oriented nearly parallel to depositional strike. Total distance between BT7 and BT4 about 300m. Nearly constant thickness along strike suggests tabular geometry. Beach face deposits are preserved at top of BT7. (B) Shoreface/mouth-bar conglomerates at Elephant Ridge (British Columbia) . Sections measured along diff face at slight angle to depositional strike. Total distance along strike about 200m. Note suggestion of channel form, with conglomerates scouring into u nderlying swaley cross-stratified shoreface sandstones. Sections hung on coarse-grained wave rippled surface inferred to be a nearly planar marine flooding surface (Hart, 1990) . Facies codes: A, clast-supported pebble conglomerate; B, imbricated clast-supported conglomerate; C, graded conglomerates; D, decimetre-thick cross-bedded conglomerates; E, matrix-supported conglomerate; F, interstratified conglomerate and sandstone (beachface deposits); G, amalgamated conglomerates; H, matrix-supported pebbly granule conglomerate; I, poorly sorted pebbly sandstones with localized shallow scour-fill conglomerates; 16, swaley cross-stratified sandstones; 17, cross-bedded sandstones, locally pebbly.
82
�• • • • I � iJ !IL�I � (A) BT2
100 80 60 0 40 � 2 o
0�
-----
�
�
.g
I
I
B.S. Hart and A. G. Plint
•• • ••
(B) BT7
•
I
100
: jJ�� • r: .. � �••• • I = r: I
"' c 0
·o;
100 80 E 60 40 20 I 0 o 25
. .
X
�
•
. ..
100 80
�
•
.
_,
.
.
..
I
50
0
75
100
L_ ..1. I __JI _..1. ----=L " O _25- 50_ 7 5 _ 100
Non-dimensional height above base
and sand and/or mud matrix. The proportion of each defines whether the deposit is open framework (lacking matrix completely) , clast supported (clasts in contact with spaces infilled by matrix) or matrix supported (clasts 'floating' in matrix). These differ ences can have significant economic importance, as they directly affect reservoir properties such as porosity and permeability (e.g. Clarke, 1979; Cant & Ethier, 1984; Arnott, 1991). There is a consensus that shoreface and beachface conglomerates tend to be better sorted than fluvial conglomerates, and that sand and gravel tend to be better segregated in deposits of shallow marine environments (e.g. Emery, 1955; Clifton, 1973). It has been suggested that rapid deposition of sand and gravel in fluvial deposits may produce pebbly sands, whereas prolonged reworking of a mixture of sand and gravel by waves will tend to segregate the two constituents (Clifton, 1973). Well-sorted, clast supported conglomerates are common in shoreface conglomerates at the Bay Tree locality and elsewhere in the Cardium Formation (Figs 4 & SA & B ) . Arnott (1991) examined a linear conglomerate body of the Cardium in the subsurface. Although dominantly clast-supported, matrix-supported con glomerates were also present but tended to be con centrated preferentially along the landward margin
Fig.
5. Trends in non-dimensional L, S, I, and 010 versus non dimensional height above base from two sections at Bay Tree , Alberta. See text for explanation. Relative section locations shown in Fig. 4A.
of the body. The matrix-supported conglomerates were interpreted to have been deposited in the vicinity of fluvial distributary mouths. Although these results and others suggest that texture (in particular sorting) is a valuable tool for discriminating between fluvial and littoral conglom erates, texture alone cannot be used to distinguish between fluvial and shoreface conglomerates (Nemec & Steel, 1984). Matrix- or clast-support of conglomerates should not be considered diagnostic of, respectively, fluvial and littoral deposits. For example, Howell & Link (1979) found that, in the Eocene of California, non-marine conglomerates tended to be clast-supported (in places open frame-· work), whereas wave-influenced deposits include both clast- and matrix-supported conglomerates. Leithold & Bourgeois (1984), N ielsen et al. (1988) and Massari & Parea (1988) have also reported matrix-supported conglomerates interpreted to have been deposited in a shoreface setting. Studies of fluvial conglomerates suggest that they too are typi·· cally clast supported (Harms et al., 1982). Low·· wave-energy shorelines may lack sufficient energy to effect wave segregation of sand- and pebble-size material. Finally, the nature of the sediment supplied to the shoreline (ratio of sand to gravel, fluctuations of this ratio through time) and sediment transport
CJ ;:; '<:: "'
� "' ;::.. 0
� .,
8
Fig. 6. Up-section increase in thickness of shallow, pebbly scour fills in swaley cross-stratified shoreface sandstones from a single outcrop of Cardium Formation at Cutbank Lake, Alberta. Photographs (A)-(D) represent a vertical interval of about 6 m . Conglomerates are interpreted as rip-current and longshore trough deposits. Pocket knife (arrowed) for scale.
00 w
84
B.S. Hart and A. G. Plint
N
Vl c 0 ·.::; "'
>
Q;
Vl .c 0 .....
0
Q;
.c
E
::J z
BT4 A
9
I
q C? I
9
s
MNA-10
N
20 30 40 50 60 70
010 (mm)
MNA-9
infiltrate? Comparison of the size of clasts inferred to have been rolled on the bed with the size of the sand in the matrix is sometimes used as a starting point (Harms et al., 1982) . The application of this approach to shoreface conglomerates is difficult because: (i) shallow marine settings are typified by combined flows (especially during significant sedi ment transport events such as storms) and criteria for the threshold of movement under such conditions are not easily established (especially for gravels), and (ii) this approach is probably not valid for high sediment concentrations or transport rates such as might typify the surf zone. Textural evidence can sometimes provide clues as to the origin of the matrix. For example, in the Cardium Formation at Bay Tree, a sandy matrix is common in clast-supported shoreface conglomerates but is typically absent from adjacent finer (granule or fine pebble) conglomerates (Fig. SA) . This may suggest that the sand was able to infiltrate the larger pore throats of the coarser deposits but not through the more restricted openings between smaller clasts.
· MNA-8
MNA-6
Clast shape MNA-4
MNA-3
s
MNA-2
10 B
20
30
40
010 (mm)
50
Fig. 7. Longshore trends in D10 in shoreface conglomerates of Cardium Formation at: (A) Bay Tree and (B) Elephant Ridge (Mount Niles), showing a weak, southeasterly fining trend, which, based on regional palaeocurrent data (Hart, 1990; Hart et a/., 1990) is the dominant longshore transport direction. Each 'observation' at Bay Tree corresponds to a D10 value calculated from individual beds in each section. The D10 values at Elephant Ridge represent averaged values for each measured section. The location of sampling points is shown in Fig. 4A & B .
mode (see next section) must also be considered. Carter & Orford (1991) emphasized that episodic supply can induce textural changes that are inde pendent of process regime. The origin of a sandy matrix in a conglomerate can be problematic. Was the sand transported and deposited with the gravel , or is the sand a later
Many studies have suggested that form indices can be useful for distinguishing between 'beach' and 'fluvial' pebbles (Cailleux, 1945; Dobkins & Folk , 1970). The study by Dobkins & Folk ( 1970) suggested that the 'maximum projection sphericity' and 'oblate- prolate index' were useful discrimi- nators for distinguishing between beach and river clasts and several studies have since investigated the usefulness of these criteria (partial summary in Hart 199 1 ) . Hart (199 1 ) , using pebble shape data from Bay Tree and Chesil Beach , concluded that no form parameter derived to date can be used to unambigu ously distinguish shoreface or even beachface gravels and conglomerates from fluvial deposits. Thus, although pebble-shape segregation does develop in fluvial and beachface environments, and pebble zonation does develop on individual beaches (Orford, 1975), shape criteria alone cannot be con sidered diagnostic of depositional environment . Although Howard ( 1 992) was able to show statistical differences between shape indices of ancient fluvial and beach gravels, considerable overlap was present between fields and none of the 'cri tical values' derived from studies of modern gravels provided a successful means of differentiating beachface conglomerates.
Gravelly shorefaces
85
Fig.
8. Clast-supported pebbly shoreface conglomerate. (A) Bay Tree outcrop; note open framework portions. (B ) Core ( 10-18-63-5W6) note crude stratification and possible imbrication to right.
B EDFORMS AND SEDIMENTARY STRUCTURES
In most ancient deposits, sedimentary structures provide the key information for palaeoenvironmen tal reconstruction. Knowledge of the types of bed forms and morphological elements in analogous modern environments is therefore critical . Unfortu nately little is known about the variety of bedforms that may form on gravelly shorefaces. Shoreface
Gravel wave ripples (Fig. 9A & B ) , formed by oscillatory water motion are excellent indicators of subaqueous deposition at depths above storm wave base but can be formed at considerable depths, well beyond the limit of the shoreface. Leckie (1988) reviewed existing literature on the generation and environmental significance of 'coarse-grained' rip ples. Although most examples appear to be from shelf settings, gravel wave ripples have been reported from modern (Shipp , 1984; Hart & Plint, 1 989} and ancient (Leithold & Bourgeois, 1984; Massari & Parea, 1988} gravelly shorefaces. Crestlines tend to
be nearly shore-parallel due to wave refraction (Fig. lOA}, and both onshore and offshore migration (suggested by asymmetric profiles) have been reported. Gravel wave ripple form sets may be preserved , especially when the bedform is draped by finer-grained sediment. Cross-bedding may be produced by migration of the bedform under the influence of asymmetric wave motion or wave motion with weak superimposed unidirectional currents. Bi- and polymodal fabrics with modes oriented in onshore and offshore directions may indicate the presence of shore-parallel symmetrical gravel wave ripples (ct. Leckie & Walker, 1982) even if form sets are not observed (Hart & Plint, 1989 ) . Alternatively, migrating gravel wave ripples may produce fabrics with dominant dips in the direction of ripple migration (Hart & Plint, 1989; Fig. lOB) . In the absence of preserved form sets, it may be difficult to distinguish landward dips generated by onshore migration of gravel wave ripples from those produced in gravels by strong unidirectional offshore flows (cf. Cheel & Leckie, 1992) . Nearshore bars of various types are also formed by wave processes. These bars develop on gently dipping shorelines which tend to be sand-dominated
86
B.S. Hart and A. G. Plint
Fig.
9. Coarse-grained wave ripples developed in poorly sorted coarse sandy conglomerate; Cardium Formation on Elephant Ridge. (A) Symmetrical crestlines and (B) interference ripples. Scale bar in centimetres.
(Carter, 1988). Large, broadly convex upward 'macroforms' apparently representing nearshore bars have been reported from shoreface successions comprising sandstones, pebbly sandstones and con glomerates by Leithold & Bourgeois (1984), Massari & Parea (1988) and Massari eta!. (1986). Such forms are found in the upper shoreface (Davidson-Arnott & Greenwood , 1976) and may or may not migrate. Migratory bars centimetres to decimetres in height may move onshore and (particularly in tidal settings) weld themselves to the beachface, typically produc ing onshore oriented tabular to sigmoidal cross-beds
capped by planar stratified sandstones or pebbly sandstones (Fig. llA & B ) . Troughs associated with longshore bars have been recognized (Leithold & Bourgeois, 1984; Massari & Parea, 1988) as broadly lenticular conglomerates with concave upward bases cut in sandstones. Such troughs should be elongate and nearly shore-parallel. Ross & Long (1989) cored a modern nearshore bar system in a mixed gravel and sand setting and found that gravel was not restricted to the troughs, but could also be found on the bar crest. The presence of longshore bars and troughs from ancient gravelly
Gravelly shorefaces
87
8
A
Mean x-bed orientation
Mean crestline orientation
Crestline orientation
Fig.
10. Summary of palaeocurrent information from Elephant Ridge section of Cardium Formation (Fig. 4B) . (A) Coarse-grained wave ripple crestlines (a) and decimetre-scale cross-bedded conglomerates (b) . Wave ripples indicate NW-SE trending shoreline, in agreement with other data from the Cardium Formation in ths area (Hart, 1990) . (B) Pebble fabric from a near-symmetrical coarse-grained wave ripple at Elephant Ridge suggesting onshore migration of the wave ripple form.
shoreface deposits suggests that steep, 'reflective' profiles (typical of modern transgressive gravelly shorefaces) were not developed at the time of depo sition (Wright & Short, 1984). Broad, pebble-lined scours that are oriented per pendicular, or nearly so, to the palaeoshoreline in shoreface sandstones may be interpreted as rip-current channels (e.g. Fig. 6C; Leithold & Bourgeois, 1984; Massari & Parea, 1988; Gruszcyzynski et a/., 1993 ) . Shell debris may form a significant component of such lags, facilitating the recognition of depositional environment. Cross-bedded sandstones and conglomerates are common in shoreface deposits, and may be oriented onshore, offshore or alongshore (Dupre et al., 1980; Leithold & Bourgeois, 1984; Massari & Parea, 1988). These structures may be the product of asymmetrical wave motion, and rip, longshore, tidal and (close to river mouths) fluvial currents . At the Bay Tree section of the Cardium Formation, cross-bedded conglomerates several decimeters thick (with cross bedding defined by size or textural variations) are present. This large-scale cross-bedding (Fig. 12A) was apparently produced by the migration of dune like forms at least 60 em high. Palaeocurrent evi dence indicates that these bedforms and similar cross-sets in other outcrops of the Cardium migrated in a shore-parallel direction (Figs lOA, 12B & 13A ) . Such bedforms have not been documented from modern gravelly shorefaces, although B ujalesky & Gonzalez-Bonorino (199 1 ) reported asymmetric 'washed-out (gravel) dunes' up to 10 em high with
wavelengths typically about 5 m and crests oriented at high angles to the shoreline from the lower beach face (intertidal) . These bedforms appeared to have been produced originally by longshore currents at high tide. At Bay Tree (Fig. 4A) over 50% of the conglomer ate is organized into crudely bedded, amalgamated units, 1-3 m thick. Centimetre to decimetre thick, massive clast-supported pebble conglomerate beds are the primary constituent of the amalgamated units, but open framework , imbricated, matrix supported conglomerates and thin sandstone beds (generally < lO cm thick) are also present. Shallow scours, depositional thinning and lateral facies changes limit the lateral extent of individual beds to a few metres. Despite the internal scouring, the overall appearance of the conglomerate, revealed especially by the sandstone beds, is of a pronounced horizontal stratification in the strike sections at Bay Tree (Fig. 14) . Presumably, 'clinostratification', such as that illustrated by Massari & Parea ( 1 988), would be observable in shore-normal sections. Most of these shoreface conglomerates can be interpreted as the products of gravel bedload sheets such as described from gravelly fluvial systems (Hein & Walker, 1977; Whiting et a/., 1988). The lateral dimensions of these 'bedforms' were probably of the order of several metres, explaining the lateral impersistence of individual conglomerate beds in the amalgamated deposits. The possible existence of this type of sediment transport has been suggested by Mathews ( 1980), who found that tracers on a
88
B.S. Hart and A. G. ?lint
Fig.
1 1. Migratory bars of upper shoreface and beachface. (A) Poorly sorted pebbly sand , Island View Beach, British Columbia ( B ) Sigmoidal, landward-directed sandstone cross-set in upper portion of Cardium Formation shoreface conglomerates at Bay Tree, Alberta.
Gravelly shorefaces
89
Fig.
12. Decimetre-scale cross bedding in Cardium Formation shoreface conglomerates. (A) Bay Tree (scale= 15 em) and (B) Elephant Ridge (pocket knife for scale) . In both cases, migration direction was alongshore, to the southeast.
modern gravelly foreshore moved alongshore on the lower beachface (i.e. in the surf zone at high tide) as discrete 'slugs' of sediment representing volumes of 1-10m\ rather than as a uniform gravel sheet. These 'slugs' moved 10- SOm alongshore during periods of high wave energy, but were reworked during fair-weather conditions. One may speculate that, during strong longshore flows, the bedload sheets may have grown in height and developed slipfaces, such as has been observed in modern gravelly streams (Whiting et at., 1988) . Because of the amalgamated (and hence indistinguishable) con tacts between individual beds ('flow units') , the use
of quantitative techniques such as plots of maximum clast size versus bed thickness or Markov chain analyses become impractical. Pebble fabrics from the shoreface portion of the conglomerate at Bay Tree are typically polymodal (Fig. 13B ) . In most cases, the principal mode is towards the south or southeast (alongshore) . Other modes are observed at about 90° and 180° to the principal mode in nearly all cases. All of these samples represent crudely stratified to cross-bedded clast-supported pebble conglomerates generally from the middle to lower portions of the section. The dominant dip direction is approximately that of
(A�
90
�
B.S. Hart and A. G. Plint (B)
(C)
(E)
(F)
�
�
� (G)
~
(Hl
(I)
� �
Fig.
13. Palaeocurrent data from Bay Tree section. (A) Cross-bedded sandstones and conglomerates. (B- I ) Pebble fabrics from conglomerates. Pebble fabrics are for sites labelled in Fig. 4A: (B) BTI-11 (beachface conglomerates); (C) BTI- 15 (plunge-step conglomerates); (D) BT4-2 (?wave rippled conglomerate) ; (E) BTI-5; (F) BT3-7; (G) BT3- 1 2; (H) BT5-9; ( I ) BT4- 13. See text for further description.
the dominant cross-bed orientation in the sand stones. This suggests a downcurrent dip of clasts lying on the lee side of gravel bedforms transitional
between bedload sheets and dunes. Massari & Parea (1988) also reported the presence of polymodal fabrics from shoreface conglomerates but did not elaborate on the potential significance of their obser vations. They also indicated that rose diagrams of clast long axes from upper shoreface deposits could be isotropic, polymodal, bimodal or unimodal. Clifton (1973) suggested that pebble segregation and the lenticularity of conglomerates, although not necessarily diagnostic, were useful criteria for distinguishing between wave-worked and fluvial gravels. Wave-worked gravels tend to be more 'lat erally regular' than lenticular, owing to the uniform ity with which waves act over large areas. He also suggested that winnowing of a deposit by waves could segregate sand- and gravel-sized material . Sub sequent studies (Leithold & Bourgeois 1984; Massari & Parea 1988; Hart & Plint 1989) have tended to confirm Clifton's textural and stratigraphical obser vations. It should be reiterated, however, that rip current deposits and longshore trough conglomerates may both have lenticular geometries, providing that they were buried below the influence of wave rework ing. Lenticular, channelized conglomerates may also be present in river mouth settings (Kleinspehn et al., 1984; Fig. 4B). Planar cross-bedded conglomerates several deci metres thick at the top of some sections at Bay Tree (Fig. 15) probably record the progradation of a gravel plunge step at the toe of the beach (low tide level) -a feature common on coarse-grained beaches (Forbes & Taylor, 1987; Massari & Parea,
Fig.
14. Pronou nced horizontal stratification in shoreface conglomerates at Bay Tree. Stratification emphasized by sandstone interbeds.
Gravelly shorefaces
91
Fig. 15. Planar tabular conglomerate cross-set at Bay Tree, i nferred to have been produced by the offshore progradation of a plunge step at the base of the beachface. From top of section BT2 ( see Fig. 4A) .
1988; Hart & Plint, 1989) . Somewhat larger steps are reported from some gravelly shorefaces (Kirk, 1980; Carter, 1988; Massari & Parea, 1988; Postma & Nemec, 1990) . A pebble fabric from the plunge step deposits at Bay Tree shows offshore dipping pebbles (Fig. 13B) . B ased on (unpublished) obser vations at Chesil Beach, progradation of the plunge step seems most likely to occur either following high tide or after a storm surge when the water table in the beach is still high. At such times, backwash dislodges pebbles from the beachface and transports them seaward. These clasts then avalanche over the plunge step causing it to prograde. Body and trace fossils provide the clearest evidence of marine deposition (Clifton, 1973; Kleinspehn et a/., 1984; Leithold & Bourgeois, 1984) . Unfortunately, neither are common in high energy, conglomerate-dominated shoreface deposits (Leithold & Bourgeois, 1984; Massari & Parea, 1988; Hart & Plint, 1989 ) . Trace fossils are rare in conglomeratic shoreface deposits of the Cardium Formation, although traces are present locally in thin interbedded sandstones (Fig. 16) . Although gravels are generally inhospitable to infaunal macro benthos, we have observed (using SCUBA) crab burrows in gravels on the Chesil Beach shoreface. However, the preservation potential of these bur rows seems very low owing to the lack of a contrast ing sediment fill. In general , the abundance of trace fossils may be related directly to the percentage of
Fig. 16. Burrowing ( Diplocraterion) in sandstone within shoreface conglomerates, Cardium Formation (core from 16-19-5 1 - 1 0W6, scale bar= 5 em).
92
B.S. Hart and A. G. Plint
sand, partly because this forms a more hospitable substrate, and partly because sand is better able to preserve traces of burrowing. Beachface
The structure of beachface gravels and conglomer ates is well established (Maejima, 1982; Nemec & Steel, 1984; Forbes & Taylor, 1987; Massari & Parea, 1988; Hart & Plint, 1 99 1 ) . Well-stratified, laterally continuous gravels and interbedded sands that dip gently (typically S0-20°) in a seaward direction are
considered diagnostic of gravelly beaches (Fig. 17 A & B ) . In examples from the Cardium Formation, individual gravel ·laminae/beds can be normally or inversely graded. Sand tends to be well-segregated from gravel, at least in high-energy systems , and commonly forms 'sand runs' in the intertidal zone (Fig. 18A) . Beach face dips are generally inversely related to the per centage of sand in the system and directly related to grain size. Shape sorting and seaward-dipping pebble imbrication (Fig. 18B) may be well developed. Landward-dipping stratification and imbrication may
Fig.
17. Beachface deposits. (A) Gently dipping interstratified beachface conglomerates and sandstones, Bay Tree. Note low angle truncation surface. (B) Gently dipping stratification in beachface conglomerates, Cardium Formation, Cutpick Hill, Alberta.
Gravelly shorefaces
93
Fig.
18. Modern beachface gravels at Chesil Beach, England. (A) Good segregation of sand- and pebble-sized constituents on beachface. (B) Offshore (to right) imbrication of beachface gravels. Shape sorting is not well developed at Chesil Beach.
be present in cases, and are apparently the result of berm accretion (Maejima, 1982; Forbes & Taylor, 1987 ) . Maejima ( 1 982) noted that broad , concave upward scour surfaces may represent the effects of beach cusp formation. Massari & Parea ( 1988) found that beachface conglomerates were internally trunc ated in places by low-angle erosion surfaces inter preted to represent storm-wave planation of the beachface (Fig. 17A). Enigmatic 'high-angle scours' were described by Leithold & Bourgeois ( 1 984) and Bourgeois & Leithold ( 1 984) from gravelly sandstone 'shoreface' deposits; similar structures have been observed in
outcrops of the Cardium Formation (Fig. 19). The scours may have steep walls (in places stepped or undercut) that scour into hummocky/swaley cross stratified and planar laminated sandstone. Multiple phases of fill can be inferred for some units, and sandstone 'intraclasts' , woody debris and shell frag ments are observed in places. Leithold & Bourgeois ( 1 984) suggested very rapid cut-and-fill (nearly instantaneous) at shallow depths just seaward of the breaker zone. An alternative interpretation is that the scours are the product of small streams incised into the beachface. Intuitively, it seems unlikely that high-angle scours can be
94
B.S. Hart and A. G. Plint
Fig.
19 Conglomerate filling �teep sided scour cut into planar laminated, fine-grained sandstone ?beachface deposits of Cardium Formation along Murray River, British Columbia. The scour may have been cut subaerially by a small stream crossing the beach, or may be the product of subtidal scour by rip-currents (Chiocci & Clifton, 1991) . See text for discussion.
maintained in non-cohesive sandy substrates in a subaqueous setting, especially in the presence of intense wave activity. However, Gruszcyzynski (pers. comm . , 1993) reported seeing (using SCUBA) vertical-sided, rip-current channels cut into sandy sediment, and speculated that bacterial or algal binding may have rendered the sediment cohesive. Alternatively, high-angle walls (locally overhanging) can be cut in loose sand, and maintained in subaerial settings by capillary forces (Fig. 3A) . Cohesion may be promoted by salt cementation (in a spray zone j ust above the limit of the swash) and by organic films. The example shown in Fig. 19 is from planar stratified sandstone, interpreted as beachface , which directly overlies swaley cross-stratified (shoreface) sandstone, the stratigraphical position of which, and relation to relative sea-level changes, is well con strained (Hart & Plint, 1993a) . Facies descriptions of wash over deposits have been provided by Carter & Orford ( 198 1 ) and Forbes & Taylor (1987) . Massari & Parea ( 1988) have described washover deposits from Messinian and Pleistocene gravelly. shorelines.
FACIES SUCCESSIONS
Stochastic variations in storminess, sediment supply, relative sea-level and other factors probably account for much more of the variation in sedimentary struc tures and sediment textures than is commonly appreciated . The morphology of gravelly shorefaces
and beachfaces can be very sensitive to textural factors such as the amount of sand in the· system. The effects can be non-linear: process affects mor phology which in turn affects process. In this respect , it may be overly simplistic to attribute facies vari ations at any given site to short-term changes in energy level (e.g. storm -non-storm) , sea-level , etc. Modern gravelly beachfaces show much intersite variation and , in places, much temporal variation at any given site. Facies models based on 'snapshots' of any particular beachface or shoreface are therefore clearly of limited applicability. It is equally clear that sedimentary facies and textural or pebble shape criteria derived from the beachface must not be applied when attempting to identify shoreface conglomerates. Several previous authors have presented sum maries of criteria for distinguishing between fluvial and shoreface/beachface gravels (Clifton, 1973; Leckie & Walker, 1982; Ethridge & Wescott, 1984; Nemec & Steel, 1984; Reddering & Illenberger, 1988). Based on these studies, and our own studies of shoreface and beachface gravels and conglomer ates, an attempt is made in Table 1 to outline the expected character of preservable gravelly shoreface and beachface deposits as a function of several vari ables. The factors that appear to be of greatest significance are: (i) change in relative sea-level (direction and magnitude) , (ii) textural character- istics of the sediment, including proportion of sandl in the system , (iii) proximity to sediment source (river mouth) ; and (iv) orientation of the shoreline
95
Gravelly shorefaces Table 1.
Summary of expected preservable characteristics of gravelly shoreface and beachface deposits Geometry and stratigraphical position
Transgressive
Processes
Facies
Thin lags continuous with flooding surfaces Topographically 'trapped' shoreface deposits
Barrier rollover Rafting
Thin lags Wave ripples and storm beds
Lobate (plan) Lenticular (cross-section) Correlate with other progradational deposits
Rivers/waves/tides Slope failures
Lenticular beds Mixed palaeocurrents Mix of fluvial and marine facies
Mixed sand and gravel
Tabular (cross-section) ?Shore-parallel elongation Correlate with other progradational deposits
Waves/tides - shoreface Swash/backwash - beachface
Longshore bars/troughs Rip-current scours Palaeocurrents reflect processes Segregation of sand and gravel increases with wave energy
Gravel - drift aligned
Tabular (cross-section) Shore-parallel elongation Correlate with other progradational deposits
Longshore currents dominant
Weak shore-normal zonation Bedload sheets/dunes Palaeocurrents shore parallel
Gravel - swash aligned
Tabular (cross-section) ?Beach ridges Shore-parallel elongation Correlate with other progradational deposits
Onshore/offshore motions
Pronounced shore normal zonation Wave ripples Onshore/offshore palaeocurrents
Regressive River mouth
with respect to dominant wave-approach direction. It is expected that in most instances transgressive gravelly shorelines will leave little permanent record of their existence. Thin pebbly lags representing abandonment of isolated clasts during shoreface retreat, and possibly organic rafting seaward of the shoreface (see Leithold, 1989; Woodborne et a!., 1989; Liu & Gastaldo, 1992), are the expected litho logical expression . Thicker successions might be preserved where the shoreface has 'backed up' against pre-existing relief ('bevels', cliffs, etc . ; see Bergman & Walker, 1987, 1988; Hart & Plint, 1993b) . Stratigraphically, these deposits will correlate with marine flooding surfaces (Plint et a!. , 1986) . Progradational packages are likely to represent regional shoreline regression, although they may also develop in areas of high sediment supply during relative sea level rise (e.g. modern fan-deltas) . Ideally the shoreface conglomerates will overlie shelf deposits and , in turn, be overlain by beachface conglomerates. The latter tend to be quite distinctive
both in outcrop and in core and the relative strati graphical position can be used to help infer a shore face origin for the underlying deposits. Non-marine facies may or may not be present above the beach facies. Roughly tabular geometries are expected for indi vidual progradational packages, except close to river mouths where lenticular geometries may occur (Fig. 4B) . These river-mouth deposits will reflect the interaction of fluvial, tidal and wave-induced cur rents. Rapid deposition in the transition zone will generate poorly sorted deposits and , potentially, instability related gravity flows (Kleinspehn et a!., 1984 ) . Channelized and burrowed deposits may be found in close proximity. Away from river mouths, the influence of marine processes will become more apparent. In 'mixed' settings with appreciable amounts of sand, segre gation of sand and gravel constituents should be proportional to the wave energy level of the environ ment. As a general rule , the potential for finding
96
B.S. Hart and A. G. Plint
marine trace fossils increases with the amount of sand in the deposit. Longshore bar systems and rip current deposits may be distinguishable (Leithold & Bourgeois, 1984; Massari & Parea, 1988; Gruszcynski et al., 1993). Studies of modern gravelly barriers have led to a distinction between swash-aligned and drift-aligned barrier systems, each with distinctive process morphology characteristics (Carter & Orford, 199 1 ) . Swash-aligned barriers are oriented nearly perpen dicular to the direction of wave approach and are dominated by onshore-offshore motions. Drift aligned barriers are those oriented at an angle to the direction of wave approach, and are dominated by longshore transport. Shore-parallel facies zonation is best developed in swash-aligned beaches and are 'smeared' in drift-aligned systems (Carter & Orford, 199 1 ) . Gravelly shoreface deposits tend to appear massive, with crudely developed stratification and sedimentary structures revealed by subtle textural variations (Bergman & Walker, 1987 , 1988; Hart & Plint, 1989, 199 1 ; Plint & Hart, 1988). By careful study of palaeocurrent information, both in the conglomerates and in interbedded sandstones, it should be possible to recognize the dominant direc tion of wave approach (Hart & Plint, 1989 ) .
SUMMARY
At present, sufficient criteria exist to permit the identification of gravelly shoreface deposits, at least in outcrop. However, few truly 'diagnostic' criteria exist, with faunal or trace faunal evidence being possible exceptions. The inadequacy of previously proposed diagnostic criteria (such as shape para meters) reflects the range of processes that can affect the character of shoreface conglomerates. In outcrop, the stratification style, sedimentary structures and palaeocurrent information can be powerful indicators of depositional process. In the subsurface , conglomerate body morphology, orien tation and stratigraphical relation to other units may aid interpretation. In both outcrop and subsurface , detailed facies analysis should make it possible to distinguish subtypes of gravelly shoreface deposits by clarifying the nature and relative importance of specific depositional processes (e.g. wave-induced and gravity driven currents, etc . ) . More studies are needed t o document the range of sedimentary processes and structures present on modern gravelly shorefaces. To do so will require
the development of innovative sampling and moni toring techniques. Difficulties encountered with establishing the threshold of grain movement and bedload transport rates under combined flows typical of sandy shoreface settings are doubly present on gravelly shorefaces, where clast morphology, bulk textural parameters and fabric play important roles. The establishment of phase diagrams for bed con figurations remains problematic even in sandy shore face settings, and extremely little documentation is available for gravelly shoreface settings. Empirical investigations of ancient deposits may provide, for some time to come, the best insight into the processes operative on modern gravelly shorefaces.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The work on shoreface conglomerates of the Car dium Formation which forms the nucleus of this paper was completed during the senior author's doctoral studies at the University of Western Ontario. Funding for that study was made possible through research grants (to A . G . P . ) from the Natu ral Sciences and Engineering Research Council, the Department of Energy, Mines and Resources and the University of Western Ontario. Additional logis tical support was provided by Canadian Hunter Ltd . , Esso Resources Ltd . , Home Oil Ltd. and Unocal Canada Ltd. To all these agencies and companies, we are very grateful . Helpful comments by reviewers E. Leithold and F. Massari are greatly appreciated. We thank the Canadian Society of Petroleum Geol ogists for permission to reproduce Figs 4A, SA, 9A and 12A, originally published in Plint & Hart ( 1988). This paper was written during the tenure of a Visiting Fellowship by the senior author at the Geological Survey of Canada's Pacific Geoscience Centre.
REFERENCES
ARNOTT, R.W.C. ( 1991) The Carrot Creek 'K' Pool, Car
dium Formation, Alberta - a conglomeratic reservoir related to a wave-reworked distributary mouth bar com plex. Bull. Can. petrol. Geol. , 39, 43-53. BERGMAN, K . M . & WA L KER , R . G . ( 1987) The importance of sea level fluctuations in the formation of linear con glomerate bodies; Carrot Creek Member of Cardium Formation , Cretaceous Western Interior Seaway, Alberta, Canada. J. sediment. Petrol. , 57, 651 - 665 . BERGMAN, K . M . & WALKER, R.G. ( 1 988) Formation of Cardium erosion surface E5 , and associated deposition of conglomerate: Carrot Creek Field, Cretaceous West-
Gravelly shorefaces ern Interior Seaway, Alberta. I n : Sequences, Strati graphy, Sedimentology: Surface and Subswface (Eds James, D . P . & Leckie, D . A . ) . Can . Soc. petrol. Geol . , Calgary, Memoir 1 5 , 15-24. BLUCK, B . J . ( 1967) Sedimentation of beach gravels: examples from South Wales. J. sediment. Petrol. , 37, 128- 156. BOURGEOIS, J. & LEITH OLD, E.L. ( 1984) Wave-worked conglomerates - depositional processes and criteria for recognition. I n : Sedimentology of Gravels and Conglom erates (Eds Koster E . H . & Steel, R . J . ) . Can . Soc. petrol. Geol . , Calgary, Memoir 10, 331 - 343. B RU U N , P . ( 1988) The Bruun Rule of erosion by sea level rise: a discussion on large-scale two- and three dimensional usages. J. coast. Res. , 4, 627-648. B UJALESKY, G . C . & GONZALEZ-BONORINO, G. ( 1991) Gravel spit stabilized by unusual (?) high-energy wave climate in bay side, Tierra del Fuego. In: Coastal Sedi ments '91, American Society of Civil Engineers, Seattle, pp. 960-974. CAILLEUX, A. ( 1945) Distinction des galets marins et flu viatiles. Bull. Soc. geol. France, 5, 325-404. CANT, D . J . & ETHIER, V . G . ( 1984) Lithology-dependent diagenetic control of reservoir properties of conglomer ates, Falher Member, Elmworth Field, Alberta. Bull. Am. Assoc. petrol. Ceo!. , 68, 1044- 1 054. CARR, A.P. ( 1969) Size grading along a pebble beach: Chesil Beach, England. J. sediment. Petrol. , 39, 297-311. CARTER, R.W.G. ( 1988) Coastal Environments. Academic Press, New York, 617 pp. CARTER, R . W . G . & ORFORD, J . D . ( 1981) Overwash pro cesses along a gravel beach in southeast Ireland. Earth Sutf Process. Landf , 6, 413-426. CARTER, R . W . G . & ORFORD, J .D . ( 1984) Coarse clastic barrier beaches: a discussion of the distinctive dynamic and morphosedimentary characteristics. Mar. Ceo!. , 60, 377- 389. CARTER, R.W.G. & ORFORD, J . D . ( 1991) The sedimentary organization and behaviour of drift-aligned gravel bar riers. l n : Coastal Sediments '91, American Society of Civil Engineers, Seattle, pp. 934- 948. CHEEL, R.J . & LECKIE, D .A. ( 1992) Coarse-grained storm beds of the Upper Cretaceous Chungo Member (Wapiabi Formation), southern Alberta, Canada. J. sediment. Petrol., 62, 933-945. CHIOCCI, F.L. & Cuno N , H . E . ( 1991) Gravel-filled gutter casts in nearshore facies - indicators of ancient shore line trend. In: From Shoreline to A byss: Contributions in Marine Geology in Honor of Francis Parker Shepard. (Ed. Osborne, R . H . ) Soc. econ. Paleont. Miner. Spec. Pub!. No. 46, pp. 67-76. CLARKE, R . H. ( 1979) Reservoir properties of conglomer ates and conglomeratic sandstones. Bull. Am. Assoc. petrol. Ceo!. , 63, 799-803. CuFrON , H . E . ( 1973) Pebble segregation and bed lenticu larity in wave-worked versus alluvial gravel. Sedimen tology, 20, 173- 187. CunoN, H . E . ( 1981) Progradational sequences in Miocene shoreline deposits, southeastern Caliente Range, California. J. sediment. Petrol. , 5 1 , 165 - 184. CLIFTON , H . E . , PHILLIPS, R.L. & HUNTER, R . E . ( 1973) Depositional structures and processes in the mouths of
97
small coastal streams, southwestern Oregon . I n : Coastal Geomorphology (Ed. Coates, D . R . ) , pp. 115- 140. State U niversity of New York at Binghamton . DAVIDSON-ARNOlT, R . G . D . & GREENWOOD, B . ( 1976) Facies relationships on a barred coast, Kouchibouguac Bay, New Brunswick, Canada. I n : Beach and Nearshore Sedimentation (Eds Davis, R.A. & Ethington , R . L . ) . Spec. Pub ! . Soc. econ. Paleont. Mineral, Tulsa, 24, 149- 168. DoBK.JNS, J . E . & FOLK, R . L . ( 1970) Shape development on Tahiti-Nui. J. sediment Petrol., 40, 1167- 1203. D uBOIS, R . N . ( 1992) A re-evaluation of Bruun's Rule and supporting evidence. J. coast. Res. , 8, 618 - 628. DUPRE, W . R . , CLIFTON, H . E . & HUNTER, R.A. ( 1980) Modern sedimentary facies of the open Pacific Coast and Pleistocene analogs from Monterey Bay, California. I n : Quaternary Depositional Environments of the Pacific Coast (Eds Field, M . E . et a!.), pp. 105 - 120. Soc. econ. Paleont. Mineral. Pacific Section, Tulsa. EMERY , K . O . ( 1955) Grain size of marine beach gravels. J. Ceo!. , 63, 39-49. ETHRIDGE , F.G. & WESCOTT, W.A. ( 1984) Tectonic setting and recognition of hydrocarbon reservoir potential of fan-delta deposits. I n : Sedimentology of Gravels and Conglomerates (Eds Koster, E . H . & Steel, R.J . ) . Can. Soc. petrol. Geol . , Calgary, Memoir 10, 2 17 -235 . FORBES, D . L . & BOYD, R . ( 1989) Gravel ripples o n the inner Scotian Shelf. J. sediment. Petrol., 57, 46-54. FoRBES, D . L. & TAYLOR, R . B . ( 1987) Coarse-grained beach sedimentation under paraglacial conditions, Canadian Atlantic coast. I n : Glaciated Coasts ( Eds Fitzgerald , D . & Rosen P . ) , pp. 5 1-86. Academic Press, New York. GILLIE, R . D . ( 1983) Field measurements of gravel move ment by wave action on the inner continentia! shelf. I n : Proceedings of the Canadian Coastal Conference (Ed. Holden, B . J . ) , pp. 73-89. National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa. GRUSZCZYNSKI, M . , RUDOWSKI, S., SEMIL, J . , SLOMINSKI, J. & ZROBEK, J. ( 1993) Rip currents as a geological tool. Sedimentology, 49, 2 17 -236. HARMS, J . C . , SOUTHARD, J . B . & WALKER, R . G . ( 1982) Structures and Sequences in Clastic Rocks. Society of Economic Palaeontologists and Mineralogists, Tulsa, Short Course 9, 200 pp. HART, B .S. ( 1990) The sedimentology and stratigraphy of the Upper Cretaceous Cardium Formation in northwestern Alberta and adjacent British Columbia. Unpublished PhD thesis, University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario, 505 pp. HART, B.S. ( 1991) A study of pebble shape from gravelly shoreface deposits. Sediment Ceo!. , 73, 185 - 189. HART, B . S . & Pu NT , A . G . ( 1989) Gravelly shoreface deposits: a comparison of modern and ancient facies sequences. Sedimentology, 36, 55 1-557 . HART, B . S . & Pu NT , A . G . ( 1991) Conglomeratic shore face deposits from the Cretaceous Cardium Formation, Alberta, Canada. l n : Coastal Sediments '91, A merican Society of Civil Engineers, Seattle, pp. 949-959. HART, B.S. & Pu N T , A . G . ( 1993a) Origin of an erosion surface in shoreface sandstones of the Kakwa Member (Upper Cretaceous Cardium Formation, Canada ) : importance for reconstruction o f stratal geometry and depositional history. I n : Sequence Stratigraphy and Facies
·
98
B.S. Hart and A. G. Plint
Associations (Eds Posamentier, H.W. , Summerhayes, C . P . , Haq, B . U . & Allen, G . P . ) , Spec. Pubis int. Ass. Sediment No . 18, 45 1 - 467. Blackwell Scientific Publi cations, Oxford. HART, B.S. & Pu NT , A . G . ( 1 993b) Tectonic influence on deposition and erosion in a ramp setting: Upper Cretaceous Cardium Formation, Alberta foreland basin. Bull. Am. Assoc. petrol. Ceo/. , 77, 2092-2 107. HART, B . S . , VANTFOORT, R . M . & Pu NT , A.G. ( 1 990) Dis cussion on 'Is there evidence for geostrophic currents preserved in the sedimentary record of inner to middle shelf deposits?' J. sediment. Petrol. , 60, 633 -635. HEI N , F.J. & WALKER, R . G . ( 1 977) Bar evolution and development of stratification in the gravelly, braided, Kicking Horse River, British Columbia. Can. J. Earth Sci. , 14, 562-570. HowARD, J . L. ( 1 992) An evaluation of shape indices as palaeoenvironmental indicators using quartzite and metavolcanic clasts in Upper Cretaceous to Palaeogene beach, river and submarine fan deposits. Sedimentology, 39, 47 1 -486. HowELL, D . G . & LINK, M . H . ( 1 979) Eocene conglomerate
sedimentology and basin analysis, San Diego and the southern California borderland. J. sediment. Petrol. , 49, 5 1 7 -540. HUNTER, R . E . , CLIFTON , H . E . & PHILLIPS, R . L . ( 1 979)
Depositional processes, sedimentary structures and predicted vertical sequences in barred nearshore sys tems, southern Oregon coast. J. sediment. Petrol. , 49, 7 1 1 -726.
KmsoN, C. & CARR, A . P . ( 1 959) The movement of shingle over the seabed close inshore. Geogr. J. , 125 , 380-389. KIRK, R . M . ( 1 980) Mixed sand and gravel beaches: mor phology, processes and sediments. Prog. phys. Geogr. , 4, 189 - 2 10. KLEINSPEH N , K.L. , STEEL, R .J . , JOHANNESSEN , E . & N ET LAND, A. ( 1 984) Conglomeratic fan-delta sequences,
Late Carboniferous-Early Permian, Western Spits bergen. I n : Sedimentology of Gravels and Conglomerates (Eds Koster, E . H . & Steel, R.J . ) . Can . Soc. petrol. Geo l . , Calgary, Memoir 1 0 , 279- 294. KOMAR, P . O . ( 1 976) Beach Processes and Sedimentation . Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N J , 429 pp. KOMAR, P . O . ( 1 987) Selective gravel entrainment and the empirical evaluation of flow competence . Sedimentology, 34, 1 165- 1 176. KOMAR, P.O. & L1, Z. ( 1 986) Pivoting analysis of the
selective entrainment of sediments by shape and size with application to gravel threshold . Sedimentology, 33, 425-436. LECKIE, D . A . ( 1 988) Wave-formed, coarse-grained ripples
and their relationship to hummocky cross-stratification. J. sediment. Petrol. , 58 , 607 :..._ 6 22. LECKIE, D . A . & WALKER, R . G . ( 1 982) Storm- and tide dominated shorelines in Cretaceous Moosebar-Lower Gates interval: outcrop equivalents of Deep Basin gas trap in Western Canada. Bull. Am. Assoc. petrol. Geol. , 66, 138- 157. LEITHOLD, E.L. ( 1989) Depositional processes on an
ancient and modern muddy shelf, northern California. Sedimentology, 36, 179-202. LEITH OLD, E . L . & BouRGEOIS, J. ( 1 984) Characteristics of coarse-grained sequences deposited in nearshore, wave-
dominated environments - examples from the Miocene of south-west Oregon. Sedimentology, 3 1 , 749-775. L1u , Y. & GASTALDO, R . A . ( 1992) Characteristics and provenance of log-transported gravels in a Carboniferous channel deposit. J. sediment. Petrol. , 62, 1072 - 1083. MAEJIMA, W. ( 1982) Texture and stratification of gravelly beach sediments, Enju Beach, Kii Peninsula, Japan . J. Geosci. Osaka City Univ. , 25, 35-5 1 . MASSARI, F. & PAREA, G.C. ( 1988) Progradational gravel beach sequences in a moderate- to high-energy, micro tidal marine environment. Sedimentology, 35 , 88 1 - 9 1 3 . MASSARI, F . , PAREA, G . C . , RAINONE, M . L . , VEDOVATO, L. & YIVALDA, P. ( 1 986) Elementi di sedimentologia delle paleospiagge Pleistoceniche marchigiane. I n : Alti Riunione Gruppo Sedimentologia CNR, Ancona, 5 - 7 giugno 1986, p p . 8 1 - 103. MATHEWS, E . R. ( 1 980) Observations of beach gravel trans port, Wellington Harbour entrance, New Zealand. N.Z. J. Geol. Geophys. , 23 , 209-222. MIDDLETON , G . V . ( 1 973) Johannes Walther's law of the correlation of facies. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. , 84, 979-988. NEATE, D.J . M . ( 1 967) Underwater pebble grading of Chesil Bank . Proc. Ceo/. Assoc. , 78, 419-426. NEMEC, W . & STEEL, R.J. ( 1 984) Alluvial and coastal conglomerates: their significant features and some com ments on gravelly mass-flow deposits. In: Sedimentology of Gravels and Conglomerates (Eds Koster, E . H . & Steel, R.J . ) . Can. Soc. petrol. Geol . , Calgary, Memoir 10, 1 - 3 1 . NIEDORODA, A . W . , Swwr, O . J .P. & HOPKINS, T.S. ( 1 985)
The shoreface. I n : Coastal Sedimentary Environments (Ed. Davis, R . A . , Jr. ) , pp. 533 - 624, Springer-Verlag, New York. NIELSEN, L . H . , JOHANNESSEN, P.N. & SURLYK, F. ( 1 988) A Late Pleistocene coarse-grained spit-platform sequence in northern Jylland, Denmark. Sedimentology, 35 , 9 1 5 - 937. OGREN , D . E . & WAAG, C.J. ( 1 986) Orientation of cobble and boulder beach clasts. Sediment. Geol. , 47, 69-76. ORFORD, J . 0 . ( 1975) Discrimination of particle zonation on a pebble beach. Sedimentology, 22, 441 -463. PArnsoN , S . A . J . & WALKER, R . G . ( 1 992) Deposition and
interpretation of long, narrow sandbodies underlain by a basinwide erosion surface: Cardium Formation, Cre taceous Western Interior Seaway, Alberta, Canada. J. sediment. Petrol. , 42, 292-309. PuNT, A . G . & HART, B .S . ( 1 988) Field Guide to the Upper Cretaceous Dunvegan (Cenomanian) and Cardium (Turonian) Formations in the Dawson Creek - Fort St. John area, British Columbia. Canadian Society of Pet-· roleum Geologists' Field Guide to 'Sequences, Stratigra-· phy, Sedimentology: Surface and Subsurface Technical Meeting', 14- 1 6 September, Calgary, Alberta, 5 1 pp. PuNT, A.G. & WALKER, R . G . ( 1 987) Cardium Formation 8. Facies and environments of the Cardium shoreline and coastal plain in the Kakwa Field and adjacent areas, northwestern Alberta. Bull. Can. petrol. Geol. , 35, 48-64.
PUNT, A . G . , WALKER, R . G . & BERGMAN, K . M . ( 1 986) Cardium Formation 6. Stratigraphic framework of the Cardium in subsurface. Bull. Can. petrol. Geol. , 34, 2 1 3 -225. PoSTMA , G. & NEMEC, W . ( 1 990) Regressive and trans-·
Gravelly shorefaces gressive sequences in a raised Holocene gravelly beach, southwestern Crete. Sedimentology, 37, 907-920. READING, H . G . ( 1986) I ntroduction . I n : Sedimentary En vironments and Facies (Ed. Reading, H .G ) , pp. 1 -3 . Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford. REDDERING, J . S . V . & ILLENBERGER, W . K . ( 1988) Dis cussion on palaeoenvironmental significance of clast shape in the Nardouw Formation, Cape Supergroup. S. Afi·. J. Ceo!. , 9 1 , 554-555 . Ross, N. & LONG, B . F . ( 1989) Evolution morpho sedimentaire de Ia barre de deferlement: un example dans le golfe du Saint-Laurent, Quebec. Geogr. phys. Quat. , 43, 377-388. SHIPP, R.C. ( 1984) Bedforms and depositional sedimentary structures of a barred nearshore system, eastern Long Island, New York. Mar. Ceo!. , 60, 235-259. SHORT, A . D . ( 1984) Beach and nearshore facies: southeast Australia. Mar. Ceo!. , 60, 261 -282. WESCOTr, W.A. & ETHRJDGE, F.G. ( 1 980) Fan-delta sedi mentology and tectonic setting - Yallahs fan delta, .
99
southeast Jamaica. Bull. Am. Assoc. petrol. Ceo!. , 64, 374-399. WHITING , P .J . , DIETRICH, W . E . , LEOPOLD, L . B . , DRAKE, T . G . & SHREVE, R . L . (1988) Bedload sheets in hetero geneous sediment. Geology, 16, 105- 108. WILLIAMS, A .T. & CALDWELL, N . E . ( 1988) Particle size and shape in pebble-beach sedimentation. Mar. Ceo!. , 82, 199-215. WILLIAMS, J .J . , THORN E , P.O. & H EATHERSHAW, A.D. ( 1 989) Comparisons between acoustic measurements and predictions of bedload transport of marine gravels. Sedimentology, 36, 973-979. WooDBORNE, M . W . , RoGERS, J. & JARMA N , N. ( 1989) The geological significance of kelp-rafted rock along the west coast of South Africa. Ceo-Mar. Lett. , 9, 109 - 1 18 . WRJGHT, L . D . & SHORT, A . D . (1984) Morphodynamic variability of surf zones and beaches: a synthesis. Mar. Ceo!. , 56, 93- 1 18. ZEN KOVITCH , V.P. ( 1967) Processes of Coastal Develop ment. Oliver and Boyd, London, 738 pp.
Spec. Pubis int. Ass. Sediment. (1995) 22, 101-135
The return of 'The Fan That Never Was': Westphalian turbidite systems in the Variscan Culm Basin: Bude Formation (southwest England) R OB E R T V . B U R N E Australian Geological Survey Organisation, P O B ox 378, Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia
ABSTRACT
The Westphalian Bude Formation of southwest England was one of the first successions to be interpreted as a subsea fan deposit. This interpretation has been questioned recently, and the alternative depositional environment of a wave-affected shelf has been proposed. The tectonic setting, palaeo geographical relationships and facies succession of the formation have been reassessed in an attempt to resolve this controversy. The formation was deposited in the synorogenic Culm Basin. It contains thick sandstone units, but is in other respects similar to the underlying turbidite-bearing Crackington Formation (Namurian-Westphalian) . There is no depositional continuity with the contemporaneous paralic and deltaic deposits of the Bideford Group that occur in a tectonically distinct succession near Westward Ho! Four facies are identified in the Bude Formation; the black shale facies, the muddy siltstone facies, the interbedded sandstone-shale facies and the sandstone-dominated facies. Both thickening upward and thinning upward facies successions occur at some levels, but generally the facies succession shows less predictable, although not random, alternations between the four facies. The suggestion that the Bude Formation represents the deposits of a wave-influenced shelf does not stand up to scrutiny. There is no substantial evidence for shallow water environments in the Formation . Evidence for storm-generated hummocky cross-stratification and combined-flow wave ripples is equivocal. The ichnofacies have no depth connotation and there is no evidence for sedimentological continuity with undoubted deltaic successions. By contrast there is overwhelming evidence for deposition of turbidite systems in an isolated fresh- or brackish-water basin. The black shale facies represent the deposits of fine-grained turbidity currents in an anaerobic or dysaerobic basin. The muddy siltstone facies represent the deposits of aerobic environments characterized by gentle currents, possibly fan-levee environments. The interbedded sandstone-shale facies consist of a variety of turbidites and were deposited in either levee, lobe or interchannel environments. The sandstone-dominated facies were deposited in fan-valley environments, and include channel-fill successions. It is concluded that the Bude Formation was deposited as subsea fans on the northern, inactive margin of a land-locked, foreland basin.
INTRODUCTION
The Westphalian Bude Formation (Owen, 1934; King, 1966, 1967, 1971; Freshney et al., 1979) was deposited in the synorogenic Culm Basin of south west England (Sedgewick & Murchison, 1840; Ussher, 1892; Thomas, 1988) (Figs 1 & 2). The formation crops out along the coast of north Cornwall and west Devon (Fig. 2) and it had become the custom to equate it with a contemporaneous succession, the Bideford Group, which crops out on
the coast near Westward Ho! in north Devon (Figs 2 & 3). Reading (1963) drew attention to the funda mental difference of opinion about the deposition of these successions. Owen (1950) and Prentice (1960a, b) considered that they were examples of paralic 'Coal Measures', but Ashwin ( 1957, 1958) interpreted them as turbidites. Reading ( 1963, p. 69) contrasted the evidence in the rocks around Westward Ho! for 'successive advances into a basin
Sedimentary Facies Analysis: A Tribute to the Research and Teaching of Harold G. Reading Edited by A. Guy Plint © 1995 The International Association of Sedimentologists ISBN: 978-0-865-42898-0
101
102
R. V. Burne A 52 '
----
8
5 1'
ST
50' 6'
D [] �
Permian- Tertiary Upper Carboniferous Devonian - Lower Carboniferous
3'
• I+++I
Lizard and Start complexes
----&....- Thrust fault -- Normal fault
Granite
�
BCFZ
Bristol Channel fracture zone
SLFZ
Sticklepath - Lustleigh fracture zone
Strike- slip fault
Fig. 1. Location of the Culm Basin. (A) Location of southwest England with respect to the British Isles. (B) Location of the Culm Basin with respect to the other principal tectonic elements of southwest England (after Hartley & Warr, 1990). Suggested Silesian position of southwest England with respect to France produced by pre-deformation restoration along the Bristol Channel-Bray Fault (after Holder & Leveridge, 1986), all other structures shown in present-day positions.
of a low coastal plain, possibly fronted by deltas, alternating with periods of reduced supply when basin conditions were re-established' with the fact that 'No cyclic pattern of sedimentation has been recognized, nor has any unequivocal evidence of shallow water or coastal plain deposition been observed' in the Bude Formation. This implied that 'whilst coastal plains reached into north Devon in Lower Westphalian times, there is no evidence that they extended into Cornwall'.
Subsequent workers confirmed the existence of paralic cycles in the Bideford Group, (comprising the Northam and Abbotsham Formations), around Westward Ho! (Walker, 1964a, b; de Raaf et al. , 1965; Money; 1966; Elliott, 1976). They have also confirmed Reading's statement that (1963, p. 69) 'The precise depositional environment of the Bude Sandstones is not easy to establish'. Sedimentologists had generally recognized that the Bude Formation was, in part, a turbidite succession, but did not
103
Bude Formation subsea fans '40
4"20'
'30
'20
Bideford
'30
Bay
Hartland Point
51"00'
'20
Bude
Bay
'10 50'50'
BUDE
·
.
p;.
.
'00
•
Post- Silesian strata
WESTWARD HO! BIDEFORD FAULT BLOCK
m t-=-� �
Greencliff Beds Bideford group & Westward Ho! Formation
CULM BASIN
D [·.:.·: ·_.:J
Bude Formation
]
--Fault
SLFZ
SILESIAN
�
Crackington Formation 1
Sticklepath - Lustleigh fracture zone
Town
D
Village
30
National grid number tor Great Britain
Pre- Silesian strata
Fig, 2, Geological map of north Cornwall and west Devon. (Modified after Burne & Moore, 1971; Thomas, 1988.)
appear to be a 'true flysch' (Goldring & Seilacher, 1971). It contained some unusual characteristics, such as massive sandstones, which de Raaf (pers. comm., 1966) had informally termed 'Budes' and interpreted as some form of unusually fine-grained 'fluxoturbidite' (Unrug, 1963, 1965). A sedimentological facies analysis of the middle Bude Formation (Fig. 4) was undertaken to identify features definitive, rather than indicative, of depo sitional processes and environments (Burne, 1969a, b; 1970, 1971, 1973, 1976; Burne & Moore, 1971). It was concluded that the Bude Formation had been deposited in a land-locked basin, akin to the present Black Sea or Caspian Sea, that had been isolated by Hercynian continental collision. The
basin was generally filled with fresh or brackish water, although rare marine incursions occurred, probably the result of glacio-eustatic oscillations. The mature, fine-grained sandstones were derived from a land mass of older sedimentary rocks to the north and were deposited as turbidites from bottom hugging underflows. The turbidites included con ventional Bouma sequences, traction carpet deposits with current-reworked tops, irregularly laminated sandstones, and 'slurried' beds produced by the impact of dense turbidity currents on a soft substrate. The major 'slumped' beds had the same origin as the 'slurried' beds, but some sandstone dykes and volcanoes were formed by load-induced post depositional water-escape. The depositional
104
R. V. Burne R
HARTLAND TO BOSCASTLE
a WESTWARD HOI
z "' :J "' I 0.. f rJ) UJ
Amaliae Marine Band
s:
Usteri Marine Band Marine
• Q D � �
Greencliff Beds
Bideford Group
Westward Ho! Formation
Bude Formation
Crackington Formation
INDEX SHALES
ccs
Clovelly Court Shale
DPS
Deer Park Shale
ESS
Embury Shale
GAS
Gull Rock Shale
HQS
Hartland Quay Shale
SMS
Sandy Mouth Shale
SPS
Saturday's Pit Shale
TCS
Toms Cove Shale
WGS
Warren Gutter Shale
Brigantian •oom
environment was that of a submarine fan, with open fan, fan-levee, active fan-channel, and inactive fan channel facies being distinguished. Despite the apparently random nature of much of the succession, it was recognized that predictable associations occurred in parts (Burne, 1969b, Fig. 20) (Fig. 5), including thickening upward successions, interpreted as being due to the advance of a fan-channel/levee complex over an open fan, and thinning upward successions, interpreted as being the result of fan channel fill and abandonment.
Fig. 3. Stratigraphical correlation between the Culm Basin and Westward Ho! Silesian sequences. (Modified from King, 1967 ; Thomas, 1988.)
Melvin (1976, 1986) reached similar conclusions from a study of higher levels in the Bude Formation (Fig. 4). He suggested that deposition was from turbidity currents in a relatively shallow basin and noted that sediment coarser than fine-grained sand was absent, and the organization of the bundles of sandstones was complex. He suggested that sediment was supplied from a delta to the north by resedimen·· tation of delta-front sands, and by slumping of delta·· front muds and silts to form a lower prodelta turbidite fan. Melvin could not identify well-developed
105
Bude Formation subsea fans
B § � D G []] � �.
UJ 0 ::;) "'
Nodular shale Shale Siltstone Mudstone Slumped bed Thick-bedded and massive sandstone characteristics of BudeFormation Shales with thin sandstone Medium to thinly bedded sandstones with subordinate shales and siltstones
INDEX SHALES
600
WGS Warren Gutter Shale 'Anthracoceras' aegiranum horizon
SMS
Sandy Mouth Shale
SPS
Saturday's Pit Shale (key shale W)
TCS
Tom's Cove Shale (key shale Q)
LS
Longpeak Shale
HQS
Hartland Quay Shale
GRS
Gull Rock Shale
Gastrioceras amaliae horizon
Gastrioceras /isteri horizon
ES
Embury Shale Gastrioceras subcrenatum
400
200
horizon
Fig. 4. Representative lithological section of the Crackington Formation and Bude Formation based on exposures between Duckpool (SS 201 1 15) and Embury Beach (SS 214 195) (modified after Freshney et a/., 1979). King (1967) originally defined the base of the Bude Formation at a level 265 m below the base of the Tom's Cove Shale and the top of the formation at a level 150 m above the same datum, a section here referred to as the middle Bude Formation.
thickening upwards and thinning upward successions as described by Burne (1969b) from lower in the Bude Formation. However, he presented a facies model of various fan, fan-levee and fan-channel relationships that accounted for the facies suc cessions observed in measured sections. Apart from different degrees of organization in the succession, there is general correspondence between the fan interpretation suggested by Burne (1969b) and that proposed by Melvin (1986). Higgs ( 1987) strongly criticized Melvin's inter pretation in a vigorous discussion provocatively titled 'The Fan That Never Was?'. Higgs (1983, 1984, 1986a, b; 1991) tentatively identified wave influenced structures in the Bude Formation, and pursued the significance of this interpretation to its logical conclusion, that the 'Bude Formation was deposited largely, if not entirely, above storm wave base, as indicated by the fact that wave-influenced
structures occur throughout the succession, spaced no more than a few metres apart.' This paper attempts to resolve the controversy that has resulted from these contrasting inter pretations by reconsidering the tectonic setting, palaeogeographic relationships and facies analysis of the Bude Formation.
THE TECTONIC SETTING OF THE CULM BASIN
The convergence and collision of the Laurussian and Gondwanan continental masses between the Devonian and the Early Permian (Burne, 1969b, 1973; Ziegler, 1990) generated a deformation front that migrated northwards with time (Besly, 1988) to form the Variscan orogenic belt. During the Middle Devonian and Early Carboniferous, volcanicity and
R. V. Burne
106
COMPOSITE SEQUENCE
Possible interpretation
Mudstone
Open fan or inter
dominated
-channel sediment
sequence
1-:: . 'Thinning upward'
--- ---
/
-�::--......_
�-=--
::-�--
:� ----------- ----:-:-,
�
sequence
---==- � -==-
Sandstone dominated
l
Sediment in confines of partly active channel
Sediment in confines ----�-�-
of active large
sequence
channels
-
'Thickening upward'
.. ·.:::.:.:_"·
Sediment of channel levee
sequence
Mudstone
Open fan or inter
dominated
channel sediment
sequence
16/04117
I
Bed scale Approx. 1m (bu1 variable)
Bude Formation subsea fans
subsidence accompanied a period of extension in southwest England. Regional inversion of this Devonian to Early Carboniferous basin occurred in the early Namurian. Loading of its northern margin by the resulting thrust nappe development (Hecht, 1992) formed the Culm Basin that lay north of the developing Variscan Orogen and south of the cratonic Wales-Brabant Massif (Hartley & Warr, 1990) (Fig. 1). Evidence for a thin skinned thrust and-nappe regime implies that the orogen did not attain 'Alpine' proportions (Isaac et a/. , 1982) . Hartley & Warr (1990) suggest that the Culm Basin maintained its present geographical relationship with South Wales throughout the Variscan deformation. However, others suggest that the northern boundary of the basin corresponded to an area west of present day Le Havre, France (Fig. 1) (Holder & Leveridge, 1986), and subsequent transcurrent faulting along the Bristol Channel and Bray Fault has displaced the basin to its present position, south of the Bristol Channel. In the early Namurian the Culm Basin was prob ably part of a continuous deep-water flysch basin, the Rhenohercynian Basin, that extended from Cornwall to Upper Silesia (Ziegler, 1990) . Sedimen tation began to exceed subsidence in parts of this basin during the Namurian, and the Culm Basin became one of a number of basins isolated during the last stage of continental collision (Franke & Engel, 1988). In the Culm Basin evidence for this change may be seen in the turbidites of the Crackington Formation. Marine goniatites, which had been scattered throughout the shales lower in the succession, became restricted in the uppermost Namurian to marine bands deposited by marine incursions into an otherwise brackish-water basin (Freshney et a/., 1979). By the early Westphalian most Rhenohercynian basins had shallowed and established paralic conditions providing the classic localities for coal-measure cyclothems (Reading,
107
197 1) . The occurrence of correlatable marine bands throughout these basins indicates that they were separated by very low topographical relief, with the marine bands resulting from short-lived marine transgressions that entered the basins from the Moscow Depression (Ziegler, 1990). The trans gressions probably reflect high sea-levels in a series of short-term glacio-eustatic fluctuations, the last of which occurred in Westphalian D time. It was only in the Culm Basin that deep-water conditions persisted into the Westphalian (Ziegler, 1990). Deposition took place on the northern, non orogenic flank of the basin, as shown by the lack of palaeocurrents from the south (Fig. 6) (Ashwin, 1957; Burne, 1969b; Freshney eta/. , 1979; Melvin, 1986; Higgs, 1991) and by the compositionally mature, fine-grained nature of the sediments (Fig. 7) (Burne, 1969b; Freshney eta/. ; 1979; Melvin, 1986; Haslam & Scrivener, 199 1). Namurian processes deposited thin-bedded turbidites from currents flow ing eastward along the axis of the basin, forming the Crackington Formation (Freshney et a/. , 1979) . Deposition of the Bude Formation began in the Early Westphalian. Although 50% of the beds in the Bude Formation resemble those of the underlying Crackington Formation, it is distinguished by its content of massive sandstones (Fig. 4). The currents that deposited the Bude Formation generally flowed towards the south and southwest, although easterly flowing currents occurred at some horizons (Fig. 6) (Burne, 1969b, Freshney et a/. , 1979, Melvin, 1986). No post-Bude-Formation sediments are preserved in the Culm Basin.
TECTONICALLY
JUXTAPOSED
SUCCESSIONS IN THE CULM BASIN
Freshney & Taylor ( 1972) proposed a simple stra-
Fig. 5. (Opposite.) Composite 'sequence' (i.e. succession in present usage) for the Bude Formation reproduced from Burne ( 1969b, Fig. 20) showing the original interpretation, including the first recognition of 'thickening' and 'thinning' upward 'sequences' in subsea fan deposits. The composite succession includes only one representative of the various bed types· found in each part of the succession , and the scale shown relates to the thickness of these individual beds. Complete successions are actually 10-60 m thick. In the usage of the present paper the mudstone-dominated sequence corresponds to the black shale facies, now interpreted as fine-grained turbidites in an anaerobic or dysaerobic basin; the thickening upward sequence corresponds to part of the interbedded sandstone- shale facies, now interpreted as turbidites deposited in either levee , lobe or interchannel environments; the sandstone-dominated sequence corresponds to the sandstone-dominated facies, now interpreted as the deposits of fan-valley environments, including channel-fill successions; and the thinning upward sequence corresponds to part of the interbedded sandstone-shale facies now interpreted as the deposits of aerobic environments characterized by gentle currents, possibly fan levees.
R. V. Burne
108 A
Tool Marks
Directions
Senses Only
8
Current Scours
Directions
C
Senses Only
�
Cross Laminations
N
I
10 % Directions
N
=
15
20
Number of readings
Fig. 6. Structurally corrected palaeocurrents recorded from sole marks and cross laminations in the middle Bude Formation (data of Burne, 1969b).
tigraphy for the Culm Basin (Figs 3 & 4) in which all the dominantly turbidite sandstone-mudstone successions of Namurian and basal Westphalian rocks were classified as Crackington Formation, whereas the Bude Formation contained the younger
Westphalian deposits which 'while they still contain sequences of turbidites, have within them substantial numbers of massive sandstones and other associated facies characteristic of the rocks described by King (1966)' (Freshney & Taylor, 1972, p. 467). An ar bitrary junction between the two formations was set at the top of the Hartland Quay Shale (Freshney et al., 1979), a marker bed containing goniatites of the Gastrioceras amaliae marine band. The Bude Formation includes the youngest Westphalian rocks exposed in southwest England, the Warren Gutter Shale, which contain a fauna correlated with the 'Anthracoceras' aegiranum marine band (Freshney et al., 1979). The sedimentological contrast between the Crackington and Bude Formations and the con temporaneous paralic sediments exposed near Westward Ho! led Reading (1965) to suggest that the Culm Basin contained a number of sedimen tologically distinct though synchronous strati graphical successions separated by low-angle thrust faults. Burne & Moore (1971) concluded that two distinct stratigraphical successions could be recognized; a northern, essentially deltaic succession (the Westward Ho! Formation, Northam Formation, Abbotsham Formation and the Greencliff Beds), and a contrasting southern succession, consisting entirely of basin facies, comprising the Crackington Formation and the Bude Formation of Freshney et al. (1979) (Figs 2 & 3). The two successions are separated by a major E- W trending normal fault, with downthrow several hundred metres to the north (Freshney & Taylor, 1972). This fault is exposed on the coast (Burne & Moore, 1971, pp. 293-294) and can be traced inland eastward to the Mole Valley (National Grid Reference SS 675 260), 3 km east of South Molton (Fig. 1). The existence of tectonically juxtaposed suc·· cessions in the Culm Trough is also indicated by contrasting levels of organic maturation shown by vitrinite reflectance measurements from the two suc cessions (Cornford et al., 1987). Samples from the
Fig. 7. (Opposite.) Petrology and grain-size distributions of the various bed types in the Bude Formation. (A) Comparison of sandstone composition of the Bude Formation (data of Burne, 1969b; Freshney et al., 1979; Melvin, 1986); the Crackington Formation (data of Melvin, 1986); and the present-day Mississippi subsea fan (data of Roberts & Thayer, 1985). (B) Matrix composition of various Bude Formation bed types. Note high matrix content of 'slumped' and 'slurried'' beds, low matrix content of laminated and structureless sandstones, and intermediate matrix content of graded silty sandstones (data of Burne, 1969b) . (C) Plot of mean grain size () against sorting ( oG ) of Bude Formation sandstone grain·· size distributions, with and without matrix included (data of Burne, 1969b). Fields recognized by Melvin (1986) for the Bude Formation and Crackington Formation sandstones are outlined (note that Melvin measured o1 ) .
109
Bude Formation subsea fans QUARTZ
A
� D E2J]
FELDSPAR
8
Bude Formation sandstones Crackington Formation sandstones Mississippi Fan sands
ROCK FRAGMENTS QUARTZ
m; LIJ � E:;l
D
FELDSPAR & ROCK FRAGMENTS
c
Cross laminated beds Structureless & irregularly laminated sandstones Graded silty sandstones "Slurried" & "slumped" beds
MATRIX
3.0
2.0
MELVIN (1986) Bude Formation data
0G 1.0
}
MELVIN (1986) Crackington Formation data
0
Matrix Excluded
6.
Matrix Included
BURNE (1969b) Bude Formation data
110
R. V. Burne
section between Westward Ho! and Abbotsham form a statistically different group compared with those from stratigraphically equivalent rocks from the area between Hartland Quay (National Grid Reference SS 223 248) and Crackington Haven (SX 143 968). This suggests that the two areas have suffered differ ent thermal histories, i.e. different burial histories. 'These two areas must either now be in juxtaposition due to post burial tectonic events (e.g. thrusting) or they are not stratigraphic equivalents, the Bideford Formation (i.e. Bideford Group) being younger and hence less deeply buried than the Bude and Crackington Formations' (Cornford et al., 1987, p. 463). The stratigraphical equivalence of the sec tions was established by Edmonds et at. (1975, 1979) who identified the Gastrioceras amaliae marine band 550 m above the base of the Bideford Group. The Hartland Quay Shale, although of a contrasting facies, also contains this horizon and has been defined by Freshney et al. (1979) as underlying the base of the Bude Formation (Fig. 3). Edmonds et at. (1979) suggested that depositional continuity existed between these successions and concluded that the Northam and Abbotsham Formations (for which they proposed the name Bideford Formation, but for which the term Bideford Group is here retained) lie conformably between the Crackington Formation and the Bude Formation. Freshney et at. (1979) and Melvin (1986) both based their interpretation of the palaeogeography and facies of the Bude Formation on implied continuity between the deltas of the Bideford group and the depositional environments of the Bude Formation. According to Freshney (pers. comm., 1994) 'there is no physical evidence of thrusts in the Bideford area, but it is possible that strike-slip, east-west trending faults may define areas of contrasting thermal and burial history'. Although Freshney (pers. comm., 1994) points out that 'wedge-bedded sandstones characteristic of the Bideford Group can be traced eastward beyond Umberleigh (National Grid Reference SS 610 237) and appear to pass further east into a number of massive Bude-type sandstones', it has yet to be established whether this transition represents depo sitional continuity or tectonic juxtaposition. How ever, Cornford et at. (1987) concluded that the fluvial-deltaic Bideford Group is allochthonous and therefore the palaeogeography of the basin should not be constrained by the apparent associ ation between the Bideford Group and the deeper water Bude Formation. This conclusion supports the interpretation of Burne & Moore (1971) that
the succession in the area of Westward Ho! and Bideford is tectonically juxtaposed to the Culm Basin succession (Figs 1 & 2).
FACIES ANALYSIS OF THE BUDE FORMATION
Four facies are recognized in the Bude Formation, although these are, to a large extent, intergra dational. The term facies is used here to denote the assemblage of beds deposited within a depositional system. A depositional system comprises a sedimen tary environment together with the processes that may operate within it. Beds are formed by individual depositional processes. Facies descriptions
Black shale facies
Black shales (Fig. 8) are the most persistent facies in both the Bude Formation and the underlying Crackington Formation and form valuable lithofacies for stratigraphical correlation (King, 1967; Freshney
Fig. 8. Black shale facies showing regular millimetre-scale graded mudstone laminae with interbedded grey, muddy siltstone laminations, some with thin ripple cross laminations. Scale in centimetres (SS 1985 1313).
Bude Formation subsea fans
& Taylor, 1972). The facies may attain a thickness of 20 m (Fig. 4), and is dominated by uniform, dark mudstone composed almost entirely of sharp-based, graded laminae 5-10 mm thick. Thin sharp-based sets of ripple cross-laminated silt occur at the lower boundary of some of these laminations. Sole marks on these silts comprise prod marks or, rarely, obstacle scours around burrow entrances. Isolated thicker beds can occur in this facies. The clay minerals of the shales consist dominantly of illite (Burne, 1969b). Undeformed shales also contain kaolinite, whereas in deformed shales this is replaced by chlorite, and grey shales contain more kaolinite (Freshney et al., 1979). Siderite bands and ankerite nodules are found in some shales. The grading of the laminae is due to an upward increase in the content of organic carbon. Finely comminuted plant debris is common on parting surfaces. Freshney et al. (1979) record jarosite-natrojarosite efflor escences in sulphurous shales. Higgs (1991) found that carbon/sulphur (CIS) ratios (Berner & Raiswell, 1983, 1984) in four out of five black-shale samples were less than 10. The shales contain little evidence of biological activity apart from the common occurrence of Planolites (Fig. 9) (King, 1967). Tops of interbedded sandstones may contain Diplocraterion parallelum, an'd, more rarely Arenicolites, Teichichnus, Phyeodes
Fig. 9. Replacements of Planolites burrows preserved in a siderite vein in the black shale facies. A 4-cm-long live limpet for scale (SS 1983 0313).
111
and Skolithos (Higgs, 1991). Freshney & Taylor (1972) found that in the lower parts of the Crack ington Formation a marine fauna of goniatites occurs throughout the shales, whereas from the Namurian G1 zone the goniatites occur only in isolated bands within some black shales. The Goniatites, which are truly marine, occur in bands between layers of nodules that contain fossils of fish that were tolerant of low-salinity environments. Goniatites have been found only at two horizons in the Bude Formation (Fig. 4), the Sandy Mouth Shale and the Warren Gutter Shale. In the Warren Gutter Shale, goniatites are present only as spat (Freshney et at. , 1979). Goniatites have not been found in the middle Bude Formation, although fish remains and coprolites occur at two horizons (King, 1967). Cornuboniscus budensis and Elonichthys aitkeni, both palaeoniscid bony fishes, the acanthodian Acanthodes wardi and an eocarid crustacean Crangopsis huxleyi occur in the Saturday's Pit Shale, whereas the Coelocanth Rhabdoderma elegans occurs in the Tom's Cove Shale (Fig. 4). Muddy siltstone facies
This facies consists of grey to dark grey laminated muddy siltstones and thin, sharp-based silty sand stones that show parallel laminations and ripple drift cross-lamination. In places the facies is disrupted by intrastratal folding and small-scale synsedimentary faults. Scouring occurs locally (Fig. 10). The muddy siltstones are composed of carbonaceous material, clay minerals, and silt-sized quartz particles. The grading of the 1-10-mm-scale laminae reflects a decrease in the size of the quartz grains and an increase in the proportion of clay (Fig. 11). The silstones are composed of quartz, illite, kaolinite, chlorite, siderite and minor feldspar (Merriman, quoted in Higgs, 1991). Higgs (1991) found that organic carbon varied from 1.8% to 2.9%, plant fragments were conspicuous, burrows are absent, and C/S ratios (Berner & Raiswell, 1983, 1984) range between 22.8 and 39.0. King (1967) described Kouphnichnium (King, 1965; Goldring & Seilacher, 1971), i.e. xiphosurid feeding trails from this facies. The animals moved over silt-covered surfaces, prodding down into lower silty laminae. Current sole marks were formed before the trackways were emplaced, and the tracks are confined to one level within the graded laminated units, indicating that little sediment was deposited during the time in which the track was being made
112
R. V. Burne
Fig. 11. Photomicrograph of graded muddy siltstone lamination in the muddy siltstone facies. Carbonaceous material appears dark (SS 1 995 0400).
Fig. 10. Muddy siltstone facies showing alternations of laminated muddy siltstone and ripple cross-laminated units. Note irregular scouring and deposition of cross laminated beds at the level of the hammer (circled). Section youngs to the right (SS 201 077).
(Goldring & Seilacher, 1971). Other tracks initially regarded by King (1965) as xiphosurid mating-traces (Fig. 12), were reinterpreted by Higgs (1988) as Undichna or trails left by fish dragging their fins along the soft bottom during feeding. Interbedded sandstone-shale facies
This facies comprises interbedded 'event' beds (Einsele & Seilacher, 1982) and black shales. The relative abundance of various types of event beds in this facies shows no consistency of grouping. At some horizons beds of one of the following types dominate the succession. In other cases a predictable succession of event beds occurs, whereas elsewhere the facies consists of a less predictable succession of beds. The following types of event beds can be distinguished.
Fine-grained graded beds range from 1 to 12 em in thickness. Beds have sharp bases, in places bearing sole marks, and comprise laterally continuous, normally graded layers of siltstone and muddy silt stone (Fig. 13). The sediment is poorly sorted with median grain size 3.5
Bude Formation subsea fans
Fig. 12. Traces in the muddy siltstone facies originally interpreted by King (1965) as traces of xiphosurid mating behaviour, but reinterpreted by Higgs (1 988) as trails left by the fins of bottom-feeding fish (Undichna). Structures have a wave length of 9 em (SS 2017 0751).
Fig. 13. Grey muddy siltstone laminations (base of section) overlain by fine-grained graded beds, then passing up into laminated beds showing 'type 3' ripple drift of Walker (1 963) (SS 201 074).
113
parallel-sided beds 5-25 cm thick. They are gen erally laterally continuous, but may be scoured or may themselves expand into pre-existing scours. The sole marks are predominantly linear current ridge moulds, flute or groove moulds. The lower part of each bed is structureless and grading is obvious only in the topmost part, where aggregates of plant material and fragments of black mudstone may be concentrated (Fig. 18). Median grain size at the base of the unit is around 2.5 ¢, decreasing to about 3.0¢ at the top. The long axes of grains (Fig. 19) in the structureless unit show slight pre ferred orientation in the same direction as that of current flow indicated by sole marks on the base of the bed, and, although the bed as a whole is poorly sorted, the grain-sorting at any one level is moderate to good (excluding matrix oG 0.6-0.75), although matrix content may be up to 50% (Fig. 7). The structureless silty sandstone unit is overlain by a 5-20-mm-thick unit of uniform parallel-laminated silty sandstone of slightly finer grain size and then by a similar thickness of current ripple cross-laminated silty sandstone with either single sets or ripple drift. Water-escape structures or convolution are generally not found in these beds. The cross-laminated unit is overlain by a unit of alternating light and dark parallel-laminated silts, which is, in turn overlain by structureless grey silt. Structureless sandstones are sharp-based and between 10 cm and 1 m thick (Figs 20 & 21). The most common sole marks are flute moulds and linear
114
R. V. Burne
Fig. 14. Sharp based, laminated bed showing irregular ripple-drift with stoss side erosion and convolutions due to water-escape. Note graded top of the 12-cm-thick bed (SS 1999 0493) .
Fig. 15. View to the right of Fig. 14 showing a sharp erosive top to the same bed, and an absence of convolutions (SS 1999 0493) .
current-ridge moulds. Most of the bed is ungraded and most beds are completely structureless, although some contain faint traces of lamination, often dis rupted into dish structures (Stauffer, 1967). They are composed of moderately well-sorted fine-grained sand (excluding matrix aG 0.85-0.9; median grain size 2-2 4 <jl; matrix content 14-25%) (Fig. 7), with grains orientated either parallel to the current direction indicated by sole marks, or bimodally about this direction (Fig. 19). The beds may have .
sharp tops or may grade up, through an abrupt and irregular contact, into either irregular lamination comparable to hummocky cross-stratification, current ripple cross-lamination (Fig. 22) or, very rarely, dune-shaped cross-sets. The beds are gen erally laterally continuous, but are prone to amal gamation. They also can be scoured or can thicken in channels. They may also be confined to channels. 'Slurried' beds (Wood & Smith, 1959) consist of sharp-based units of a poorly sorted slurry of sand,
Bude Formation subsea fans
Fig. 16. Sandstone surface bearing straight-crested ripples (SS 2014 0779).
silt and mud (excluding matrix oa 0.9; including matrix oa 2.5; median grain size 3.5 ¢, matrix content 56-70%) (Fig. 7). They are generally between 2 and 20 em thick (Figs 23 & 24). The sharp base of the bed may bear sole marks, most commonly groove or prod and bounce moulds. The lower parts of the beds show grain orientation in the same sense indicated by sole marks (Fig. 19). The beds may be ungraded or graded only in the topmost part, but they commonly show a two-part division, with a basal massive, indistinctly laminated or, rarely, cross-laminat.ed silty sandstone, and an upper, more poorly sorted 'slurried' unit often containing large contorted fragments of mudstone. In places beds have 'frozen' in the act of peeling up fragments of mudstone from the substratum (Fig. 25). Sandstone or siltstone pseudo-nodules (Fig. 18), interpreted as load balls (Kuenen, 1965), and water-escape tubes may be found in the upper part of the 'slurried' unit.
115
Fig. 17. Sandstone surface bearing cuspate-crested ripples (SS 2014 0774).
Fig. 18. Interbedded sandstone-shale facies showing graded silty sandstones (A) separated by a 'slurried' bed (B). Note load balls falling from laminated unit on top of the 'slurried' bed, and laminated top of the underlying graded silty sandstone (SS 2018 0740).
116 A
R. V. Burne
N 41 Spec. 48
B
C
Irregularly Laminated Sandstones
0
Spec. 14
Graded Silty Sandstones
N 31 5
N 30 2
Spec. 49
Spec. 2A
Structureless Sandstones
N 31 8 Spec. 2C
N 295 Spec. 2B N 3 83
N 40
Spec. 73
Spec.
6 60
1
D
E
"Slumped" Bed
"Slurried" Bed
N
I
1
N 2 87 Spec. 4
N 27 5 Spec. 30
N
N 274 Spec. 52 b
N 3 02 Spec. 31 10
15
I
20
%
Fig. 19. The orientations of long axes of elongate grains N 2
69
Spec. 58
N
=
Number of grains
Spec.
=
Specimen number (BURNE 1969b)
10
15
20
%
This unit may be overlain by a thin unit of laminated sediment consisting of either current ripple cross lamination or the cross-laminated deposits of small sand-volcanoes. 'Slumped' beds are 4-20-m-thick beds of disrupted sediment (Figs 26-29), similar in character to the thinner 'slurried' beds (Figs 7 & 19). The name is well established (e.g. Freshney et al., 1979), but is misleading because the beds are probably not
within representative specimens of various types of sandstone bed (data from Burne, 1969b). Measurements were made from orientated thin-sections sawn parallel to stratification. Palaeocurrent directions from sole marks or cross-laminations associated with the beds are indicated by an arrow on the rose diagram.
true slump deposits. They are of variable extent. Some appear to have a sheet-like form correlatable between sections (King, 1967), whereas others are known from only one section (Edmonds eta!. , 1979; Freshney et a!., 1979) and may pass both laterally and downward into undeformed material. The beds are composed of sediment with three separate origins; exotic muddy sandstone (excluding matrix o0 1.2; including matrix o0 2.5; median grain size
Bude Formation subsea fans
117
Fig. 20. Structureless sandstones within the interbedded sandstone- shale facies showing traces of irregular lamination, possibly due to the amalgamation of individual units. Length of extended tape is 135 em (SS 1998 061 1 ) .
3.5
Thick sandstones with few visible structures are diagnostic of the Bude Formation (Fig. 30). Some sandstones are truly structureless, but in others structure seems to have been obscured by the lack of contrast in grain-size in the beds. Irregular bedding, cross-bedding, parallel lamination, convolute lami nation and parting lineation can all be discerned in places. Some sandstones consist of an amalgamated series of laterally continuous beds of structureless sandstones similar to those described above. Also found in this facies are irregularly laminated sandstones, which are relatively coarse-grained (median grain size of 2-2.9
than load moulds are not common, although moulds of transverse mud ripples have been observed. They may be laterally continuous, or they may wedge out laterally. The beds are characterized by various irregular and often interfering non-parallel lami nations, although the internal structures are some times difficult to distinguish due to lack of grain size contrast. In places, uniform cross-stratification in scalloped based sets up to 20 em deep and 30 em across occur throughout the bed (Fig. 31). The beds are composed of well-sorted medium sand, and represent the coarsest sands observed in the Bude Formation. The grain fabric shows a preferred orientation at right angles to the dip of the lamination (Fig. 19). Small 1-3-m-deep scours occur near the top of some sandstones (Fig. 32). These scours are often filled by overlying beds draping into them. The fill is similar to the sediment into which the scour is cut. Deeper (> 4 m), fiat-bottomed channels also occur in this facies. The fill is confined by the channel margins and comprises only a few units of either massive sandstone or irregularly laminated sand-
118
R. V. Burne
Fig. 21. Structureless sandstones showing irregular structures possibly due to amalgamation. Length of extended tape is 70 cm (SS 2014 0775).
Fig. 22. Structureless sandstone with upper part reworked into irregular laminations (SS 199 038) .
Fig. 23. 'Slurried' bed showing three part division of graded base, centre with homogenized shale fragments, and thin laminated top with load deformation (SS 201 1 0764) .
Bude Formation subsea fans
119
Fig. 24. 'Slurried' bed with contorted fresh shale fragments in upper part of bed (SS 2014 0775 ) .
Fig. 25. Lower part o f 'slurried' bed showing incorporation o f underlying sediments into the bed as How 'froze' (SS 201 077) .
stone. The basal unit of the channel fill can contain large mudstone clasts, suggesting that the processes that deposited these units were directly connected with the erosion of the channel. In places there is evidence that the deposition of sediment was originally localized at one side of the channel, possibly as some form of point bar. Successive channel cuts can be observed within one complex.
An example of a channel complex occurs in the massive sandstone facies between King's (1967) key shales P and Q, in repeated sections between Northcott Mouth (National Grid Reference SS 202 085) and Crooklets Beach (National Grid Reference SS 202 085) (Figs 33 & 34). Mapeo & Andrews (1991) and Tanner (1992) have provided structural interpretations for these features, however, the
120
R. V. Burne
Fig. 26. 'Slumped' bed about 80 m above the Sandy Mouth Shale with sand volcano (arrowed) on surface. Hammer for scale (SS 2015 1026).
Fig. 27. Sand volcano shown arrowed in Fig. 26. Note central crater and Hank lineations (SS 2015 1026).
evidence for sedimentologically distinct channel fills and channel erosion indicate that the discordances are true channel cuts rather than being the result of early thrusting, although these bed boundaries would have provided planes for preferential movement during deformation. Facies interpretation
Black shale facies
The preservation of well-laminated mudstones of
the black shale facies indicates deposition under tranquil conditions in a basin where sediment was introduced by discrete and gentle currents, at least some of which were bottom-hugging. The rare occurrences of pelagic goniatites and bivalves can be correlated with marine bands in other Westphalian Basins and probably represent brief connections with open marine conditions during eustatic high .. stands. There is no other indication of marine conditions in the succession. The preservation of nektonic fish remains along with their faecal material in well-laminated strata lacking remains of macro··
Bude Formation subsea fans
121
Fig. 28. The Black Rock 'slumped' bed exposed north of Upton Cross. Note load balls foundering from the top of the bed and 1 . 8 m long sandstone clast (arrowed) (SS 200 053).
Fig. 29. Sandstone clast shown arrowed in Fig. 28. Note that the deformation is reminiscent of that found in load balls, and when the sandstone clast is restored to its former geometry an original lenticular cross-section is revealed, which , together with the irregular internal laminations, suggest that the feature may originally have formed as a sand volcano on the top of the 'slumped' bed (SS 2000 0529).
benthos indicates an anaerobic environment (Savrda & Bottjer, 1991), although the restricted ichnofacies dominated by Planolites, suggests dysaerobic con ditions (Sageman et a!. , 1991). The oxygen depletion may have been caused by the increased oxygen demand of 'surplus' organic matter (Wetzel, 1991)
brought in by the fine-grained turbidity currents in the form of finely comminuted terrestrial plant matter. Evidence for anaerobic and dysaerobic conditions is supported by the CIS ratios for the shales (Berner & Raiswell, 1983, 1984) reported by Higgs (1991). The bed-top burrows reflect
122
R. V. Burne
Fig. 3 1 . Vertical section through climbing cross-stratified sets in irregularly laminated sandstones. Arrow shows younging direction (SS 2003 0818).
Muddy siltstones facies
Fig. 30. Thick, irregularly bedded sandstones of the sandstone-dominated facies. Figure for scale, section youngs to the right (SS 281 080) .
opportunistic colonization. They do not extend above the top of the sand bed, indicating that the animals responsible died when mud-deposition resumed (Higgs , 1991) , a characteristic of turbidite successions (Seilacher, 1982) . The laminations either result from the settling of dispersed suspended material that was received in discrete pulses, possibly due to seasonal flooding of distant rivers (Burne, 1969b; Melvin, 1976; Higgs, 199 1) , or as high concentration sediment clouds (fine-grained tur bidity currents) (Burne, 1969b; Melvin, 1976; Glenn & Kelts, 1991). Melvin ( 1986) has pointed out that these laminations could be described as T3_7 and T6_7 mud turbidites using the terminology of Stow & Shanmugam (1980).
The regular lamination of the muddy siltstone facies, absence of body fossils, presence of bottom-feeding traces, and high CIS ratios indicate that this facies was probably formed below storm wave base in an oxygenated and possibly freshwater environment. Higgs ( 1991) concluded that xiphosurid tracks are known only from rocks that appear, on other evi dence, to have been deposited in waters no deeper than a few tens of metres. However, Goldring & Sielacher ( 1971) point out that arthropods inhabit practically all marine environments, and that deeper parts of sedimentary basins where silt and clay laminae are deposited from low-velocity currents or distal turbidity flows provide the highest fossilization potential for xiphosurid trackways. It is concluded that this facies was deposited by a series of relatively gentle but persistent bottom-hugging currents (Burne, 1969b; Goldring & Seilacher, 197 1; Melvin, 1986) , the deposits of which Melvin (1986) has compared to T0 and T023 fine-grained turbidites o:f Stow & Shanmugam (1980). Interbedded sandstone-shale facies
All the bed types encountered in the interbedded
Bude Formation subsea fans
Fig. 32. Small scour in sandstone-dominated facies (outlined) with fill of structureless sandstone beds (SS 2014 0771 ) .
sandstone- shale facies originated from short-lived bottom-hugging density currents with a higher content of suspended matter than the surrounding water, i.e. turbidity currents in the sense of Sundborg (1956, p. 60). This conclusion is supported by the high matrix content of all the beds (Fig. 7). The beds are all composed of fine-grained sediment (virtually no sediment particles larger than 1 ¢) that could be carried in turbulent suspension by turbidity currents of reasonable velocity (Lowe, 1982) and would favour the development of autosuspension (Bagnold, 1962 ) . The following detailed interpretations may be made for each of the bed types in this facies. Fine-grained graded beds are interpreted as tur-
123
Fig. 33. 'Thickening upward' succession of black shale facies, interbedded sandstone-shale facies, and sandstone dominated facies, the latter forming a channel fill. Structureless sandstone beds have accreted against the channel margin (accretion surfaces outlined) . Cliffs are 60 m high, section youngs to the right (SS 2014 0630) .
bidites in which the structureless graded beds result when rapid deposition of sediment outpaces the ability of a decelerating current to make stable bed forms (Burne, 1969b; cf. Melvin, 1986). The result is a graded unit in which grains do not have an oppor tunity to be preferentially orientated and are depo sited in a reasonably stable packing position. Laminated beds are interpreted as laminated tur bidites, equivalent to the Bouma (1962) Toed, Ted or Tct types. The rate of deceleration of the depositing current was low enough for the deposited sediment to construct stable bedforms beneath the waning flow (Burne, 1969b; Melvin, 1986). Graded silty sandstones are interpreted as
A
>-'
ss 20000817
�
::>;:)
:<::::
B
O:l
!::
ss 20020774 SS 201 60n2
D [:. :: : ·.] � �==j r:t//1 • � ..
� 1 m[
Sm
Structureless sandstones
Graded silty-sandstones
Cross-bedded sandstones
Grey muddy-siltstone
& laminated beds
'Slurried' beds & fine-grained graded beds
Black shales
Duplex
Fig_ 34_ Cross-sections of a channel complex in sandstone-dominated facies between key shale P and key shale Q (Tom's Cove Shale) (King, 1967). The complex consists of an earlier channel filled with beds of structureless sandstone, and a later channel filled with cross-stratified irregularly laminated sandstone. (A) Exposure in section 39 of King ( 1967), North of Earthquake Cliff. Note shale clasts at base of channel fill, apparent lateral accretion of structureless sandstones, and final cross bedded channel-fill. (B) The same complex 500 m south in section 36 of King ( 1 967) .
3 "'
Bude Formation subsea fans
turbidites showing the almost complete Bouma se quence Tabcde (Burne, 1969b; Melvin, 1986) , although the 'd' division is rarely well developed (Bouma, 1962). In the rapid deposition of the 'a' division, grains do not have an opportunity to be preferentially orientated, although they are deposited in a reason ably stable packing position. Deposition of the massive units of the structureless sandstones may have taken place from the bedload of a current flowing during the strongly fluctuating hydrodynamic conditions and vigorous burst-sweep cycles of large turbidity currents (Hiscott, 1994). Deposition would be either as successive sheets of sediment (under conditions of plane bed with movement) or as more irregular lenses of sediment (under conditions of antidune flow). Subsequently the escape of pore-water, trapped in the sediment during deposition, and the compaction of the unit may have destroyed this primary structure. Alterna tively the structureless parts of these beds may have developed if the tangential stress applied by the depositing current was high enough to maintain the dispersive stress of a bedload, the volume of which was being greatly increased by sediment falling out of suspension. This process of transport causes pro nounced orientation in the grain fabric and is the equivalent of the traction carpet of Dzulynski & Sanders ( 1962), but is different from the process of grain flow (Sanders, 1965 ; Stauffer, 1967, p. 502) in which the tangential stress is applied by gravity to sediment resting on a slope. Traction carpets are essentially current-impelled grain flows (Middleton & Hampton, 1976) or cohesionless debris flows (Postma, 1986). As the current waned, the tangential stress applied to the bedload would decrease to a point where the dispersive stress in the traction carpet could no longer be maintained. At this point the traction carpet would abruptly cease to move. The reworked nature of the tops of these beds results from the tail of the turbidity current con tinuing to shear the surface of the sediment deposited by the body of the current, and reflects the probable irregularities of that surface. , The grain size distributions of the 'slurried' beds and 'slumped' beds are very similar to that of modern mudflows (Baker, 1965) except that there are no very coarse grains. All the features of the units considered here can be explained by deposition from turbidity currents carrying a very high concentration of fine-grained sediment in suspension. Bagnold ( 1968) has demonstrated that such currents expend little energy and sediment transport might therefore
125
continue infinitely but for the fact that the gradual loss of water from the current reduces the current's volume to a point where the concentration of the suspended sediment suppresses fluid turbulence, and the current would essentially evolve into a cohesive debris flow, or mudflow, without passing through an intervening tractional stage (Postma, 1986; Postma et al. , 1988). This dense current flowing over a soft muddy bottom would tend to peel up the substrate and incorporate it into the flow in the manner described by Dzulynski & Radomski (1966) . The mud would be contorted by the flow, and would tend to disaggregate. However, it would also increase the concentration of transported solids in the flow, thereby encouraging, 'freezing' of the flow. Postma et at. (1988) concluded that a rapid transformation of flow behaviour is necessary for 'soft' intraclasts to be preserved. When the critical concentration of solids is reached the flow would stop abruptly and leave a quick bed. The coarser sediment. of the unit would not be disturbed by this and would preserve any original preferred orientation (Fig. 19). Any sediment deposited on the surface of the unit at this stage would tend to founder into it because of the lack of strength of the bed (Figs 18 & 29) . Excess water would be expelled during the compaction of the bed, forming water-escape structures, pipes of matrix-free sand, and constructing sand volcanoes on the surface of the bed (Fig. 27) . This sequence of post depositional events has been reproduced experimentally by Nichols et al. (1994). The surface of the bed may continue to be sheared by a residual current, with the result that a thin unit of current ripple cross-lamination forms on the upper surface of the bed. Sand volcanoes on the surface of 'slurried' beds may show an asymmetry in the same sense as that indicated on the sole mark of th.e bed as a result of eruption into a current (Burne, 1970) . Sandstone-dominated facies
The comparatively coarse, moderately sorted nature of the beds of the sandstone-dominated facies suggests that they have been deposited from the bedload of a transporting current. The structureless sandstones of this facies have a similar origin to those of the interbedded sandstone shale facies, but are commonly amalgamated to form thick sand stones. The irregularly laminated sandstones are of two types. In the majority of beds the irregular lamination cannot be related to any bedform in the lower flow regime, but strongly resemble those
126
R. V. Burne
produced by Middleton (1965, Fig. 3) in an exper imental study of deposition from a current forming antidunes. ln other sandstones, better organized cross-stratification can be discerned, which can be related to migrating dunes. In both these sandstone types the structures are persistent throughout the bed and there is little evidence of grading, or waning flow conditions. Burne (1969b) considered that they were deposited by single events characterized by discrete, short-lived, but relatively powerful currents of almost constant velocity.
FACIES SUCCESSION
Description
The long-term evolution of a sedimentary succession at any given place involves temporal transitions between environments, each of which is character ized by different depositional systems producing distinct facies. The result is a facies succession. Reading ( 1971) noted the lack of predictability of Bude Formation facies successions when compared with other cyclic Silesian successions, such as the synchronous paralic or deltaic facies succession of the Bideford Group (de Raaf et al. , 1965). The facies succession of the Bude Formation (Figs 35 & 36) shows alternation between end-member con ditions of tranquil mudstone sedimentation and the rapid emplacement of channelled massive sandstones with a complete gradation of intermediate environ ments. Burne ( 1969b) identified a composite suc cession in the Bude Formation consisting of a succession of black shale facies, a thickening upward succession of interbedded sandstone-shale facies, a channelled sandstone dominated facies, and then a thinning upward succession of interbedded sand stone-shale facies and silty mudstone facies that passes abruptly up into another black shale facies (Fig. 5). This succession was derived largely from relationships observed in the section between the key shale 0 and the top of the Tom's Cove Shale Member of King (1967) (Figs 35 & 36). However,
much of the Bude Formation does not conform to well-developed thickening-up or thinning-up suc cessions (Melvin, 1986). The organization of these parts of the Bude Formation is less predictable, although it is not random (Fig. 4). Interpretation
The case against a storm-influenced shelf
Higgs (1991) concluded that The Bude Formation was deposited largely, if not entirely, above storm wave base, as indicated by the fact that wave influenced structures occur throughout the suc cession, spaced no more than a few metres apart.' Melvin (1986) thought that the presence of Planolites, xiphosurid trackways and possible hummocky cross stratification in the succession meant that the Bude Formation had formed as a subsea fan 'within relatively shallow (shelf as opposed to abyssal) water depths' (p. 26). Higgs (1987) queried how a fan could form at such shallow depths 'where the normal configuration is a wave-cut shelf ' (p. 378). Melvin (1987, p. 382) replied that it is 'hard to imagine how 1300 m could accumulate by the passive aggradation of storm deposits on a lacustrine shelf, wherein facies changes are determined by subtle salinity variations associated with a yo-yo effect of eustatic sea level changes'. This refers to Higgs's (1986b, 1991) interpretation that each alternation of 1-10m-thick sandstone with shales of similar thickness within the Bude Formation resulted from fluctuations in depth and salinity brought about by intermittent over-topping of the sill of a silled basin. According to Higgs (1991), the sandstones were deposited from river-generated storm flows, diverted and modified by wave activity. The river-fed turbidity current and the wave-induced oscillatory current never varied to the point where the wave processes dominated distally, as would be expected in the case of a localized river underflow operating through a tempest (Brenchley, 1985). Higgs (1991) interpreted the ripple cross-lamination developed in the upper parts of these sandstone beds as 'quasi-symmetrical
Fig. 35. (Opposite.) Lateral variation in facies successions between key shale 0 and the top of key shale Q (Torn's Cove Shale). Key shales and section numbers of King ( 1967). The individual beds of the interbedded sandstone-shale facies are shown in a generalized way to demonstrate the variability of this facie. Note the tendency for thickening upward sequences to follow the black shale facies, and for the muddy siltstone facies to occur beneath the black shale facies. Note the position of the channel complex of Fig. 34 in sections 39 and 36. (Locations: Earthquake Cliff, SS 201 079; Upton Cross, SS 200 049; Lower Longbeak, SS 198 032; Widemouth Sand, SS 199 023).
Bude Formation subsea fans
127 Section 5 (Widemouth Sand)
D.. B § 0
Irregular ly laminated or structure less sandstones
Section 9 (South of Lower Long beak)
"Slurried beds" or fine grained graded beds Cross laminated beds
Graded silty sandstones
� t:::::=::j
Muddy siltstones
D
Black shales
Section 1 8 1 (Upton Cross) 1
I
�m�
I Section 36 (South of earthquake) I I · >: : · . ·:. : - : · I · -: : : · : I .
[
TOM'S
COVE
(Key
SHALE Q)
shale
Section 39 (North of earthquake)
.. .·
·. · · . : .
· · ::'
.. ·
shale
.
.
P)
0)
.
128
R. V. Burne
Fig. 36. A 60-m-high cliff exposure of the facies succession of section 36 (SS 201 077) as logged in Fig. 35 . Section youngs to
the right. Arrows mark the three 'thickening upward' successions from key shale 0 (left), key shale P (centre) and Tom's Cove Shale or key shale Q (right) . Highlighted in the foreground is the channel-cut shown in the upper part of Fig. 34B. This is filled with cross-stratified, irregularly laminated sandstones comparable to those shown in Fig. 31 from the laterally equivalent channel fill shown in the upper part of Fig. 34A.
ripples' intermediate between current ripples and wave ripples. However, the statistics quoted by Higgs ( 1991) in support of a wave-generated origin for these ripples are not definitive (Reineck & Wunderlich, 1968) and they could equally represent non-equilibrium bedforms developed under waning flow conditions (Baas, 1994). Unequivocal oscil lation ripples have not been reported from the Bude Formation (Goldring & Seilacher, 1971), neither have 'clean' sandstones characteristic of wave sorting (Fig. 7; Seilacher, 1982). The 'quasi-symmetrical ripples', described by Higgs (1983, 1984, 1987, 1991) as storm-wave influenced structures are found in beds that are quite different from the wave-generated lithotypes described by de Raaf et al. (1977), and I consider that these structures have no depth-related connotation and are more logically interpreted as the product of reworking by the tail of a turbidity current of sediment previously deposited by the
body of the same turbidity current (Middleton & Hampton, 1976). Larue & Provine (1988) illustrate similar irregular cross-laminated sets from turbidites on Barbados, which they attribute to deposition as vacillatory turbidites emplaced by multiple surging flows. Higgs ( 1991) cited the occurrence of multi directional tool marks and mud-draped scours as further evidence of wave action in the Bude Formation. Diametrically opposed sole marks on the same surface are a characteristic of some tem pestites (Seilacher, 1982), but do not occur in the Bude Formation. The multidirectional sole marks that do occur are similar to those that Middleton & Hampton ( 1976) have attributed to divergence of flow directions within a strongly lobate turbidity current head. Mud-draped scours are not definitive of wave action because Normark & Piper ( 1991) have recorded them from submarine fan-channels.
Bude Formation subsea fans
Rare occurrences of hummocky cross-stratification in the Bude Formation were cited by Higgs (1991) as evidence of storm-wave activity reworking bottom sediments. Einsele & Seilacher (1991) claim that hummocky cross stratification is not found in tur bidites, but Prave & Duke ( 1990) have concluded that small-scale hummocky cross-stratification does not indicate a particular flow condition or depo sitional environment. They interpret examples similar to those described by Higgs (1983, 1984, 1991) to have been formed by antidunes generated by standing waves at the interface between the depositing body and tail of a turbidity current and an overlying low-density layer. Similar structures in turbidites also have been interpreted as antidune structures by Walker ( 1967), Skipper (1971), Hand et al. ( 1972) and Yagishita ( 1994) . Alternatively, Larue & Provine (1988) have interpreted hummocky cross-stratification found in turbidites as being due to deposition of laminated sand on a surface modified by fluidization and current scour - a situation comparable to that inferred for some of the Bude Formation examples. Mutti (1977, fig. 16) figures thin parallel laminae in a basin-plain-facies turbidite that closely resemble the structures interpreted by Higgs ( 1983, 1984, 1991) as hummocky cross stratification. In the absence of associated unequi vocal evidence for shelf sedimentation, such as that cited by Monaco (1992), the rare hummocky cross stratification recorded from the Bude Formation is interpreted to represent the result of either upper flow-regime structures or traction across a quick bed during deposition from a turbidity current. Brenchley et at. (1993) have presented an in terpretation for the Lower Ordovician Bell Island Group of Newfoundland that is remarkably similar to that presented by Higgs (1991) for the Bude Formation, but the facies succession is quite differ ent. In contrast to the Bude Formation, the Bell Island Group shows more predictable facies suc cessions, contains no sole marks, but wave ripples, hummocky cross-stratification, herring-bone cross stratification, gutter casts and bioturbation are all common. The case for turbidite systems
The substantial thickness of the Bude Formation, the relative continuity of single beds, and the absence of a shallow-water benthic fauna all support a turbidite-basin interpretation rather than that of a storm-affected shelf (Einsele & Seilacher, 1991).
129
The lack of predictable vertical associations in the Bude Formation is of itself evidence against a shallow water or paralic origin for the succession, because a 'large proportion of turbidite successions cannot be assigned to any form of regular cyclicity' (Piper & Stow, 1991, p. 371). Hiscott (1981) suggested that cyclical turbidite successions, identified solely on visual criteria, could be explained by chance occur rences within unordered successions of turbidite beds. However, Burne ( 1969b) recognized thicken ing upward and thinning upward successions, which he related to subsea fan environments. Similar successions have since been described from both ancient and modern turbidite fan environments. For example, Mutti & Ricci-Lucchi ( 1972) and Ricci Lucchi ( 1975) described turbidite successions from the northern Appenines of Italy that contain sub marine fan successions or 'second-order cycles'. These either followed one another directly or were separated by 2-100 m of monotonous succession interpreted as the deposits of the open fan or basin plain. They contained thickening upward cycles that represented prograding lobes (60% of these cycles were non-channelled), and thinning upward cycles that represented a channel-fill succession (80% of these were channelled). It is concluded that the Bude Formation can also be interpreted as the deposits of a turbidite system or subsea fan (defined without reference to shape). Thus the sandstone- dominated facies may represent the deposits of an accretionary fan-valley system (O'Connell et al. , 1991). The fan-valley is on a scale much greater than that of the outcrop, but within this overall valley 'thalweg' channels occur with a scale observable in outcrop. The facies has the complex organization typical of either the fan channel facies (Mutti, 1977), characterized both by thick-bedded channelized units and thinner bedded units, or of the channel-mouth facies of Mutti (1977), in which beds show lensing and wedging, and massive units are overlain abruptly by dune or ripple cross stratification. In the silty mudstone facies the evidence of frequent though gentle turbidity currents suggests deposition either in an elevated position within a fan-valley complex or on a channel levee. This interpretation is supported by the evidence of apparent flow instability (Piper & Stow, 1991). Normark & Piper (1991) described levee deposits as containing either discontinuous sands with wavy bedding and climbing ripples or abundant thin sand silt laminae. Further support for this interpretation
R . V.
no
is provided by Mutti ( 1977), who found that thin, rippled sandstone units that diverged or expanded in thickness were characteristic of a channel-margin facies. There are three possible environments in which the interbedded sandstone- shale facies could form (Mutti, 1977; Normark & Piper, 1991) . In channel levee and interchannel environments, turbidite deposits will reflect the degree to which sequential channelled flows overtop the levee. They will show variability in both vertical succession and thick ness. Deposition on a lobe at the end of a leveed fan-valley system will show less vertical or lateral variability, but preserve evidence of continuity of aggradation. Deposits on an unchannelized open fan will tend to be composed of laterally continuous beds of rather uniform character, although reflecting currents of different sizes. The character of the interbedded sandstone- shale facies is generally not uniform and it is concluded that it represents either the deposits of levee and interchannel environments or of lobes that accumulated at the end of leveed fan-valleys. The black shale facies is composed of fine-grained rhythmic couplets typical of profundal lake deposits (Glenn & Kelts, 199 1 ) and interpreted as the deposits of open fan or basin sedimentation.
CONCLUSIONS
It is concluded that the Bude Formation was depo sited in a land-locked synorogenic foreland basin. Deposition occurred on the northern, inactive margin of this basin. Despite the generally unpredict able nature of much of the succession, periods of black shale sedimentation alternated with periods of turbidite deposition in which subsea fans were constructed. The conclusion of Melvin ( 1986) that parts of these fans did, on occasion, rise above storm wave base cannot be absolutely excluded, but it seems more likely that the environment was a pro fundal lake or inland-sea basin (Glenn & Kelts, 1991) in some ways comparable with the East African Lakes (Cohen, 1990; Scholz & Rosendahl, 1990; Baltzer, 1991; Scott et al., 1991) or Lake Baikal (Hutchinson et al. , 1992). Earlier alternative interpretations of the Bude Formation (Owen, 1950; Prentice, 1962; King, 1965, 1967; Edmonds et al. , 1968; Freshney et al., 1972, 1979) seem to be based, in part, on a lack of appreci ation of the extensive variation of structures now
Burne
known to be possible in turbidite systems (Skipper & Middleton, 1975 ; Middleton & Hampton, 1976; Postma, 1986; Postma et al., 1988; Normark & Piper, 1991; Ghibaudo, 1992) . Reading (1987 , p . 8 ) has reminded us that: 'So often a new fashion or model is developed by the subordination of alternative hypotheses or possibilities'. The model developed by Higgs (1991) for a storm-influenced shelf is based on the equi vocal evidence of hummocky cross-stratification and 'quasi-symmetrical' ripples (Higgs, 1983, 1984, 1987, 1988, 1991). It is confirmed neither by facies associations nor by stratification characteristics of associated sediments, and, although Melvin ( 1 987) considered that the presence of wave ripples in the Bude Formation is not in dispute, no convincing illustration of them has been published to date. The problems regarding the depositional environment of the Bude Formation all disappear when it is realized that there is no other substantial evi dence for shallow-water environments in the Bude Formation. The ichnofacies have no depth conno tation (Goldring & Seilacher, 197 1 ; Sageman et al., 1991; Goldring, 1993). Whalley & Lloyd ( 1986) note that the thickness of the Bude Formation is exceptional for the depositional environment pro posed by Higgs (1983, 1984), and Higgs ( 199 1 ) himself found it 'curious that such a thick 1300 m shallow water succession is totally devoid of near shore or emergent features'. AU the beds of the Bude Formation have features consistent with having been emplaced by turbidity currents and there is no evidence that sediment flowed into the basin by any other mechanism. What evidence is there for the form of this turbidite system? Although some have argued for a prodelta setting (Melvin, 1986) and others for a base of slope ramp (Hartley, 1991) , the deposits are more compatible with a basinal rather than a slope environment. The only constraint on the depth of this basin is the requirement that the basin should have a marginal slope sufficient to ensure either the maintenance of hyperpycnal flow or the 'ignition' (Parker, 1982) of turbidity currents (Normark & Piper, 199 1 ). Although the black shalefacies contains evidence of changes in basin salinity, marine incursion, and degree of bottom oxygenation, none of these appear to have had any direct influence on either the supply of sand to the basin or the gen eration of turbidity currents. The supply of sediment to the basin was probably greatest during periods of relatively low basin water level and consequently
Bude Formation subsea fans
very few powerful turbidity currents were initiated during periods of high water level. The compositions of the various turbidites indicate that they all have the same provenance, but there are marked differences in the amount of matrix in the various beds (Fig. 7). A possible explanation for these different depositional characteristics from similarly sourced turbidity currents is to view them in terms of high- and low-density flows. Low-density flows would exhibit a proximal to distal progression from full Bouma sequences Tabcde through to Tde sequences by sedimentation from fully turbulent flows. High-density flows would deposit bedload, perhaps from traction carpets, in more proximal situations, whereas distally concentrated auto suspensions would flow until grain concentration increased to a limiting point for turbulence and the flow would be rapidly arrested by transformation into a debris flow. It is possible that the spilling of part of the turbidity current over channel levees would suddenly dissipate energy in the channelled flow, causing bedload deposition, possibly as a result of traction carpet collapse, whereas the overbank part of the flow would carry suspended sediment only and would also dissipate energy until it increased its concentration to that of a high-density flow, eventually 'freezing' to form a 'slurried' or 'slumped' bed. These beds of contorted sediment have con ventionally been regarded as having originated either as slumps or debris flows (Freshney et al., 1972; Melvin, 1986; Hartley, 1991) and their interpretation as mudflows or cohesive debris flows , which are the distal deposits of high-concentration turbidity currents, is a novel concept with considerable palaeogeographical significance. Thjck and extensive 'slumped' beds interbedded with black shales may represent large muddy flows triggered by changes in water level in the basin. The thicker, more restricted 'slumped' beds probably represent the distal deposits of channelled flows that deposited massive sands in more proximal environments. These units may be compared with the chaotic silt beds recorded by Nelson et al. (1992) from the outer lobes of the Mississippi fan. The determination of whether a fan model is appropriate for the Bude Formation depends on the recognition and distinction of fan-lobe, fan-channel/ mouth-bar and interchannel deposits. Some parallels can be drawn with the fan successions described by Mutti & Ricci-Lucchi (1972) and Ricci-Lucchi (1975), though these were formed on active tectonic margins. Although the Culm Basin was synorogenic,
131
the Bude Formation was deposited on the inactive margin of the basin (Burne, 1969b; Haslam & Scrivener, 1991). The sandstones are actually richer in quartz (Burne, 1969b; Freshney et al. , 1979; Melvin, 1986) than are the sands of a modern passive margin fan, the Mississippi fan (Roberts & Thayer, 1985) (Fig. 7). Shanmugam & Moiola (1988) con cluded that interpretations derived for active-margin fans should be applied with caution to passive margin fans because of differences in spatial distri bution of turbidite facies and their associations (cf. fig. 8 of Normark & Piper, 1991). Shanmugam & Moiola ( 1988) found that characteristics of mature passive-margin taos included: low sand-to-mud ratios in their sediment supply; hyperpycnal flow is import ant in fan evolution; flows are uniform and of low velocity; and very large muddy flows may be triggered by sea-level changes. The result is a fan characterized by steady growth of narrow levees, progradation of channel-levee systems, and uniform aggradation of lobes - all features consistent with the facies suc cession of the Bude Formation.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Harold Reading introduced me to the challenges of the Bude Formation, and supervised my doctoral research. A.F. King generously made correlations of the Bude Formation available to me prior to their publication. E.C. Freshney, W. D. Gill, L.R. Moore, J.F.M. de Raaf, E.R. Oxburgh, D. Tappin, E. K. Walton, G. Whitnall, A. Wood and G. Young are thanked for discussions of various aspects of the study. Norma Burne made invaluable contributions to this research. The Chadd family of Bude provided hospitality, assistance and friendship. R.J. Korsch, J.F. Lindsay, R. Norris and T.S. Loutit commented on an early draft of this paper. R. G. Walker provided encouragement over a long period, and, together with E.C. Freshney and A.G. Plint, vigorously reviewed the manuscript. I gratefully acknowledge the support and assistance of the Australian Geo logical Survey in many aspects of the preparation of this manuscript. Gail Hill of the Cartographic Services Unit (AGSO) drafted the diagrams.
REFERENCES
AsHWIN, D . P . ( 1957) The structure and sedimentation of
132
R. V. Burne
the Culm sediments between Boscastle and Bideford, north Devon. PhD thesis, University of London. AsHWtN , D . P . ( 1 958) The coastal outcrop of the Culm Measures in south-west England. In: Abstracts of the Proceedings of the Conference of Geologists and Ceo morphologists in the southwest of England, Exeter, 1 958 (Eds Simpson, S. & Robson, J . ) , pp. 2 - 3 . Royal Geo logical Society of Cornwall, Penzance. BAAS, J . H . ( 1 994) A flume study on the development and equilibrium morphology of current ripples in very fine sand. Sedimentology, 41, 185-209. BAGNOLD, R.A. ( 1962) Auto-suspension of transported sediment; turbidity currents. Proc. R. Soc. London, Ser. A , 265, 315-319. BAGNOLD, R.A. ( 1 968) Deposition in the process of hydraulic transport. Sedimentology , 1 0 , 45 -56. BAKER, P.E. ( 1965) The geology of the Mt Misery Volcano, St Kitts. PhD thesis, University of Oxford. BALTZER, F. ( 1991) Late Pleistocene and Recent detrital sedimentation in the deep parts of northern Lake Tanganyika (East African Rift) . In: Lacustrine Facies Analysis (Eds Anad6n, P . , Cabrera, L l . & Kelts, K . ) , Spec. Pubis int. Ass. Sediment . , No . 13, p p . 147 - 173 . Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford. BERNER, R.A. & RA ISWELL , R. ( 1983) Burial of organic carbon and pyrite sulfur in sediments over Phanerozoic time: a new theory. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta, 47, 855-862. BERNER, R.A. & RAISWELL, R. ( 1 984) CIS method for distinguishing freshwater from marine sedimentary rocks. Geology, 12, 365-368. BESLY, B . M . (1988) Late Carboniferous sedimentation in northwest Europe: an introduction. In: Sedimentation in a Synorogenic Basin Complex: the Upper Carboniferous of Northwest Europe (Eds Besly, B.M. & Kelling, G . ) , pp. 1 - 7 . Blackie, Glasgow. BouMA, A.H. ( 1 962) Sedimentology of some Flysch Deposits. A Graphic Approach to Facies Interpretation. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 168 pp. BRENCHLEY, P.J. (1985) Storm influenced sandstone beds. Modern Geol. , 9, 369-396. BRENCHLEY, P.J . , PICKERILL, R.K. & STROMBERG , S.G. ( 1 993) The role of wave reworking on the architecture of storm sandstone facies, Bell Island Group (Lower Ordovician), eastern Newfoundland. Sedimentology, 40, 359-382. BuRNE, R.V. ( 1969a) Observations on the deposition of the Bude Sandstones. Proc. Ussher Soc. , 2, 109 - 1 10. BuRNE, R.V. ( 1969b) Sedimentological studies of the Bude Formation. PhD thesis, University of Oxford. BURNE, R.V. ( 1 970) The origin and significance of sand volcanoes in the Bude Formation (Cornwall). Sedimentology, 15, 2 1 1 - 228. BuRNE, R.V. ( 1971 ) Sedimentological unit definition , hypothesis testing, and multi-step dependence analysis for lithological sequences. Program with Abstracts, VIII International Association of Sedimentologists, Congress, August 31-September 3 Heidelberg, p. 16. BuRNE, R.V. ( 1973) Palaeogeography of south west England and Hercynian continental collision. Nature (Phys. Sci.) , 241, 129 - 13 1 . BuRNE, R.V. (1976) Submarine fans and their hydrocarbon potential. Abstracts, 25th International Geological Congress, August 1 7-24, Sydney, Vol. 2, pp. 340-34 1 .
BURNE, R.V. & MooRE, L.J. ( 1971 ) The Upper Carbon- iferous rocks of Devon and North Cornwall. Proc. Ussher Soc. , 2, 288-298. COHEN, A.S. (1990) Tectono-stratigraphic model for sedi- mentation in Lake Tanganyika, Africa. In: Lacustrine Basin Exploration: Case Studies and Modern Analogs (Ed. Katz, B . J . ) , Mem. Am . Assoc. petrol. Geol. , Tulsa, 50, 137- 150. CORNFORD, C . , YARNELL, L. & M URCHISON , D.G. ( 1987) Initial vitrinite reflectance results from the Carboniferous of north Devon and north Cornwall. Proc. Ussher Soc. , 6, 461 -467. DE RAAF, J.F.M . , BOERSMA, J.R. & VAN GELDER, A . ( 1977) Wave-generated structures and sequences from a shallow marine succession, Lower Carboniferou s , County Cork , Ireland. Sedimentology, 24, 45 1 -483. DE RAAF, J .F.M . , READING, H. G. & WAL KER , R.G. ( 1 965) Cyclic sedimentation in the lower Westphalian of north Devon, England. Sedimentology , 4, 1 - 52 . DZULYNSKI, S. & RADOM SKI , A. ( 1 966) Experiments on bedding disturbances produced by the impact of heavy suspensions upon horizontal sedimentary layers. BulL Acad. Pol. Sc. Ser. Sci. Geol Geogr., 14, 227-230. DZULYNSKI, S. & SANDERS , J . E . ( 1962) Current marks on firm mud bottoms. Trans. Conn. A cad. Arts Sci., 42, 57-96. EDMONDS, E . A . , McKEow N , M . C . & WILLIAMS , M. ( 1 975) British Regional Geology, South-West England. HMSO, London. EDMONDS, E . A . , WRIGHT, J . E . , BEER, K . E . , HAwKES , J . R . , WILLIAMS , M . , FRESHNEY, E . C . , et al. ( 1968) Geology of the country around Okehampton. Memoir of the Geological Survey of Great Britain for the One-inch Geological Sheet 324, New Series. Institute of Geological Sciences, HMSO, London, 256 pp. EDMONDS, E . A . , WtLLlAMS, B . J . & TAY LOR , R.T. ( 1979) Geology of Bideford and Lundy Island. Memoir of the Geological Survey of Great Britain for 1 : 50 000 Geological Sheet 292. New Series, with sheets 275, 2 76, 291, and part of sheet 308. Institute of Geological Sciences, HMSO, London, 143 pp. EtNSELE, G. & SEtLACHER, A. ( 1982) Cyclic and Event Stratification. Springer-Verlag, Berlin , 536 pp. EtNSELE, G. & SEtLACHER, A. ( 1991) Distinction of tempestites and turbidites. In: Cycles and Events in Stratigraphy (Eds Einsele, G . , Rieken, W. & Seilacher, A . ) , pp. 377-382. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. ELLIOlT, T. (1976) Upper Carboniferous sedimentary cycles produced by river-dominated elongate deltas . J. geol. Soc. London, 132, 199-208. FRANKE, W. & E NGEL , W. ( 1 988) Tectonic settings of synorogenic sedimentation in the Variscan Belt of Europe. In: Sedimentation in a Synorogenic Basin Complex: the Upper Carboniferous of Northwest Europe (Ed. Besly, B.M. & Kelling, G . ) , pp. 8-23. Blackie . FRESHNEY, E.C. & TAY LOR , R.T. ( 1972) The Upper Carboniferous stratigraphy of north Cornwall and west Devon. Proc. Ussher Soc., 2, 464-47 1 . FRESHNEY, E.C. , McKEOWN , M . C . & W ILLIAMS , M. ( 1 972) Geology of the Coast between Tintagel and Bude. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain - Explanation of part of One-inch Geological Sheet 322, New Series. Institute of Geological Sciences, HMSO, London, 92 pp.
Bude Formation subsea fans FRESHNEY, E . C . , EDMONDS, E .A . , TAYLOR, R.T. & WILLIAMS, B . J . (1979) Geology of the country around Bude and Bradworthy. Memoir of the Geological Survey of Great Britain for I : 50 000 Geological Sheets 307 and 308. Institute of Geological Sciences, HMSO, London, 62 pp. GHtBAUDO, G . ( 1 992) Subaqueous sediment gravity flow deposits: practical criteria for their field description and classification. Sedimentology, 39, 423-454. GLEN N , C.R. & KELTS, K. ( 1 991) Sedimentary rhythms in lake deposits. In: Cycles and Events in Stratigraphy (Eds Einsele , G . , Rieken, W. & Seilacher, A . ) , pp. 188-22 1 . Springer-Verlag, Berlin. GoLDRING, R. (1993) Ichnofacies and facies interpretation. Palaios, 8, 403-405. GOLDRING , R. & SEtLACHER, A. ( 197 1) Limulid undertracks and their sedimentological implications. Neues 1ahrb. Geol. Palaeontol. Abh., 137, 422-442. HAND, B . M . , MIDDLETON , G .V. & SKIPPER, K. ( 1972) Antidune cross-stratification in a turbidite sequence, Cloridorme Formation, Gaspe, Quebec: Discussion. Sedimentology, 18, 135- 138. HARTLEY, A. ( 1 991) Debris flow and slump deposits from the Upper Carboniferous Bude Formation of SW England: implications for Bude Formation facies models. Proc. Ussher Soc. , 7, 424-426. HARTLEY, A.J. & WARR, L.N. (1990) Upper Carboniferous foreland basin evolution in SW Britain. Proc. Ussher Soc., 7, 2 12-216. HASLAM, H.W. & SCHRIVENER, R.C. ( 1991) A geochemical study of turbidites in the Bude and Crackington forma tions north of Exeter. Proc. Ussher Soc. , 7, 421 -423. HECHT, C.A. (1992) The Variscan evolution of the Culm Basin, south-west England. Proc. Ussher Soc. , 8, 33-38. HtGGS, R . (1983) The possible influence of storms in the deposition of the Bude Formation (Westphalian), north Cornwall and north Devon. Proc. Ussher Soc. , 5 , 477-478. HIGGS, R. (1984) Possible wave-influenced sedimentary structures in the Bude Formation (Lower Westphalian, south-west England), and their environmental impli cations. Proc. Ussher Soc., 6, 88-94. HtGGS, R . ( 1 986a) 'Lake Bude' (early Westphalian , SW England): storm-dominated sedimentation in an equa torial lake. Proc. Usshser Soc. , 6, 416-417. HtGGS, R . (1986b) A facies analysis of the Bude Formation (Lower Westphalian), SW England. PhD thesis, Uni versity of Oxford. HtGGS, R. ( 1987) The fan that never was? - Discussion of 'Upper Carboniferous fine-grained turbiditic sandstones from southwest England: a model for growth in an ancient, delta-fed subsea fan'. 1. sediment. Petrol., 57, 378-379. HIGGS, R. (1988) Fish trails in the Upper Carboniferous of south-west England. Palaeontology, 31, 255-272. HIGGS, R . ( 1991) The Bude Formation (Lower West phalian), SW England: siliciclastic shelf sedimentation in a large equatorial lake. Sedimentology, 38, 445-469. Htscorr, R.N. ( 1981) Deep-sea fan deposits of the Macigno Formation (middle- upper Oligocene) of the Gordana Valley, northern Appenines, Italy: Discussion. 1. sediment. Petrol. , 5 1 , 1015- 1033. HiscoTT, R.N. ( 1994) Traction-carpet stratification in
133
turbidites - fact or fiction? 1. sediment. Res. Sect. A: sediment. Petrol. Process. , A64, 204-208. HOLDER, M .T. & LEVERIDGE, B . E . (1986) Correlation of the Rhenohercynian Variscides. 1. geol. Soc. London, 143, 1 4 1 - 147. HUTCHINSON, D . R . , GOLMSHTOK, A . J . , ZONENSHAIN, L.P. , MooRE, T.C. , ScHoLz, C.A. & KuTGORD, K . D . ( 1 992) Depositional and tectonic framework of the rift basins of Lake Baikal from multichannel seismic data. Geology, 20, 589-592. IsAAc, K . P . , TuRNER, P.J. & STEWART, l.J. ( 1982) The evolution of the Hercynides of central SW England. 1. geol. Soc. London, 139, 521 - 53 1 . KlNG, A.F. ( 1 965) Xiphosurid trails from the Upper Carboniferous Bude Sandstones, north Cornwall. Proc. Geol. Assoc., 1626, 162- 165 . KlNG, A.F. ( 1 966) Structure and stratigraphy o f the Upper Carboniferous Bude Sandstones, north Cornwall. Proc. Ussher Soc., 1 , 229-232. KlNG , A.F. (1967) Structure and stratigraphy of the Upper Carboniferous Bude Formation, north Cornwall. PhD thesis, University of Reading. KlN G , A.F. ( 1971 ) Correlation of the Upper Carboniferous Bude Formation, north Cornwall. Proc. Ussher Soc., 2, 285-288. KuENEN, P.H. ( 1 965) Value of experiments in geology. Geol. Mijnbouw, 44, 22-36. LARUE, D.K. & PROVINE, K.G. ( 1 988) Vacillatory tur bidites, Barbados. Sedimentary Geol., 57, 21 1 -219. LowE, D . R. ( 1982) Sediment gravity flows II: depositional models with special reference to the deposits of high density turbidity currents. 1. sediment. Petrol. , 52, 279-298. MAPEO, R . B . M . & ANDREWS, J.R. ( 1991) Pre-folding tectonic contraction and extension of the Bude Forma tion, North Cornwall. Proc. Ussher Soc. , 7, 350-355. MELVIN, J . ( 1 976) Sedimentological studies in the Upper Palaeozoic Sandstones near Bude Cornwall and Walls, Shetland. PhD. thesis, University of Edinburgh. MELVIN, J. ( 1 986) Upper Carboniferous fine-grained tur biditic sandstones from southwest England: a model for growth in an ancient, delta-fed subsea fan. 1. sediment. Petrol. , 56, 19-34. MELVIN, J . ( 1987) Upper Carboniferous fine-grained turbiditic sandstones from southwest England: a model for growth in an ancient, delta-fed subsea fan: reply. 1. sediment. Petrol. , 57, 380-382. MIDDLETON , G.V. (1965) Antidune cross-bedding in a large flume. 1. sediment. Petrol., 35 , 922-927. MIDDLETON , G.V. & HAMPTON , M . A . (1976) Subaqueous sediment transport and deposition by sediment gravity flows. In: Marine Sediment Transport and Environmental Management (Eds Stanley, D . J . & Swift, D . J . P . ) , p p . 197-218. Wiley, New York. MONACO, P. ( 1992) Hummocky cross-stratified deposits and turbidites in some sequences of the Umbria-Marche area (central Italy) during the Toarcian. Sedimentary Geol. , 77, 132- 142. MoNEY, N.J. ( 1 966) Carboniferous rocks of north Devon: the Appledore Formation. Proc. Ussher Soc. , 1 , 235-238. MuTT!, E. (1977) Distinctive thin-bedded turbidite facies and related depositional environments in the Eocene Hecho Group (South-central Pyrenees, Spain).
134
R. V. Burne
Sedimentology, 24 , 107 - 13 1 . Murr1, E . & RICCI-LUCCHI, F. (1972) L e torbediti dell'Appenino settentrionale: introduzione all'analisi di facies. Mem. Soc. Geol. !tal., 1 1 , 161 - 199. NELSON , C.H. , TwiCHELL, D . C . , SCHWAB, W . C . , LEE, H . J . & KENYON, N. (1992) Upper Pleistocene turbidite sand beds and chaotic silt beds in the channelized, distal, outer-fan lobes of the Mississippi fan . Geology, 20, 693-696. NICHOLS, R .J . , SPARKS, R.S.J. & WILSON , C.J.N. ( 1994) Experimental studies of the fluidization of layered sedi ments and the formation of fluid escape structures. Sedimentology , 41, 233-253. NoRMARK, W.R. & PIPER, D .J.W. ( 1991) Initiation processes and flow evolution of turbidity currents: implications for the depositional record. In: From Shore line to Abyss: Contributions in Marine Geology in Honour of Francis Parker Shepard (Ed. Osborne, R . H . ) , Spec. Pub!. Soc. econ. Paleontol. Mineral. , Tulsa, 46, 209-229. O'CONNELL, S . , NORMARK, W.R. & KENYON, N . H . ( 1991) An entrenched thalweg channel on the Rhone Fan: interpretation from a SEABEAM and SEAMARC 1 survey. In: From Shoreline to Abyss: Contributions in Marine Geology in Honour of Francis Parker Shepard (Ed. Osborne, R . H . ) , Spec. Pub!. Soc. econ. Paleontol. Mineral . , Tulsa, 46, 259-270. OwEN, D . E . (1934) The Carboniferous rocks of the north Cornish coast and their structures. Proc. Geol. Assoc. , 45, 451 -471 . OwEN , D . E . (1950) Carboniferous deposits i n Cornubia. Trans. R. geol. Soc. Cornwall, 18 , 65 - 104. PARKER, G. (1982) Conditions for the ignition of cata strophically erosive turbidity currents. Mar. Geol. , 46, 307-327. PIPER, D.J.W. & STOw, D.A.V. (1991) Fine-grained tur bidites. In: Cycles and Events in Stratigraphy (Eds Einsele, G . , Rieken, W. & Seilacher, A . ) , pp. 360-376. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. PoSTMA, G. (1986) Classification for sediment gravity-flow deposits based on flow conditions during sedimentation. Geology, 14, 291-294. POSTMA, G. , NEMEC, W. & KLEINSPEHN , K.L. (1988) Large floating clasts in turbidites: a mechanism for their emplacement. Sediment. Geol. , 58, 47-61. PRAVE, A.R. & Du KE , W.L. (1990) Small-scale hummocky cross-stratification in turbidites: a form of antidune stratification . Sedimentology, 37, 531-539. PRENTICE, J.E. (1960a) Dinantian, Namurian and Westphalian rocks of the district south-west of Barnstaple, north Devon. Q. J. geol. Soc. London, 1 15 , 261-289. PRENTICE, J .E. (1960b) The stratigraphy of the Upper Carboniferous rocks of the Bideford region, north Devon. Q. J. geol. Soc. London, 116, 397-408. PRENTICE, J . E . (1962) The sedimentary history of the Carboniferous in Devon. In: Some Aspects of the Variscan Fold Belt (Ed. Coe, K.), pp. 93- 108. Manchester University Press, Manchester. READING , H . G . (1963) A sedimentological comparison of the Bude Sandstones with the Northam and Abbotsham Beds of Westward Ho! Proc. Ussher Soc. , 1, 68-70. READING , H . G . (1965) Recent finds in the Upper Carbon iferous of south-west England and their significance.
Nature, 208, 745 -747 . H . G . (1971) Sedimentation sequences in the Upper Carboniferous of Northwest Europe. Comptes rendues 6e Congress international de Stratigraphie et Geologie Carbonifere, Sheffield, September 11 -14, 1967, Vol. 4 , pp. 140 1 - 1412. READING , H.G. (1987) Fashions and models in sedi mentology: a personal perspective. Sedimentology, 34, 3-9. REINECK, H .-E. & WUNDERLICH, F. ( 1968) Zur unter scheidung von asymmetrischen Oszillationsrippeln und Striimungsrippeln. Senckenbergina Lethaea, 49, 321 -· 354. Ricci-LUCCHJ, F. (1975) Depositional cycles in two turbidite formations of northern Appenines (Italy) . J. sediment. Petrol. , 45, 3-43 . RoBERTS , H . H . & THAYER, P . A . (1985) Petrology of Mississippi Fan depositional environments. In: Sub marine Fans and Related Turbidite Systems (Eds Bouma, A . H . , Normark, W.R. & Barnes, N . E . ) , pp. 331 -339 . Springer-Verlag, Berlin. SAGEMAN , B . B . , WIGNALL, P . B . & KAUFFMAN , E . G . (1991) Biofacies models for oxygen-deficient facies in epi continental seas: a tool for paleoenvironmental analysis . In: Cycles and Events in Stratigraphy (Eds Einsele, G . , Rieken, W. & Seilacher, A . ) , pp. 542-564. Springer Verlag, Berlin. SANDERS, J . E . (1965) Primary sedimentary structures formed by turbidity currents and related resedimentation mechanisms. In: Primary Sedimentary Structures and their Hydrodynamic Interpretation (Ed. Middleton, G.V.) Spec. Pub!. Soc. econ. Paleontol. Mineral. , Tulsa, 12, 192-219. SAVRDA, C.E. & BoiTJER, D . J . (1991) Oxygen-related bio facies in marine strata: an overview and update. In : Modern and Ancient Continental Shelf Anoxia (Eds Tyson, R.V. & Pearson, T . H . ) , Spec. Pub!. geol. Soc. London, 58, 201 -219. Geological Society of London, Bath. ScHOLZ, C.A. & RoSENDAHL, B .R . (1990) Coarse-clastic facies and stratigraphic sequence models from Lakes Malawi and Tanganyika, East Africa. In: Lacustrine Basin Exploration: Case Studies and Modern Analogs (Ed. Katz, B . J . ) , Mem. Am. Assoc. petrol. Geol. , Tulsa, 50, 151- 168. Scorr, D . L . , NG'ANG'A, P . , JoHNSON, T.C. & RosENDAHL, B . R . (1991) High-resolution acoustic character of Lake Malawi (Nyasa) , East Africa and its relationship to sedimentary processes. In: Lacustrine Facies Analysis (Eds Anad6n, P . , Cabrera, Ll. & Kelts, K.), Spec. Publ. int. Assoc. Sediment. , No. 13, 129-145. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford. SEDGEWICK, A. & MURCHISON , R.I. ( 1840) On the physical structure of Devonshire, and on the subdivisions and geological relations of its older stratified deposits. Trans. geol. Soc. London, 5, 633-705. SEILACHER, A. ( 1982) Distinctive features of sandy tempestites. In: Cyclic and Event Stratification (Eds Einsele, G. & Seilacher, A . ) , pp. 333-349. Springer Verlag, Berlin. SHANMUGAM, G. & MoiOLA, R.J. ( 1988) Submarine fans: characteristics, models, classification , and reservoir potential. Earth Sci. Rev. , 24, 383-428. SKIPPER, K. (1971) Antidune cross-stratification in a turREADING ,
·
Bude Formation subsea fans bidite sequence, Cloridorme Formation, Gaspe, Quebec. Sedimentology, 17, 5 1 -68. SKIPPER, K. & MIDDLETON , G.V. ( 1975) The sedimentary structures and depositional mechanics of certain Ordovician turbidites, Cloridorme Formation, Gaspe Peninsula, Quebec. Can. J. Earth Sci. , 12, 1934- 1952. STAUFFER, P.H. ( 1967) Grain-flow deposits and their implications, Santa Ynez Mountains, California. J. sediment. Petrol. , 37, 487-508. STOw, D . & SHANMUGAM, G. ( 1 980) Sequence of structures in fine-grained turbidites: comparison of recent deep sea and ancient flysch sediments. Sediment. Geol. , 25, 23-42. S uNDBORG, A. ( 1956) The river Klaralven, a study of fluvial processes. Geogr. Annaler, 38, 127-316. TANNER, P.W.G. ( 1 992) The duplex model: implications from a study of flexural-slip duplexes. In: Thrust Tectonics (Ed. McClay, K . R . ) , pp. 201 - 208. Chapman & Hall, London. THOMAS, J . M . (1988) Basin history of the Culm Trough of southwest England. In: Sedimentation in a synorogenic basin complex; the Upper Carboniferous of Northwest Europe (Eds Besly, B .M. & Kelling, G . ) , pp. 24-37. Blackie, Glasgow. UNRUG, R. ( 1963) Istebna Beds - a fluxoturbidity forma tion in the Carpathian Flysch. Ann. Soc. geol. Pol. , 33, 49-92. UNRUG, R. (1965) Le facies de flysch a fluxoturbidites dans les Carpathes Polonaises. Carpatho-Balkan Geological Association, VII Congress, Sofia, September, Reports, Part II, pp. 301 -303. UsSHER, W.A.E. ( 1 892) The British Culm Measures. Proc.
135
Somerset archaeol. nat. Hist. Soc. , 38, 1 1 1 -2 19. R.G. ( 1963) Distinctive types of ripple-drift cross lamination. Sedimentology, 2, 173- 188. WALKER, R . G . ( 1 964a) Some aspects of the sedimentology of the Shale Grit and Grindslow Shales (Namurian R 1c , Derbyshire) and the Westward Ho ! and Northam Formations (Westphalian, north Devon) . PhD thesis, University of Oxford . WALKER, R.G. ( 1964b) Some aspects of the sedimentology of the Westward Ho! and Northam Formations. Proc. Ussher Soc. , 1 , 85-87. WALKER, R.G. ( 1967) Upper flow regime bed forms in tur bidites of the Hatch Formation, Devonian of New York State. J. sediment. Petrol. , 4, 1052- 1058. WETZEL, A. ( 1991) Stratification in black shales: depo sitional models and timing - an overview. In: Cycles and Events in Stratigraphy (Eds Einsele, G . , Rieken, W. & Seilacher, A . ) , pp. 508-523. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. WHALLEY, J . S . & LLOYD, G . E . ( 1986) Tectonics of the Bude Formation , north Cornwall - the recognition of northerly directed decollement. J. Geol. Soc. London, 143, 83-88. WooD, A. & SMITH , A.J. ( 1959) The sedimentation and sedimentary history of the Aberystwyth Grits (Upper Llandoverian) . Q. J. Geol. Soc. London, 114, 163- 195 . YAGISHITA, K. (1994) Antidunes and traction-carpet deposits in deep-water channel sandstones, Cretaceous, British Columbia, Canada. J. sediment. Res. Sect. A: sediment. Petrol. Process. , A64, 34-4 1 . ZIEGLER, P.A. ( 1990) Geological Atlas of Western and Central Europe. Shell Internationale Petroleum Maatschappij B . V . and the Geological Society, London. WALKER,
Spec.
Pubis
int.
Ass.
Sediment. (1995)
22,
137-156
Depositional controls on iron formation associations in Canada P HI LI P F R A L I C K* and T I M O T HY J. B A R RE T Tt *Department of Geology, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario P7B 5El, Canada; and tMineral Deposit Research Unit, Department of Geological Sciences, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia V6T 1Z4, Canada
ABSTRACT
Understanding Precambrian iron formation depositional processes has been hindered by the lack of precise modern analogues. However, by combining a regional basin analysis of sedimentary and volcanic rocks surrounding an iron formation with detailed examination of sedimentary structures and lithic associations within an iron formation, the depositional setting and physical processes of sedimen tation can be inferred. Six iron formations present in the Canadian Shield were examined using this approach. The Palaeoproterozoic Gunflint Formation consists of strand-proximal stromatolites and oolitic shoals, transitional distally to grainstones and parallel-laminated chemical muds. This succession was laid down on a wave- and tide-dominated inner shelf. In the northern Labrador Trough, the Middle Member of the Palaeoproterozoic Baby Formation represents an outer shelf to slope environment. Here massive, graded and ripple-laminated siltstone-shale couplets dominate the succession, with iron-rich chemical sediment forming fine-grained tops to some couplets; thick assemblages of parallel laminated chemical sediments also occur. In the Beardmore-Geraldton area, a submarine environment is represented by oxide facies Archaean iron formations. The chemical units accumulated where clastic mud would normally be found in coarsening and thickening upward levee and ramp assemblages. In the Terrace Bay area, Archaean abyssal plain deposits consist of black, graphitic slate with pyrite layers and zones of chert; these sediments lie on volcanics and are overlain by a submarine-ramp clastic assemblage. Archaean volcanic-associated iron formation is represented by thin interflow sediment packages in a submarine lava-plain south of Beardmore, and as a sulphide lens in a volcanic edifice south of Schreiber. In the first five examples iron formation occupies the niche usually dominated by clastic mud. The iron formation is able to form because of a reduced clastic supply reflecting some combination of the following factors: a peneplained source region; a relative rise in sea-level creating sediment storage capacity in subaerial and shallow-water regions; development of sediment bypass systems; and cessation of active volcanism near the depositional area. The facies of iron formation in a given area is dependent on factors such as water depth (both Eh and energy), degree of basin isolation from clastic sedimentation, and amount of hydrothermal input or upwelling. Proximal to submarine hydrothermal vents, iron formation accumulation can dominate without a reduction in clastic input; the mineralogy and layering are controlled directly by the temperature, Eh and drift direction of hydrothermal discharge.
INTRODUCTION
Sediments accumulating in modern environments commonly provide a basis for comparison with ancient successions, in order to reconstruct the palaeogeography and depositional processes that operated in a region. This approach is probably the most useful technique for reconstructing ancient
depositional systems, but in the Precambrian the present is sometimes not the key to the past. In the Archaean and Palaeoproterozoic, grossly different atmospheric and water chemistry, and possibly tem perature, led to the deposition of chemical sediments that have inadequate modern analogues . Iron
Sedimentary Facies Analysis: A Tribute to the Research and Teaching of Harold G. Reading Edited by A. Guy Plint © 1995 The International Association of Sedimentologists ISBN: 978-0-865-42898-0 137
138
P. Fralick and T.J. Barrett
formations, which are chemical sedimentary rocks containing greater than 15% Fe (James, 1966), are volumetrically the most important member of this group. Modern subaqueous hot-spring activity provides clues to understanding the precipitation of Fe-rich sediments, but the mineralogy and areal extent of modern deposits is not comparable to many iron formations deposited during the Earth's early history. Theoretical chemical modelling has, to date, been unable to explain the interlayering of iron-rich sediment and chert. A broader approach is necessary when conaucting field studies of iron formation. For example, sedi mentary and volcanic rocks surrounding iron for mations provide data on depositional settings; sedimentary structures and lithic associations within iron formations give information on physical process of deposition; and regional basin analysis provides a framework within which to view iron formation genesis. Combining these techniques makes palaeo geographical reconstruction and depositional model ling feasible. Iron formations are often classified into two main groups, those of Superior type, which were deposited as thick, laterally extensive units in tectonically stable areas, with sedimentary structures and textures indicative of shallow-water environments, and those of Algoma type, which accumulated in tectonically active regions as well-layered but discontinuous units, mainly associated with volcanic rocks or deep water sediments (Gross, 1965, 1983). This rather arbitrary subdivision is similar to the geosynclinal theory, initially useful, but not suited to our present data base. It limits iron formation to two types, when in reality there are a multitude of types. Iron formation characteristics are controlled by depo sitional settings and processes that are complex multivariate systems and have little likelihood of being repeated exactly in time or space. Thus, iron formations may be similar, but will not be identical, and each is capable of providing further information on how this unusual rock type forms. Classification systems are of course useful in our nomenclature, but they must not become an end in themselves. A fuller understanding of process and depositional setting should be the primary goal of research on iron formations. This requires more detailed work on individual units. Factors involved in the deposition of iron for mation include the source of iron and silica, transport mechanisms, and controls on precipitation. Possible sources for the iron include weathering of iron-
bearing minerals, in either subaerial (Garrels et at., 1973; Drever, 1974) or subaqueous (van Hise & Leith, 19 1 1; Huber, 1959) environments, and hydro thermal ion exchange ( Goodwin, 1956; Gross, 1965; Fralick, 1987). Simonson ( 1985) has shown that lithological data from the Animikie Group and Labrador Trough do not support a cratonic source for the iron. Chemical data on trace elements, rare earths and stable isotopes do not differentiate between low-temperature weathering of mafic vol canic rocks and high-temperature hydrothermal alteration as possible sources for the iron. Iron released by both processes will be in solution in any ocean, and although hydrothermal input is obviously dominant in some situations, low-temperature leaching may have, at times, played an important role. In order for small quantities of Fe2+ to go into, and stay in solution, p02 must have been very low (Holland, 1973). A hydrothermal source has been proposed for the silica (Gross, 1965; Gross & Zajac, 1983; Fralick, 1987), although Cloud ( 1973) believed the silica in Palaeoproterozoic iron formations may have orig inated from subaerial weathering. In either case, the probable lack of silica-secreting organisms at this time would have resulted in an ocean saturated with H4Si04 (Siever, 1957; Cloud, 1973; Holland, 1973). The movement of large amounts of water into an environment with a different Eh, pH, or temperature is needed to precipitate iron and silica in the quan tities necessary to form an iron formation. This can be achieved through the hydrothermal venting of hot, reduced, acidic solutions (Fralick, 1987; Barrett et a!. , 1988), or upwelling of deep ocean waters with a low p02 on to a more oxygenated shelf (Cloud, 1973, 1983; Holland, 1973; Drever, 1974). However, these scenarios do not explain deep marine Archaean iron formation deposited distally to hydrothermal activity. In this situation, and with the oceanic bottom waters saturated with iron and silica, hydro thermal venting may produce a zone of oversatu ration and precipitation which extends away from the vent area for tens to possibly hundreds of kilo metres (Fralick, 1987). In the Palaeoprotero zoic, and possibly the Archaean, microorganisms influenced precipitation of iron and silica as they added 02 to the environment (Cloud, 1973), and possibly directly precipitated iron and silica as coatings and tests (LaBerge et al., 1987), although the latter process has been questioned by Oehler ( 1976). Alternatively, near-surface photo-oxidation of Fe2+ could have formed the iron-rich layers
Depositional controls on iron formation
(Cairns-Smith, 1978; Braterman & Cairns-Smith, 1987), and pressure reduction during upwelling could have caused silica to precipitate ( Holland, 1973). Studies of specific iron formation basins should attempt to integrate a number of the processes described above (cf. Morris, 1993), In this paper we provide six examples from the Canadian Shield which highlight the control that depositional setting had on iron formation character istics. The depositional environments described con stitute a succession from shallow shelf through slope, rise and abyssal plain to areas of active volcanism. It is apparent from these examples that iron formation type is, like clastic deposits, controlled by depo sitional setting. Of course we are not the first to emphasize this fact. Gross ( 1980), and many subsequent researchers (e.g. Ojakangas, 1983; Simonson, 1985), have stated or implied similar ideas. What we strive to emphasize here is the benefit of conducting iron formation research in a manner similar to studies of clastic depositional systems.
CASE STUDIES
Objectives
The rationale for providing this series of case studies is to emphasize the control exerted by depositional processes on iron formation attributes. The physical features that iron formations exhibit are largely the result of their depositional environment. The headings in this section are not meant to be a classification system, but are purely descriptive. We believe it is more productive to look upon each iron formation as a distinct entity reflecting the processes operative in the setting in which it formed. Shallow shelf: Gunflint Formation
Iron formation, associated with other types of chemical and clastic sediment, deposited in shallow marine settings is most common in the Palaeo proterozoic, although well-documented examples from the Archaean also exist. The Canadian Shield contains two extensive regions dominated by iron formation associated with shallow marine sediments: the Animikie Group and portions of the Labrador Trough. Iron formation within the Canadian portion of the Animikie Group is contained in the 2000 Ma Gunflint
139
Formation (Fig. 1). This sedimentary package was deposited on a peneplained Archaean surface forming the southwestern margin of Superior Province (the edge of the North American craton at that time). Minor mafic flows and extensive tuf faceous horizons within the formation indicate that the region was volcanically active at the time of basin formation and subsidence. The Gunflint For mation is underlain locally by a basal conglomerate; the Gunflint has a gradational upper contact with black shales and siltstones of the Rove Formation. The Gunflint Formation is divisible into two mem bers and averages 120 m in thickness. The lower member of the Gunflint Formation commonly has basal algal and oolitic cherts (Fig. 2). The microfossil-bearing algal structures often occur on boulders of the basal conglomerate, which pro vided a stable substrate. The remainder of the lower member commonly consists of grainstone beds sep arated by fine-grained sediment layers (Fig. 3a). Locally, this facies is termed cherty iron formation. Individual fine-grained layers are homogeneous and iron-rich, but mineralogy varies from layer to layer. Iron-oxide-chert and iron-silicate-chert mixtures are the most abundant. Sand-sized, chemical mud intraclasts forming the grainstones are commonly similar in mineralogy to interbedded fine-grained layers. Larger rip-ups of material similar to the underlying substrate are present in many beds (Fig. 3c). Internal laminations are often difficult to discern in the grainstone beds, due to the effects of dia genesis, but trough cross-stratification (Fig. 3d) is not uncommon and some sections exhibit hummocky cross-stratification (HCS). Small outcrop size and normal faulting in the area, make analysis of up-section trends within the Gunflint Formation difficult, and limited amounts of drill-core must be used. The section depicted in Fig. 2 exhibits an upward decrease, then increase in the thickness of grainstone beds through the lower member of the formation. Interstratified with the grainstones in some sections are units metres to tens of metres thick consisting of laminated, fine-grained chemical sediment (Fig. 3b), locally called slaty iron for mation, and similar in all aspects to the fine-grained material in the grainstone assemblages. The lower member is capped sporadically by breccia. In Fig. 2 this breccia is underlain by a massive layer of silt sized material. The upper member of the Gunflint Formation is similar in stratigraphy to the lower member. Basal algal cherts (Fig. 3e), often developed directly on
140
P. Fralick and T.J. Barrett c Ungava Bay
Lake Superior
�
Proterozoic
0
100km
� Archean intrusive
L...±_j metamorphic terrains
rv:v.l Archean volcanic � sedimentary terrains
top of fragments of the breccia, are succeeded by a sequence of thinning upward grainstone beds separ ated by chemical sediment. Regionally extensive tuffaceous shales, with accretionary lapilli present at some localities, are interbedded with the grainstone succession. A limestone unit caps the upper member and separates the Gunflint Formation from the shales of the basal Rove Formation. Lougheed ( 1983) attributed the depositional environments represented by the Animikie Group iron formations to supratidal, intertidal and subtidal zones of a broad shelf. The importance of subtidal and possibly lower intertidal sand shoals as depo sitional sites for the grainstone was emphasized by Simonson ( 1985). Bidirectional palaeocurrent indi cators at some sites indicate that tidal currents were responsible for the accumulation of some grain stone units (Ojakangas, 1983). Hummocky cross stratification present in other sequences indicates the importance of storm activity in creating and moving sand-sized intraclasts seaward (Fralick,
Fig.
I. (A) Location of the six iron formations discussed. (B) Regional geology of the area north of Lake Superior. (C) Regional geology of the northern Labrador Trough.
1988). Stromatolites and accretionary grains com-· monty appear to be limited to near-strand positions (Morey et at., 199 1). This spatial restriction is not due to browsing metazoans, as in the case of Phanerozoic stromatolites, but probably due to frequent current activity causing large areas of the offshore granular substrate to be unstable. Ojakangas ( 1983) has shown that water depth was the major control on the development of 'cherty' (grainstone dominated) versus 'slaty' (chemical mud dominated) iron formation. The grainstones were deposited at shallower depths by tide-and-wave/ storm driven currents (Fig. 4). The chemical muds accumulated during fair-weather times in shallow-· water regions, and at all times in the deeper offshore. Alternating successions of grainstone-dominated and mud-dominated iron formation packages suggest fluctuations in relative sea-level (White, 1954; Morey, 1983) and can be used to create sea-level curves. Upward-thinning and upward-thickening successions of grainstone beds also suggest, respect-
Depositional controls on iron formation
141
I
LEGEND
? Inter layered Grainstone
.... Q) .0
and
E
Q)
�
.... Q) c.. c.. :::J
J .... Q) .0
E
Q)
�
.... Q)
3:
0 _J
Fig. 2.
Stratigraphical section of the Gunflint Formation, Animikie Group. The upper 20% of the formation was not present in this drill hole. For detailed location see Kronberg & Fralick (1992).
.�
<1>3: -' .c: 1--
50 40 l30
·r
Mudstone
4
ively, relative rise and fall of sea-level (Fig. 2). The bed thickness trends shown in Fig. 2 suggest that sea-level fluctuations controlled the cyclic nature of the lower and upper members. The positioning of the breccia and possible vadose silt unit at the lowest sea-level stand, inferred from bed thickness, suggests that these units formed through subaerial dissolution of carbonates. Increasing volcanic activity in the upper Gunflint Formation may have resulted in a
Stromatolites Quartz Barite Vein Archean Granitic Basement Contorted
1\
20
10 0
Chert
\
Bedding
�
v I �
0
"'3:
( Volcaniclastir.)
lJ
"E
�g
Mudstone
'
+ +
+
+ +
+ .S? "0 � +
+
o�� (j) .c Ul (j)
.c 0
+ +
� c 0 <1>0-
+
Clasts
Cross-
IJ
+
Rip- up
Stratification
j +
Breccia
�
"'
c.
�
Hummocky CrossStratification
"' "' 0
>.-., c == c -UJ o u (j)
shift from chemical sedimentation to a volcaniclastic dominated system. The source of the iron- and silica-rich precipitates that form the majority of the Gunflint Formation is still controversial. Simonson ( 1985) favoured a direct hydrothermal source in the offshore with coprecipi tation of silica and iron-rich phases in the nearshore area due to ambient high levels of silica and iron in the ocean. Dissolved hydrothermal iron and
142
P. Fralick and T.J. Barrett
Photographs of inner-shelf-associated iron formation in the Animikie Group. (a) Grainstone (intraclast)-dominated succession. The grainstone beds are arranged in lenses which may cross-cut one another. Fine-grained chemical muds (m) are interlayered with sand lenses. (b) Slaty iron formation. This chemical mud-dominated succession also contains grainstone lenses but they are less abundant and smaller than in the cherty iron formation. (c) Thick-bedded cherty iron formation with abundant rip-up clasts (r). (d) Inclined rip-up clasts in a grainstone lens lying on the backset slope of a dune. (e) Rare calcium carbonate stromatolites; most other mounds are silicified. Lens cap is 5.5 em in diameter.
Fig. 3.
Depositional controls on iron formation
143
Grainstone (reworked chemical sediment)
Fine-grained chemical sediment
Block diagram of the depositional environments in which the Gunflint chemical sediments accumulated. Deeper areas not affected by currents induced by storms and tides are dominated by laminae of silica, iron silicate, iron carbonate and iron oxide. Shallower areas affected by sporadic current activity consist of interlayered grainstone and beds of fine grained chemical sediment similar to that accumulating in deeper areas. Grainstone production occurred in the shallows due to erosion and abrasion of chemical muds, with the material transported offshore during times of increased current activity. Ooid shoals developed in strand-proximal zones of maximum turbulence, and stromatolites formed along the strand where the substrate had been diagenetically hardened. Karstification occurred in subaerially exposed areas.
Fig_ 4_
silica may have been carried up to shelf depths by upwelling along cratonic margins.
Outer shelf and slope: Middle Member, Baby Formation
Examples of iron formations deposited in outer shelf and slope settings are rare. Similarly, descriptions of shallow-water and deep-sea clastic units are common but outer shelf and slope secessions are not well represented. This may be due to their more restricted distribution and lower preservation potential. The Palaeoproterozoic Baby Formation of the northern Labrador Trough (Fig. 1) provides an example of iron formation deposition in an outer shelf to slope setting. The trough separates the Superior Province from the Rae Province and under went a major orogenic episode during closure between these two land masses. Sediments of the Baby Formation were deposited prior to the major phase of orogenic activity, probably during an earlier extensional phase (Wares & Goutier, 1990; Shulski et al., 1993). They are underlain by dolomite and overlain by tholeiitic basalt. The kilometre-thick Baby Formation is dominated by a monotonous, thin-bedded succession of fine grained clastic sediment. The Middle Member
departs from this trend with the upward appearance and then domination of the unit by iron formation (Fig. 5). This interval may be correlated with iron formation present in the Knob Group to the south west of the Baby Formation. Clastic layers within the Baby Formation are commonly 0.5- 10 mm thick and non-graded with sharp lower and upper contacts (Fig. 6a). They are composed of siltstone, silty shale and occasionally very fine-grained sandstone. Silty shale layers often contain coarser silt streaks only a few grains thick. Graded units similar in other respects to the non graded layers also are common. The grading may consist of either an upward grain-size decrease with no internal laminations, or alternating siltstone and silty shale laminae that thin and fine upwards. Current-ripple-laminated layers of fine sandstone are interbedded with the fine-grained clastic suc cession. Beds are 1-4 em thick, wavy bedded and non-graded. Current ripples in the thicker units are larger and are commonly stacked. The undulating upper surfaces of the rippled units are sharply over lain by silty shale, which fills troughs and covers crests. Thicker, compound fine-grained sandstone beds are also present in the succession. These are up to 20 cm thick and are composed of vertically stacked, 1-5-cm-thick, massive to parallel lami nated, non-graded sandstone. The layers are some-
P. Fralick and T.J. Barrett
144 M
60
Fe-C, Fe-0, Fe-S
50
ss
40 SS, Fe-C
30
f,
Fe-S
Fe-C
20
_
Overburden
ss
10
Fe-0, Fe-S, Si SS, Fe-C SS, Fe-C, Si SS, Fe-P
0
SS, Fe-0, Fe-S, Si
Stratigraphical section of a portion of the Middle Member, Baby Formation. All units are internally layered on the millimetre- to centimetre-scale. Chemical sediment occurs in the shale-rich tops of some clastic beds. SS, siltstone and shale; Si , chert; Fe-S, iron silicate; Fe-C, iron carbonate; Fe-0, iron oxide; Fe-P, iron sulphide.
Fig. 5.
times separated by millimetre-scale shale drapes. Rare, thicker beds in the Middle Member consist of two types. (i) Massive, metre-scale medium-grained sandstone beds with coarse sand grains scattered throughout. Reverse grading may be developed near their tops. (ii) Organized beds, with a thin, basal, current-rippled, fine-grained sandstone overlain by millimetre-thick, alternating coarse siltstone and silty shale laminae that thin and fine upwards. The upper halves of the units are composed of normally graded silty shale. Iron formation occurs interbedded with clastics and as dominantly chemical successions within the
Middle Member of the Baby Formation (Figs 5 & 6). Chemical sediment may form discrete millimetre scale layers either between graded silt-shale couplets, or interlaminated with the shaley top of the couplet. Iron-rich minerals may be iron silicates, oxides, carbonates or sulphides. One succession of rhythmites containing thicker (average thickness= 4 em) carbonate grainstone layers is also present. This succession is separated from a chemical sedi ment assemblage by a massive dolomite, 1.5 m thick. Carbonate layers in the grainstone succession contain small- to medium-scale trough cross-stratification. Chemical-dominated successions are composed of thinly to thickly laminated iron-rich, fine-grained, sediment locally interstratified with chert or jasper layers (or more rarely lenses). Carbonate, silicate, oxide and sulphide facies iron formation are all present within the Baby Formation. Interlayering of the facies is common, although all facies rarely occur in the same interval. The iron-rich layers are centimetre- to decimetre-scale in thickness, with internal millimetre- and submillimetre-scale lami nations caused by differences in crystal size (Fig. 6c). Microscopic examination reveals that the laminae reflect changes in the amount of clastic material and chert present. The cherts interbedded with the iron-rich units are commonly 1-3 em thick and exhibit no internal laminations except for rare submillimetre-scale iron silicate layers. The Baby Formation forms part of an assemblage that has been interpreted as a passive margin suc cession, thickening towards the east (Dimroth, 1981; LeGallais & Lavoie, 1982; Wardle & Bailey, 1981). The abundant fine-grained sediments, the lack of wave or tidal deposits and the rare presence of carbonate grainstones transported by bottom cur rents suggest that deposition took place on the outer shelf or upper slope (Fig. 7). The rhythmites were deposited from low-density turbidity currents similar to those attributed to comparable units in the off shore of northeastern North America (Chough & Hesse, 1980; Hesse & Chough, 1980; Stow & Shanmugam, 1980). These sediment clouds may have been raised by sporadic slumping on the slope, or as overflows from channelized bypass systems. The latter mechanism is preferred because slump scars are rare. Thin current-rippled units represent intermittent bottom currents. Rippled units of this type are rarely described from slope deposits. The thick sandstone units provide better evidence for a slope. Their massive nature combined with reverse grading indicates that downslope grainflow processes
Depositional controls on iron formation
145
Photographs of the iron formation associated with outer-shelf-slope facies in the Baby Formation. (a) Close-up of thin-bedded sediments showing lenses and continuous layers of silt (light-coloured layers), interbedded with shales. (b) Magnetite laminae assemblages (m), interlayered with lighter siltstone and shale laminae assemblages (s). (c) Laminated magnetite. Grain-size differences produce the layering. (d) Interbedded siltstone (light, s) and magnetite (dark, m); grey units (g) represent mixtures of magnetite and clastics. (e) Reflected-light photomicrograph of pyrite bands (p) interlayered with clastic material (s). Scale bar is 0.5 mm.
Fig. 6.
146
P. Fralick and T.J. Barrett Grain-flow
Channelized turbidity flows
Block diagram of the depositional environments in which the Baby Formation chemical sediments accumulated. Thinly laminated iron-rich precipitates and chert form discrete units or are interlayered with Bouma d-e turbidites in an outer shelf and slope setting. Clastic material was delivered to this environment through channel overflow, slump generated low-density turbidity currents, and grainflows originating at times when the shelf was dominated by quartz sand. Rare iron carbonate sands were brought into this environment when the shelf was starved of clastic material. Fig. 7.
Rainout of chemical sediment
were at least in part responsible for their emplace ment. The trough cross-stratified carbonate grain stone was obviously moved into the area by fairly strong bottom currents originating on the inner shelf, where grain production would have taken place. This places the Middle Member of the Baby For mation on the outer shelf to slope break, past the mud line (Stanley & Wear, 1978) but close enough to areas affected by tide-, or storm-produced currents to receive shelf sediments during unusually high velocity flow events. The presence of iron formation in the Middle Member requires the clastic input to be greatly diminished or chemical precipitation rates to be greatly accelerated. Not enough data are present to choose between these two alternatives. Clastic supply may be controlled by: (i) the rate at which clastic materials are supplied to the shelf; and (ii) the storage capacity of the shelf combined with the efficiency of sediment bypass systems in the outer shelf to slope area. The rate of chemical precipitation was probably controlled by upwelling rates from the deep ocean. As these variables fluctuated, the system oscillated between clastic and chemical dominance. The Baby Formation has a great variety of iron rich mineral phases, which probably reflects the physiographic setting on the outer shelf. There, upwelling currents would first encounter shallower waters. This may have led to large changes in Eh, pH and dissolved concentrations through time,
resulting in the varied mineralogy of the iron for mation. The dominance of rainout processes and the variability of sediment influx and water chemistry produced an iron formation that is both thinly laminated and laterally persistent. Submarine rise: Beardmore-Geraldton Clastic Associated Iron Formation
Archaean iron-formation-bearing successions that were probably deposited on submarine rises are present in the Rainy Lake and Spirit Lake areas (Wood, 1980), Manitou Straits district (Teal & Walker, 1977), Lake St Joseph region (Meyn & Palonen, 1980), the Abitibi greenstone belt (Hyde, 1980), and the Beardmore-Geraldton terrain (Barrett & Fralick, 1985, 1989). The latter will be used as the case example (Fig. 1B). The Beardmore-Geraldton terrane consists of three metasedimentary belts, each resting on a thick volcanic assemblage. A metavolcanic terrain lies to the north and the gneisses and granites of the Quetico Subprovince lie to the south. The northern meta sedimentary belt is composed of fluvial conglom erates and sandstones (Devaney, 1987), the central belt consists of a prograding shoreline to offshore turbidites (Devaney & Fralick, 1985), and the southern metasedimentary belt contains turbidites and iron formation (Barrett & Fralick, 1985, 1989).
Depositional controls on iron formation
The belts are kilometres wide and tens of kilometres in length, with subvertical bedding younging to the north. The assemblage represents a fore-arc basin that has been stacked tectonically (Barrett & Fralick, 1989; Devaney & Williams, 1989). Oxide facies iron formation occurs interbedded with clastics in the turbiditic portion of the assemblage (Fig. 8). The turbidites are grouped into thick-, medium and thin-bedded turbidite-dominated associations, and a thin-bedded iron-formation-clastic-sediment association (Barrett & Fralick, 1989). The bulk of the succession is composed of the first three associ ations, which forms a submarine ramp, with attri butes suggesting fan development at some locations. The thin bedded, iron-formation-clastic-sediment association forms packages metres to tens of metres thick, interstratified with the ramp/fan turbidites, and is itself divisible into four iron formation lithofacies associations (IFLA) (Figs 8 & 9). Their characteristics are as follows. IFLA a: domi nantly magnetite-rich sediment with millimetre- to centimetre-scale, graded or ungraded silt interbeds (Fig. 9a, b, d, f & g). IFLA b: centimetre-scale, graded to sharply bounded silt beds, either con-
tiguous or separated by millimetre-thick laminations of magnetite-rich sediment (Fig. 9a, b, c & e). IFLA c: sand-rich composite units up to about 1 m thick, generally consisting of thin, stacked, ungraded, laminated sand beds. These units consist of medium to coarse-grained sand. The composite units are separated by intervals of magnetite or magnetite and siltstone up to 15 em thick (Fig. 9a & b). IFLA d: framework-supported polymictic conglomerate beds up to a few metres thick, interbedded with sandstone and minor iron formation, or fairly thick iron for mation and thin-bedded sands (Barrett & Fralick, 1985, 1989). The first three lithofacies associations are commonly, although not exclusively, organized into coarsening upward successions 1-50 m thich (Fig. 8) (Fralick, 1987). Sandstone assemblages are sharply overlain by IFLA a, which is gradational upwards through IFLA b to IFLA c. This package is then overlain by ramp/fan turbidites (Barrett & Fralick, 1989). The ramp-fan system represented by the Beardmore-Geraldton turbidites provided few locations where clastic influx was low enough to allow iron formation accumulation (Fig. 10). To the
B
A M
M
50
6
40
147
•
IFLAa interlaminated magnetite, siltstone, and slate
II
IFLAa interlaminated magnetite, jasper, siltstone, and slate
4
D lliJ 0
30
20
Stratigraphical sections of iron-formation-bearing units in the Beardmore-Geraldton area. (A) Outcrop section measured at the Leitch Mine (detailed location in Barrett and Fralick, 1985). (B) Outcrop section measured at Solomon's Pillars (detailed location in Fralick, 1987).
Fig. 8.
10
0
2
0
� -
Sandstone IF LAc interbedded sandstone, siltstone, slate and magnetite IFLAb interbedded siltstone, slate and magnetite
148
P. Fralick and T.J. Barrett
Photographs of iron formation associated with an inner submarine ramp-fan complex in the Beardmore Geraldton region. (a) Magnetite layers (dark) interstratified with Bouma d-e turbidites. Clastic and chemical dominated intervals are visible (IFLA a=a; IFLA b=b; IFLA c=c). (b) Interlayered magnetite and d-e turbidites forming two thin coarsening and thickening upward successions (arrows). (c and d) Alternating magnetite-rich (dark) and clastic-rich (light) laminations (prints of thin-sections). Scale bar is 5 mm. (e) Photomicrograph showing gradation from clastic-dominated bottom to magnetite-dominated top of two thin d-e turbidites. Scale bar is 1 mm. (f) Photomicrograph of interlaminated magnetite (dark) and silt (light). Scale bar is 0.5 mm. (g) Photomicrograph of a magnetite-dominated sequence. The lighter layers are mixtures of magnetite and chert. Scale bar is 0.1 mm.
Fig. 9.
south in Quetico Subprovince, where prograding channel-fed lobes merge, iron formation is rare. In the Beardmore-Geraldton area, interchannel ramp development limits iron formation sedimentation. Chemical sediment could form only in interchannel areas where ramp progradation was limited by an insufficient sediment supply. As areas of volcanic
activity sporadically shifted in the arc to the north, sediment influx rates also shifted laterally along the multiple sediment entry points to the basin. This, and probably autocydic processes of channel switching, led to the transformation of clastic dominated interchannel areas into iron-oxide dominated environments. Either levee outbuilding,
Depositional controls on iron formation
Debris-flow
149 Fine-grained chemical sediment
Block diagram of the depositional environment in which the Beardmore-Geraldton chemical sediments accumulated. Iron oxide successions interbedded with d-e turbidites developed in clastic-sediment-starved interchannel areas not receiving ramp turbidites. These successions commonly coarsen and thicken upwards, probably due either to levee or to ramp progradation into the interchannel sites.
Fig. 10.
caused by channel re-establishment in the area, or ramp progradation, due to renewed high rates of sediment supply, overwhelmed these chemical systems, causing a gradual return to a clastic dominated bottom. Conglomerates interbedded with iron formation attest to an upper ramp/fan position for the chemical sediments. Conglomerates are not present in the more distal sediments to the south (Fralick et al., 1992). Abyssal plain: Terrace Bay Clastic Associated Iron Formation
Areas described as graphitic shear zones are common throughout the Canadian Shield. They are usually black, graphitic, pyritiferous slates, metres to tens of metres in thickness, which have been sheared, due to their incompetence. Depositional environments for these units vary, but the majority probably represent abyssal oceanic muds which accumulated in settings distal to active sediment sources. The area to the east of Terrace Bay (Fig. 1B) contains a number of graphitic slate assemblages. They appear to represent fault and fold repetition of the transition from sea-floor volcanics to overlying clastics (Fralick & Barrett, 1991; Eriksson etal., 1994). The Terrace Bay sediments occupy a basin bordered to the northeast and southwest by arc related volcanics. The sediments also overlie a volcanic pile kilometres in thickness. Thin, pyri tiferous black slates occur between some of the flows near the top of the pile (Fig. 12a) and a fine-grained clastic-chemical sedimentary unit, up to 40 m in thickness, directly overlies the volcanics. This unit consists of black, graphitic slate with intricately
3
�
Felsic porphyry intrusive
�-
lnterlaminated pyritic-carbonaceous slate and pyrite
• �
Massive pyrite Chert
Representative stratigraphical section of a portion of the Kingdom iron formation in the Terrace Bay area. The 40-m-thick iron formation is underlain by altered, intermediate, pillowed volcanics and overlain by turbidites. Finely interlaminated carbonaceous slate, pyrite and chert form most of the iron formation, with occasional pyrite layers up to 20 cm in thickness (detailed location in Schnieders, 1987). Fig. 11.
150
P. Fralick and T.J. Barrett
Fig. 12.
Photographs of iron formation associated with an abyssal plain assemblage in the Terrace Bay area. (a) Pyrite and chert form a zone (p) between two pillows (v). The pillow selvages have been highly silicified (si). These chemical sediments and volcanics lie directly below the iron formation (Kingdom Occurrence in Schnieders, 1987). (b) Interlayered slate (s), pyrite (p) and chert (c). Deformation has caused some disruption but the fine layering is still visible. (c) Interlayered pyrite (p) and black slate (s). (d) Turbidite succession above graphitic slate-chemical sediment zone.
laminated pyrite layers and zones of chert (Fig. 1 1; Schnieders, 1987; Barrett et a!., 1988). The pyrite occurs as massive layers (Fig. 12c) up to 25 em thick; as thin, millimetre-scale laminations in the mudrock and chert (Fig. 12b & c); as centimetre-scale spheres floating in the mudrock and chert (Fig. 12a & b); and as disseminated pyrite cubes. The cherts form zones, up to tens of centimetres thick, of either pure silica or mixtures of silica, clay and/or pyrite (Fig. 12b). The black slates are composed of quartz, sericite, carbonate, chlorite, pyrite and graphite, with scattered, floating, angular quartz and feldspar grains of possible tuffaceous origin, and rare volcanic shards. Bouma d-e turbidites are occasionally inter bedded with the metalliferous succession. A metasandstone-slate assemblage (kilometres in thickness) overlies the succession of metalliferous sediments. Beds are commonly graded from medium-
or coarse-grained sandstone to siltstone or slate and exhibit features typical of turbidites (Fig. 12d). The beds vary in thickness from several centimetres to several metres. Successions of turbidite beds range from a-dominated to d-e-dominated; and thinning fining and thickening-coarsening upward success ions are present, although uncommon. Deposition in the area began with subaqueous volcanism building a thick extrusive succession. Waning volcanic activity allowed sediment to accumulate between successive flows. With total cessation of volcanic activity, a blanket of fine grained sediment was deposited (Fig. 13). Venting hydrothermal fluids produced alteration zones in the underlying volcanics and added Si, Fe and trace amounts of other metals to the fine-grained mud raining down on the bottom. Outbuilding of a sand rich submarine fan-ramp complex ended deposition
Depositional controls on iron formation
15 1
Sand lobes
Block diagram of the depositional setting in which the Terrace Bay chemical sediments are interpreted to have accumulated. Intermediate to mafic volcanic sea floor was covered by carbonaceous muds interlayered with iron sulphides and chert. Prograding turbiditic fan/ramps built out over the chemical-clastic mixture. Fig. 13.
sediment and clay
Intermediate and mafic volcanics
of the metalliferous muds. The metal-rich deposits are interbedded with the outer-fan/ramp turbidites of this complex (Fralick & Schnieders, 1986; Schnieders, 1987). Submarine lava plain: Beardmore Volcanic Associated Iron Formation
Thick lava-plain successions are common in Superior
Province. Examples from the Abitibi Subprovince comprise major portions of cycles I and II of Dimroth et at. ( 1982), the basal komatiitic and tholeiitic portions of supergroups described by Jensen ( 1985) and, in particular, the Kinojevis Group (Jensen, 1978a, b, 198 1). Sedimentary rocks associated with the lava-plain successions are not abundant and comprise thin, interflow units, Fralick ( 1987) described a series of interflow sedimentary units
A
B
Layered siltstone and shale Massive siltstone
E2J � 1-
Layered pyrite Pyrite and layered chert Pyrrhotite and disrupted chert
f+:+l �
Felsic dike Intermediate volcanics
Fig. 14.
Fralick
\A/\ �
II
Mafic intrusive Pillowed and massive flows Volcanic ash Chert lnterlaminated magnetite and chert
Stratigraphical sections representative of volcanic-associated iron formation in (A) the Schreiber area (location in 1989), and (B) the Beardmore-Geraldton area (location in Fralick, 1987).
et al.,
152
P. Fralick and T.J. Barrett
present in a volcanic pile underlying a turbiditic succession in the Beardmore area (Fig. 1B). Oxide and carbonate iron formation constitute the domi nant lithologies present in the interflow sediment (Fig. 14B). Layers of magnetite (Fig. 15c & d) or · side1:ite (Fig. 15a & b) range from submillimetre, to centimetres in thickness, with interbedded chert (Fig. 15a, b, c & d) sometimes attaining thicknesses of metres. Laminations within beds are not common. Chlorite-rich units (with plagioclase and quartz) are often associated with the iron-rich laminae, forming bundles of alternating iron-rich and chlorite-rich layers. Clastic supply to the area was limited to volcani clastic ash, which forms the chloritic layers and isolated grains in the iron formation. The chemical sediment layers tend to be purer and thicker than the iron formations previously described. This is probably the result of limited clastic supply together
with proximity of the hydrothermal vent sources (Fralick, 1987; Fig. 16). The thickness of the inter flow sediment packages is controlled by four factors. Time duration between flows is obviously important, but the rate of hydrothermal emission, proximity to the active vents and bottom-current patterns are also major controls on unit thickness (Fralick, 1987). Submarine extrusive edifice: Morley occurrence
Submarine volcanoes produce relief of the sea floor. The Canadian Shield contains many such suc cessions, usually dominated by intermediate and felsic volcanics. Associated iron formations may be similar to those described in the section on lava plains, although they have a tendency to be inter· stratified with thicker successions of pyroclastic rocks due to the more explosive nature of the volcanism. Massive sulphide build-ups are also common in this
Photographs of volcanic-associated iron formation in the Beardmore area. (a) lnterlayered chert, c, and iron carbonate, a, at the Empire Mine, south of Beardmore. (b) Close-up of (a). The dark layers are siderite. (c) Interflow sediment consisting of chert, c, and magnetite, m. The thickest magnetite layer is loaded into the underlying chert. (d) Photomicrograph of interlayered magnetite-rich, m, and chert-rich, c, laminae. Scale bar is 0.5 mm.
Fig. 15.
Depositional controls on iron formation
153
Off-axis volcanism
proximal chemical sediment
sediment and clay Fig. 16.
Block diagram representing the depositional setting of iron formation types similar to those near Schreiber and Beardmore-Geraldton. Thick successions of pyrite and chert formed in locations close to vents, probably associated with axial valleys, off-axis volcanism or rifted arcs. Iron oxides, silicates, carbonates and chert were associated with either less i ntense and/or lower temperature portions of discharging hydrothermal zones, or were precipitated distal to major hydrothermal point sources.
setting. Iron-rich massive sulphide deposits are found in clastic- and volcanic-dominated abyssal plain assemblages, but tend to be more prolific in felsic dominated piles. The Morley occurrence will be used as an example of this type of iron formation. It is located south of Schreiber in a volcanic pile immediately west of the area discussed for the abyssal plain association (Fig. 1B). The volcanic succession containing the iron for mation was deposited about 2. 7 Ga ago, and rep resents a large, arc-type edifice (Schnieders, 1987; Fralick & Barrett, 199 1). The Morley deposit is a lenticular chemical sedimentary unit up to 7 m thick which is underlain by intermediate flows and pyro clastic rocks, and overlain by thin turbidites and structurally emplaced mafic flows (Fralick et at., 1989). The lower portion of the unit (Fig. 14A, 6 -; 10 m) contains pyrite with interbanded light and dark chert: the upper half consists of bedded to laminated pyrite (Fig. 14A, 10- 1 1.5 m). Within the pyrite-rich upper part of the succession, a variety of bedding structures are developed. The pyrite layers contain delicate internal laminations of pyrite and carbonaceous chert from 0.02 to 1 mm thick. Near the tops of individual pyrite laminae the proportion of chert and disseminated clastic debris is greater. Colloform pyrite domes up to 3 em across and 2 em thick are also present. Millimetre-scale mudstone laminae thin over the small pyrite domes and thicken in flanking depressions. Discordant pyrite growth structures on domes, together with inclined pyrite crusts and microslumps, indicate that pyrite accumu lation produced an irregular microrelief on the sea-
floor (Fralick et at., 1989; Fralick & Barrett, 199 1). Clastic supply to this area was limited (Fig. 16), although some fine-grained material, of probable volcaniclastic origin, was being delivered. Each lamina in the pyrite beds probably reflects a short term hydrothermal injection into a stagnant bottom layer of water. Upward-thinning bundles of laminae may correspond to medium-duration hydrothermal events. The domal structures, and high carbon con tent of the sediment provide evidence for relatively deep-water organic mats during chemical precipi tation (Fralick et at., 1989).
DISCUSSION
The case studies illustrate that iron formations could form in a wide range of marine environments, given the right conditions. Shallow shelves appear to be 'all or nothing ' environments. Here sediments are distributed on the shelf commonly by non channelized flows. Clastics delivered to the near shore will be spread over large areas in the offshore, limiting iron formation development. To form iron formations, clastic delivery must be minimal, such that chemical sedimentation has the opportunity to dominate. This leads to the development of Superior Type iron formation with great lateral extent, and sedimentary structures indicative of shallow water. Limited clastic delivery can be achieved if sediment storage sites are available near the strand, thereby preserving a chemical-dominated offshore. An example of this occurs in Gunflint correlatives in
154
P. Fralick and T.J. Barrett
Michigan, where clastic tidal flats with magnetite layers served as depositional sites for sands, silts and clays, leaving subtidal areas dominated by iron for mation and chert (LaBerge et al . , 1992). Other shelves dominated by chemical sediment display features quite different from the Gunflint succession. Carbonates and cherts of the Archaean Steep Rock Group exhibit prolific stromatolite development (Wilks & Nisbet, 1988) and lack grain stones. This may be due to quiet-water conditions or other, as yet unexplained, factors. Waves, storm surges and tidal currents operating on shelves, com bined with relative sea-level changes, variation in clastic influx , climate and mixing rates with offshore water, all govern the physical attributes of the chemical sediments deposited in this setting. Physical controls on chemical sedimentation on outer shelves and slopes are less well understood. Clastic supply is obviously a major control. Sea-level rise may be a key to limiting clastic supply as it provides more storage capacity on the shelf. It there fore becomes important to study the linkage in depositional response between coeval inner shelf, outer shelf and slope systems during periods of sea level rise. The development of sediment bypass zones can also produce interchannel areas dominated by chemical sediment. Upper slope interchannel areas are poorly described in the literature. This hinders evaluation of sediment bypass as a control on iron formation development. In submarine fan and ramp environments, devel opment of sediment bypass systems has been documented as a major control on formation of areas in which chemical sediment can accumulate. The development of a channel does not always prevent interchannel ramp progradation from flooding off-channel areas with clastic material (Barrett & Fralick, 1989). Changes in location of volcanic activity alter sediment supply rates along the ramp, switching depositional systems from chemical to clastic and visa versa. Bottom conditions become more unsuitable for iron formation accumu lation further downslope on the ramp or fan. In this area, flows become non-channelized, spreading out over the bottom. Sediment-starved areas are uncommon and likewise so is iron formation. To deposit iron formation here, major portions of the clastic supply system must be shut off. This may be accomplished through sea-level rise creating more sediment storage capacity in upslope environments or climatic change in the hinterland causing sediment transport systems to dry up.
Portions of oceanic abyssal plains removed from major clastic supply provided the most st:�ble sites for iron formation development. Here Precambrian sedimentary successions are commonly dominated by iron formation and fine-grained clastics. Factors controlling chemical sediment deposition in other areas were of little consequence on the abyssal plains. A mixture of iron formation and fine-grained clastic sediment could continue to be deposited until vol canism or outbuilding of a clastic pile buried this lithofacies. Depositional environments in volcanic terrains vary as much as in their clastic counterparts. Although only two examples of volcanic-associated iron formation are discussed here, they do, however, illustrate some general characteristics of chemical sediment deposited in this setting. Layering of chemical sediments in volcanic terrains reflects the dominant effect of discrete hydrothermal venting events. Layer thickness and type are inferred to be controlled by variations of temperature and com position of venting fluids (Fralick, 1987 ; Fralick et al., 1989). Interbedded ash layers may reflect magma recharge events with related increases in hydrothermal activity. These types of iron for mation should provide the best source of data on the relationship between iron formation bedding attri butes and hydrothermal activity. Layered poly metallic massive sulphide deposits are likewise an excellent source of this type of information. The above discussion highlights our relative lack of knowledge of physical controls of iron formation accumulation. Further work emphasizing the linkage between various scales of depositional process and iron formation attributes is needed. More work is also needed on chemical controls. Studies of major and trace element chemistry have been of limited value, especially where whole-rock samples rather than individual layers have been analysed. Stable isotope and REE studies have proven more interesting, although more data are needed on mono mineralic samples. Experimental modelling of the chemical systems responsible for Fe and Si precipi tation appears to be the missing link at present. In particular, we need to study the way in which progressive saturation of stable bottom-water layers by hydrothermal injections controls the nature and sequence of precipitation of iron-rich minerals. Only by integrating sedimentological, geochemical and experimental studies of iron formation can we further unravel the processes that formed these intriguing sediments.
Depositional controls on iron formation ACKNOW LEDGEMENTS
DEVANEY, J .R. & WILLIAMS,
We are particularly grateful to the Thunder Bay staff of the Ministry of Northern Development and Mines (Mines and Mineral Division) for helpful discussions and information on occurrences of iron formation in this area. Field-work in northern Quebec was assisted by Bob Wares. Useful com ments and suggestions on an earlier version of the manuscript were provided by Richard Hyde, Guy Plint and an anonymous reviewer. Figures were drafted by Sam Spivak and the word processing was conducted by Wendy Bourke. This research was supported by the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada.
REFERENCES
T.J. & FRALICK, P.W. (1985) Sediment redepo sition in Archean iron formation: examples from the Beardmore-Geraldton greenstone belt, Ontario. J. Sediment. Petrol. , 55, 205-212. BARRETT, T.J. & FRALICK, P.W. (1989) Turbidites and iron formation, Beardmore-Geraldton, Ontario: application of a combined ramp/fan model to Archaean clastic and chemical sedimentation. Sedimentology , 36, 221-234. BARRET!', T.J . , FRALICK, P.W. & JARVIS, I. (1988) Rare earth-element geochemistry of some Archean iron for mations north of Lake Superior, Ontario. Can. J. Earth Sci. , 25, 570-580. BRATERMAN , P.S. & CAIRNS-SMITH , A.G. (1987) Iron photo precipitation and the genesis of the banded iron formation s. In : Precambrian Iron-formations (Eds Appel, P.W.U. & LaBerge, G.L.), pp. 215-245. Theophrastus Publications, S.A., Athens. CHOUGH, S.K. & HESSE, R. (1980) The northwest Atlantic Mid-Ocean Channel of the Labrador Sea: III. Head spill deposits from turbidity currents on natural levees. J. sediment Petrol. , 50, 227-234. CLOU D , P. ( 1973) Paleoecological significance of the banded iron-formation . Econ. Ceo!. , 68, 1135-1143. CLOUD, P. (1983) Banded iron-formation - a gradualist's dilemma. In: Iron-formation Facts and Problems (Eds Trendell, A.F. & Morris R.C.), pp. 401-416. Elsevier, New York. CAIRNS-SMITH , A. G. (1978) Precambrian solution geo chemistry, inverse segregation, and banded iron for mations. Nature, 148, 27-35. DEVANEY, J . R. (1987) Sedimentology and stratigraphy of BARRETT,
the northern and central metasedimentary belts in the Beardmore- Geraldton
area
of
northern
Ontario.
Unpublished MSc thesis, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario, 227 pp. DEVANEY, J.R. & FRALICK, P.W. (1985) Regional sedimen tology of the Namewamenikan Group, northern Ontario: Archean fluvial fans, braided rivers, deltas and an aquabasin. In : Current Research, Part B, Paper 85- J B , pp. 125-132. Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.
155
H.R. (1989) Evolution of an Archean subprovince boundary: a sedimentological and structural study of part of the Wabigoon -Quetico boundary in n orthern Ontario. Can. J. Earth Sci. , 26, 1013-1026. DIMROTH , E. (1981) Labrador Geosyncline: type example of early Proterozoic cratonic reactivation. In : Precambrian Plate Tectonics (Ed. Kroner, A.), Developments in Precambrian Geology 4, pp. 331-352. Elsevier, Amsterdam. DIMROTH , E., IMREH, L., ROCHELEAU, M. & GOULET, N . (1982) Evolution of the south-central part of the Archean Abitibi Belt, Quebec. Part I: stratigraphy and paleo geographic model. Can. J. Earth Sci. , 19, 1729- 1758. DREYER, J . l . , (1974) Geochemical model for the origins of Precambrian banded iron formations. Ceo/. Soc. Am. Bull. , 85 , 1099-1106. ERIKSSON , K. A., KRAPEZ, B. & FRALICK, P.W. (1994) Sedimentology of Archaean greenstone belts: signatures of tectonic evolution. Earth Sci. Rev. , 37, 1-88. FRALICK, P.W. (1987) Depositional environment of Archean iron-formation: inferences from layering in sediment and volcanic hosted end members. In : Pre cambrian Iron- Formation (Eds Appel, P. & LaBerge, G.), pp. 251-266. Theophrastus Publications, S.A. Athens. FRALICK, P.W. (1988) Microbial bioherms, Lower Proter ozoic Gunflint Formation, Thunder Bay, Ontario. In: Reefs. Canada and A djacent A reas (Eds. Geldsetzer, H.H.J., James, N . P. & Tebbutt, G.E.), Mem. Can. Soc. petrol. Geol., Calgary, 13, 24-29. FRALICK, P.W. & BARRETT, T.J. (1991) Precambrian depositional systems along the southwestern edge of the Superior Craton. Geological Association of Canada, Annual Meeting Fieldtrip A3 Guidebook, 54 pp. FRALICK, P.W. & SCHNIEDERS, B.R. (1986) Depositional environments and tectonic implications of an Archean volcanic-metalliferous slate-turbiditic succession, north ern Ontario, Canada, 12th International Sedimentological Congress, Programme with Abstracts, Canberra, p. 110. FRALICK, P.W., BARRETT, T.J., JARVIS, K.E., JARVIS, I., ScHNIEDERS, B.R. & VANDE KEMP, R. (1989) Sulfide facies iron-formation at the Archean Morley occurrence, northwestern Ontario: contrasts with oceanic hydro thermal deposits. Can. Mineral. , 27, 601-616. FRALICK , P.W., Wu, J. & WILLIAMS, H.R. (1992) Trench and slope basin deposits in an Archean metasedimentary belt, Superior Province, Canadian Shield. Can. J. Earth Sci. , 29, 2551-2557. GARRELS, R.M., PERRY, E.A. J R . & MACKENZIE, F.T. (1973) Genesis of Precambrian iron formations and the development of atmospheric oxygen. Econ. Ceo/. , 68, 1173-1179. GooDWIN , A.M. (1956) Facies relationships in the Gunflint iron-formation. Econ. Ceo!. , 5 1 , 565-595. GRoss, G.A. (1965) Geology of iron deposits in Canada, Vol. 1, general geology and evaluation of iron deposits. Ceo/. Surv. Can. econ. Ceo/. Rep . , 22, 181 pp. GRoss, G.A. (1980) A classification of iron formations based on depositional environments. Can. Mineral. , 18, 215-222. GRoss, G.A. (1983) Tectonic systems and the deposition of iron-formation. Precam. Res. , 20, 17 1-187.
P. Fralick and T.J. Barrett
156
GRoss, G.A. & ZAJAC , I.S. (1983) Iron formations in fold belts marginal to the Ungava Craton. In: Iron formation: Facts and Problems (Eds Trendell, A.F. & Morris, R.C.), pp. 253-294. Elsevier, New Y ork. HESSE, R. & CHOUGH, S.K. (1980) The northwest Atlantic Mid-Ocean Channel of the Labrador Sea: Il. D eposition of parallel laminated levee-muds from the viscous sub layer of low density turbidity currents. Sedimentology , 27, 697-711. HoLLAND, H.D. (1973) The oceans: a possible source of iron in iron-formations. Econ. Geol. , 68, 1169-1172. HuBER, N . K. (1959) Some aspects of the origin of the Ironwood iron formations of Michigan and Wisconsin. Econ. Geol. , 54, 82-118. HYDE, R.S. (1980) Sedimentary facies in the Archean Timiskaming Group and their tectonic implications, Abitibi Greenstone Belt, N ortheastern Ontario, Canada. Precam. Res. , 12, 161-195. JAMES, H.L. (1966) Chemistry of the iron-rich sedimentary rocks. U.S. geol. Surv. Prof. Pap . , 440 J, p. 61. JENSEN , L.S. (1 978a) Geology of Thackeray, Elliott, Tannahill and D okis Townships, District of Cochrane, Ontario. Ont. geol. Surv. Rep . , 165, 71 pp. JENSEN, L.S. (1978b) Geology of Stoughton and Marriott Townships District of Cochrane. Ont. geol. Surv. Rep . , 173, 73 pp. JENSEN , L.S. (1981) A petrogenic model for the A rchean Abitibi
Belt
in
the
Kirkland
Lake
area,
Ontario .
PhD thesis, University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, 520 pp. JENSEN, L.S. (1985) Stratigraphy and petrogenesis of Archean metavolcanic sequences, southwestern Abitibi subprovince, Ontario. In: Evolution of A rchean Supra crustal Sequences (Eds Ayres, L. D., Thurston, P.C., Card, K. D. & Weber, W.), Geol. Assoc. Can. Spec. Pap. , 28, 65-87. KRONBERG, B.l. & FRALICK, P.W. (1992) Geochemical alteration of felsic Archean rocks by Gunflint Formation derived fluids, Quetico-Superior region, northwest Ontario. Can. I. Earth Sci. , 29, 2610-2616. LABERGE, G.L., ROBBINS, E.l. & HAN , T.-M. (1987) A model for the biological precipitation of Precambrian iron-fonnations - a: geological evidence. In: Precambrian Iron-formations (Eds Appel, P.W . U . & LaBerge, G.L.), pp. 69-96. Theophrastus Publications, S.A., Athens. LABERGE, G.L., 0JAKANGAS , R.W. & KICHT, K. (1992) Early Proterozoic and Archean rocks of the Gogebic Range. Institute of Lake Superior Geology, 38th Annual Meeting, Part 2, Fieldtrip Guidebook. Hurley, Wisconsin. LAGALLAJS, C.J. & LAVOIE , S. (1982) Basin evolution of the Lower Proterozoic Kaniapiskau Supergroup, central Labrador miogeocline (trough), Quebec. Bull. Can. petrol. Geol. , 30, 150-166. LouGHEED, M.S. (1983) Origin of Precambrian iron formations in the Lake Superior region. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. , 94, 325-340. MEYN, H.D. & PALONEN , P.A. (1980) Stratigraphy of an Archean submarine fan. Precam. Res. , 12, 257-285. MOREY, G.B. (1983) Animikie Basin, Lake Superior region, U.S.A. In : Iron-formation: Facts and Problems (Eds Trendell, A.F. & Morris, R.C.) pp. 13-68. Elsevier, New Y ork.
MoREY, G.B., SouTHWICK, D . L. & ScHOlT LE R , S.P. (1991) Manganiferous zones in Early Proterozoic iron formation in the Emily district, Cuyuna Range, east central Minnesota. Minn. geol. Surv. Rep. Invest. , 391, 42 pp. MoRRIS, R.C. (1993) Genetic modelling for banded iron formation of the Hamersley Group, Pilbara Craton, Western Australia. Precam. Res. , 60, 243-286. OEHLER, J .H. (1976) Hydrothermal crystallization of silica gel. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. , 87, 1143-1152. 0JAKANGAS, R.W. (1983) Tidal deposits in the early Proterozic basins of the Lake Superior region. The Palus and the Pokegama Formations; evidence for subtidal shelf deposition of Superior-type banded iron-formation . In : Early Proterozoic Geology of the Lake Superior Region (Ed. Medaris, L. G.) , Geol. Soc. Am. Mem., Boulder, 160, 49-66. ScHNIEDERS, B. R. (1987) The geology of sulfide-facies iron formations and associated rocks in the Lower Steel River-
Unpublished MSc thesis, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario, 196 pp. SHULSKI, T. , WARES, R.P. & SMITH, A. D. (1993) Early Proterozoic (1.88-1.87 Ga) tholeiitic magmatism in the New Quebec orogen. Can. I. Earth Sci. , 30, 1505-1520. SIEVER, R. (1957) Silica budget in the sedimentary cycle. Am. Mineral. , 42, 821 - 841. SIMONSON , B.M. (1985) Sedimentological constraints on the origins of Precambrian iron formations. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. , 96, 244-252. STAN LEY, D.J. and WEAR, C.M. (1978) The 'mud-line': an erosion-deposition boundary on the upper continental slope. Mar. Ceo!. , 28, 19-29. STOw, D.A.V. & SHANMUGAM, G. (1980) Sequences and structures in fine-grained turbidites; comparison of recent deep-sea and ancient flysch sediments. Sediment Geol. , 25, 23-42. TEAL, P.R. & WALKER, R.G. (1977) Stratigraphy and sedimentology of the Archean Manitou Group, north western Ontario. Geol. Surv. Can. Pap . , 77-1A , 181-184. VAN H 1 s E , C.R. & LEITH, C.K. (1911) The geology of the Lake Superior region. U.S. geol. Surv. Monogr. , 52, 641 pp. WHITE, D.A. (1954) Stratigraphy and structure of the Mesabi range, Minnesota. Minn. geol. Surv. Bull. , 38, 92. WARDLE, R . J . & BAILEY, D . G. (1981) Early Proterozoic sequences in Labrador. In: Proterozoic Basins in Canada (Ed. Campbell, F.H.A.), Geol. Surv. Can. Pap., Ottawa, 81-10, 33 1-358. WARES, R.P. & GouTIER, J . (1990) Deformational style in the foreland of the northern New Quebec Orogen. Geosci. Can. , 17, 244-249. WILKS, M.E. & NISBET, E.G. (1988) Stratigraphy of the Steep Rock Group, northwest Ontario: a maj or Archean unconformity and Archean stromatolites. Can. J. Earth Sci. , 25, 370-391. WooD, J. (1980) Epiclastic sedimentation and stratigraphy in the N orth Spirit Lake and Rainy Lake areas: a comparison. Precam. Res. , 12, 227-255. Little Steel Lake area, Terrace Bay, Ontario.
Spec. Pubis int. Ass. Sediment. ( 1995) 22, 157-193
Facies models in volcanic terrains: time's arrow versus time's cycle G EO F F R E Y J . O RTON Department of Geology, McMaster University, Hamilton, Ontario L8S 4Ml, Canada
ABSTRACT
Vertical and lateral facies variations in volcanic terrains are abrupt owing to the sudden input of additional sediment from one or more volcanic vents. Further complications arise from the influence of volcanic activity on the subsidence history of the basin. A detailed study of one small depositional system from the Ordovician Llewelyn Volcanic Group near Tryfan Fach, North Wales is used to illustrate the problems this causes for developing facies models. The Tryfan Fach Member is made up of four facies associations characterized by their geometries, composition, and sedimentary structures. Each is assigned to a particular depositional setting: marine shelf, braided stream, floodbasin and alluvial fan. The basal portion comprises a comparatively thick , mudstone-dominated succession deposited in a quiet-water marine setting largely below fair-weather wave base. In contrast, coarse-grained, rhyolite-bearing sandstones were deposited in shallow, flood prone, southward flowing bedload-dominated braided streams and as unconfined sheet floods. These sandstones amalgamate to form a laterally extensive sheet c. 15m thick and at least 2 km wide, which lies with sharp contact on subjacent marine mudstones. Sandstones pass gradationally upwards into interbedded coarse and fine sandstones, laminated vitric siltstones with accretionary lapilli, and mudstones, deposited on a low-gradient coastal plain. Conglomeratic alluvial fan deposits, derived from older deposits of granite, tuffaceous sediment and rhyolite, occur along the northeast margin of the basin. Although several features can be explained by envisaging the whole succession as the product of one linked depositional system , the differences in sediment composition and palaeocurrent trends raise problems. These cast doubt on the strict application of Walther's Law to the total succession, and demand at least three genetically unrelated depositional systems. The rhyolitic braidplain to floodbasin succession is attributed to subaerial aggradation of primary and reworked pyroclastics, and had a different source from subjacent marine mudstones and the adjacent alluvial fan. The sharp basal contact of the braidplain sandstones is interpreted as an erosional unconformity, and is inferred to have resulted partly from volcano-tectonic uplift in advance of the volcanic eruption. The contemporaneous progradation of an epiclastic alluvial fan from the opposite side of the basin is related to accelerated but more differential basin subsidence during volcanism. Within the syneruptive deposits it could not be established whether facies change reflected sorting processes on the alluvial plain or progressive eruption of finer grained ash. As a consequence, vertical sequences are difficult to interpret, palaeo geographical maps are speculative, and the timing of relative sea-level changes could not be assessed fully.
INTRODUCTION
Vertical-sequence analysis, essentially an extension of Walther's Law, is probably the single most important advance in sedimentology in recent decades (Dott, 1983) . It provides a powerful tool with which to interpret changes in sedimentary
environments through time from two-dimensional sequences (de Raaf et al. , 1965 ; Visher, 1965). As Walther stressed, the law can be applied only to successions with gradational , non-erosive contacts between facies and/or environments (see Middleton,
Sedimentary Facies Analysis: A Tribute to the Research and Teaching of Harold G. Reading Edited by A. Guy Plint © 1995 The International Association of Sedimentologists ISBN: 978-0-865-42898-0
157
158
G.J. Orton
1973). Also implicit in its application is the assump tion that the control on changes in grain size and/or facies largely lies within the area of deposition. External parameters (e.g. sediment supply, relative sea-level) change gradually rather than abruptly; continuity rather than discontinuity is assumed. Although modern facies models do allow for 'cata strophic' events (e.g. storms) , these catastrophes are assumed to recur with the same frequency in the past, present and future . And the thickness of sedimentary deposits resulting from catastrophes is normally not sufficient to alter radically the pre-existing geography and patterns of sediment dispersal. Things are not so simple in volcanic terrains. B y their very nature, explosive volcanic eruptions are catastrophic and rapidly change the supply of sedi ment available within a catchment area. The grain size and type (crystals, lithics, glass shards) of sedi ment supplied can change with equal rapidity during the course of a volcanic eruption owing to changes in the rate of magma extrusion, volatile content of magma erupted or the amount of interaction with external water in the vent (see Heiken & Wohletz, 199 1 ; White, 199 1 ) . During eruptions, patterns of sediment dispersal are not always controlled by pre existing topography; ash-fall deposits in particular are controlled by wind patterns and are distributed over broad areas independent of topography and , to some extent, gravity. Depositional basins around volcanoes are often infilled from multiple sources. The growth of intrabasinal volcanoes can form physiographic barriers that isolate depositional systems and limit the fetch (and hence size) of waves reaching coastlines. Relative sea-level can change quickly owing to uplift or subsidence resulting from a volcanic eruption. As a consequence, ancient volcaniclastic suc cessions are notoriously difficult to interpret. Two concepts jockey for recognition in every ancient succession: (i) each bed in the succession represents a unique historical event (i.e. a new eruption, a new type of eruption) with no genetic relation to the bed before; (ii) the succession represents a 'group of facies genetically related to one another and which have some environmental significance' (Collinson, 1969). The first perspective relates facies change to changing source parameters. Sedimentology essentially loses its predictive capability and ability to define environments. The second is an ahistorical perspective in which laws, processes and the pace of change remains predictable . I think these two
concepts, labelled by Gould ( 1987) as time's arrow (a linear succession of unique events) and time's cycle (recurrent patterns in a world that remains essentially unchanged), embody the major issues within analysis of every volcaniclastic succession . A small-scale but well-exposed sequence from the Ordovician Llewelyn Volcanic Group near Tryfan Fach, North Wales is used to illustrate the differences and interaction between these two concepts. At this locality, a 15-m-thick sheet of coarse-grained rhyo litic volcaniclastics is bounded by marine mudstones or fine-grained sandstones, and lies a few kilometres away from conglomeratic alluvial fan deposits. The main problem addressed in this paper is whether the rhyolitic sandstones are reworked pyroclastics and indicate penecontemporaneous volcanism, and whether the other stratigraphical units had the same source. Through analysis of sediment composition , it can be shown that there is no genetic relationship between vertically and laterally adjacent strati graphical units. Each represents a separate depo sitional system. The implications for facies modelling and reconstructing environments in volcanic settings are discussed.
TERMINOLOGY
Sands rich in volcanic debris are of two dominant types according to the method of clast formation . Pyroclastic material (shards, pumice, crystals) is generated by explosive volcanism , and is often contributed directly to the sedimentary record as primary pyroclastic deposits. In contrast, epiclastic volcaniclastic materials result from erosion and weathering of older volcanic rocks, including lithified tuffs, and do not usually reflect contemporaneous volcanicity. A 'grey area' within this classification concerns reworking of unconsolidated pyroclastic debris. Many authors (particularly Fisher, 196 1 ; Fisher & Schmincke, 1984) regard recycled pyro clastic material, redeposited by wind or water as secondary pyroclastics; others (e.g. Cas & Wright, 1987) suggest that pyroclastic particles reworked by water or other agents should be called epiclastic. In older and more deformed successions, dis tinction becomes even fuzzier, and one is often lucky if one can demonstrate that some particles were produced by explosive volcanism. A further complication is that many volcaniclastic deposits consist of mixtures of both syneruptive pyroclasts and epiclastic material (sensu Fisher & Schmincke ,
Facies models in volcanic terrains
1984) . The recognition of pyroclastic debris where such material is diluted by and mingled with sands of other origins is not easy. Resolving this problem , however, is far from an exercise in semantics but is crucial in determining the nature of the volcanic contribution to sedimentation. Calling all pyroclastic material that has suffered additional transport 'epiclastic' hides the fact that volcanicity may have been active at that time, and breaks the genetic lineage between deposits and their source. In this study the term pyroclastic is used where the composition, texture, variability, and geometry of the deposits all suggest that clasts were produced by a contemporaneous volcanic eruption. Pyroclastic material that was retransported by 'normal' hydro logical processes shortly after its initial deposition is referred to as reworked pyroclastics in order to emphasize that sedimentation was still occurring in response to volcanism.
GEOLOGICAL FRAMEWORK
During the latter part of the Ordovician, North Wales was part of an extensional or transtensional marginal basin (Campbell et al. , 1988; Kokelaar, 1988) sited on continental crust comprising accreted volcanic arcs (Thorpe , 1979). The Precambrian crust formed part of a small microcontinent, Eastern Avalonia (Soper & Hutton, 1984) , derived from continental Gondwanaland, and separated from the North American continent (Laurentia) and Baltica by the Iapetus ocean and the Tornquist's sea. Palaeo magnetic and faunal reconstructions record the northward movement of Avalonia throughout Early Ordovician to Early Devonian times (Cocks & Fortey, 1982; van der Voo, 1983, 1988) , with temperate southerly latitudes (c. 30-35°S) indicated for mid to late Ordovician (Caradoc) times (Torsvik & Trench, 1991). Alluvial fan facies suggest a humid climate (Orton, 199 1 ) . Ordovician sedimentation i n North Wales was dominated by muddy facies. Volcanism and depo sition of associated coarse-grained clastic material was confined largely to the Caradoc series, and confined to a NE-SW oriented rift termed the Snowdon graben. An orthogonal array of deep seated fractures cutting the ensialic basement (Campbell et al . , 1988; Kokelaar, 1988) controlled the position of eruptive centres within the graben. Reactivation of these and shallower fractures as faults, often in conjunction with volcanism , deter-
159
mined configuration of sub-basins, rates of fault block subsidence, the distribution of volcanic and sedimentary units, and depositional settings. The Snowdon graben can be divided into at least two structural basins, 10- 15 km wide, about Llanberis Pass (Fig. 1) based on the distinctive petrography of their contained sediment (Orton, 1990) and the distribution of basalt intrusions (Campbell et a!. , 1988) . The basin northeast of Llanberis Pass has been referred to as the Tryfan depocentre (Orton, 1990) . Volcanism, and the deposition of coarse clastic material, varied in time and space. It can be divided into two eruptive cycles that are reflected in two volcanic groups (Howells et at. , 199 1 ) : a lower Llewelyn Volcanic Group in northeast Snowdonia (Fig. 1) and an upper Snowdown Volcanic Group in southwest Snowdonia. Although this activity was confined to just two chronostratigraphical stages (Soudleyan and Longvillian) , about 5% of total (72 Ma) Ordovician time , its products comprise about half the total thickness of the Ordovician sequence. The average rate of sediment accumu lation during the Soudleyan and Longvillian approached 1 m lOOO yr-1 (Orton, 199 1 ) . The earliest volcanic activity in the Llewelyn Volcanic Group developed from at least four, partly contemporaneous , centres. Rhyolite lavas and silicic ash flow tuffs (Conwy Rhyolite, Braich tu Du Formation) , trachyandesite lavas and tuffs (Foel Fras Formation) and basaltic-andesite lavas (Foel Grach Basalts) were all erupted (Fig. 1). Extrusive rocks are associated mainly with marine mudstones and show little evidence of reworking; they were probably ponded in subsiding, fault-bounded areas of the sea-floor (Howells et al. , 199 1 ) . However, the latest activity in the Llewelyn Volcanic Group, the Capel Curig Volcanic Formation, was dominated by larger scale subaerial eruptions of silicic magma, giving rise to widespread ash flow tuff deposits. Volcaniclastic successions underlying the Capel Curig Volcanic Formation, herein referred to as the Tryfan Formation (Figs 1 & 2), reflect a compara tively reduced amount of volcanic activity. The Tryfan Formation can be divided into at least eight members (Fig. 2), based on differences in sedi mentary facies and/or environments, and the amount, petrography, chemical composition and location of any volcanicity associated with sedimen tation. Each member represents a distinct depo sitional episode with no genetic relation to the episode before. The Gwern GofTuff, and underlying fluvial- deltaic deposits were derived from a source
160
G.J. Orton
N
t
� CapeiCt.rig �"J Volcanic Formation (;:::;::::::1 Tryfan Formation
r:Mi:!;(!Jil
-
Foel Fras Volcaric CC>I"\l)lex
Foel Grach Basalt Fm. � &aichTuDu � Volcanic Formation � Coowy Rhyoite Formation
�
o-
-skm
Stbvolcaric ntrusions Important faults
Fig. 1. Llewelyn Volcanic Group: distribution of formations and related subvolcanic intrusions. Box locates Fig. 2.
Intrusions in the south identified as follows: MP, Mynydd Perfedd; BC, Bwlch y Cywion; T, Talgau; CL, Carnedd Llewelyn (modified from Howells et al. , 1991). On inset map, shaded area denotes approximate position of Snowdon graben, MS refers to the Menai Straits.
to the east-southeast (Orton, 1988) . Progradation and/or transgression of coarse-grained fluvio-deltaic systems was the dominant mode of basin infill above the Gwern Gof Tuff. Each of these prograded toward the south and southeast, indicating a 'flip' in the polarity of infill of the Tryfan depocentre. The depo sitional package of concern here lies directly above the Gwern Gof Tuff and is referred to as the Tryfan
Fach Member (Figs 2 & 3 ) . It varies in thickness from 30 to 120 m , and has been recognized only within the Tryfan anticline (Figs 1 & 2) , over an extremely small area ( < 20 km2) . Exact information on the time-scale spanned by the Tryfan Fach Member cannot be provided. However, it was of the order of a few hundred thousand years and certainly not millions of years.
161
Facies models in volcanic terrains 68
I
I
*
fossillocalities
500
m
66
Fig. 2. Simplified geology of the Tryfan anticline (modified after British Geological Survey, 1985, unpublished 1:10000
sheets; Orton, 1990). Numbers on border refer to UK Ordinance Survey National Grid (grid square SH) and are 1 km apart. Circled letters on map refer to location of the main sedimentary sections, whereas numbers on stratigraphical log (and associated textures) denote the three basinal facies associations: 1, marine shelf mudstones; 2, Rhyolitic braided stream sandstones; 3, floodbasin sandstones .
FACIES ASSOCIATIONS
The stratigraphical record of the Tryfan Fach Member can be divided into four facies associations, each assigned to a particular depositional setting. As cleavage obscures sedimentary facies in fine grained lithologies (unless rhyolitic) , environmental interpretations are based largely on data collected from sedimentary rocks of medium silt grade and coarser. Marine shelf mudstones
The basal portion of the Tryfan Fach Member in the south consists of poorly exposed mudstone with sharp-based massive or massive to horizontally laminated beds (to 1 0 cm) of coarse siltstone and fine-grained sandstone. Upper surfaces of sandstone beds are either sharp or grade into overlying mud-
stone. One bed of coarse-grained lithic sandstone containing rounded rhyolite pebbles (Fig. 4, 49 m) also occurs. Rare brachiopods (Rostricellula) indicate a marine setting (Tunnicliff & Rushton, 1980). Thicker horizons (to 2 m thick) of rhyolitic fallout tuff (Fig. 3) consist of thin, 8 -1 0 cm thick, massive to graded beds of vitric siltstone. The succession generally becomes sandier upwards with bioturbated sandy siltstone giving way to inter stratified very fine sandstone (beds 10- 100 em) and mudstone (beds to 20 cm) . Most sandstone beds are sharp based, massive, sometimes normally graded, and rarely infill isolated-scours 30 em deep. Beds near the top of the succession , however, contain ripple cross-stratification, small-scale (to 15 em) trough cross-stratification , planar horizontal lami nation , and more rarely undulating lamination. Vv'here trough cross-stratification occurs, sets are often separated by discontinuous siltstone lenses.
162
G.J. Orton
Facies associations
0">
en u::
� ;
100
'
a: (!) :2 I u
z
u..
>a: f-
�� ....
Thinly bedded floodbasin sandstones
"
Rhyolitic braided stream sandstones
60
en u::
40
Marine shelf m udstones
20
GWERN
GO F
TUFF
Fig. 3. Composite log through the Tryfan Fach Member (from the vicinity of log C, Fig. 2) showing stratigraphical relationships between facies associations. Ruled vertical bars denote position of more detailed sedimentary logs. The Gwern Gof Tuff (base of section) is about 40 m thick and only its top portion is depicted. The top of the braided stream association forms the popular rock-climbing slab at Tryfan Fach.
163
Facies models in volcanic terrains Facies interpretation 65
5cm
Small scale trough and ripple Cross stratification
? Shoreface
Wave swash on sand bar?
Low-angle planar lamination
------ -- Fairweather wave base-??
Bioturbated siltstone
55
Ripple cross stratification
Alternation of rapid deposition by storms and waning alluvial floods and slow suspension sedimentation
Pebbly sandstone
Graded sandstone beds
45
1m
I
Fig. 4. Section from mid- to upper portion of the marine shelf mudstone association. Scale is in metres above Gwern Gof Tuff. From section B, east of Tryfan Fach, SH 67205995. Log is continued in Fig. 5. See Fig. 3 for stratigraphical position of log.
164
G.J. Orton
The top few metres of the association are again fine-grained (Fig. 5 ) . Mudstones are slightly tuf faceous and a laterally continuous comparatively pure unit of vitric siltstone (50- 100 em thick) lies directly beneath the coarse-grained rhyolitic volcaniclastic material of the braided stream associ ation (Figs 5 & 6) . Mudstones contain thin ( < 30 cm) tabular sandstone beds, most of which display bio turbation. Although the sandstone beds do not pinch and swell they could not be traced between sections only a few hundred metres apart. Indistinct parallel lamination and more rarely trough cross stratification were the only sedimentary structures observed. Overall, facies and fossils indicate deposition in a quiet-water muddy environment. Environmental interpretation of Caradoc fauna is facilitated by comparison within coeval strata in the nearby (< 100 km) Berwyn Hills (Pickerill & Brenchley, 1979). Here Rostricellula is associated with the Macrocoelia subcommunity of a Dinorthis com munity and is considered to have colonized high energy non-turbid, well-oxygenated environments on silty substrates under moderately high rates of sedimentation. A maximum water depth of 25 m was assigned to the Macrocoelia subcommunity based on sedimentary structures, and the presence of the fossil-boring Vermiforichnus (Pickerill , 1976) . The bottom part of the Tryfan Fach Member was dominated by deposition of mud from suspension. Coarser grained sediment was introduced period ically in decelerating flows. These could represent suspension clouds deposited during the waning stages of a storm (Nelson, 1982) or underflows (hyper pycnal effluent) from river-derived flood events. Although underflows are documented most com monly where river waters enter freshwater lakes, they also occur when bedload-dominated streams enter marine basins. Wright et al. (1986) confirmed that hyperpycnal underflows carrying silt occur off the mouth of the Huanghe (Yellow) River. Under flows carrying sand develop when floodflows from the San Lorenzo River (California) scour the river mouth and pass offshore as a plane jet (Hicks & Inman, 1987) and are suspected also to be a common phenomena on fan-deltas along fjords (Prior et al. , 1987 ) . I f storm o r river-introduced silts and sands d o not exhibit evidence of reworking by waves, it is usually inferred that beds reflect deposition below effective wave base. A comparable facies described from other Ordovician successions in North Wales was
assigned to an 'outer shelf setting' (Fritz & Howells , 199 1 ) . Care must be taken, however. As noted by Pickerill & Hurst ( 1983), if suspension clouds produced by storms or river floods contain , in addition to sand and silt-grade material, sufficient mud to provide cohesiveness, modification by later currents could be precluded even though deposition occurred above normal, even 'fair-weather' , wave base. The upper sandier part of the succession contains unequivocal evidence for deposition in shallower water. Planar lamination (Fig. 4, c. 61 m) may reflect wave swash processes. However, a similar facies , termed quasi-planar lamination, described from Lower Cretaceous lower shoreface to shelf deposits of Montana has been attributed to deposition under single-event, high-energy combined-flow conditions (Arnott, 1993 ) . Outcrop quality is not adequate to discern whether lamination remains perfectly planar or gently undulates, although the position of the lamination at the base of an upward-shoaling unit lends some credence to a combined-flow origin . Undulatory lamination, considered to form under intense oscillatory flow (Allen, 198 1 ) or combined flow (Myrow & Southard, 1991) occurs nearby at about the same stratigraphical level and provides additional evidence for wave processes. The twice observed, sandstone-filled scours are similar in size and orientation (but not abundance!) to gutter casts described by Myrow ( 1992) from shallow subtidal deposits in Newfoundland. In his model the subtidal zone , dominated by fine-grained sediment, is largely a zone of sediment bypass in which high-velocity sediment-laden flows erode shore-normal scours preserved as gutter casts. The trough cross-stratification of the sandiest deposits (Fig. 4, 63-66 m) is thought to be produced by waves and/or river mouth floods. The absence of facies such as lenticular and flaser bedding, reactivation surfaces, rhythmic bedding and mud drapes suggest that tidal processes were absent or unimportant. The small size of the cross-stratification, inter-bedding of mudstone, and absence of swaley or hummocky cross-stratification indicates low near shore wave power. This requires further comment. Wave power at a coastline depends on the maximum deep-water wave energy and its shallow-water fric tional attenuation, which is a function of the sub aqueous slope. Younger shorefaces of the Tryfan Formation commonly contain abundant hummocky and swaley cross-stratification, undulating lami nation, and large wave ripples (e.g. Orton, 1988;
. c
E
� 1-"',
ri®� :·�
500
m
8-------
.. ' n·v
-� --8- --- --------- sil one - -ts ---t... ...
120
ri o o-- ---D
,.._
�
400
m
. �-;·
� _.,._. �
�·
�
marker
0
0
�
0
"'i>= o --..
u:;:;:;;;;:::s.;;;-
l2
0
,
o-
o
0
400
m
FLOODBASIN
•
•
118
"'
------1
o--
-
�)�
,
B
� ("') �·
.
--...i'.J-· -..!!!!..� .. .... ..
;:s
"'J"=
Channel fill
Channel fill
��
0 0 0
n=ll
BRAIDED STREAMS
KEY
I I
Indistinct stratification
MUDSTONES
I�
I
1:.:;5'
2 ;:, Bioturbation
MARINE
� "' 0
128
.----
0
Graded sandstone Ripple cross-strat
c:;· <;;
�
5' "'
Horizontal lamination
. . Trough cross-strat . .., v\ Ashfall tuff , --- -- ....... Bedded sandstone
�>
�. " v v
3-10 0 11-20 0 21-30 0 >30 0
Mudstone
SET SIZE INCM
Fig. 5. Detail of facies variation in upper part of Tryfan Fach Member on west limb of Tryfan anticline. See Fig. 2 for location of sections. Section B is a continuation
(without a stratigraphical gap) of section B depicted in Fig.
4. ...... 0\ Vl
166
G.J. Orton
Fig. 6. Contact between (A) fine
grained bioturbated sandstones of the marine shelf association (beneath hammer) and (B) trough cross-stratified coarse-grained volcaniclastic sandstones of the braided stream association (above hammer), which often contain a thin (30-50cm) bed of siliceous mudstone. General fluvial palaeocurrent is to the left and towards the reader. Hammer is 30cm long.
Fritz, 199 1 ) . As it seems unlikely that deep-water wave energy changed dramatically over a few hundred thousand years, the low wave power documented throughout the Tryfan Fach Member is related to a low subaqueous slope. At the time of emplacement of the Gwern Gof Tuf (Fig. 3) , the offshore slope must have dipped to the west northwest. In contrast, the rhyolitic braidplain deposits of the Tryfan Fach Member indicate a slope to the east-southeast. Sometime during the inter vening time period, that is when the marine shelf association was being deposited, the slope must have rotated, either tectonically or by deposition, through the horizontal. Low-gradient muddy shelves are highly efficient at attenuating wave energy (cf. Wells & Coleman, 198 1 ). On the Surinam coast line the total wave-energy loss through slow shoaling across the inner shelf ranges from 9 3 to 9 6% , and most waves do not reach the shoreline nor break. Rhyolitic braided-stream sandstones
A multistorey, 12- 15 m thick , laterally extensive (about 2 km) horizon of poorly sorted granule conglomerate to fine sandstone directly overlies the muddy coastal sediments (Figs 3, 5, 6 & 7). Tuffaceous siltstone rip-up clasts (to 5 em) and sub angular rhyolitic pebbles (to 2 cm) are common . The sandstones were deposited as broad tabular sheets 20-250 cm thick separated by thin ( < 20 cm) beds of vitric siltstone or interbedded siltstone and fine
sandstone. Fine-grained intervals are laterally continuous for distances of about 200 m, with the exception of a tuffaceous, green-coloured siltstone that extends for at least 900 m (Fig. 5). Sandstone sheets are characterized by extremely abrupt vertical changes in grain size and texture . Vertical-sided , laterally stepped erosional scours up to 30 em deep sometimes occur along their base. In thicker sheets, shallow trough cross-stratification is the dominant sedimentary structure , with rare climbing ripple cross-lamination and horizontal lamination. Palaeo current distribution is unimodal towards the southeast. Many thick sheets fine upwards , from conglomeratic coarse sandstone to siltstone (Fig. 8). When this occurs the set size of cross-stratification decreases upwards ( c. 20 cm to Scm) in conjunction with grain-size changes. Thinner sandstone beds display a wider range of sedimentary structures. Coarse-grained beds are commonly normally graded , fining up from conglomeratic sandstone to siltstone over short (< 50 em) vertical distances. Finer grained beds are massive, have massive bases with cross stratified tops, horizontal lamination, or undulating lamination. The geometry of the above sandstone packages , their internal structures, coarse texture and uni modal palaeocurrents indicate deposition by uni directional tractional currents under a broad range of flow strengths. A subaerial setting is assumed because: (i) there is no evidence (e.g. wave ripples) within fine-grained beds for marine processes ,
Facies models in volcanic terrains
167 Facies interpretation
Scm 5cm
Stacked 'channel' fills
Small scale trough Cross-stratification
�
"
Low-angle indistinct stratification
....
�:..:...:_ ,_ �,�·
A
/
/ � ··<-'"·�.., io -.--- ,
10cm Sea-green siltstone horizontal lamination and rippling
z 0
t=
lnfill of deeper fluvial channel
0 (/) (/)
Aggradation in shallow unconfined braided stream
20cm ;...;,.:...��·
Shallow trough cross-stratification
1 5 cm
lnfill of minor 'channels'
30cm
<(
10cm
a: a:l
Graded sandstone beds
'Overbank' floods
Undulating lamination
Horizontal lamination with small scours
Upper flow regime sheetfloods
Fig. 7. Complete section through
braided stream facies association. From Section D, east slope of Tryfan, SH 6683 5945. See Figs 3 & 5 for stratigraphical position of log. Numbers to right of log denote thickness of cross-strata. In thin beds that fine upwards the set size indicated refers only to sets at the base of the beds.
Rhyolitic siltstone
Ashfall
tuff
Bedded sandstone
M
(ii) there is no bioturbation as occurs within other facies associations, (iii) sandstones are extremely poorly sorted, (iv) tidal indicators (e.g. mudstone drapes) are absent.
Si
Sa
G
The thicker sandstones are best interpreted as infill of fluvial , probably braided, channels (Miall, 1977). In relation to modern braided rivers, these sandstones resemble to some extent the South
168
G.J. Orton
Fig. 8. Channel-fill sequence from a 2-m-deep pebbly
braided stream (braided stream association). Base of sequence is just beneath the field of view. Height of cross stratification decreases upwards, from 20cm to 4cm. Flow of fluvial current was towards the reader.
Saskatchewan River (Cant & Walker, 1978) in being dominated by trough cross-stratification. The South Saskatchewan maintains average channel depths of 3m (maximum 5 m) , in which trough cross-stratified sands accumulate by migration of sinuous crested dunes. Fining, upward sequences are generated as the channel shallows due to lateral migration. As this occurs, the trough sets are overlain and/or interbedded with stacked sets of planar cross stratified sand formed by cross-channel migration of shallow bar complexes. Unlike the South Saskatchewan, the Tryfan Fach Member contains no planar cross-stratification. Although puzzling this is not unique and numerous other ancient braided stream successions, such as the Jurassic Westwater Canyon Formation
(Campbell, 1976; Godin, 199 1 ) , or Pennsylvanian South Bar (Rust & Gibling, 1990a) and Boss Point (Browne & Plint, 1994) Formations are similarly dominated by trough cross-stratification. The absence of planar cross-stratification has been explained in at least two ways. Some suggest that lateral migration of deeper channels across a braided sand-flat would lead to the preferrential preservation of three-dimensional dunes at the expense of cross channel bars characterizing shallower channel por tions (Campbell, 1976). Alternatively, channel avulsion, causing rapid abandonment of the pre viously active tract, combined with flood-stage erosion of top-stratum would prevent development of fining upward waning channel fill sequences and result in a sheet-like sandbody dominated by trough cross-strata (Rust & Gibling, 1990a; Browne & Plint, 1994) . Several important observations suggest a differ ent interpretation for the trough cross-stratified 'channel' fill units of the Tryfan Fach Member. 1 There is little evidence, such as channel forms, deep scours or channel base lags, that bedforms were confined within deep channels. Instead, fluvial cycles rest on virtually planar erosion surfaces or wedge out at their base against broad, shallow channels. 2 Although sediments are poorly sorted, cosets often fine upwards with a corresponding decrease in set size (Figs 7 & 8) . In contrast , no clear grain size trends in the facies cycles are present within the Boss Point Formation and co-sets are inferred to represent partial-channel fills (Browne & Plint, 1994). Although trough cross-sets in the Boss Point range from 50 em to 120 em in thickness, vertical variation in set-size is not reported. 3 The set size is small enough that sandstone sheets could represent complete 'channel' fills. A broad relationship between bedform height (H) and flow depth (h) in rivers has been established (e.g. Allen, 1984, fig. 8-20). Preserved set thickness will be considerably less than the height of dunes originally present at flood stage because of relaxation during falling stage (Allen, 1 974) and truncation by sub sequently migrating scours. Consequently, Rust & Gibling (1990a) suggest adding 50% as a conservative estimate of the amount lost. This approach gives a flood-stage dune height of about 30 em for the largest dunes at the base of cosets and a few centimetres for bedforms at their tops. The mean relationship (H!h 0. 15) of Allen ( 1984) yields a flood-stage flow depth of about 2 m for the large basal dunes, a =
Facies models in volcanic terrains
depth comparable to the thickness of the cosets. The broad, extremely low-angle, and shallow nature of the trough cross-stratification (Fig. 8) indicates either extremely rapid flows and/or shallow flow depths (Jopling, 1965 ) . There are similarities with proglacial sandur deposits (e.g. Ruegg, 197 1 } . For all o f the above reasons, there seems iittle doubt that most of the fining upward trough cross stratified sandstone sheets record virtually uncon fined flood events. The thickness and type of sequence resulting from such flood events would depend on the depth and duration of the flood, and the amount and grain size of sediment available. Three possibilities are considered . The thickest sheets require that a range of grain sizes are available and that flow-depths change in a comparatively gradual fashion so that bedforms have time to respond to the decreasing flow strengths. These cosets represent the most prolonged (and most widespread} discharges, and may have involved some channel incision or migration. Thinner sand stone sheets where trough cross-stratification grades rapidly into ripple cross-stratification would develop where floods waned extremely rapidly, whereas thin incomplete (top missing) successions could result if flood waters simply ran out of sediment to deposit. Although longitudinal sections are rarely pre sented, some of the cross-strata (termed low-angle indistinct stratification on logs) appears similar to scour-fill bedding described from deposition of pebbly sand sheets under high-discharge , shallow flow conditions (cf. Smith , 1986, 1987, 1988) . Sand stone sheets with this type of cross-strata are extremely poorly sorted, rarely fine upwards, and set size is typically less than 10 em (cf. Fig. 7, top of log). These features suggest that an abundant sedi ment supply 'forced' rapid aggradation of low relief sinuous-crested dunes on the river bed. The thin sandstone beds without cross-stratifi cation contain sedimentary structures indicating high-velocity shallow-water sheetflood conditions. The massive to stratified facies, for instance, resembles hyperconcentrated flood flow deposits described from Holocene and ancient alluvial sequences of both volcanic (Smith, 1986; Maizels, 1989) and non-volcanic (Simpson & Eriksson, 1989} settings. Beds containing horizontal lamination would represent upper flow regime plane-bed con ditions. Following Rust & Gibling (199Gb) the beds with undulating lamination can be interpreted as vertically aggrading antidunes that may have formed in 10 -15 em of water flowing at 1 m s- 1 . These 4
169
deposits could occur on the floodplain or within channel belts at times of falling stage when water depths were locally very shallow. Facies of modern , shallow, sand-bed braided rivers differ considerably according to discharge and dis charge variability, depth of flood waters, and grain size of sediment transported . Large perennial , comparatively sluggish rivers with a finer sediment load are usually characterized by migration of large lobate linguoid bars , which deposit superimposed suites of planar-tabular cross-bedding. Examples include the Platte River of Nebraska (Crowley, 198 3) or outwash fans in Iceland (Boothroyd & Nummedal, 1978) . In contrast, with smaller, ephemeral, flood-prone streams with considerable short-term variability in discharge there is either insufficient time or insufficient depths of water for large linguoid bars to develop. This can be again illustrated by outwash fans in Iceland. Catastrophic floods caused by subglacial volcanic eruptions (jokulhlaups) have discharges many orders of magnitude larger than the normal summer discharges (Maizels, 1989) . Sandy deposits that result are structureless, horizontally laminated, or trough cross-stratified and lack stacked sets of planar cross stratified sand formed during normal discharges. Sinuous-crested megaripples (St) were also the most common bedform in channelized stream flood in central Australia (Williams, 197 1 ) . I n summary, I conclude that Tryfan Fach Member 'rivers' varied from a few centimetres to perhaps 2 m in depth, and were virtually unconfined. Sedi mentation proceeded through vertical aggradation beneath shallow ephemeral sheet-floods rather than by incision, lateral migration, and avulsion of more perennial channels. The term 'sheet braide d' (Cotter, 1978) is an apt description of the type of 'river' envisaged for the Tryfan Fach Member. This fluvial style is not common at the present day, except in arid areas where ephemeral runoff forms a network of shallow, interlacing poorly defined channels. Ancient examples that are dominated by trough cross-stratification include the Devonian Peel Sound Formation (Miall & Gibling, 1978) and perhaps distal successions of the Miocene Ellensburg Formation (Smith, 1988). Thinly bedded floodbasin sandstones
A finer grained interval of interbedded sandstones and mudstones gradationally overlies the cross stratified rhyolitic sandstones sheet (Fig. 9). Beds
170
G.J. Orton
Facies interpretation ��Rhizocorallium
. �:
�I " v
-..---1
""I "
...,...
I
::·:'/}';;-.':'·:."?:·'�?1i 1r
!;:.�:.:.:.t.r:-:.�"..':.Y-�·;);;.�
-------
V-
-··- ··
V
:z-x7)
�
��'�··
Massive-sandstone bedded siwilnlttteshrtloaccranemineandattioenarydsandstlapionel i
nated tsiLamiulfftsatceous one Bioturvbeatsandst ed ones massi 15cm Small scale tstrough ratificcratoiossn lHoramiiznontatioanl Horlamiiznontatioanl and bioturbation 10cm
Skolithos
I --'lJ0==-1 lr ....:. �'
1mIM Si Sa
one wisiBedded tltshtonesandst lenticles
___ _
1
G
are sheet-like on outcrop scale with even thin ( 10 em) beds traceable for 100 m. Sandstone units vary sub stantially in composition and thickness. Very coarse sandstones (beds 20-50 cm thick) are either massive (Fig. lOA) or contain small-scale (lO cm) trough cross-stratification, which yields palaeocurrents toward the southeast. Coarse-grained lithologies sometimes load into underlying mudstones (Fig. lOA). Climbing ripple cross-lamination and horizon tal lamination are the domjnant lithofacies within the finer grained and thinner ( 1 0- 15 em) sandstone
Debris flow Reworashfalkedl Quisuspensi et-watoenr sedimentation Minorchannel fluviasl Sheetshalfllooodsw watinteor Fluvial channel Amalsheetgamatfloodsed
Fig. 9. Representative section from
floodbasin facies association. From section C, just south of wire fence on east slopes of Tryfan, SH 6696 5960. See Fig. 3 for stratigraphical position of log and Fig. 2 for location of section.
beds. The intervening siliceous siltstones display horizontal or undulating lamination and small wave ripples (Fig. lOA). Lamination in fine-grained beds often contains water-escape structures or is con voluted. Subhorizontal burrows in the top of the succession (Fig. lOB ) (Cruziana ichnofacies: Rhizocorallium) indicate a low-energy depositional environment, but cannot be used to infer water depths or salinity because Rhizocorallium has been described from coastal lagoon and freshwater set tings (Fiirsich & Mayr, 1 98 1 ) .
Facies models in volcanic terrains
171
Fig. 10. Facies o f floodbasin facies
association. Photograph is located 11m above base of Fig. 9. (A) Climbing? wave ripples, undulose and horizontal lainination within siliceous siltstones. Deposits lie about 85 em stratigraphically above position where photograph B was taken. Massive beds (M) may be bioturbated. Coarse-grained crystal-lithic sandstones at the top of the photograph represent the base of a thin (50em) debris flow deposit. Lens cap is 6 em in diameter. (B) Horizontally laminated tine-grained vitroclastic (i.e. predominantly devitritied glass shards) tine-grained sandstones and siltstones. Notice lack of grading or organization to sedimentary units. Letters denote: R, subhorizontal Rhizocorallium burrows; W, vertically-aggrading wave ripples. Coin is 3.5 em in diameter.
Facies indicate a quiet subaqueous environment. They are termed floodbasin deposits because of their fine grain-size , because there is little evidence (e.g. desiccation cracks, palaeosols) for prolonged subaerial exposure, and because they appear to have accumulated simultaneously across a basin several kilometres wide. Rare occurrences of accretionary lapilli within siltstones provide evidence for some penecontemporaneous rhyolitic volcanicity. The evenly laminated siltstones indicate episodic sedi mentation out of suspension. Bioturbation and wave rippling (Fig. lOB) within siltstone units indicate that they represent an amalgamation of several smaller events. These quiet-water conditions were period-
ically interrupted by input of coarser sediment. Fine-grained horizontally laminated or rippled sand stones, and coarse-grained massive sandstones probably represent subaqueous high concentration sheet flows (cf. Dam & Andreasan, 1990). The thin coarse-grained sandstone beds with trough cross stratification are not unlike beds from the previously described braided-stream association, which were attributed to waning alluvial floods and are inferred to represent a similar phenomena. Whether the floodwaters developed on an alluvial plain cr whether beds represent the subaqueous extension of the flood events is a moot point. Plausible settings for the floodbasin association
172
G.J. Orton
include: (i) an interdistributary bay, (ii) lagoons along the delta front behind barrier islands, (iii) lakes on a floodplain adjacent to an active alluvial tract and (iv) a transgressed (or flooded) low-gradient alluvial plain or braidplain. The first environmental setting is dscounted because there is no evidence (deeply incised channels, levees) for the distributary channels. If the fine-grained succession represented lagoon deposits onlapping a braidplain during a marine transgression then one would expect: (i) some evidence for landward-direct currents (e.g. from storm wash overs), and (ii) the lagoon deposits to be overlain by sandstones representing the protective barrier islands/ bars. Yet all palaeocurrents are seaward directed (Fig. 5) and the floodbasin association is overlain by a black laterally extensive mudstone interpreted as offshore marine (Orton, 1990) . A lacustrine origin, the third alternative, is more difficult to fully disprove. Lakes can develop on poorly drained areas of an alluvial floodplain and receive sediment from nearby river tracts. Quiet water suspension deposition of mud and silt occurs during normal river discharges , with sheets of coarser sediment introduced during large river floods, when crevasse splays form. The grain size of sediment within crevasse splays reflects that carried by the parental river tract, and can include coarse sands (e.g. Pollard et al. , 1982). Palaeocurrent directions from crevasse-splay deposits are usually at a high angle to the associated river deposits, and crevasse splay sandstones often display coarsening or thickening upward cycles according to position with respect to the active river tract (e.g. Galloway, 198 1 ) . If the floodbasin association is considered in relation to the underlying rhyolitic fluvial succession , the above lacustrine alternative seems improbable. The most important observations are: (i) the contact between the fluvial and floodbasin succession is gradational (over about 2 - 3 m), (ii) the lateral extent (perpendicular to palaeoslope) for the braided stream and floodbasin associations is the same, (iii) palaeocurrent directions from the floodbasin association are consistent with those obtained from the underlying fluvial association, and (iv) little sys tematic vertical change in facies or grain size could be discerned within the floodbasin sections. I therefore conclude that the floodbasin associ ation represents a submerged low-gradient alluvial plain. During most of the time, quiet-water sus pension sedimentation of silt and mud occurred. However, when flash floods and sediment gravity
flows figured prominently on a nearby alluvial plain, the alluvial input was denser than basinal waters (hyperpycnal flow) allowing flood waters to pass unchecked into the ?marine realm. Mixing between floodwaters and ambient waters appears to have been extremely limited (cf. Dam & Andreasan, 1990) and the subaqueous flood deposits are internally similar to subaerial sand and gravel sheets deposited earlier (braided stream association) on an alluvial plain. The association has many features in common with distal floodbasin/lacustrine deposits described from a rapidly subsiding Devonian strike-slip basin (Hornelen Basin, Norway) (Steel & Aasheim, 1978) . Similarities include the thickness of depositional units, occurrence of horizontally laminated, rippled and trough cross-stratified sandstones inter stratified with mudstones, convoluted lamination, and absence of obvious intermediate (2-20 m) or larger scale cyclicity. • Conglomeratic alluvial fan sandstones
Conglomeratic alluvial fan deposits characterize the northeast margin of the Tryfan depocentre and are well exposed between Craig yr Ysfa and Carnedd Llewellyn (Fig. 1 ) . The alluvial succession that is correlated with the Tryfan Fach Member (Fig. 1 1 ) overlies bioturbated siltstones t o very fine-grained rippled and horizontally laminated sandstones thought to reflect deposition in a shallow quiet water environment (Howells & Leveridge , 1980). Alluvial-fan facies rest erosively on these bioturbated siltstones, and a scour at (, :ast 50 m wide and more than 1 .5 m deep has been identified (Fig. 1 1 , 2 1 .5 m). The lowermost alluvial sediments (Fig. 1 1 , 2 1 . 5 3 6 m ) consist o f either (i) poorly sorted medium grained to conglomeratic sandstone with trough cross-stratification or (ii) scours infilled by normally graded , conglomeratic sandstone to fine sandstone. Palaeocurrent directions are all to the west in keeping with those obtained from younger fan successions at Craig yr Ysfa (Orton, 199 1 , fig. 4) . The trough cross-stratified sandstones suggest deposition by braided streams. Compared with the cross-stratified sandstones of the braided stream facies association these sandstones (i) have larger foresets (sets to 70 cm) ; (ii) less commonly display upwards changes in facies, grain size, or set size; and (iii) contain planar cross-stratification (Sp ). These observations imply that rivers or floodwaters were comparatively deep, that channel avulsion and/or flood-stage erosion
173
Facies models in volcanic terrains
60 ·+---.....,
Wave reworking Wave swash Fan abandonment Small braided streams Thin sheetfloods ·J --50 <>.o•,•- •J'ng",\ G ms Disedilutme ent gravity flows ) Sb � Sm �--�- - :.� ¢� -� --·-�:· __G_m_G______ ' :_:_:_:_:,_f_:_::_:_�_t_:_:_____ Proxi malal al l u vi es fi loewsd fan vi s cous debri ��Stream flow Poorlsy flchannel debri ows ized Mid-fan Ext r e me var i a ti o n i n St 10cm flow regime llonw-fil sofinuosimobityle _:�1) �:�4 brai--d--ed channel s----- � ) ------� � � � � 30 Channel izedgradiviltuyteflows _) Sg sedi m ent and shal l o w ( 1 m deep! �_:, st r e amfl o w --:� alfanDilsutalvial Stem30 -.... llonwfil siofnuosi3-4 tmy channel deep �::;:= �::::r:-;'St ��70cm Flinutovilaolwsheetwavefloenerods gy Shoreface §�, 20 lake Sh ' Of shore' Bioturbation M Sl Sand G )-
----=r _J ------
. •.
.·
G
--7.-:�:: :·- : :-: -:-. - :;_���" :� :_
·.
.
_
•
_.A...-. ----;:..-' <:_... J �
::o·,.::-.<;:-:<:1
-�� ----------------j
�--�
�
d:
O o • C UI
___,)
� .. _ ./ ...A: _ ·� - < __ /�/
� · --
__/'-...� .
BROAD
CHANNEL
8HYOLITE
--------·
' /
/
-----/
,1P
------
VOLCANICITY
rs
Fig. 11. Alluvial fan facies association . From section A, between Carnedd Llewellyn and Craig yr Ysfa, SH 6885 6450.
Distances are metres above the base of the Tryfan Formation . Note occurrence of rhyolitic ash-fall tuffs in fine-grained deposits beneath the coarse-grained alluvium .
174
G.J. Orton
of topstratum prevented the formation of fining upward cycles , and that in-channel bars (hence Sp) occasionally developed (see earlier discussions). The normally graded conglomeratic sandstones resemble hyperconcentrated flow deposits (e.g. Smith, 1986; Maizels, 1989). Deposits in the Tryfan Fach Member are either internally structureless or contain poorly developed trough cross-stratification within the finer grained upper portions. The latter relationship indicates an initial rapid fallout of suspended load and deposition by direct suspension sedimentation, followed transitionally by traction sedimentation within the more dilute low-density upper portions (see also Lowe, 1982). The inter calation of such debris flows within finer grained stream flow deposits indicates rapid variation in fluvial discharge conditions on the alluvial fan. The overlying alluvial fan sediments (Fig. 1 1 , 3651 m) are dominated by unstratified conglomeratic sandstone occurring in tabular beds 20 -50 cm thick. They commonly contain subvertical rhyolite pebbles (4 em size) or rip-up clasts of siliceous siltstone (30 em long). The sharp non-erosive bases, occurrence of well-defined units, lack of sorting or grading and nature of fabric are all in accord with deposition by cohesive matrix-supported debris flows. The overall succession can be interpreted in terms of increasing proximity to sediment supply. Although deposits could represent a valley-fill, with axial braided streams and laterally derived debris flows, there is no evidence for this physiography in the sedimentary record. Instead, a simpler model is favoured involving progradation of a small alluvial fan westward into the Tryfan depocentre . The main tenance of deep channels in a distal fan setting is not common because channel bifurcation usually results in flow expansion, progressive shallowing, and eventually unchannelized flow. It implies both an abundant supply of water and confinement of flow by channel banks. The uppermost alluvial sediments of the Tryfan Fach Member (Fig. 1 1 , 5 1 -60 m) are better sorted and finer grained. Trough cross-stratified sandstones yield palaeocurrents in a variety of directions. Thin beds of fine-grained sandstone display planar horizontal to low-angle cross-cutting lamination and contain concentrations of magnetitic heavy minerals. Together these facies suggest reworking of the fan surface , perhaps by waves, following its abandonment.
FACIES ORGANIZATION AND DISTRIBUTION
Facies relations in the Tryfan anticline
The first three facies associations are best displayed on the northwest limb of the Tryfan anticline, where four sections, spaced about 400 m apart have been measured (Figs 2, 5 & 12) . These can be correlated with a section (F) on the opposite limb of the anti cline, about 3 km to the southeast (after unfolding) . Along the northwest limb of the anticline , the marine shelf association thickens northeastward from 30 to 70 m. Although vitric siltstone beds are thicker and have less admixed epiclastic material in the southwest , sandstones are coarsest and most prevalent in central sections. On the southeast limb (section F) , the total succession is muddier. How ever, a 1 m thick, medium-coarse-grained sandstone containing moderate-scale trough cross-stratification (25-cm sets) lies 1 8 m beneath the top of the marine mudstone. Although reliable palaeocurrents could not be obtained, a fluvial origin seems unlikely given its stratigraphical position. As there is no evidence for tidal processes during deposition of the Tryfan Formation , this lends further credence to the idea that the marine shelf association represent a low gradient platform on which wave energy decreased shoreward. The relative thicknesses of braided stream and floodbasin components (Fig. 9) indicate that the most persistent axis of coarse fluvial deposition was along the southwest side of the braidplain. Fluvial discharge and attendant sediment/water ratios also appear to have been more variable along this side. For instance, the thickness of cross-stratified sand stone sheets implies that most 'channels' were quite shallow; thin debris flows and sheetfloods were an important part of aggradation on the alluvial plain. In contrast, to the northeast, successions indicate infill of several deeper (3 -4 m) 'channels' and sheet flood deposits are absent. Despite good exposure (> 70% outcrop) more detailed stratigraphical cor relation was not possible. To the southeast (section F) , the cross-stratified braidplain sandstone sheet can be correlated with an erosively based , 2.5 m thick, fining upwards suc cession of trough cross-stratified medium- to fine grained rhyolitic sandstone (Figs 12 & 13). Fine siltstone occurs as thin discontinuous lenses between individual sets, indicating numerous slack-water periods during aggradation. The cross-stratified
. . ... - · ·····
;:;;;-
� "' �50
�
0 >:>.. "'
m
<:;;:; · � 0
"' ;:: ;:; · ;;:-
.,
'0
�
FACIES
ASSOCIATION
�
'V vv ·v FLOODBASIN v v ·v vv ·vv v
BRAIDED STREAM
Ill Eg�·jj
MARINE SHELF
ALLUVIAL FAN
,; :
�'Vv V
vv vv 'VV 'vv
�
;:; · "'
l KM
c
�
60
.···
. o
,, ::) :'7 E (,../ ,
._.•
F
,_.,,,./ ; ; : _.....�. .
.
.,
... . · ' r:::;J CAPEL CURIG . c::J VOLCANIC FM.
6
,..,.., GWERN GOF TUFF 70
Fig. 12. Distribution of facies associations in Tryfan anticline. Inset shows location of sections described in this paper. Horizontally ruled vertical bars denote location of detailed sections shown in Figs 4, 7 , 9 & 13.
...... -..) Ul
G.J. Orton
176
20
Interbeddedandbiositurltsbtatoneed sandstone
Transgrn teossiofvfsehore floodbasi
Trmedioughumcrtooss-finse-trgartaifiineedd sandstone mudstone iwinterthbeds Thinly bedded sandstone
Fluvial flood currents
15
?
Shoreface
Fossiliferous sandstone Mudstone
Offshore Fig. 13. Section through upper
M Si Sand sandstones overlie a 2-m-thick sharp-based suc cession of massive (?bioturbated) and horizontally bedded sandstones, and are overlain by interbedded fine -coarse-grained sandstones, siliceous siltstones, and interlaminated sandstones and siltstones. Overall the succession mimics the facies suc cessions seen on the northwest side of the anticline and interpretation of section F (Fig. 13) is made
portion of Tryfan Fach Member, southeast limb of Tryfan anticline. See Fig. 12 for location of section .
against the background of these sections . Two interpretations warrant further comment. The cross-stratified rhyolitic sandstones are similarly interpreted as representing distal fluvial currents . If the cross-sets were wave produced , their size suggests a high nearshore wave energy, yet wave power was low enough that mudstone could be deposited during interludes between input of coarser
Facies models in volcanic terrains
sediment. This does not negate the possibility, however, that some or all of the cross-stratified succession may have been deposited below sea-level. The second important difference is that the cross stratified sandstones lie above fine-grained sand stones, and rest erosively on them. On both sides of the anticline, the floodbasin association gradationally overlies the fluvial deposits, indicating a reduction in the amount of coarse sedi ment deposited on the braidplain. Successive sand stone beds, however, do not become finer grained ur-section . They merely become thinner or less common (i.e. more widely separated in vertical section). Bounding surface between the braided stream and marine shelf associations
One fundamental question concerns the position of the marine shelf association with respect to a shore line. At least two interpretations are possible, largely because of uncertainty concerning the amount and source of the sand along the coastline. Neither model is entirely satisfactory. The first alternative treats the sandy portion of the marine shelf association as part of a shoreface. The mudstone-dominated interval that caps the as sociation may represent the shoreline itself. Walker and Harms ( 1975) and Hamblin ( 1992) have de scribed a tideless muddy coastal deposit with some similarities. However, in the marine shelf association no indicators (e.g. change in colour or reddening of mudstones, desiccation cracks, palaeosols, beach/ foreshore deposits) for subaerial or near subaerial conditions were observed, and even the uppermost deposits appear to be fully marine. The second alternative considers the sandy succession to be a small and offshore component of an even muddier coastline. On such coastlines bed thicknesses and grain sizes first increase than decrease away from the shoreline. This pattern arises because of in situ resuspension of ambient muddy sediment with fines transported landward combined with offshore transport of coarser sediment during storms (cf. Hill & Nadeau, 1989; Myrow, 1992) . In this scenario , the uppermost mudstone-dominated interval of the marine shelf association would correspond to both muddy shoreline and nearshore subtidal deposits. Yet it contains no evidence (flaser and wavy bedding, current ripples, gutter casts) for a nearshore setting. In both alternatives the transition between the two associations appears too abrupt, with expected
177
facies successions either missing or thinner than expected. Even if the braided streams prograded into a low-wave-energy basin one would expect more widespread shoreface or delta-front deposits between the alluvial fan/braidplain and interfan/ offshore mudstones (e.g. Vos & Eriksson, 1977; Fernandez et al. , 1988; Bardaji et al. , 1990). Consequently, the abrupt juxtaposition of 'fluvial' and 'marine' along the northwest limb of the Tryfan anticline, as well as the scoured base to the more distal ?fluvial sandstones suggests a relative sea-level fall during sedimentation, with possible removal of upper shoreface/nearshore deposits by erosion. 'Uplift' appears to be greatest in the northwest, where braidplain deposits rest with sharp contact on marine mudstones. The succession to the southeast (Fig. 13) suggests more continuous aggradation, although the condensed nature and sharp base to probable shoreface sandstones indicates that relative sea-level was still falling ( cf. Plint, 1988). A similar abrupt alternation between braid plain and shallow water environments has been described from other strike-slip basins, including the Pennslyvanian Boss Point Formation (Browne & Plint, 1994) and English Westphalian B strata (Haszeldine & Anderton, 1980) . In the Boss Point, braidplain packages rest erosively on, and locally cut deep ( 15 m or more) scours into underlying lacustrine mudstones. A reason for the sharp contact was not given , although uplift due to episodic tectonic source area rejuvenation seems likely. Extent of the deposit
It is pertinent here to dispel the notion that the deposits described represent a small or distant component of a much larger volcaniclastic apron. In the first place, deposition of the Tryfan Fach Member occurred only to the northeast of Llanberis Pass (Fig. 1 ) . The Snowdon region was uplifted and subaerial throughout deposition of the Tryfan Formation (Orton , 1991 ) and contemporaneous marine mudstones further to the southwest belong to a separate depocentre. Although contempor aneous mudstone-dominated successions occur 10 km to the southeast, distal 'feather-edge' sand stones from the Tryfan Fach depositional system have not been recognized. In light of the rate at which the braided stream sandstones pinch out across the Tryfan anticline, correlation is not suspected. Less than 5 km to the northwest , adjacent to the Nant Peris fault (Fig. 1 ) , all Ordovician successions
178
G.J. Orton
are stratigraphically condensed (Trythall et a!. , 1987 ; Orton, 1990). The entire Tryfan Formation is about 50 m thick, compared with more than 700 m in the Tryfan anticline. It consists of mudstone or fine grained sandstone with no sandstones being similar in composition to the rhyolitic sandstones of the Tryfan Fach Member. These must correlate with a zone of non-deposition and/or an unconformity near Nant Peris. Ordovician successions also occur an additional 30 km to the northwest, on Anglesey (Fig. 1 , inset) . Although substantial Precambrian strike-slip move ment occurred along the narrow stretch of water (Menai Straits) that separates Anglesey from the Welsh mainland (Gibbons, 1983) , lithostratigra phical correlation of Cambrian rocks across the Menai Straits indicates little or no movement of Anglesey relative to the Welsh mainland since the Early Cambrian (Reedman et a!. , 1984). Ordovician successions on Anglesey consist of deep-marine muds and/or mass flows deposited in smaLl fault bounded basins (Bates, 1972). These include volcanogenic massive sulphide deposits hosted in rhyolitic volcanics and pillow basalts of probable Caradocian age (Pointon & lxer, 1980; Westhead, 1991) . Thus, although there might be some Cardocian volcanism on Anglesey, there was certainly no upstanding subaerial volcanic arc that could have sourced the Tryfan Fach Member. For the above reasons, it is concluded that the depositional system responsible for the Tryfan Fach Member affected areas within only a few kilometres of Tryfan Fach itself, and that the deposits of the Tryfan anticline represents a substantial portion of the area traversed by the system.
EV IDENCE FOR VOLCANISM
Characteristic petrographic features indicative of explosive volcanism include glass shards, pumice and scoria, bipyramidal �-quartz, and euhedral zoned feldspars. To those not familiar with volcani clastic deposits, it may seem an easy task to establish when volcanism occurred. However, volcanic clasts differ widely in size, shape, density and durability, with mean settling velocities varying by several orders of magnitude. During reworking, hydraulic processes can quickly remove most of the less dense or smaller ash and pumice fraction. Volcaniclastic deposits are also more susceptible to diagenesis than any other type of sand because of the chemi-
cal instability and reactiVIty of their framework grains. Glass suffers particularly, with chalcedony, opal, zeolite and clay minerals being alteration by-products (e.g. Davies et al. , 1979; Surdam &: Boles, 1979) . The end result of sorting and alteration processes in distal exposures is usually a crystal- lithic sand- stone, with framework grains set in a fine-grained, variably altered and/or recrystallized, non-descript matrix (e.g. Runkel, 1990; Cather & Folk , 1991) . Thus many features, including the geometry of the deposit, its sedimentary facies, the variability of its composition, shape and sorting parameters , and the extent that sediment composition differs from the 'norm' for sandstones within the basin, are needed to establish penecontemporaneous pyro·· clastic volcanism. Petrography
Alluvial fan deposits
Alluvial fan deposits contain significant mono crystalline quartz (24% ) , little feldspar (8%) and lithic fragments dominated by aphanitic or sparsely porphyritic quartz-bearing rhyolite (20%) , siltstone (26% ) , or granitic (3% ) lithic fragments (Table 1) . Composition indicates derivation from a mixed granite , tuffaceous sediment, and rhyolite volcanic source. Although volcanics still comprise about half of the lithic population, lithics are thought to be derived from older rhyolites of the Llewellyn Volcanic Group. Braided stream and floodbasin deposits
Sandstones contain large (to 4 mm) euhedral sani·· dine (25%) and smaller plagioclase crystals (17% ) . The percentage of monocrystalline quartz (5% ) is low compared with the 'norm' for the Tryfan Formation (Table 1) . Lithic fragments (to 1 em) are extremely angular and dominated by rhyolitic volcanics. These are mostly porphyritic two-feldspar felsic volcanics (32%) with phenocrysts of albite oligoclase and simply twinned alkali feldspar set in a recrystallized quartzo-feldpathic matrix that some·· times displays a trachytic texture . Quartz pheno·· crysts are rare and deeply embayed when they do occur. Other lithic clasts include aplite, ?rhyolitic tuff, or perlitically fractured glass (8% ) . Clasts are set in a quartzo-feldspathic matrix ( c. 20% of totall rock) . The texture of the matrix and lithic fragments
179
Facies models in volcanic terrains Table 1.
Composition of sandstones Tryfan Fach Member Tryfan Fach braidplain (n = 7) Mean
Monocrystalline quartz Polycrystalline quartz Chert K-feldspar Plagioclase Rhyolite Rhyolitic tuff and perlite Aplite Mafic volcanics Siltstone Granite Opaques Other heavy minerals
4.8 2.6 1.6 25.3 17.5 31.9 8.5 1.1 2.4 1.9 0.2 1.3 0.4 0.43 0. 94 0. 14
PF ratio LvL ratio QF ratio
SD
Mean
SD
2.9 3.9 1.7 15.2 9.8 14.5 8.2 1.3 3.7 2.5 0.4 2.0 1.0
23.4 10.6 11.2 5.3 2.3 10.7 Absent Absent 3.8 26.0 2.7 0.5 0.2
9.8 5.2 6.4 3.2 1.2 6.0
0. 19 0. 09 0. 1 1
9 : 43 : 47 5 : 43 : 52 5 : 89 : 8 6 : 83 : 1 1
QFR QmFLt QpLvLs LvbLvrLsp
Craig yr Ysfa alluvial fan ( n = 5)
0.33 0.51 3.3 46 : 8 : 46 24: 8 : 68 17 : 44: 39 6 : 36 : 58
2.5 12.5 3.6 0.6 0.3 0.12 0. 13 0.7
Tryfan Formation (n = 101) Mean 32.6 6. 1 7.8 14.0 6.5 7.2 1.8 1.2 1.7 14.8 0. 9 2.9 0.4 0.36 0.58 2.4
SD 15.6 5.4 7.2 1 1.4 6.5 12.3 5.8 1.5 3.9 14.8 1.6 5.8 0. 9 0.25 0.30 1.9
41 : 21 : 38 34: 21 : 45 16 : 51 : 33 4: 46 : 50
PF, plagioclase/total feldspar ratio ; LvL, proportion of volcanic lithics within lithic population; QF ratio, quartz/total feldspar ratio. Q, total quartzose grains; F, total feldspar grains; R, unstable lithic fragments; Qm, monocrystalline quartz; Lt, total lithics R + polycrystalline quartz; Qp, polycrystalline quartz; Lv, volcanic lithic fragments; Ls, sedimentary lithic fragments; Lvb, mafic volcanics; Lvr, rhyolitic volcanics; Lsp, sedimentary and plutonic lithics. =
is similar and it is often difficult to tell the two apart. Although geochemical data are not available, the crystal population (both free and within lithics) suggests derivation from a rhyodacite to rhyolite magma. The abrupt appearance of a monomict sheet consisting of feldspar crystals and angular volcanic lithics within an environment previously receiving mudstone suggests a penecontemporaneous volcanic eruption. Unequivocal evidence for explosive pyro clastic volcanicity is provided by the vitric siltstones containing accretionary lapilli. Although the nature of the eruption is hard to pin down, the high pro portion of non-vesicular lithics and crystals, low abundance of vitric-material, absence of pumice, and presence of accretionary lapilli suggest small scale phreatomagmatic eruption(s) (cf. Sheridan & Updike, 1975; Heiken & Wohletz, 199 1 ) . The rhyolitic deposits have a combined volume of at least 0.2 km3. As crystal content in volcanic rocks
rarely exceeds 50% (Ewart, 1979), the crystal content of sandstones must have been enriched, either by fractionation processes accompanying the eruption and deposition of the tephra and/or hydraulic sorting during fluvial reworking. The erupted volume of magma would therefore be much larger than the volume of deposits in the Tryfan Fach region, perhaps double. Although still small, the volume is still well in excess of the amount of pyroclastics (c. 0. 15 km 3) extruded in the 1980 eruption of Mount St Helens (Rowley et al. , 198 1 ) . Pre-eruptive marine mudstone association
The fine-grained sandstones intercalated with the marine mudstones are moderately sorted quartzo feldspathic and lithic arenites. No samples were point-counted owing to the fine grain size and dif ficulty of identifying components, but composition appears similar to the 'norm' for the Tryfan For-
180
G.J. Orton
mation (Table 1 ) . The anhedral nature of framework grains, the high percentages of chloritic matrix and the dominance of sedimentary lithics suggests derivation from a source of tuffaceous sedimentary rocks and mudstone. Although rhyolitic ash-fall deposits occur near the base of the succession (Fig. 3) there is no evidence elsewhere for pene contemporaneous volcanicity, with the exception of the vitric siltstones at the very top of the succession. Possible position of the volcanic source
In many cases volcaniclastic successions can be interpreted in terms of proximity to a central volcano (e.g. Smith, 1988) by comparison with well-studied modern examples. In the Tryfan Fach Member, the absence of primary volcanic deposits (larvas, pyro clastic flow deposits) , coarse breccias and debris flows is consistent with deposition in a distal setting. Similar monolithological syneruptive sands occur on the most distal ring plains that flank major central volcanoes at distances of 30- 100 km from volcanic vents. I begin by discounting these distances. Within the Llewelyn and Snowdon Volcanic Group, the absence of systematic facies variation across the entire out crop belt, as well as the common identification of intrabasinal vents, argues against derivation of volcaniclastic material from a line of volcanoes beyond the reach of the present outcrop. Instead the stratigraphy reflects a rather haphazard assemblage of small volcanoes, none of which had appreciable subaerial relief, erupting into and within subsiding sedimentary lowlands (Howells et al. , 1 99 1 ) . Although the Welsh basin i s typically portrayed a s a back-arc basin, this is not essential, and such low lying volcanic fields can also occur due to intra-arc extension (e.g. White & Robinson, 1992). In such settings, 'distal' or more accurately 'low-gradient' deposits (e.g. Tryfan Fach Member) are often locally interstratified with more 'proximal' facies (e.g. lavas, pyroclastics). In North Wales, most large Ordovician volcanic eruptions had vents within a few tens of kilometres, or less, of the sites of deposition of their primary products (excluding fallout tuffs) (Kokelaar, 1988, 1992; Howells et al. , 199 1 ) . It is not necessary to suppose that smaller eruptions had more distant volcanic sources. The absence of a correlative coarse rhyolitic unit amongst more proximal successions about 5 km away (see above 'Extent of the deposit' section) also lends support for a local source for the Tryfan Fach Member.
This remains to be located . There are several subvolcanic intrusions in the Llewelyn Volcanic Group for which comagmatic extrusive correlatives have not been recognized (Fig. 1) and which invite comparison. These lie about 5 km or more (after unfolding strata) to the west of Tryfan Fach along the northeast trending Nant Peris fault. The largest intrusion (Bwlch y Cwyion) consists of microgranite (rhyodacite/dacite) with later marginal intrusions of rhyolite (Howells et a!. , 1991) whereas smaller intrusions are rhyodacites , granodiorites and feld spar porphyries.
REASSEMBLING THE STRATIGRAPH ICAL P IECES
In the Tryfan Fach Member, each facies association is in some way different, in composition and/or facies, to adjoining facies associations. It will be shown that the meaning one attaches to facies changes between and within associations depends on whether the rhyodacitic sandstones are attributed to penecontemporaneous explosive volcanism. One epiclastic system: time's cycle
The simplest solution, and the one that would be adopted if the petrography of sandstones and composition of rhyolite clasts was unknown, is to integrate the four facies associations into one linked depositional system or systems tract (Fig. 14) . As noted by Hutton ( 1788) it is with 'pleasure that [we] observe order and regularity in the works of Nature, instead of being disgusted with disorder and confusion'. In this interpretation , a tributary alluvial fan at Craig Yr Ysfa would feed sediment on to an axial braidplain confined to the southwest by additional uplift along Llanberis Pass. Younger alluvial systems in the Tryfan Formation exhibit this drainage pattern (Orton, 199 1 ) . The sandier upwards marine sheU association would represent offshore to coastal plain environments reflecting deposition in front of, adjacent to , or between alluvial fan salients that were deprived of coarser sediment. Tectonic uplift along the basin margin resulted in progradation of the alluvial fan and a derivative braidplain into the marine basin. Lesser amounts of uplift within the basin resulted in a relative sea-level fall and braid plain sandstones rest with sharp contact on a condensed nearshore succession . Following tectonic
SEDIMENT COMPOSITION
FACIES
PALAEOGEOGRAPHY
ENVIRONMENT
RELATIVE SEA-LEVEL
LACUSTRINE
BRAIDPLAIN
� "' �·
;:!
Q
�
1::;;: · -.: Q
;::;-
., ;:s
r; · �
� �-
Gwern Gof Tuff
OUTER 51-ELF
l
vvvv vvvv vvvv
pyroclastic
COM'OSITION
[I] '•'• •'• ••••• • • • ..-·.·.·
reworked pyroclastic
epiclastic
+ Low + _ High V+ + r· I
Fig. 14. Epiclastic interpretation of vertical successions. Block diagram (looking northeast) shows palaeogeography if morphological elements are genetically
related. An unchanging marine transgression is assumed throughout. Place names are: TF, Tryfan Fach; CY, Craig yr Ysfa. Facies associations as in Fig.
12.
...... 00 ......
182
G.J. Orton
uplift, a more gradual shift in the position of the aLluvial fan lobe aLlowed floodbasin waters to gradually transgress on to the fan/braidplain surface. Floodbasin siltstones therefore increase in pro portion upwards at the expense of coarse sandstone beds. There are many pieces that do not fit into this puzzle: (i) the composition of braided stream deposits differs from sandstones of the alluvial fan at Craig Yr Ysfa, implying derivation from a differe;1t aLluvial fan or from a more distant axial source; (ii) coarse rhyolitic sand is never present in the marine shelf association - one would expect
occasional high-velocity floods to introduce coarse material on to the shelf; (iii) the thickness and 'purity' trends in reworked ash-fall tuffs at the top of the marine shelf association , as well as grain-size trends across the braidplain (Fig. 5) suggest a source to the southwest rather than to the northeast. Together these features cast doubt on the strict application of Walther's Law to the total sequence and seems to demand three weakly or unlinked depositional systems that developed in advance of, and in conjunction with penecontemporaneous volcanism (Fig. 15).
· :-. . · · · · :·.. ·
SEDIMENT COMPOSITION
FACIES
ENVIRONMENT •
·· · �
. :;, , J:�· ·[?i;��t��)· �t:�l;-
ALLUVIAL PLAIN
BRAIDED SAND·Sf£ET
NNER SHELF
OUTER SH::LF
Fig. 15. Pyroclastic (or syneruptive) interpretation of the vertical succession. Block diagrams (also looking northeast) depict palaeogeography if Walther's Law cannot be applied to the full succession and morphological elements need to be considered separately. Two types of 'reworked pyroclastic materials' are portrayed on 'sediment composition' column in order to illustrate uncertainty about the number of volcanic events. Darker tone indicates pyroclastic materials that have been reworked more extensively (i.e. they were deposited a greater length of time after the volcanic eruption). Several (A, B and C) possible interpretations of relative sea-level change are presented for the syneruptive period. See text for discussion. See Fig. 14 for key to sediment composition.
Facies models in volcanic terrains Three unrelated depositional systems: time's arrow
Progradation of a muddy shelf and postulated volcano-tectonic uplift
An initial supply of fine-grained silts and mudstones (largely non-volcanic) was delivered to a low-wave energy basin, probably by small channels or sheet floods (cf. Wells, 1983). Sand distribution suggests that the source lay to the northwest to west (Fig. 1 5 , bottom block diagram). Reworked rhyolitic ash-fall tuffs were derived from a similar direction and may represent small eruptions precursor to the main volcanic event. The lateral variation in the amount of sand suggests that sediment input occurred from localized point sources with minimum lateral reworking at the shoreline. Widespread tectonic uplift preceding and associated with volcanicity resulted in a relative sea-level fall. Hence coarse grained sandstones derived from the volcanism rest with a sharp, probably erosional contact on a condensed nearshore succession . Five to 15 m of uplift would be needed to cause erosion of upper shoreface/nearshore deposits. The timing of uplift with respect to volcanism in the Tryfan Fach Member is not thought to be fortuitous and some of the uplift is related to buoyant forces associated with the intrusion and/or migration of magma. All large rhyolitic eruptions in North Wales show evidence for tens of metres of tectonic uplift in the vicinity of volcanic centres in advance of eruptions (Howells et al. , 199 1 ; Orton, 1991) and there is no reason why smaller amounts of uplift might not precede smaller rhyolitic eruptions. A volcano-tectonic control on uplift and/or development of regressive cycles has also been suspected within other ancient sedimen tary, particularly extensional, basins (cf. Leeder, 1983 ; Henry & Price, 1984; Watkins, 1986; Leckie & Cheel, 1989; Sloan & Williams, 199 1 ) . Our understanding of the influence o f volcanism on basin subsidence is limited by the short time span < 100 yr) over which detailed observations from modern volcanoes have been recorded and the difficulty in ancient successions to separate volcano tectonic from tectonic effects. Most modern data is from volcanic fields where large silicic caldera forming eruptions previously occurred (Newhall & Dzurin, 1988). Vertical ground movements are best recorded at calderas located by the sea, where elevation changes, forming land , are very con spicuous. Ground deformation in calderas occurs readily because of the existence of large shallow
183
(3 - 15 km) magma chambers, with rates of uplift ranging from 0.002 to almost 1 m per year (cf. McKee et al. , 1984; Hill et al. , 1985; Luongo & Scandone, 199 1 ) . These rates obviously are extremes or we would not notice them. The unique longer term (2000 yr) historic record from Campi Flegrei caldera (Italy) shows that episodes of unrest are often separated by decades of quiescence (Lyell, 1853, Caputo, 1979; Dvorak & Gasparini, 199 1 ) . Here, 10 centuries o f gradual subsidence ( 1 1 m) was followed by more gradual uplift beginning in the eleventh century. In 1538, a mere 0.03 km 3 of ash and scoria erupted from Monte Nuovo. This was preceded, however, by 40 years of episodic uplift (and land formation) culminating in 7 m of uplift in the two days preceding the eruption at a site (Pozzuoli) several kilometres away. As the Tryfan Fach Member was not deposited within or nearby such a caldera, it is pertinent to query whether the above data is relevant. Extrusive rocks of the lowermost Llewelyn Volcanic Group were ponded in subsiding, probably fault bound, sectors of the sea-floor (Howells et al. , 199 1 ) , the thickest accumulations (both about 1000 m) being rhyobtic lavas and ash-flow deposits of the Conwy Rhyolite and trachyandesite lavas and tuffs of the Foe! Fras Volcanic complex (Fig. 1 ) . As has been noted recently (Lipman, 1984; G.P.L. Walker, 1984) , it is a semantic issue whether the rectangular volcano tectonic depressions that contain these deposits should be termed caldera. The final volcanism of the Llewelyn Volcanic Group, the Capel Curig Volcanic Formation involved eruption of two rhyolitic ash flow tuffs (each > 20 km3) from a postulated vent in the north near Conwy, as well as smaller eruptions (c. 1 km3) from volcanic centres just north of Carnedd Llewelyn and just south of Tryfan (Fig. 1 ) . The continuity o f compositional variation within the Llewelyn Volcanic Group suggests that various intrusive and extrusive products were all originally comagmatic and related by closed-system fractional crystallization (Howells et al. , 199 1 ) . This necessi tates a parental magmatic system that stretched 25 km from the Llanberis Pass fault toward Conwy, and extended about 10 km in a transverse direction. This magma 'chamber' may have been an elongate mid- to subcrustal beam or dyke controlled by the dominant structural grain , a shape documented by geophysics from modern continental rifts (e.g. Cordell et al. , 1985 ) . Petrochemical and exper imental data (Ball & Merriman , 1989) show that rhyolites derived from this magmatic system evolved
184
G.J. Orton
at relatively shallow crustal levels (PH,o < 500 bars) . Thus many of the conditions needed for volcano tectonic 'unrest', such as earlier caldera-forming eruptions, existence of large , shallow magma chambers , volcanism in an extensional graben-type structure, existed within the Snowdon graben at Tryfan Fach time. Aggradation of synerup tive pyroclastics
Sediment composition within braidplain and flood basin settings all indicate deposition in conjunction with a period of explosive rhyodacitic volcanicity (Fig. 15, top block diagram). The sudden increase in sediment grade and abundance resulted in a brief period of aggradation within shallow ephemeral channels. This braidplain prograded rapidly as a sheet across the pre-existing shoreline and/or exhumed marine mudflat into a low-wave-energy basin, with facies suggesting a more direct input of volcanically produced sediment loads on to the southwest portion of the braidplain. It is not certain whether sandstones represent pyroclastic material reworked from a series of small eruptions rather than a single eruption (left- and right-hand sediment composition columns of Fig. 15). Consequently, the thin siliceous mudstone beds within braidplain deposits could reflect: (i) periods of quiet-water sedimentation following lateral migration of the fluvial channels (the most 'traditional' interpretation) , or (ii) fallout of fine grained ash following episodes of rapid syneruptive aggradation of coarse clastic material. Fine ash may have been erupted at the same time as the underlying coarse, clastic material but initially dispersed within an eruption cloud. There are also several interpretations that can be presented for the braidplain to floodbasin transition. 1 The upwards decrease in the proportion of coarse grained sandstones may reflect gradual waning of the coarse sediment supply, perhaps due to erosive lowering of the volcanic edifice and/or near-vent subsidence following the volcanic eruption. In this model, the maximum basinward advance of the syneruptive braidplain is 'picked' as the top of the coarse-grained rhyolitic sandstones. Fine-grained floodbasin siltstones would largely represent matrix of the pyroclastic flows, liberated by fluvial rework ing, and transported to the site of deposition by low gradient streams. In this model, the floodbasin successions are distal and should interfinger else-
where (more proximally, or laterally) with the coarser grained braided stream deposits. If one was trying to determine relative sea-level changes, the top of the braided sandstone sheet might be picked as a marine flooding event and used to infer a rise of relative sea-level (sea-level curve B , Fig. 15). 2 A contrasting scenario results if one allows volcanism to continue and the type of volcanism to change with time. Time lines would essentially parallel bedding contacts rather than cut across them as in the first scenario . In this case, it is assumed that all vitric siltstones are primary, or only slightly reworked, pyroclastic materials. Rather than pro ducing coarser grained pyroclastic material, the volcano produced fine-grained ash. The occurrence of accretionary lapilli suggests that this change may have been triggered by access of water to the vent. Fluvial channels did not become more distant (i.e. distal) from the source up-section, they just became overwhelmed by aggradation of fine-grained primary and reworked fallout ash. Hence, coarse sandstone progressively formed a smaller proportion of the sediment deposited on the alluvial plain. Laminated ashfall siltstones may have been deposited in ponded depressions on the alluvial plain; a marine trans gression may have occurred only at the very top of the succession, after all volcanism had ceased (curve C, Fig. 15). Two observations favour the second interpret ation. Firstly, sandstones at the top of the floodbasin association (Fig. lOA) are as coarse as those lower down. Secondly, lamination in many of the siltstones/ fine-grained sandstone beds is often . diffuse (Fig. lOB) indicating that fine sediment from one event was still being deposited when coarsest grains from the next event arrived . Near-source ash-fall deposits commonly display such weak bedding (e.g. Branney, 1991) owing to fluctuations in the energy of the eruption, direction and strength of winds or over lapping of several eruptive pulses. In contrast, sedimentary laminae in lakes are commonly sharp based (e.g. Hamblin, 1992) because they reflect infrequent episodes (e.g. seasonal varves) of clastic input. A symbiotic alluvial fan ?
The relationship of the alluvial fan deposits to the other two genetic units is most perplexing. One might at first expect that the two stratigraphical units were not contemporaneous. However, as four
185
Facies models in volcanic terrains
coarsening upward alluvial fan sequences can be recognized in the Tryfan Formation at Craig yr Ysaf (Orton, 1988, Fig. 4) , and four braidplain -deltaic successions have been recognized in the Tryfan anti cline it seems reasonable to make a one-to-one correlation. None of the other alluvial fan suc cessions contain feldspar-phyric rhyolitic volcanics that could suggest otherwise . Rhyolitic ash-fall deposits within fine-grained 'shoreface' deposits that underlie the coarse-grained alluvial fan deposits lend further support to this correlation. The evidence suggests that the alluvial fan pro graded at about the same time as volcanism was active, or shortly thereafter, but from the opposite side of the basin. Tectonic changes associated with the volcanism must have produced enough relief between Craig yr Ysfa and the Tryfan depocentre to allow fan progradation. Migration of magma may have been the mechanism driving this subsidence pattern. Magma migration should have two effects: (i) it will produce relative uplift in the immediate vicinity of the volcanic vent; (ii) fault blocks that lose some of their supporting 'cushion' of magma could subside relative to surrounding fault blocks, even those more distant from the volcanic centre. In some ways this process is analogous to the movement of salt, laterally and upwards, toward the position of least overburden pressure. Magma migration is documented most commonly in extensional volcanic settings. It has been invoked in the Rio Grande rift to explain progressive increase in the gradient ( 1 m km- 1 to 7 . 1 m km- 1) of rift drainage systems from late Pliocene to Holocene times (Bachman & Mehnert, 1978) and present-day subsidence that is similar in size but opposite in sign to uplift in the Socorro area of New Mexico further along the rift axis (Reilinger & York, 1979). A more convincing illustration is provided by the 1912 eruption of Novarupta (Alaska) where a depression 600 m deep (volume 6 km3) formed at Mount Katmai 10 km away from the eruption site, implying a complex magmatic plumbing system (Hildreth, 1987). In the basaltic Bedded Pyroclastic Formation (North Wales), episodes of subsidence preceded periods of copious magmatism and rapid sediment accumulation (Kokelaar, 1992); this subsidence pattern could be explained by lateral migration of magma away from deposition sites and toward eruptive vents. Within a Variscan pull-apart basin in Spain, Besley & Collinson, ( 1991) also documented accelerated but more differential subsidence during
active volcanism and concluded that 'volcanic activity was related in a close but subtle way to the subsidence history of the basin, and thus to the sedimentology of its fill'.
THE STRA T IGRA P H ICAL RECORD OF VOLCANISM
Sedimentary sequences associated with active volcanoes are often considered to consist of two elements (G. Smith , 199 1 ; White, 199 1 ) : (i) syn eruptive sequences, which result from primary volcanic deposition and immediate post-eruptive reworking, (ii) inter-eruptive sequences, which record deposition without significant influence of volcanic activity where normal sediment delivery processes are dominant (Fig. 16) . The syneruptive condition is a perturbation brought about by the volcanic eruption and includes not only the time scale of the eruption but also the period following cessation of volcanism while hydrological and hill slope conditions remain disturbed. In humid cli mates, and without vegetation, the syneruptive condition may continue for a long time, at least one or two decades, until most loose debris from the eruption is removed completely. In the Tryfan Fach Member it includes the braided stream and flood basin facies associations. Syneruption sedimentation is in large part aggradational and the resultant stra tigraphy is an event stratigraphy with time planes essentially parallel to bedding surfaces. Around stratovolcanoes
Most conceptual models for subaerial volcaniclastic alluvium are based largely on sedimentation within volcaniclastic aprons deposited adjacent to relatively high-standing volcanic arcs (e.g. van Houten 1976; Vessell & Davies, 198 1 ; Smith, 1987, 1988). During volcanic eruptions the instantaneous production of large volumes of sediment, combined with enhanced and more variable runoff, result in sedimentation principally by aggradation of high-sediment-load flood and debris-flow processes. Inter-eruption periods are often characterized by erosion and channel incision; incision (Vessell & Davies, 1981) following syneruptive episodes was an integral aspect of the predictive facies model presented by G . A . Smith ( 1991) for continental volcaniclastic sediments. Inter-eruption streams draining the high-standing
186
G.J. Orton
volcanic highlands are commonly of gravel-bedload character. The overall geometry of the succession that results is controlled by the relative importance of syneruptive versus inter-eruptive conditions, which in turn are controlled by eruptive frequency and rates of tectonic subsidence (G . A . Smith, 199 1 ; Fig. 16a). Within a humid low-relief continental rift
The Tryfan Fach Member succession differs from the above scenario in three ways: (i) debris flow deposits are largely absent from the syneruptive sedimentary record; (although debris flows occur in a penecontemporaneous basin-margin alluvial fan, this occurrence was unrelated to high sediment loads due to volcanism); (ii) incision, if anywhere, occurred at the base of syneruption deposits; and (iii) fine grained muds, rather than gravels, were deposited after or between volcanic events. These differences are thought to arise largely because the Tryfan Fach sedimentary system developed within a humid region, actively subsiding, continental rift. Syneruptive facies and debris flows
Three reasons are given for the paucity of debris flows.
A: STRATOVOLCANOES
1 Slope was insufficient. Rhyolitic volcanic fields typically have a subdued topography. In North Wales, the stratigraphical architecture and the dis tribution of products from volcanic cones suggest that maximum relief was a few hundred metres (Howells et al. , 199 1 ; Orton, 199 1 ) . Walton ( 1986) also argued that the paucity of debris-flow deposits in the Tertiary rhyolitic volcaniclastic sediments of West Texas resulted from the low-gradient of source areas. At the Taupo volcanic centre , although debris flows occur in post-eruptive reworked pyroclastic deposits (R. Smith, 199 1 ) , their development depended on the moderate slopes ( 10°-20°) of the inward dipping pre-existing topography surrounding Lake Taupo. This topography is a tectonically uplifted ridge of Upper Palaeozoic- Mesozoic grey wackes that has nothing to do with the volcano itself (Cole , 1984). 2 Depositional site was too distal. Cross-stratified sands, not unlike those of the braided stream associ ation, occur within most distal volcaniclastic suc cessions. As volcanoes range from a few tens of metres (e.g. tuff rings) to several kilometres (e.g. some stratovolcanoes) in height, the term 'distal' has no singular meaning in terms of distance from source , with 'distal' facies developing as close as a few kilometres to more than 100 km from the volcano.
8: LOW RELIEF HUMID RIFT · ·:�_ :·:::.:s:�-:;-�-: :·: :: :};����.-: _-.=�-:: �--�_-��·:;-::-�� ��� -� .� �::.:.C.. ::.�.l.�:�;�<��-:., ;,:;.).�:� i..�:�.-:��:<; - -��- -0�_-.· .·..:; � · ·.".: ;.:� · - ·-�·:.-:·:· ::: . .·o . •:a. ,..,uo "-o.-��-o.an.: .•:. -·
f:t�: .��:�i�?:�\:�-?�_�.� �??��
,. -.
.. .
..�-
.-c
••
primary pyroclastics
SYN ERUPTIVE
debris flow hyperconcentrated flows braided streams
Fig. 16. The stratigraphical record of volcanicity: (A) around stratovolcanoes. Pre-eruptive and post-eruptive successions are not separated (from G.A. Smith, 1991). (B) Fluvial-deltaic successions of the Tryfan Formation, North Wales. Lower example would represent Tryfan Fach Member.
187
Facies models in volcanic terrains 3 Pyroclastic materials were reworked from a series of small eruptions rather than a single eruption. Although most small monogenetic volcanoes are short-lived , multiple soil horizons described from the 'flanks' of some volcanoes (Wells et al. , 1990) , direct observation of volcanic activity (Foshag & Gonzalez, 1956) and ancient examples (e.g. Kokelaar, 1992) indicate repeated eruptions over a long time period (decades to hundreds of thousands of years) with reuse of the same magma plumbing system. Due to the small size of individual eruptions, and time between eruptions, primary products (pyroclastic flows, debris flows) could be completely reworked into cross-stratified sandstones.
Bounding surface between syn- and post-eruptive deposits
All sedimentary basins are the result of isostatic adjustment of the lithosphere to a tectonic driving force , enhanced by subsequent sediment loading (Watts, 1989), and in this case modulated by the presence of an underpinning, buoyant magma body. The amount and rate of surface deformation is controlled ultimately by the strength of the litho sphere (Karner & Dewey, 1986) and gravity controls on the upwards migration and accumulation of magma (G.P.L. Walker, 1989). If the lithosphere is highly fractured, or magma is of low density and/or viscosity, deformation will be compensated locally. Unconformities can develop within any sedimen tary basin, their occurrence depending on rates of subsidence, rates of sediment production, and eustatic sea-level change. The only base-level scenario that can prevent syneruption deposits of the Tryfan Fach Member from being incised after aggradation is to invoke a rapid rise in relative sea level in conj unction with the explosive volcanism. Given the short time available, a eustatic control seems unlikely, and the sea-level rise is best related to accelerated subsidence of the underlying fault block. Although this subsidence could be purely tectonic and have no relation to the volcanism, the coincidence of the two events seems hard to explain. Several other authors have also noted that vol canism was associated with accelerated and/or dif ferential basin subsidence (Kokelaar, 1988; Besley & Collinson, 199 1 ; see above). This genetic linkage between rates of basin subsidence (e.g. relative sea level rise) and sediment load (e.g. an eruption) is uncommon in normal sedimentary successions. To some extent, however, particularly in strike-slip
basins, the details of the relative timing of sub sidence and volcanism is a 'chicken-and-egg' type of question. Did increased transtension and associated subsidence cause the volcanic eruption or did the volcanic eruption occur and allow or drive renewed subsidence? Inter-eruptive sedimentation
Inter-eruption or 'background' facies and facies geometries depend on the topography, relief, type of bedrock , climate, subsidence history, etc. of the drainage basin. Almost any facies could conceivably occur. In low-relief extensional basins fine-grained mud commonly is deposited after volcanic events on alluvial plains or within lacustrine to playa environments (e.g. Besley & Collinson, 199 1 ; Buesch, 199 1 ; Turbeville, 1991 ; White & Robinson, 1992; this study) . These environments arise because of the low topography of the basin, because syn eruptive deposition flattens and infills topography, because low-gradient drainage systems are easily blocked or re-routed by lava flows or debris flows, or because volcanism drives basin subsidence.
FACIES MODE L L ING : T IME ' S ARROWS V ERSUS T IME ' S CYCLE
The stratigraphical record allows us to define 'bite sized' pieces or facies (R. G. Walker, 1990). In facies modelling we assume 'there is a system and order in Nature' (R.G. Walker, 1992) and attempt to re assemble these 'bites' into a group of facies that are genetically related to each other and have some environmental or palaeogeographical significance. The two end-member conditions, time's arrow (a unilinear succession of unique events) and time's cycle (recurrent patterns in a world that remains essentially unchanged) are categories of our invention, erected here to illustrate the problems of interpreting volcaniclastic successions. Although both approaches, by themselves, are incorrect (as noted by Gould, 1987), one may become dominant. Two variables unite to determine the degree to which Walther's Law is applicable; these are the completeness of the sedimentary record (the num ber of time gaps), and the extent to which the sedi ment source changed, in terms of the amount and grain size of supply, throughout deposition (Fig. 17) . The two end-member conditions are: continu-
188
G.J. Orton
SEDIMENT COMPOSITION
STRATIGRAPHIC "BITES"
COMPLETENESS OF RECORD
WALTHER'S MARITAL STATE
t
(/) (/) w z � u None
A lot
AMOUNT SOURCE CHANGED BETWEEN SUCCESSIVE BEDS
�
PURE BLISS
DIVORCED
Fig. 17. Application of Walther's Law to syneruptive and inter-eruptive volcaniclastic successions (using ideas from Dott,
1983; Gould, 1987; Walker, 1990, 1 992). Walther's marital state is discussed further in the text.
ous sedimentation and/or an unchanging source (Walther's Law fully applicable) ; episodic sedi mentation and/or a constantly changing source (Walther's Law inapplicable) . As all environments, including non-volcanic ones, are to an extent influenced by episodic events (Dott, 1983 ) , the metaphor that becomes dominant depends on the time frame over which observations are made. The time's arrow metaphor embodies the entire Tryfan Fach Member. The coarse-grained cross stratified and thinly bedded rhyodacitic sandstones are unrelated to and lie with probable erosional unconformity on subjacent marine mudstones. The up-sequence progression of facies on this time-scale is essentially unpredictable, as pre-existing sediment dispersal systems were overwhelmed and probably
transformed by introduction of coarse-grained rhyodacitic material associated with the explosive volcanic eruption. The time's cycle metaphor is most applicable within the pre-eruptive marine mudstones and the epiclastic alluvial fan succession. Because source was comparatively constant and unchanging (or changing gradually) a facies model can be provided for the whole succession, vertical sequences can be interpreted, and palaeogeographical maps can be presented . Although unique events did occur (e.g. the ash-fall beds, flood events from the alluvial plain) , their magnitude was insufficient to radically alter pre-existing sediment dispersal systems and/or environments. Episodic hydrological and oceano graphic events (storms, river mouth floods) become
Facies models in volcanic terrains
'normal' over the time period (tens of thousands of years) involved and Walther's Law is fully applicable. In non-volcanic terrains , and in the epiclastic successions noted above, it is implicit (de Raaf et a/. , 1965) or explicit (Busch , 1971) that any progressive facies association with gradational facies contacts is the result of one related set of depositional conditions. However, within syneruptive reworked pyroclastic deposits, gradational grain-size and facies changes are virtually meaningless (or at least very difficult to interpret! ) in two-dimensional sequences unless the eruptive history of the volcano is known. This is rare, even in historic eruptions. Many volcanic eruptions consist of a series of closely spaced but smaller events, with the amount, grain size, density, shape and/or 'distribution of eruptive products gradually changing owing to progressive changes in the amount of magma vesiculation, the eruptive flux rate, vent parameters , and the supply rate of water. Although each bed is unique, the succession of syn eruptive beds may not be random but linked by gradual (?and predictable) changes in source region parameters. The problems this causes in sequence analysis are well illustrated in the Tryfan Fach Member by the braidplain to floodbasin transition, where it could not be determined whether facies change reflected sorting processes on the alluvial plain or progressive eruption of finer grained volcanic ash. Environments were difficult to reconstruct and palaeogeographical maps could not be produced. As a consequence the timing of other controls on the stratigraphy (e.g. sea-level change) could not be fully assessed . Thus although one cannot totally divorce Walther's Law from these volcaniclastic sequences it certainly must be applied with caution, with the relationship best described as an unhappy marriage (Fig. 17) .
1 89
a nearby, but unrelated, source. However, within syneruptive pyroclastics it could not be determined whether coarse sandstones were reworked from a single or several eruptions, and whether rhyolitic siltstones on the alluvial plain represent fine-grained material extracted from older pyroclastic flows during reworking or influx of ash from new volcanic eruptions. The key to unlocking the story hidden within such volcaniclastic sequences is to recognize when volcanism was active. The basic question that is addressed is whether facies changes in a vertical sequence reflect changing energy levels within the depositional setting (Walther's Law is applicable) or changing source parameters because of or during an eruption (Walther's Law does not work ) . In this regard, the study of volcaniclastic materials is still in its infancy, and is the area where much new research is needed. The above understanding is possible only if volcanism-induced eruptive and emplacement processes can be recognized and separated from 'background' conditions of sediment supply (see also McPhie & Allen, 1992). Even when the eruption is observed (e.g. Mount St Helens) , it may be dif ficult to distinguish between primary and reworked pyroclastic material, and to recognize individual eruptive episodes in the depositional record. These distinctions becoming increasingly difficult to make when studying the ancient record , where syneruptive sheets may be difficult to separate (G. Smith, 1991) and material from smaller eruptions becomes admixed with 'background' inter-eruption detritus (Hackett & Houghton, 1989). In these successions, it may not be possible to determine whether facies change reflects a change in type and/or energy of the environment, or a change in the type of sediment produced by the volcano, or both. We should be prepared to admit this and realize the implications for the accuracy of environmental and/or sequence interpretations .
CONCLUSIONS
Coarse-grained sandstones of the Tryfan Fach Member represent aggradation and progradation of reworked pyroclastic materials deposited in a braid plain setting in conjunction with penecontempor aneous ?phreatomagmatic rhyodacitic volcanicity. It can be shown with reasonable certainty that these deposits have no genetic relation to either muddy shelf deposits , upon which they lie with probable erosional unconformity, and/or adjacent alluvial fan deposits, which prograded at the same time from
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Research formed part of a doctoral thesis ( 1990) completed under the helpful guidance of Harold Reading (Oxford University) and Roger Suthren (Oxford Brookes University) . Later visits to North Wales were financed by the Monash University Development Fund and the Australian Research Council. Over the years stimulating field discussions in North Wales with Dairmid Campbell, Ray Cas,
190
G.J. Orton
Bill Fritz, Malcolm Howells, Adrian McArthur and Tony Reedman have contributed to my understand ing. Ideas gathered in North Wales have benefited by additional research experiences in Australia (Exhibition of 1851 Fellowship) and Japan (STA & AIST Fellowships) where similar environmental problems were encountered. Ideas presented in this paper were greatly sharpened by thorough and constructive reviews by Gary Smith, James White, and the editor, Guy Plint.
Bull. A m . Ass. petrol. Geol. , 55, 1 137- 1 154. CAMPBELL,
C .V. ( 1976) Reservoir geometry of a fluvial sheet sandstone . Bull. Am. Assoc. petrol. Geol. , 70, 1009 - 1020.
CAMPBELL,
S.D.G. , HowELLS, M.F. , SMITH , M . & REEDMAN, A.J. ( 1 988) A Caradoc failed rift within the Ordovician marginal basin of Wales. Geol. Mag. , 125,
257-266. CANT, D.J.
REFERENCES ALLEN,
J.R.L. ( 1974) Reaction, relaxation and lag in natural sedimentary systems . Earth Sci. Rev. , 10, 263-
342. ALLEN,
Petrol. , B64, 40-59.
BuESCH, D . C. ( 1991) Changes in depositional environ ments resulting from emplacement of a large-volume ignimbrite. In: Sedimentation in Volcanic Settings (Eds Fisher, R.V . & Smith, G.A.), Spec . Publ. Soc. econ. Paleontol. Mineral. , Tulsa, 45, 139- 154. BuscH, D . A. ( 1971 ) Genetic units in delta prospecting.
& WALKER, R.G. ( 1 978) Fluvial processes and facies sequences in the sandy braided South Saskatchewan River, Canada. Sedimentology , 25, 625-· 648.
CAPUTO,
J. R.L.
( 1 984)
Sedimentary
Structures:
their
Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp . ALLEN, P.A. ( 1981) Wave-generated structures in the Devonian lacustrine sediments of south-east Shetland and ancient wave conditions . Sedimentology, 28, Character and Physical Basis. 663
369-379.
ARNOTT, R.W .C . ( 1 993) Quasi-planar-laminated sandstone beds of the Lower Cretaceous Bootlegger Member, North-Cental Montana: evidence of combined-flow sedimentation. J. sediment. Petrol. , 63, 488-494. BACHMAN, G.O . & MEHNERT, H.H. ( 1 978) New K - Ar dates and the late Pliocene to Holocene history of the central Rio Grande region, New Mexico. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. , 89, 283-292.
BALL, T.K. & MERRIMA N, R.J. ( 1989) The petrology and geochemistry of the Ordovician Llewelyn Volcanic Group, Snowdonia, North Wales. British Geological Survey Research Report, No. 89/ 1 . HMSO, London . BARDAJI , T. , DABRJO, C.J., GoY, J.L., SoMOZA, L. & ZAZO, C . ( 1 990) Pleistocene fan deltas in southeastern Iberian peninsula: sedimentary controls and sea-level changes. In: Coarse-grained Deltas (Eds Colella, A. & Prior, D.B.), Spec. Pubis int . Ass . Sediment., No. 1 0 , pp. 129- 1 5 1 . Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford. BATES, D . E .B . ( 1 972) The stratigraphy of the Ordovician rocks of Anglesey . Geol. J. , 8, 29-60. BESLEY, B .M . & COLLIN SON , J.D. ( 199 1 ) Volcanic and tectonic controls of lacustrine and alluvial sedimentation in the Stephanian coal-bearing sequence of the Malpas Sort Basin, Catalonian Pyrenees . Sedimentology , 38, 3 - 26.
BooTHROYD, J.C. & Nu MME DA L , D. ( 1978) Proglacial braided outwash: a model for humid alluvial fan deposits. In: Fluvial Sedimentology (Ed. Miall, A.D.), Mem. Can. Soc . petrol. Geol., Calgary, 5, 641 - 668. BRANNEY, M.J . ( 1 99 1 ) Eruption and depositional facies of the Whorneyside Tuff Formation, English Lake District: an exceptionally large magnitude phreatoplinian erup tion. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. , 103, 886-897. BROWNE, q.H. & PuNT, A . G . ( 1 994) Alternating braid plain and lacustrine deposition in a strike-slip set ting: the Pennsylvanian Boss Point Formation of the Cumberland Basin, Maritime Canada. J. sediment.
M. ( 1 979) Two thousand years of geodetic and geophysical observation in the Phlegran Fields near Naples. Geophys. J. R. astron. Soc. , 56, 3 19-328. CAS, R.A . F. & WRIGHT, J .V. ( 1987) Volcanic Successions: Modern and Ancient. Allen & Unwin, London, 528 pp . CATHER, S.M. & FoLK, R.L . ( 199 1) Pre-diagenetic sedimentary fractionation of andesitic detritus in a semi arid climate: an example from the Eocene Datil Group, New Mexico. In: Sedimentation in Volcanic Settings (Eds Fisher, R .V. & Smith, G.A.), Spec. Publ. Soc. econ. Paleont. Mineral. , Tulsa, 45, 2 1 1 -226. CoCKS, L. R .M . & FORTEY, R.A. ( 1 982) Faunal evidence for oceanic separations in the Palaeozoic of Britain. J. geol. Soc. London, 139, 465 -478.
CoLE, J .W . ( 1 984) Taupo-Totorua depression: an ensialic marginal basin of North Island, New Zealand. In: Marginal Basin Geology: Volcanic and Associated Sedimentary and Tectonic Processes in Modern and
(Eds Kokelaar, B.P. & Howells, M .F.), Spec . Publ . geol. Soc. London, No. 16, pp. 109120. Geological Society of London, Bath. CoLLINSON, J . D. ( 1 969) The sedimentology of the Grindslow Shales and the K.inderscout Grit: a deltaic complex in the Namurian of northern England. J. A ncient Marginal Basins
Sediment. Petrol. , 39, 194- 221 .
CORDELL, L. , LoNG, C.L. & JONES, D.W. ( 1985) Geo·· physical expression of the batholith beneath Questa caldera, New Mexico. J. geophys. Res . , 90, 263-269. COTTER, E. ( 1 978) The evolution of fluvial style, with special reference to the central Appalachian Palaeozoic. In: Fluvial Sedimentology (Ed. MiaU, A.D.), Mem . Can. Soc. petrol . Geol. , Calgary, 5, 361 -384. CROWLEY, K.D. ( 1 983) Large scale bed configurations (macroforms), Platte River Basin, Colorado and Nebraska: primary structures and formative processes. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. , 94, 1 17 - 133.
DAM, G. & AN DREASAN , F. ( 1990) High energy ephemeral stream deltas: an example from the Upper Silurian Holmestrand Formation of the Oslo region, Norway. Sediment. Geol. , 66, 197-226.
DAVIES, O . K. , ALMON, W. R. , BoNIS, S. B . & HuNTER,. B . E . ( 1 979) Deposition and diagenesis of Tertiary Holocene volcaniclastics, Guatemala. In: Aspects of Diagenesis (Eds Scholle, P.A. & Schluger, P.R.), Spec. Publ. Soc. econ. Paleont. Mineral. , Tulsa, 26, 281 -306.
Facies models in volcanic terrains DE RAAF, J.F.M. , READING, H. G. & WALKER, R.G. (1965) Cyclic sedimentation in the Lower Westphalian of North Devon, England. Sedimentology , 4, 1 -52. Dorr, R.H. (1983) 1982 SEPM presidential address: Episodic sedimentation - how normal is average? how rare is rare? does it matter? I. sediment. Petrol. , 53, 5-23. DvoRAK, J.J. & GASPARINI, P. (1991) History of earth quakes and vertical ground movements in Campi Flegrei caldera, southern Italy: comparison of precursory events to the AD 1538 eruption of Monte Nuovo and of activity since 1968. I. volcano!. geotherm. Res. , 48, 199-222. EwART, A. (1979) A review of the mineralogy and chemistry of Tertiary- Recent dacitic , latitic, rhyolitic and related sialic volcanic rocks. In: Trondhjemites, Dacites and Related Rocks (Ed. Baker, F.), pp. 113 - 121. Elsevier, Amsterdam. FERNANDEZ, L . P . , AGUEDA, J.A . , COLMENERO, J . R . , SALVADOR, C.!. & BARBA, P . (1988) A coal-bearing fan delta complex in the Westphalian D of the Central Coal Basin, Cantabrian Mountains, northwestern Spain: implications for the recognition of humid-type fan deltas. In: Fan Deltas: Sedimentology and Tectonic Setting (Eds Nemec, W. & Steel, R.J.), pp. 286-302. Blackie, Glasgow. FISHER, R.V. (1961) Proposed classification of volca niclastic sediments and rocks. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. , 72, 1395- 1408. FISHER, R. V. & SCHMINCKE, H.U. (1984) Pyroclastic Rocks. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 472 pp. FosHAG , W.F. & GoNZALEZ-R, J. ( 1956) Birth and devel opment of Paricutin volcano, Mexico. U.S. geol. Surv. Bull. , 965-D, 355-489. FRITZ, W.J. (1991) Theoretical modelling of large wave ripples in volcaniclastic sediments, Ordovician Llewelyn Volcanic Group , North Wales. Sediment. Geol. , 74, 241 -250. FRITZ, W.J. & HOWELLS, M.F. (1991) A shallow marine volcaniclastic facies model: an example from sedimentary rocks bounding the subaqueously welded Ordovician Garth Tuff, North Wales, U . K. Sediment. Geol. , 74, 217-240. FORSICH, F.T. & MAYR , H. (1981) Non-marine Rhizo corallium (trace fossil) from the Upper Freshwater Molasse (Upper Miocene) of southern Germany. Neues Jahrb. Geol. Palaeontol. Monatsh. , 198 1 , 321 -333. GALLOWAY, W.E. (1981) Depositional architecture of Cenozoic Gulf Coast plain fluvial systems. In: Recent and Ancient Non-marine Environments: Models for Exploration (Eds Ethridge, F. G. & Flores, R.M.), Spec.
Pub!. Soc. econ. Paleont. Mineral., Tulsa, 3 1 , 127- 155. W. (1983) Stratigraphy, subduction and strike slip faulting in the Mona Complex of North Wales - a review. Proc. Geol. Assoc. , 94, 147 - 164. GoDIN, P.D . (1991) Fining-upward cycles in the sandy braided-river deposits of the Westwater Canyon Member (Upper Jurassic), Morrison Formation, New Mexico. Sediment. Geol. , 70, 6 1 - 82. GouLD, S.J. (1987) Time's Arrow, Time's Cycle: Myth and Metaphor in the Discovery of Geological Time. Penguin Books, New York, 222 pp. HACKEIT, W.R. & HouGHTON , B.F. (1989) A facies model for a Quaternary andesitic composite volcano: Ruapehu, New Zealand. Bull. Volcano!. , 5 1 , 5 1 - 68. GIBBONS,
191
A. P. ( 1992) Half-graben lacustrine sedimentary rocks of the lower Carboniferous Strathlorne Formation, Horton Group , Cape Breton Island , Nova Scotia, Canada. Sedimentology , 39, 263 -284. HASZELDI N E , R.S. & AN DERTO N , R. (1980) A braidplain facies model for the Westphalian B Coal Measures of north-east England. Nature, 284, 5 1 - 53 . HEIKEN , G. & WoHLETZ, K. (1991) Fragmentation pro cesses in explosive volcanic eruptions. In: Sedimentation in Volcanic Settings (Eds Fisher, R.V. & Smith, G.A.), Spec. Pub!. Soc. ccon. Paleont. Mineral. , Tulsa, 45, 19-26. HENRY, C.D. & PRICE, J.G. (1984) Variations in caldera development in the Tertiary volcanic field of Trans Pecos Texas. I. geophys. Res. , 89, 8765-8786. HICKS, D.M. & INMAN , D.L. (1987) Sand dispersion from an ephemeral river delta on the central California coast. Mar. Geol. , 77, 305-3 18. HILDRETH , W. (1987) New perspectives on the eruption of 1912 in the Valley of Ten Thousand Smokes, Katamai National Park, Alaska. Bull. Volcano!. , 49, 680-693. HILL, D.P. , BAILEY, R.A. & RYALL, A.S. (1985) Active tectonic and magmatic processes beneath Long Valley Caldera, Eastern California: an overview. J. geophys. Res. , 90, 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 120. HILL, P.R. & NADEA U , O . C. (1989) Storm dominated sedimentation on the inner shelf of the Canadian Beaufort Sea. I. sediment. Petrol. , 59, 455-468. HowELLS, M.F. & LEVERIDGE, B.E. (1980) The Capel Curig Volcanic Formation. Institute of Geological Sciences Report, No. 80/6, pp. 1 -23. HMSO, London. HoWELLS, M . F. , REEDMAN, A.J. & CAMPBELL, S.D.G. (1991) Ordovician (Caradoc) Marginal Basin Volcanism in Snowdonia (North- west Wales) . British Geological Survey, HMSO, London, 191 pp. HunoN, J. (1788) Theory of the Earth. Trans. R. Soc. Edinburgh , l , 209-305. JOPLING, A.V. (1965) Hydraulic factors controlling the shape of laminae in laboratory deltas. I. sediment. Petrol. , 35, 777-791. KARNER, G.D. & DEWEY, J .F. (1986) Rifting: lithospheric versus crustal extension as applied to the Ridge Basin of southern California. In: Future Petroleum Provinces of the World (Ed. Halbouty, M.T.), Mem. Am. Assoc. petrol. Geol., Tulsa, 40, 317-337. KOKELAAR, B.P. (1988) Tectonic controls of Ordovician arc and marginal basin volcanism in Wales. I. geol. Soc. London, 145, 759-775. KoKELAAR, B.P. (1992) Ordovician marine volcanic and sedimentary record of rifting and volcanotectonism: Snowdon, Wales, UK. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. , 104, 1443 - 1455. LECKIE , D.A. & CHEEL, R.J. ( 1989) The Cyprus Hills Formation (upper Eocene to Miocene): a semi-arid braidplain resulting from intrusive uplift. Can. I. Earth Sci. , 26, 1918-1931. LEEDER, M. R. ( 1983) Lithospheric stretching and North Sea clastic sourcelands. Nature, 305, 510-513. LIPMAN , P.W. (1984) Roots of ash-flow calderas in western North America: windows into the tops of granitic batho liths. I. geophys. Res. , 89, 8801 -8841. LowE, D.R. ( 1982) Sediment gravity flows: II. Depo sitional models with special reference to the deposits of high-density turbidity currents. J. sedime'ru. Petrol. , 52, HAMBLIN ,
192
G.J. Orton 'offshore bars' in the Cardium Formation of Alberta :
279-297. G.
LuONGO,
&
SCAN DONE,
R.
( 1991)
Campi Flegrei.
J. Volcano!. Geotherm. Res. , 48, 227 pp. LYELL, C . ( 1853) Principles of Geology 9th edn. John Murray, London, 835 pp. MA.tzELS, J. ( 1989) Sedimentology, palaeoflow dynamics, and
flood
history
of
jokulhlaup
deposits:
palaeo
hydrology of Holocene sediment sequences in southern Iceland
sandur
deposits.
J.
sediment.
59,
Petrol. ,
their relationship to relative changes in sea level. I n : Sea-level Changes: a n Integrated Approach (Eds Wilgus , C . K . , Hastings, H . W . , Kendall, C . , Posamentier, H . W . , Ross, C . A . & Van Wagoner, J . C . ) , Spec. Pub!. Soc. econ. Paleont. Mineral . , Tulsa, 42, 357-370. POINTON , C . R . & IXER, R . A . ( 1 980) Parys Mountain mineral deposit, Anglesey, Wales: POLLARD, J . E . , STEEL, R . J .
204-223. McKEE, C . P . , LOWENSTEI N , P . L . , DESAINTOURS, P . , TALA!,
geology and ore
mineralogy. Trans. Inst. Min. Metal/. , 89, 143 - 155 .
&
UNDERSUD, E. ( 1 982) Facies
sequence and trace fossils in lacustrine fan delta deposits ,
some regional implications. Sediment. Geol. , 2 1 , 85 -
Hornelen basin, Middle Devonian, Western Norway. Sediment. Geol. , 32, 63-87. PRIOR, D . B . , BORNHOLD, B . D . , WiSEMA N , W . J . & LOWE, D . R . ( 1987) Turbidity current activity in a British Columbian fjord. Science, 237, 1330- 1333. REEDMAN, A .J . , LEVERIDGE, B . E . & EVANS, R . B . ( 1 984) The Arfon Group ('Arvonian') of North Wales. Proc. Geol. Assoc. , 95, 3 1 3 - 32 1 . REILINGER, R . E . & YORK, J . E . ( 1 979) Relative crustal subsidence from levelling data in a seismically active part of the Rio Grande rift, New Mexico . Geology , 7 , 139 - 143.
127 .
ROWLEY , P . D . , KUNTZ, M . A .
B . , htKARAI, I.
&
Motu, J . L . (1984) Seismic and ground
deformation crises at the Rabaul caldera: prelude to an eruption? Bull. volcano!. , 47, 397 -41 1 . McPHIE, J .
&
ALLEN, R . L . ( 1992) Facies architecture of
mineralized submarine volcanic sequences: Cambrian Mount Read Volcanics, Western Tasmania. Econ. Geol. , 87, 587-596. MlALL, A . D . (1977) A review of the braided river depo sitional environment . Earth Sci. Rev. , 13, 1 - 16. MlALL, A . D .
& GlBLI N G , M . R .
( 1978) The Siluro-Devonian
clastic wedge of Somerset Island, Arctic Canada, and
MIDDLETON , G . V . (1973) Johannes Walther's Law of the correlation of facies. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. , 84, 979-988. MYROW, P . M . ( 1992) Bypass-zone tempestite facies models and proximality trends for an ancient muddy shoreline
&
&
In:
D . R. ) . U . S . geol. Surv. Prof. Pap . , 1250, 489 - 5 12 . RUEGG,
G.H.
( 1971)
Features of
SouTHARD, J.B. ( 1991) Combined-flow
model for vertical stratification sequences in shallow
5 - 24.
marine storm-deposited beds. J. sediment. Petrol. , 6 1 ,
volcanogenic sedimentation; sedimentary
NELSON, C.H. ( 1 982) Modern shallow-water graded sand Bouma sequences and turbidite systems .
a mimic of
.1. sediment.
Petrol. , 52, 537-545. NEWHALL, C.G. & DzuRJSIN, D. ( 1988) Historical unrest at large calderas of the world . U . S . geol . Surv. Bull . ,
braidplain deltaic sequences, North Wales: a conse quence of varying fluvial clastic input. I n : Fan Deltas:
Sedimentology and Tectonic Setting (Eds Nemec, W. Steel, R . J . ) , pp. 23-49. Blackie, Glasgow. G.J.
( 1 990)
&
Volcaniclastic sedimentation in a
Caradocian marginal basin, North Wales . Unpublished PhD thesis, Oxford U niversity. ORTO N , G .J. ( 1991) Emergence of subaqueous depositional environments in advance of a major ignimbrite eruption, Capel Curig Volcanic Formation, North Wales:
an
example of regional volcanotectonic uplift? Sediment.
Ordovician of central Wales. Geol. Mag. , 1 13, 159- 164.
& BRENCHLEY,
P.J. ( 1979) Caradoc marine
benthic communities of the south Berwyn Hills, North PtCKERJLL, R . K .
& H uRST, J . M .
depositional
environments,
the
lower
analysis of two Eocene
Bend
Region ,
Texas.
J.
sediment. Petrol. , 60, 747-760. RusT, B . R . & GtBLI N G , M . R . ( 1990a) Braidplain evolution in the Pennsylvanian South Bar Formation near Sydney, Nova Scotia. J. sediment. Petrol. , 60, 59-72. RusT, B.R.
GtBLIN G , M.R. (1990b) Three-dimensional
&
antidunes as HCS mimics in a fluvial sandstone: the
Llandovery
Scotia. J. sediment. Petrol. , 60, 540-548. SHERIDAN ,
M.F.
&
UPDIKE,
( 1983) Sedimentary facies, and
faunal
(Silurian)
R.G.
( 1975)
Sugarloaf
Mountain tephra - a Pleistocene rhyolitic deposit of base-surge origin in Northern Arizona. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. , 86, 5 7 1 - 5 8 1 . SIMPSON , E . L . & ERIKSSON , K . A . ( 1 989) Sedimentology of the U nicoi Formation in southern and central Virginia: evidence for late Proterozoic to Early Cambrian rift-to·· passive margin transition. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. , 101 , 42-54. SLOAN, R.J.
&
WILLIAMS, B .P . J . ( 199 1) Volcano-tectonic
control of offshore to tidal flat regressive cycles from the of southwest Ireland.
In:
Sedimentation, Tectonics and Eustacy: Sea-level Changes at Active Plate Margins (Ed . Macdonald , D . I . M. ) , Spec. Pub!. int. Ass. Sediment . , No. 12, pp. 105 - 1 19 . Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford . SMITH, G . A . ( 1986) Coarse-grained nonmarine volcani··
Wales. Palaeontology , 22, 229-264.
of
Big
Dunquin Group (Silurian)
Geol. , 74, 25 1 - 288. PtCKERJLL, R . K . ( 1976) Vermiforichnus borings from the PICKERJLL, R . K .
aprons,
Pennsylvanian South Bar Formation near Sydney, Nova
1855, v . 1 , 598 pp. ORTO N , G . J . ( 1988) A spectrum of mid-Ordovician fan and
ORTON ,
Pleistocene
RuNKEL, A . C . ( 1990) Lateral and temporal changes in
202-210. layers from storm surges, Bering shelf:
middle
sandur deposits in the Netherlands. Geol. Mijnbouw, 56 ,
and shelf. J. sediment. Petrol. , 62, 99 - 1 15. MYROW, P.M.
MACLEO D , N . S . (1 981) The 1 980 Eruptions of Mount St. Helens (Eds Lipman, P . W . & Mullineaux,
Pyroclastic-flow deposits.
associations
Beechill
Cove
clastic sediment: terminology and depositional process.
Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. , 97, 1 - 10. SMITH, G.A. ( 1987) The influence of explosive volcanism
Formation, Arisaig, Nova Scotia. Can. J. Earth Sci. , 20,
on
1761- 1779.
(Neogene) in Central Oregon. J. sediment. Petrol. , 57 ,
PuNT, A . G . ( 1988) Sharp-based shoreface sequences and
fluvial
6 1 3 - 629.
sedimentation:
the
Deschutes
Formation
193
Facies models in volcanic terrains SMITH , G.A. (1988) Sedimentology of proximal to distal volcaniclastics dispersed across an active foldbelt: Ellens
South Africa. Sediment. Geol. , 18, 161 - 174. WALKER, G . P . L . (1984) Down-sag calderas, ring faults,
berg Formation (late Miocene) , central Washingto n .
caldera sizes, and incremental caldera growth. J. geophys.
Sedimentology, 3 5 , 953-977. SMITH, G.A. ( 1991) Facies sequences and geometries i n
Res. , 89, 8407-8416. WALKER, G . P . L . ( 1989) Gravitational (density) controls on volcanism , magma chambers and intrusions. Aust. J.
continental volcaniclastic sequences. I n : Sedimentation
in Volcanic Settings (Eds Fisher, R.V. & Smith, G . A . ) , Spec. Pub!. Soc. eco n . Paleontol. Mineral . , Tulsa, 45, 109 - 122.
Earth Sci. , 36, 149-165. WALKER, R.G. ( 1 990) Facies modelling and sequence stra
SMITH , R . C . M . ( 1991) Landscape response to a major
WALKER, R . G . ( 1 992) Facies, facies models and modern
ignimbrite
eruption ,
Taupo
volcanic
center,
New
Zealand . In: Sedimentation in Volcanic Settings (Eds Fisher, R . V .
Smith, G . A . ) , Spec. Pub!. Soc. econ .
&
HurroN , D .H . W . ( 1 984) Late Caledonian
&
sinistral displacements in Britain: implications for a three plate collision model. Tectonics, 3, 791 - 794. STEEL, R.J.
&
AASHEIM, S . M . ( 1978) Alluvial sand depo
sition in a rapidly subsiding basin, Devonia n , Norway. In: Fluvial Sedimentology (Ed. Miall, A . D . ) , Mem. Can. Soc. petrol. Geol . , Calgary, 5, 386-412. SuRDAM, R.C.
& BoLES, J . R .
stratigraphic concepts. I n : Facies Models: Response to
Sea Level Change (Eds Walker, R . G .
( 1979) Diagenesis of volcanic
&
James, N . P . ) ,
p p . 1 - 14 . Geological Association o f Canada, St John's. WALKER, R . G .
Paleontol. Mineral . , Tulsa, 45, 123 - 138. SoPER, N.J.
tigraphy. J. sediment. Petrol. , 60, 777-786.
tidal
HARMS, J . C . ( 1975) Shorelines of weak
&
activity:
Upper
Devonian
Catskill Formation,
Central Pennsylvania. In: Tidal Deposits: a Casebook of
Recent Examples and Fossil Counterparts (Ed. Ginsburg, R . N . ) , pp. 103 - 108. Springer-Verlag, New York. WALTON, A . W . ( 1 986) Effect of Oligocene volcanism on sedimentation i n the Trans-Pecos volcanic field of Texas. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. , 97, 1 192- 1207. WATKINS,
R.T.
( 1986)
Volcano-tectonic
control
on
sandstones. I n : Aspects of Diagenesis (Eds Scholle, P . A .
sedimentation i n the Koobi Fora sedimentary basin. In:
Schluger, P . R . ) , Spec. Pub!. Soc. econ. Paleontol.
Sedimentation in the African Rifts (Eds Frostick, L . E . ,
&
Renault, R . W . , Reid, I .
Mineral . , Tulsa, 26, 227-242. THORPE, R . S . ( 1979) Late Precambrian igneous activity in
Southern Britain . I n : The Caledonides of the British
Isles - Reviewed (Eds Harris, A . L . , Holland , C . H . & Leake, B . E . ) , Spec. Pub!. geol. Soc. London, No. 8 ,
& TRENCH, A . ( 1991) The Ordovician history
of the Iapetus Ocean in Britai n : new palaeomagnetic R.J.B . ,
EccLES ,
C.,
MOLYNEUX,
S.G.
&
TAYLOR, W . E . G . ( 1987) Age and controls of ironstone deposition (Ordovician) North Wales. Geol. J. , 22, 3 1 - 43 .
sediment loads:
& RuSHTO N , A . W . A .
( 1980) Faunas from
sediments associated with the Capel Curig Tuffs: One inch sheet
106 (Bangor). British Geological Survey
COLEMA N , J . M . ( 1981) Physical dynamics
&
South America. J. sediment. Petrol. , 51, 1053 - 1063. WELLS ,
N.A.
( 1983)
B.N.
(1991) The influence of ephemeral
processes on pyroclastic sedimentation in a rift-basin, volcaniclastic- alluvial sequence, Espanola basin, New Mexico. Sediment. Geol. , 74, 139 - 155 . North America, Gonwana, and intervening displaced terranes: comparisons of paleomagnetism with paleo climatology and biogeographic patterns. Geol. Soc. Am.
Bull. , 100, 3 1 1 -324. VAN HouTE N , F . B . (1976) Late Cenozoic volcaniclastic deposits, Andean foredeep, Columbia. Geol. Soc. Am.
Bull. , 87, 481-495.
&
DAVIES,
sand-poor
&
Lewin , J . ) , Spec. Pubis int. Assoc.
Sediment . , No . 6, pp. 393-403. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford . WELLS, S . G . , McFADDEN , L . D . , RENAULT, C . E . volcanism
&
CROWE,
in
the
Yucca
Mountain
area,
southern
Nevada: implications for the proposed high-level radio active waste disposal . Geology, 18, 549-553. WESTHEAD,
VAN DER Voo, R. (1988) Paleozoic paleogeography of
R.K.
Transient streams i n
redbeds. In: Modern and Ancient Fluvial Systems (Eds
B . M . (1990) Geomorphic assessment of late Q uaternary
Open File Report, PD 80/12. TuRBEVILLE,
implications for the origin of offlap/
133 - 144. WELLS, J.T.
Colliso n , J . D .
TUNNICLIFF, S . P .
VESSELL,
of London, Bath. WAITS , A . B . ( 1989) Lithospheric flexure due to prograding
and fine-grained sediment dynamics, coast of Surinam,
constraints. J. geol. Soc. London , 148, 423 -425. TRYTHALL,
Tiercelin, J . - J . ) , Spec. Pub!.
on lap patterns in sedimentary basins. Basin Res. , 2 ,
p p . 579-584. Geological Society of London, Bath. ToRSVJK, T.H.
&
geol. Soc. London, No. 25 , 85-98. Geological Society
S .J .
(1991) Prospects at Parys Mountains.
Geol. Today , 7 , 130 - 135. WHITE, J . D . L. (1991) The depositional record of small, monogenetic volcanoes within terrestrial basins. I n : Sedimentation in Volcanic Settings ( E d s Fisher, R . V . & Smith, G . A . ) , Spec. Pub!. Soc. econ. Paleontol. Mineral . , Tulsa, 45, 155- 174. WHITE,
J.D.L.
&
ROBINSON,
P.T.
( 1992)
Intra-arc
sedimentation in a low-lying marginal arc, Eocene Clarno D.K.
( 1981)
Non-marine
Formation,
sedimentation i n an active fore-arc basin. In: Recent
89 - 1 14 .
and Ancient Non-marine Environments: Models for Exploration (Eds Ethridge, F . G . & Flores, R . M . ) , Spec. Pub!. Soc. eco n . Paleontol. Mineral . , Tulsa, 3 1 , 3 1 - 45 . V!SHER, G . S . (1965) Use o f the vertical profile i n environ
WiLLIAMS,
central
G.E.
Oregon.
( 1971)
Flood
Sediment. deposits
of
Geol. ,
80,
sand
bed
ephemeral streams of central Australia. Sedimentology , 17, 1 -40. WRIGHT, L .D . , YANG, Z . S . , BORNHOLD, B . D . , KELLER,
mental reconstruction. Bull. Am. Assoc. petrol. Geol. ,
G . H . , PRIOR, D . B .
49, 4 1 - 6 1 .
pycnal plumes and plume fronts over the Huanghe
Vos, R . G .
&
ERIKSSON , K . A .
( 1 977) An embayment
model for tidal and swash deposits occurring within a fluvially dominated middle Proterozoic sequence in
&
WiSEMAN , W . J . ( 1986) Hyper
(Yellow River) delta front . Geomarine Letters, 6, 97106.
Tectonics and Sedimentation
Sedimentary Facies Analysis: A Tribute to the Research and Teaching of Harold G. Reading Edited by A. Guy Plint © 1995 The International Association of Sedimentologists ISBN: 978-0-865-42898-0
Spec. Pubis int. Ass. Sediment.
(1995) 22, 197-217
Coarse-grained lacustrine fan-delta deposits (Pororari Group) of the northwestern South Island, New Zealand: evidence for Mid-Cretaceous rifting M A L C O L M G. LAIRD Institute of Geological and Nuclear Sciences, c/o Department of Geology, University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand
A BS T R A C T
Mainly coarse-grained non-marine sediments of the Pororari Group, dominated b y breccia and conglomerate, and of mid- to late Albian age, are widespread west of the Alpine Fault in the South Island of New Zealand. They represent an unconformity-bounded sequence, resting with marked angular discordance on Early Palaeozoic sediments of the Greenland Group or non-conformably ori mid-Palaeozoic and Early Cretaceous granites, and overlain with regional discordance by coal measures of Maastrichtian age. In the southern Paparoa Range, where the Pororari Group is in excess of 2000 m thick, it can be divided into three major facies assemblages: (1) matrix- and clast-supported breccia; (2) pebbly sandstone and massive or graded sandstone; and (3) laminated dark mudstone with thin graded sandstones. Facies assemblage 1 is inferred to represent the deposits of debris flows and sheet flows on alluvial fans; facies assemblage 2, the deposits of debris flows and turbidites in a dominantly lacustrine environment; and facies assemblage 3 was deposited in a distal lacustrine environment. The three facies assemblages intertongue, and are inferred to represent elements of a fan-delta system debouching into a lake. The palaeocurrent pattern deduced from clast imbrication in breccia units, and from sedimentary structures in the lacustrine deposits, indicates a dominantly NNE-SSW direction of sediment transport. The consistent and rapid thinning of lithostratigraphical units from north to south is compatible with the palaeocurrent results. Palaeocurrent plots and clast lithologies suggests that several point sources supplied coarse sediment during· the history of deposition of the Pororari Group, each giving rise to distinct but overlapping fans. The great thickness of coarse deposits (a minimum of 1200 m for the breccia assemblage alone) and the angularity of clasts suggests that these sediments were generated by contemporaneous tectonic activity. Fluctuations in lake level also may have been controlled by active faulting at the basin margin, although climatic changes may have played a part. The fan-delta system is likely to have occupied an active subsiding half-graben. The consistently south-southwest directed sediment gravity flows suggest that the active fault was likely to have been oriented in a WNW-ESE direction, downthrown to the south, and with an implied north-northeast direction of tectonic extension. A similar extension direction for the Paparoa Range area during early. Albian times has been deduced from independent structural research on a closely associated metamorphic core complex, and is also compatible with the WNW E SE orientation of normal faults bounding adjacent offshore undrilled half-grabens infilled with deposits of prdbably mid-Cre��ceous age. The coarse deposits of the Pororari Group are likely to have been associated with an early period of rifting in the Albian, pre-dating by perhaps 25 Ma the separation of New Zealand from Gondwana in the late Campanian or early Maastrichtian.
INTRODUCTION
Coarse-grained non-marine sediments, o f mainly mid- to late Albian age, dominated by breccia and
conglomerate, are widespread throughout the southern and western South Island of New Zealand.
Sedimentary Facies Analysis: A Tribute to the Research and Teaching of Harold G. Reading Edited by A. Guy Plint © 1995 The International Association of Sedimentologists ISBN: 978-0-865-42898-0 197
198
M.G. Laird
Most are poorly exposed, and detailed descriptions are sparse. One exception is the Kyeburn Formation, which lies in the southeast of the South Island (Bishop & Laird, 1976; Fig. 1), and which represents talus to braided river and lacustrine deposits of mid Albian to at least late Cenomanian age, emplaced in a locally developed, triangular, fault-bounded depression. Another well-described exception is the Puysegur Formation of the southwestern South Island (Lindqvist, 1990; Fig. 1), which is inferred to have been deposited in terrestrial, lake margin, and lacustrine environments in a fault-controlled basin. All of these mid-Cretaceous sediments rest uncon formably on older rocks, and clearly post-date the Early Cretaceous Rangitata Orogeny, which marked a significant change of tectonic pattern in the New Zealand region. From the Permian to the Early Cretaceous, most rocks formed under the influence of convergent-margin tectonics and comprise incom plete remnants of magmatic arcs, fore-arc basins, trench-slope basins, .;:tnd accretionary complexes (Bradshaw, 1989). The later stages of this regime, in the Early Cretaceous, were accompanied by wide-
spread compressional deformation, metamorphism, uplift, erosion and calc-alkaline plutonism. Over much of New Zealand the rocks of the Rangitata Orogen are separated by a major uncon formity from younger, less-deformed strata. This unconformity marks the change in tectonic regime from convergent margin to extension, attributed by Bradshaw (1989) to collision with the New Zealand margin of the spreading ridge between the Phoenix and Pacific Plates. Mid Cretaceous extensional tec tonism is best exemplified by the post-unconformity development, in the mid Cretaceous, of half grabens throughout much of the New Zealand region, both onshore and offshore. Subsidence continued along the bounding faults in the western and southern South Island, at least in some instances, from mid Albian until Santonian or early Campanian times (Laird, 1993, 1994). Both the Kyeburn and the Puysegur Formations are inferred to occupy basins formed east of the Alpine Fault in mid-Albian times under the extensional tectonic regime. On the west coast of the South Island, west of the Alpine Fault, outcrops of breccia (collectively known
N
s
Kyeburn •
Fig. 1. Locality map of the South
Puysegur Point
100 km
Island of New Zealand showing ( in black) the main outcrop areas of mid-Cretaceous non-marine coarse clastic deposits. B, Beebys Conglomerate.
199
Cretaceous rift deposits of New Zealand as the Hawks Crag Breccia, forming part of the Pororari Group) are scattered but widespread over a NE-SW extent of approximately 320 km (Fig. 1). The breccia is matrix- or clast-supported with a sparse sandy matrix, and is often reddish-brown in colour. Structure is generally simple, most suc cessions dipping uniformly at angles up to 50°, or folded into simple, open synclines. Thickness of the Pororari Group varies considerably, but a maximum is c. 4 500m. The age of the group has been determined solely from pollen. Palynological studies (Raine, 1984) indicate that the bulk of the Pororari Group lies within the Lycopodiacides bullerensis assemblage, with the youngest rocks reaching into the lower part of the overlying Trichotomosulcites subgranulatus assemblage. Absence of angiosperms suggests that the Pororari Group lies within the New Zealand Motuan Stage (mid- to late Albian). The original upward time range of the Group in the region is unknown, being constrained only by the local occur rence of unconformably overlying coal measures of Maastrichtian age. However, a possible correlative of the Pororari Group, lying c. lOOkm northeast of the Paparoa Range (Beebys Conglomerate; Fig. 1) has yielded a poorly constrained microfloral age in the range late Cenomanian to early Santonian (Johnston, 1990), indicating that Pororari Group deposition may have extended locally well into the Late Cretaceous. The origin and depositional setting of the Hawks Crag Breccia has been the object of considerable speculation in the past: explanations have included glacial or glaciofluvial action (McKay, 1883), talus or alluvial fan formation (Morgan & Bartrum, 1915), or the deposits of air-lubricated landslides (Korsch & Wellman, 1988). In most occurrences, these breccia units make up the entire exposure, and the mechanism of emplacement and geometry of the bodies has been difficult to interpret because of their apparently uniform nature over large areas. How ever, in the Paparoa Range in the northwest of the South Island, where the most extensive areas of outcrop occur, other lithofacies are also present, and these throw light on sedimentary processes and environments of deposition of both the Hawks Crag Breccia and of the Pororari Group as a whole. This study examines the sedimentology of the Pororari Group in the southern Paparoa Range, where the breccia lithofacies is associated with fine-grained deposits (Fig. 2).
G E OL O G IC A L S E T TI N G
The Pororari Group comprises an unconformity bounded sequence resting on Early Palaeozoic turbidites of the Greenland Group, or on mid Palaeozoic and Early Cretaceous granitoids. It is overlain by the Paparoa Coal Measures of Maastrichtian age. In the southern Paparoa Range, the Pororari Group crops out in two extensive areas on the eastern and western flanks of the range, and in small exposures in Fox River to the north (Fig. 2). In the western outcrops, four lithostratigraphic units can be recognized (Laird, 1988; Figs 2 & 3): (1) a locally occurring basal unit, dominated by inter bedded matrix- and clast-supported breccia, massive or normally graded sandstone, and laminated mud stone (Watson Formation), followed gradationally by (2), thick-bedded matrix- and clast-supported breccia (Hawks Crag Breccia), followed by (3), inter bedded thin-bedded sandstone and matrix-supported breccia and conglomerate beds (Bovis Formation), which are in turn overlain by (4), laminated carbon aceous mudstone (Bullock Formation). The eastern outcrops lack the basal unit, and Hawks Crag Breccia rests directly on basement rocks. The landscape is extremely rugged, and covered with dense temperate rainforest (Fig. 4). This limits the accessible and usable exposure to the gorges and tributaries of the main streams, which have provided the measured stratigraphical sections (Fig. 3).
D E S C RIPT I O N OF
A N D I N T E R PR E T A TI O N
FACIES
A S S E MBLA G E S
Three facies assemblages are recognized within the southern Paparoa Range outcrops: (1) matrix- and clast-supported breccia; (2) pebbly sandstone, and massive or graded sandstone; and (3) laminated dark mudstone with thin graded sandstones. Assemblage 1: matrix- and clast-supported breccia
Facies descriptions This facies assemblage makes up the entire Hawks Crag Breccia, and also occurs within the Watson Formation, both as the basal 165m exposed in Tin dale Creek and as a 100-m-thick unit near the base of the formation in Pororari River (Fig. 3). Breccia units increase in frequency near the top of the Watson Formation, which passes gradationally
200
M.G. Laird
LJ Younger strata
;
N
t
Unconformity
Pororari Group Bullock Formation Bovis Formation Hawks Crag Breccia Watson Formation
Unconformity
0 Basement _.- Fault
0
2
3
4
5 km
Fig. 2. Map of part of the southern Paparoa Range showing Pororari Group outcrop and palaeocurrent plots. See Fig. 12
for key to the palaeocurrent plots.
upwards into the Hawks Crag Breccia. Maximum thickness of the facies assemblage is hard to estimate, but in the Bullock Creek area in the north, where it is thickest, it is likely to reach 1500 m.
The assemblage consists dominantly of poorly sorted matrix-supported breccia consisting of sub angular to subrounded clasts (often outsize) of base ment material in a coarse sandy matrix (Fig. 5).
Cretaceous rift deposits of New Zealand N
PAPAROA COAL MEASURES
M
201
s
Bullock Creek
Slaty M ·Creek
BULLOCK FORMATION
1
''LACUSTRINE (distal)
BOVIS FORMATION
120D-fi:I:i'Iii
M _
Pororari River
Facies assemblage
Tindale Creek
''LACUSTRIN E ' ' 2000 (proximal)
3 1000
M
I-�<( <(cr: �
1800
-' -
�0 l9cr:
ALLUVIAL
a._
(/)(.9:'! <(t:lw <(I�cr: Ugj
LL
--- -w
FAN
I
<(cr:cr: 0cr: 0
Facies assemblage
/
1
/
Obscurred by Quaternary ' deposits
a._
800
r----
LACUSTRINE
I
I I
600 I
ALLUVIAL
5;i= I-<( <(�
KEY Clast-supported breccia Pebby sandstone
I
z zo
Massive or graded sandstone
FAN
I I I
s:� LL
Mudstone
I I
LACUSTRI NE GREENLAND GROUP/ GRAr-.'ITE
I I
° Fault +------
3·2 km-------1-8 km--+
Fig. 3. Stratigraphical columns showing relationships between the major formations and facies assemblages of the Pororari
Group.
Fig. 4. Hogback and cliffed
topography developed on Hawks Crag Breccia (Pororari Group), with steep east-facing dip slopes. The prominently bedded unit in the upper middle of the photograph is 20-30m thick. The valley of the upper Pororari River is in the foreground: crest of the Paparoa Range is in the background.
202
M.G. Laird
Fig. 5. Thick matrix-supported (upper) and clast-supported (lower) breccia beds, Fox River mouth. Beds young towards the left. Hammer for scale . Photograph courtesy of L. Homer.
Fig. 6. Succession of thin clast supported breccia beds, Fox River mouth. Note normal grading in the bed below the geological hammer. Some of these beds may represent the deposits of highly sediment charged sheet flows. Beds young upwards. Hammer for scale.
Clast-supported breccia makes up a minority of the beds (Fig. 5). Breccia beds most commonly lie in the range 1 -6 m thick, but some breccia units (probably composite) may reach 20-30 m in thickness and extend with little thickness change for at least several hundred metres (Fig. 4). Most lack internal stratifi cation and bedding is in many cases indistinct. Mud stone is absent, and thin sandstone beds up to 20 em thick occur only rarely. In rare instances clast supported breccia forms well-defined beds, usually
less than 1m thick but reaching a maximum of 3 m in thickness, and separated by thin (up to 10 em) beds of poorly sorted coarse to pebbly sandstone (Fig. 6). Poorly developed symmetrical grading, reverse grading, or normal grading occurs locally (Figs 6 & 7), although this is uncommon. Individual clasts reach a maximum size of 3m, and in some instances show imbrication and preferred orientation of long axes. Carbonaceous material is common, particularly at
Cretaceous rift deposits of New Zealand
203
Fig. 7. Thick, matrix-supported
breccia bed, with thin sandstone bed at base, Pororari River. Note lack of internal structure, but the presence of symmetrical grading. Beds young to left. Hammer for scale.
the interfaces between beds, and small coalified logs occur rarely. At the mouth of Fox River several thick beds of poorly sorted breccia show crude fining-upward grading into thin graded sandstone (in some instances showing synsedimentary defor mation structures) and then into coaly material. No root horizons have been recognized, and all plant material appears to have been transported from its source. Shallow scours or channels, up to 1m deep, occur locally. Other sedimentary structures, apart from rare synsedimentary deformation features, are notably absent. Interpretation The preponderance of poorly sorted, poorly strati fied matrix-supported breccia with common outsize clasts, a subordinate proportion of clast-supported breccia, the rarity of sedimentary structures within breccia beds, and the absence of cross-stratification and only minor presence of thin well-bedded sand stones, suggests that mass wasting events played a predominant role in the formation of assemblage 1. The major facies of matrix-supported breccia closely resembles the deposits of debris flows, which domi nate sedimentary processes on many modern alluvial fans, whereas the subordinate clast-supported breccia is characteristic of associated debris flow levees (cf. Pierson, 1980; Blair & McPherson, 1992). Thin, moderately well-sorted sandstone beds and thin-bedded breccia and sandstone couplets, forming a minor proportion of assemblage 1, closely resemble facies prominently represented in some modern and
Cenozoic alluvial fans (cf. Ballance, 1984; Blair, 1987), and attributed to the deposits of sheet flows emplaced during catastrophic floods. The breccia beds at Fox River mouth, which pass upwards into graded sandstone and then into coaly material, may represent the results of flash floods and the delayed settling out of fines, with transported vegetation being the last to settle. Assemblage 1 breccias are thus inferred to have been deposited on a series of alluvial fans, dominated by debris-flow depositional processes, closely similar to the humid-temperate climate, late Quaternary and modern alluvial fans that are characteristic of the mountainous regions of New Zealand (cf. Pierson, 1980, 1981; McArthur, 1987) and elsewhere (e.g. Kochel & Johnson, 1984). The abundance of debris flows, and the poor sorting and angularity of many of the clasts suggests that source slopes were steep and lay in close proximity. The common occurrence of carbonaceous material, including rare coalified logs, indicates that the source slopes were vegetated. No fine-grained subfacies potentially representa tive of interdistributary deposits (cf. Lewis & Ekdale, 1991) has been recognized within the assem blage, and fans were therefore likely to have been coalescing. A ssemblage 2: pebbly sandstone and massive or graded sandstone
Facies descriptions This facies assemblage makes up most of the Watson
204
M.G. Laird
and the Bovis Formations. It consists dominantly of matrix-supported conglomerate and pebbly sand-. stone, graded or massive very fine-grained to coarse grained sandstone, and alternating sandstone and mudstone successions. Thickness is variable, but an aggregate thickness of 600 m is reached in the Watson Formation exposed in Pororari River, and a maximum thickness for the Bovis Formation is approximately 400 m (in Slaty Creek}. Clasts in the conglomerate and pebbly sandstone of assemblage 2 are notably better rounded than in the breccia of assemblage 1, and all beds are matrix-supported. Conglomerate and pebbly sandstone beds, which are up to 2 m thick, lack internal sedimentary struc-
tures, and most are ungraded. Clasts commonly occupy specific horizons within each bed, but random distribution also occurs. Clasts are of basement gran ite or Palaeozoic sandstone, and range up to 0.5 m in size. Imbrication is relatively common (Fig. 8). Inter leaved very fine- to coarse-grained, moderately well sorted sandstones vary in thickness up to 1 m, and include both graded and ungraded beds (Fig. 9). Some have scoured bases, and show sole marks consisting mainly of grooves and less common prod marks or flutes. Primary current lineations and cur rent ripples are also present on bedding planes and parallel-lamination is common in the finer sandstone beds. Isolated horizons of current-rippled sandstone
Fig. 8. Imbricated pebbles of
granite and of Greenland Group sediments supported by a matrix of very coarse to gritty sandstone, Bovis Formation, Slaty Creek (at approximately 500m, Slaty Creek column, Fig. 3). Palaeocurrent direction from right to left (N-S). Beds young towards top right. Note the thin interbeds of carbonaceous mudstone. Hammer for scale.
Fig. 9. Amalgamated beds of fine
sandstone showing no internal stratification or grading, in the lower portion of the Watson Formation, Pororari River (at 120m in column, Fig. 12). Beds young towards top. Pocket knife is 9cm long.
Cretaceous rift deposits of New Zealand are common in the intervening mudstones (Fig. 10). Load casts and flame structures are common at the interface between sandstone and mudstone beds (Fig. 11), suggesting rapid deposition, and some thin sandstone layers are intersected by small low-angle synsedimentary thrust faults. The thrusting is in the same sense as the overturning of flame structures and of other palaeocurrent indicators. Widely sep arated burrowed horizons also occur. Some variation within the facies assemblage is evident between the Watson and Bovis Formations. The Watson Formation is characterized by inter leaved components of facies assemblages 1 and 2, although assemblage 2 is dominant (Fig. 12). The
Fig. 10. Mudstones of the Watson Formation containing thin massive or laminated beds of fine-grained sandstone, and horizons of isolated ripples (same locality as Fig. 9). Beds young upwards. Pocket knife is 9cm long.
Fig. 11. Load casts and flame structures in very fine-grained sandstone beds, lower portion of the Watson Formation, Pororari River (at 110m in column, Fig. 12). Palaeocurrents flowed from left to right (N-S). Beds young towards top. Pocket knife is 9cm long.
205
formation is particularly well-exposed in Pororari River and south-flowing tributaries, although its basal contact is faulted. In the adjacent Tindale Creek, the basal unit consists of clast-supported breccia consisting entirely of Palaeozoic sandstone clasts resting uncomformably on Palaeozoic strata (Fig. 3). This basal unit, and a petrographically similar 100-m-thick unit of clast-supported-breccia occurring about 300 m above the basal fault in Pororari River, are considered to represent an inter calation of Assemblage 1. The remainder of the formation is dominated by alternating sandstone and mudstone, including common slumped and hydroplastically deformed beds (Fig. 13). These beds
206
M.G. Laird
KEY v Sole mark
Slump u Channel
fj, 17 V
Fining-upward units Coarsening-upward units
Sequence
Palaeocurrent Plots:
• Sole mark W Parting lineation • Slumping direction [] Cross lamination --+
Imbrication direction
Lithology and Facies Assemblage
Palaeocurrents
Palaeoenvironment
M 0 <{<{ a:
u U (flu
Clast-supported breccia, dominated by granitic clasts (A 1)
�w
�� <{
ALLUVIAL FAN
J:
�----- N
--------1-----------------------+------------� � Alternating sandstone and mudstone, with minor clast-and-matrix BRAID PLAIN supported breccia and conglomerate. AND Rare cross-bedding. Channelling LACUSTRINE · · and small fining-upward sequences ': FAN common in the upper part (A2) n = 11
N
Alternating thin-bedded sandstone and mudstone, organized into coarsening upward sequences (A2)
LACUSTRINE FAN
Clast-supported breccia, clasts consisting of Palaeozoic sandstone(A1)
ALLUVIAL FAN
z 0
�
n
:::i:
=
21
a: 0 lL z 0 (/)
u
� �
\
Alternating thin-bedded sandstone and mudstone (A2)
LACUSTRINE FAN
v
Fig. 12. Detailed stratigraphical column of the Watson Formation, Pororari River, showing main sedimentary characteristics, palaeocurrent plots, and inferred palaeoenvironments. Al, A2, facies assemblages 1 and 2.
Cretaceous rift deposits of New Zealand
207
Fig. 13. Slumped strata near the
base of the Watson Formation, Pororari River (at approximately 20m in column, Fig. 12). Beds young towards top of photograph. Pocket knife is 9em long.
commonly alternate with packets of thick-bedded, graded or massive sandstone. Some 460 m above the faulted base of the section, 6 m of pebbly mudstone occurs, containing indurated sandstone pebbles up to 20 em, and large rafts of thinly bedded sandstone up to 140 cm long, some showing evidence of syn sedimentary deformation. This unit is interpreted to be a mass flow deposit. Above this prominent slump horizon, a series of thickening and coarsening upward units occurs, varying in thickness from 15 to 110m. The base of each unit consists of laminated mudstone, passing upwards into alternating mud stone and thin sandstone beds, and finally up into thick, often amalgamated sandstone beds up to 1 m
Fig. 14. Thick, massive fine-grained
sandstone beds (upper one with a scoured base) in a fining upwards succession, middle portion of the Watson Formation, Pororari River (at 650m in column, Fig. 12). Note pseudonodule horizon below the lower sandstone bed. Beds young towards top of photograph). Pocket knife is 9em long.
thick (Fig. 14). Small scours or channels up to 0. 5 m deep, infilled with fine-grained sandstone, in some instances slumped, occur at rare intervals in the succession (Fig. 15). A change in lithofacies occurs at about 800 m above the base of the Pororari River section. At this horizon, 5 m of cross-bedded sandstone occurs, the cross-bedded sets averaging 10-20 em in thickness. Some sets have suffered hydroplastic deformation. At about the same level, thin beds of matrix- or clast-supported graded breccia, the clasts consisting of granite fragments, start to appear, commonly with erosive bases (Fig. 16). Units of alternating sandstone and mudstone, although still common,
208
M.G. Laird
Fig. 15. Channel cut in mudstone and infilled with slumped sandstone, Watson Formation, Pororari River (at 440m in column, Fig. 12). Beds young towards top of photograph. Hammer for scale.
Fig. 16. Thin graded breccia beds in the upper part of the Watson Formation (at approximately 820m in column, Fig. 12). Note slumped laminated mudstones between the breccia beds. Beds young to the left of the photograph.
become less frequent upwards. The top 10-20 m of the Watson Formation is dominated by matrix supported conglomerate, carbonaceous sandstone, and thin coaly layers in a series of fining upward units 1. 5-3 m thick. Each unit comprises a basal conglomerate consisting of moderately well-rounded pebbles of basement rocks, predominantly granite, up to 15 em in diameter, commonly resting on a scoured surface, passing upwards into carbonaceous parallel- or cross-bedded very coarse sandstone, and then into thin beds of carbonaceous siltstone or coal seams up to 20 em thick (Fig. 17). The fining upwards units pass with rapid gradation upwards into thick
massive matrix-supported breccia beds compnsmg the basal beds of the Hawks Crag Breccia. In the Bovis Formation, assemblage 2 forms part of one systematically fining upwards succession, with only minor intercalations of other facies associations compared with the Watson Formation. There is an upward gradation from matrix-supported breccia of assemblage 1 into metre-bedded pebbly coarse sand stone of assemblage 2, containing scattered sub angular and subrounded clasts of basement rocks up to 1m (Figs 8 & 9), with minor interbeds of decimet:re to metre-bedded medium- to coarse-grained massive sandstone. The proportion of conglomerate to sand-
Cretaceous rift deposits of New Zealand
209
Poorly-stratified matrix-supported conglomerate, scoured at base Cross-bedded carbonaceous sandstone
Poorly-stratified matrix-supported conglomerate, scoured at base
Carbonaceous siltstone(lenses)
Poorly-stratified matrix-supported conglomerate, scoured at base, and fining upwards
Carbonaceous sandstone Coal Carbonaceous sandstone
Poorly-stratified matrix-supported conglomerate, scoured at base
Fig. 17. Sketch of conglomeratic
fining upwards units at the top of the Watson Formation, Pororari River (940m in column, Fig. 12).
stone beds decreases upwards, and in its upper portions the succession consists almost entirely of massive or normally graded sandstone beds separ ated by thin layers of carbonaceous mudstone (Fig. 18). Some of the massive sandstone beds contain pebble trains or scattered clasts, the clast size decreasing upwards in the succession. The top few tens of metres of the Bovis Formation consists of centimetre to decimetre graded very fine to fine grained sandstone alternating with mudstone. Initially thin mudstone interbeds between sand stones thicken upwards until near the top of the unit, the predominant lithofacies is alternating mud stone and fine-grained graded or massive sandstone. Flame-structures are commonly developed at the base of sandstone beds, and show a uniform direction of overturning. Sole structures, mainly grooves, but a few flutes, also occur. Burrows occur locally.
Poorly-stratified sandstone
Interpretation The high proportion of mudstone throughout assem blage 2 in the Watson Formation and in the upper portions of the Bovis Formation, preponderance of sediment gravity flow deposits and scarcity of traction current deposits, and the occurrence of rare bur rowed horizons suggests sedimentation in a standing water body. The highly carbonaceous nature of the deposits and the absence of shelly fossils suggests that this is likely to have been a lake. The very poor sorting of the matrix-supported breccia beds, the presence of megaclasts in some beds, and absence of sedimentary structures suggests deposition of these beds by subaqueous debris flows. Common loads and flame structures at the interface between sand stone and mudstone beds suggest rapid deposition of the coarse sediments, and the increasingly common
210
M.G. Laird
Fig. 18. Thin, massive to poorly
graded fine- to medium-grained sandstone beds with thin partings of carbonaceous mudstone, near the top of the Bovis Formation, Slaty Creek. Beds young towards top of photograph. Hammer for scale.
presence of normally graded bedded sandstones upwards in the Bovis Formation suggests deposition by turbidity currents. The common occurrence of slump deposits in the Watson Formation suggests the presence of a significant slope throughout much of its depositional history. The thin fining upwards successions near the top of the formation in Watson Creek are inferred to have resulted from a high-.energy braided stream system developed at the toe of a Hawks Crag alluvial fan, which prograded over a vegetated coastal flat between the advancing alluvial fan and the standing water body. Miall's (1978) 'Scott-type' braided stream model, considered typical of proximal braided stream deposits on alluvial fans, is prob ably a close analogue. The Scott River was also represented as typically containing minor interbeds of cross-bedded sand and small fining upwards cycles. A similar environment has been inferred by Hamblin (1992) for parts of the Lower Carboniferous Horton Group of Nova Scotia.
Slaty Creek. Near the base, assemblage 3 contains mudstone interbedded with decimetre-bedded fine to very fine-grained, parallel laminated sandstone. Sandstone beds are commonly normally graded, and have sharp bases and tops. This facies passes rapidly up into finely laminated, dark, carbonaceous mudstone (Fig. 19). Sole marks, consisting mainly of grooves, but also with rare prod and flute casts, occur on the base of some sandstone beds. Isolated vertical burrows occur at some horizons. Rare slumped units up to 1. 5 m thick also are present near the base of the assemblage. In Slaty Creek, a horizon of coal 0. 5 m thick, bounded above and below by dark mudstone with prominent vertical burrows, occurs a few metres above the gradational contact between assemblages 2 and 3. The coal could not be traced more than 5 m laterally and is almost certainly lenticular. No root horizons are present, and the coal is inferred to represent allochthonous material. Interpretation
Assemblage 3: laminated mudstone
Facies descriptions This facies assemblage, which makes up the bulk of the Bullock Formation, consists dominantly of dark brown to grey, highly carbonaceous laminated mud stone. It passes upwards with rapid gradation from alternating thin sandstones and mudstones of assem blage 2, attaining a thickness in excess of 500 m in
The ubiquitous presence of highly carbonaceous mudstone, absence of traction current deposits, and absence of marine shelly fossils but presence of burrowed horizons, suggests deposition in a standing body of water, inferred to be a lake. The rare occurrence of sediment gravity flow deposits and slumps suggests that deposition occurred distal to the sediment distributary system, and probably well out on the floor of the lake basin.
Cretaceous rift deposits of New Zealand
211
Fig. 19. Laminated carbonaceous
mudstone, Bullock Formation, Slaty Creek. Beds young towards top of photograph. Hammer for scale.
D EPO SIT IO N A L
SYS T E M
O F THE PO R O R A R I G R O U P
The three facies assemblages intertongue, and are obviously closely related portions of a common depositional system. The Watson, Hawks Crag Breccia, and Bovis Formations of the western Paparoa Range, and their associated facies assem blages also show rapid systematic thinning from north to south (Fig. 3). This, together with the nature of the interrelationships between the facies assemblages supports the interpretation of the Pororari succession as a lacustrine fan-delta system. The alluvial fan deposits of assemblage 1 are inferred to have fed either directly , or via a narrow braid plain, into a lake, where deposition continued on a fan consisting of assemblage 2 proximal deposits of the Watson and Bovis Formations. Lacustrine, mainly quiet-water conditions, are represented by the assemblage 3 mudstones of the Bullock Forma tion. A simplified reconstruction showing the inferred relationship of assemblages to each other, and the evolution of the fan delta system, is given in Fig. 20. The most informative profile is that given by the Pororari River and its tributaries (Fig. 12). Here there is clear evidence of a fluctuating lake shoreline, with irregular progradation of the subaerial portion of an alluvial fan into the lake, and subsequent periods of transgression. The presence of 165m of basal breccia in Tindale Creek suggests that depo sition started with an alluvial fan. Subsequent
inundation by a relative rise in lake level and depo sition of proximal lacustrine sediments is inferred to account for association 2, with a brief re-establish ment of an alluvial fan represented by association 1 deposits from 32 5 to 425 m in the Pororari River section (Fig. 12). The lacustrine deposits of the Watson Formation were increasingly encroached on and finally overwhelmed by the alluvial fans making up the Hawks Crag Breccia, which represented the major alluvial fan development of the Pororari Group. The end of Hawks Crag Breccia times shows increasing incursion and swamping of the fan by first proximal and then distal lacustrine associations in all areas of outcrop. The thickening and coarsening upward successions in the middle part of the Watson Formation may have been autocyclic, i.e. represented periodic diversion of the main feeder channels of a lacustrine delta and the build-up of a new pro-delta lobe, with accommodation provided by continued subsidence of the basin. However, the repetitive nature of the successions, and the evidence for major changes in base level outlined above, suggest that a more likely cause was fluctuations in lake level. The mudstone at the base of each cycle is inferred to represent a flooding event caused by a rise in lake level, the subsequent development of the thickening upward succession caused by lobes of sediment prograding into the lake during relative high-stand. The fluctu ations in lake level could have been brought about by a variety of mechanisms, including tectonic activity on a fault or faults controlling the depo-
212
M.G. Laird
N
s Lake surface a
Cl Cl
Cl
Cl
l:.
Cl
Cl
Cl
Cl
Cl
Cl
Cl
Alluvial fan
l:. l:.
Cl Cl
l:.
l:.
Cl
l:.
l:. l:.
Cl l:.
Cl
l:.
l:. l:.
l:.
l:.
BRECCIA l:.
l:. Cl
Cl l:.
CRAG
l:. l:.
l:. Cl
Cl Cl
l:.
Cl
Assemblage 1 Cl
l:. l:.
l:.
l:. l:.
l:. l:.
Cl
Fig. 20. Palaeoenvironmental/tectonic sketch (not to scale), showing the inferred relationships of the facies assemblages
making up the Pororari Group. a-a' shows the approximate location of the Pororari River measured section (Fig. 3).
sitional basin, or by climatic cycles. Cyclic suc cessions present in the dominantly lacustrine early Mesozoic Newark Supergroup of eastern North America have been attributed to climate-controlled high-frequency fluctuations in the depth of rift lakes (e.g. Olsen, 1986, 1991).
P A L A E O C U R R E N T PAT T E R N
Palaeocurrents (summarized in Fig. 2 ) were deter mined from a wide variety of sedimentary features, including grooves, prods, flutes, primary current lineation, channel margins, and cross-lamination, and palaeoslopes from slump fold axes in the lacus trine facies associations 2 and 3. Palaeocurrent indicators are relatively common in the Watson Formation, and in the Bovis and Bullock Formations of the western Paparoa Range. Although no suitable bedding surfaces were exposed for measurement of palaeocurrent directions in the Bovis Formation of the eastern Paparoa Range, numerous overturned flame structures, and local occurrence of imbrication in pebbly beds indicate a consistent general direction
of transport. Only a small number of directional features were recorded in the Bullock Formation in the eastern Paparoa Range. The palaeocurrent and palaeoslope trend in the Watson Formation is generally from north to south. However, in the thick, well-exposed succession in the Pororari River and its tributaries, plotting palaeocurrents in segments according to facies groups clearly shows that significant variations occur within the succession (Fig. 12). The lower, poorly exposed 300 m, consisting of alternating sandstones and mudstones of association 2, has palaeocurrents directed towards the south or south-southwest. By contrast, the similar facies higher in the column between 430 and 800 m in the section has palaeocur rents directed towards the south-southeast. The sole imbrication measurement recorded in the inter vening 100-m unit of assemblage 1 breccia (between 330 and 430 m, section Fig. 12), although statistically insignificant, is also directed to the south-southeast, suggesting a source in common with the overlying sediments, but differing from the source providing the earlier sediments. The 100-m thick breccia unit is thus inferred to represent an abrupt incursion of
213
Cretaceous rift deposits of New Zealand an alluvial fan into the lake. The monolithological nature of clasts, which consist of indurated basement sandstone, and their high degree of angularity, suggests a very proximal source. The same fai'!_. prob ably continued to feed clastic detritus in 'a 0uth southeasterly direction into the lake up until:a�:'reast the 800 m mark (Fig. 12), an inference supportetl by the fact that the clasts in the 6-m bed of slumped pebbly mudstone 20m above the breccia (at 460 m, Fig. 12) also consist largely of indurated basement sandstone. The upper part of the Watson Formation, between 800 and 950 m in Fig. 12, although dominated by assemblage 2 facies, includes thin beds of breccia and conglomerate containing granitic clasts, indi cating a different provenance. This mixture of sources is reflected by the wide variation in current directions recorded, ranging through southeast to southwest. Southwest and west-southwest directions are indicated by clast imbrication on two surfaces in the overlying Hawks Crag Breccia (Fig. 12), and a south-southwest direction of transport is recorded overall for the Hawks Crag Breccia in the study area (Fig. 2). Palaeocurrent data were not available from the Watson Formation in the adjacent Tindale Creek, the only other area of major outcrop, thus these changes of palaeocurrent trend could not be confirmed as a regional phenomenon. However, the inference is that at least three distinct sources and fans influenced sedimentation: the earliest from the north or north-northeast; the next from a Palaeozoic area to the north-northwest, and the upper part of the Watson Formation is increasingly influenced by debris derived from a granitic source to the north east. Derivation of indurated sandstone clasts in the second fan from the north-northwest is consistent with the presence of Early Palaeozoic turbidites of the Greenland Group cropping out to the west of the Pororari Group. However, basement rocks cur rently lying to the northeast of the Hawks Crag breccia and extending for many kilometres consist entirely of foliated gneiss of the Charleston Meta morphic Group (Nathan, 1978; Laird, 1988), a lith ology almost absent from the Hawks Crag Breccia, which is dominated by granitic clasts. This problem of derivation is discussed below under Tectonic Implications. Clast imbrication is the only usable palaeocurrent indicator in the alluvial fan assemblage represented by the Hawks Crag Breccia, which is dominated by granitic clasts. Suitable surfaces for recording imbri-
s
cation were relatively uncommon however, and only a few measurements were obtained. Although there is some variation, a dominant NNE-SSW, or NE-SW trend is apparent. In the Bovis Formation, palaeocurrents are widely variable (Fig. 2), but still show a generally southerly trend. The information from sole marks and other features is strongly reinforced by the direction of overturning of flame structures, which occur at the base of many sandstone beds. Sole marks from the Bullock Formation show a closely constrained and consistent trend from north-northeast to south southwest (Fig. 2). The consistent thinning of the Watson Formation, Hawks Crag Breccia, and Bovis Formations from north to south in the western Paparoa Range also supports the inference of a transport direction in a generally N-S direction.
T E C T O NIC
1M PLIC A T I O N S
I t has been widely recognized that fan-deltas are preferentially located in areas of active tectonism, and are commonly controlled by an active fault or faults (e.g. Ethridge & Wescott, 1984). The great thickness of the clastic wedge (a minimum of 1200 m for the Hawks Crag Breccia alone), and the relative angularity of clasts, suggests that they were gener ated by an active fault system in close proximity. The evidence suggests that the fan-delta system occu pied a half-graben, downthrown to the south (Fig. 20). The facies relationships, with thick coarse sub aerial deposits concentrated in the north, and rapid thinning and fining to the south, i.e. downcurrent, also closely fits the model proposed by Surlyk (1978) for fan-delta sedimentation in a half-graben. Move ment on the inferred bounding fault to the north continued during much of the deposition of the Pororari Group, and was responsible not only for generating the coarse facies of the Hawks Crag Breccia and the associated lacustrine sediment grav ity flows, but also for the necessary subsidence to provide accommodation for the great thickness of the deposits. Contemporaneous fault movement may also have been a factor in causing the fluctuations in lake level noted earlier, although climate also may have played a role. Judging from the consistently s-ssw directed sediment gravity flows, both sub aerial and subaqueous, the active fault scarp was likely to have been oriented in a westerly or west-
214
M.G. Laird South Island New Zealand
N
t
� "i
10
0
-
km
KEY -
c;:::?
9
;>
Late Cenozoic fault Mid Cretaceous fault(?) Palaeocurrent azimuth
Pororari group Greymouth
[I] m j...: - : l :
Upper lake beds Hawks Crag Breccia Lower lake beds
northwest direction with an implied N-NNE direc tion of tectonic extension (Fig. 21). As noted previously, the similarity of Lithofacies, stratigraphical position, and palaeocurrent pattern of the Hawks Crag Breccia and, in particular, the overlying lake beds in the now widely separated outcrops on the eastern and western flanks of the Paparoa Range suggests that they were formed in the same depositional basin. However, the thick nesses of the Hawks Crag Breccia and the overlying
Fig. 21. Map showing generalized
palaeocurrent trends and inferred alignment of the mid-Cretaceous fault bounding the half-graben containing the Pororari Group.
lacustrine strata in the outcrop area on the eastern flank of the Paparoa Range, which lies south southeast of that on the western flank, i.e. downcur rent, do not conform with the southward thinning pattern of units clearly shown by the western out crops. The thickness of the Hawks Crag Breccia of the eastern outcrop is similar to the maximum thick ness in the north of the western unit, but the over lying strata of association 2 are more than twice the thickness of the western maximum. This is hard to
Cretaceous rift deposits of New Zealand explain by invoking a change in sedimentation pat tern, as the palaeocurrent pattern is essentially indis tinguishable between the two outcrop areas. A more likely explanation is that transcurrent movement along a north-northeast trending fault (Hawera Fault?) subsequent to deposition has offset the eastern part of the half graben to the south by at least 10-15 km. It was noted previously that the clasts making up the Hawks Crag Breccia consist almost entirely of granite , inferred to have been derived from a proxi mal source to the northeast. The basement rocks to the northeast and north, however, consist for many kilometres of foliated gneiss of the Charleston Meta morphic Group, a lithology that occurs only rarely in the Hawks Crag Breccia. An added apparent complexity is the evidence provided by Tulloch & Palmer (1990) that granite samples typical of the bulk of the Hawks Crag Breccia at the Fox River mouth and from several large exposures in Bullock Creek are similar to the Buckland Pluton, the closest outcrop of which lies 20 km to the northeast. The clasts are distinct from the Meybille Granite , which crops out to the immediate south of Fox River mouth. The inference drawn by Tulloch & Palmer (1990) is that, at the time of their deposition, either the Fox River and Bullock Creek deposits were situated 20-2 5 km to the northeast, or the eroded upper parts of the Buckland Pluton had a consider ably greater horizontal extent. Tulloch & Kimbrough (1989) inferred that the Greenland and Pororari Groups, together with the granite from which the latter had b'een derived, were part of an upper plate that detached from a metamorphic core complex (Charleston Metamorphic Group) which comprised a lower plate. On this hypothesis, dislocation of the Hawks Crag Breccia from its original source is possible. A possible analogue of the southern Paparoa Range half-graben has been recognized in seismic profiles offshore from Greymouth, 30 km to the southwest (Bishop, 1992; Fig. 21). This half-graben is also aligned WNW-ESE, and is inferred to be infilled largely with Pororari Group sediments. It is clearly bounded to the north by a southward-dipping normal fault, and to the south by a pinchout. It is divided by major north-northeast striking transfer faults into several segments. The orientation of the half-graben and bounding normal fault clearly sup ports the direction of tectonic extension suggested for the southern Paparoa Range half-graben. The inferred E-W to SE-NW oriented half-graben
215
infilled by the Beebys Conglomerate (Johnston , 1990; Fig. 1) is also likely to have been formed during the same period of north-northeast extension. These data fit well with the north-northeast exten sion direction for the Paparoa Range area during late Aptian to early Albian times deduced from structural research on the basement noted above. Tulloch & Kimbrough (1989) provided evidence that stretching lineations associated with low-angle normal detachment faults separating the upper from the lower plate defined a regionally consistent north northeast extensional trend, which coincides with that inferred from the half-graben. It has been suggested (Laird, 1993, 1994) that half-graben formation and synchronous infilling were associated with a New-Zealand-wide early period of extension beginning in the mid-Albian, pre-dating by approximately 2 5 Ma the separation of New Zealand from Gondwana and sea-floor spreading in the Tasman Sea.
CONCLUSIONS 1 The Pororari Group of the southern Paparoa Range represents a fault-controlled lacustrine fan delta complex. The Hawks Crag Breccia and equiv alent matrix- and clast-supported breccias represent deposits of humid-temperate climate alluvial fans, while intertonguing and overlying finer grained sedi ments were deposited predominantly in a lacustrine environment. 2 Mass-flow processes dominated both alluvial fan and lacustrine sedimentation, suggesting that tec tonic activity continued throughout most of the period of deposition of the Pororari Group, dying away only towards the end. The abundance of debris flow deposits in the alluvial fan association, and the poor-sorting and angularity of many of the clasts suggests that source slopes were steep and lay in close proximity. The ubiquitous occurrence of debris-flow deposits, turbidites and slumps in the proximal lacustrine succession indicates the presence of a significant slope on the subaqueous fan, which may account for the limited presence of deposits transitional between the alluvial and sublacustrine fans. 3 Fluctuations in lake level are indicated by episodic transgressions and regressions of the lake with res pect to the adjacent alluvial-fan system, and by the presence of repetitive thickening and coarsening upwards successions in the proximal lacustrine
216
M .G. Laird
deposits of the Watson Formation. These fluctuations may have been caused by active faulting at the basin margin, by climatic changes, or by a combination of both. 4 The fan-delta system is inferred to have occupied an actively subsiding half-graben. The consistently south-southwest directed sediment gravity flows and rapid southward thinning of the sedimentary wedge suggests that the active basin margin fault was likely to have been oriented in a WNW-ESE direction. The implied NNE-SSW direction of tectonic exten sion compares well with a similar extension direction determined for this area from structural research on basement rocks, and with that of a probable mid Cretaceous half-graben recognized on offshore seis mic profiles. The orientation of the half-grabens is essentially parallel to the future spreading axis associ ated with the opening of the adjacent Tasman Sea. This opening occurred at about 80 Ma, suggesting that initial rifting and half-graben formation occurred 20-25 Ma before sea-floor spreading began.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I am grateful to D . Lewis, J . Lindqvist and A. Tulloch for stimulating discussions, both in the field and in the office, which helped to clarify my ideas on processes of emplacement and geological setting of the Pororari Group. Thorough reviews by T. Astin, S. Flint, D. Lewis, J. Lindqvist and G. Plint greatly improved the manuscript and are appreciated.
REFERENCES
P.F. (1984) Sheet-flow-dominated gravel fans of the non-marine middle Cenozoic Simmler Formation, central California. Sediment. Geol. , 38, 337-359. BISHOP, D.J. (1992) Extensional tectonism and magmatism during the middle Cretaceous to Paleocene, North Westland, New Zealand. N.Z. J. Geo/. Geophys. 35, 81-91. BISHOP, D.G. & LAIRD, M.G. (1976) Stratigraphy and depositional environment of the Kyeburn Formation (Cretaceous), a wedge of coarse terrestrial sediments in Central Otago. J. R. Soc. N.Z. , 6, 55-7 1. BLAIR, T.C. (1987) Sedimentary processes, vertical stratifi cation sequences, and geomorphology of the Roaring River alluvial fan, Rocky Mountain National Park, Colorado. J. sediment. Petrol. 57, 1 - 18. BLAIR, T.C. & McPHERSON, J.G. (1992) The Trollheim alluvial fan and facies model revisited. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. , 104, 762-769. BRADSHAW, J.D. (1989) Cretaceous geotectonic patterns in the New Zealand region. Tectonics, 8, 803-820.
BALLANCE,
F.G. & WESCOTT, .W.A. (1984) Tectonic setting, recognition and hydrocarbon reservoir potential of fan delta deposits. In: Sedimentology of Gravels and Con·· glomerates (Eds Koster, E.H. & Steel, R. J . ), Mem. Can. Soc. petrol. Geol., Calgary, 10, 217-235. HAMBLIN, A.P. (1992) Half-graben lacustrine sedimentary rocks of the Lower Carboniferous Strathlorne Formation, Horton Group, Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia, Canada. Sedimentology, 39, 263-284. JOHNSTON , M.R. (1990) Geology of the St Arnaud District, Southeast Nelson (Sheet N29). New Zealand Geological Survey Bulletin 99. New Zealand Geological Survey, Lower Hutt, New Zealand, 119 pp. KocHEL, R.C. & JOHNSON, R.A. (1984) Geomorphology and sedimentology of humid-temperate alluvial fans, central Virginia. In: Sedimentology of Gravels and Con glomerates (Eds Koster, E . H. & Steel, R.J.). Mem. Can. Soc. petrol. Geol., Calgary, 10, 109-122. KoRSCH , R.J. & WELLMAN, H.W. (1988) The geological! evolution of New Zealand and the New Zealand region. In: The Ocean Basins and Margins, Vol. 7B (Eds Nairn, A.E.M., Stehli, F.G. & Uyeda, S. ), pp. 411-482. Plenum, New York. LAIRD, M.G. (1988) Sheet S37 Punakaiki. Geological map of New Zealand 1 : 63 360. New Zealand Geologi cal Survey, Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, Wellington. LAIRD, M.G. (1993 ) Cretaceous continental rifts. New Zealand Region. In: Sedimentary Basins of the World. South Pacific Sedimentary Basins (Ed. Ballance, P.F. ), pp. 37-49. Elsevier, Amsterdam. LAIRD, M.G. (1994) Geological aspects of the opening of the Tasman Sea. In: The Evolution of the Tasman Sea Basin (Eds van der Lingen, G.J., Swanson, K. & Muir, R.J.), pp. 1-17. Balkema, Rotterdam. LEWIS, D.W. & EKDALE, A.A. (1991 ) Lithofacies relation ships in a late Quaternary gravel and loess fan delta complex, New Zealand. Palaeogeogr. , Palaeoclimatol. , Palaeoeco/. , 81, 229-251. LIN DQVIST, J.K. (1990) Puysegur Group: a mid Cretaceous lacustrine fan-delta complex, Balleny Basin, southwest Fiordland. Geol. Soc. N. Z. Misc. Pub/. , SOA, 83. McARTHUR, J.L. (1987) The characteristics classification, and origin of Late Pleistocene fan deposits in the Cass Basin, Canterbury, New Zealand. Sedimentology, 34, 459-471. McKAY, A. (1883) On the geology of the Reefton District, lnangahua County. Geol. Survey Reports during 1882 , Vol. 15, pp. 142-144. Wellington. MLALL, A.D. (1978) Lithofacies types and vertical profile models in braided river deposits: a summary. In: Fluvial Sedimentology (Ed. Miall, A.D.), Mem. Can. Soc. petrol. Geol., Calgary, 5, 597-604. MORGAN , P.G. & BARTRUM, J.A. (1915) The geological and mineral resources of Buller-Mokihinui Subdivision, Westport Division. Geological Survey Bulletin No. 1 7 (new series) . New Zealand Department of Mines, Geo logical Survey Branch, Wellington. NATHAN , S. (1978) Sheet S31 & Part S32 Buller- Lyell. Geological Map of New Zealand 1 : 63 360. New Zealand Geological Survey, Department of Scientific and Indus trial Research, Wellington. OLSEN, P.E. (1986) A 40-million-year lake record of early Mesozoic orbital climatic forcing. Science, 234, 842-848. ETHRIDGE,
Cretaceous rift deposits of New Zealand P.E. ( 1991) Tectonic, climatic, and biotic modu lation of lacustrine ecosystems - examples from Newark Supergroup of eastern North America. In: Lacustrine Basin Exploration. Case Studies and Modern Analogs (Ed. Katz, B.J.) , Mem. Am. Assoc. petrol. Geol. , Tulsa, 50, 209-224. PIERSO N , T.C. ( 1 980) Erosion and deposition by debris flows at Mt Thomas, north Canterbury, New Zealand. Earth Surf Process. , 5, 227-247. PIERSON, T.C. ( 1981) Debris flows. An important process in high country gully erosion. 1. Tussock Grasslands Mountain Lands Inst. , Rev. , 39, 3- 14. RAINE, J.l. ( 1984) Outline of a palynological zonation of Cretaceous to Paleogene terrestrial sediments in West Coast region, South Island, New Zealand. New Zealand OLSEN,
217
Geological Survey Report 109 Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, New Zealand. SuRLYK, F. ( 1978) Submarine fan sedimentation along fault scarps on tilted faultblocks (Jurassic-Cretaceous bound ary, East Greenland). Gr¢n. geol. Unders. Bull. , 128, 108 pp. TULLOCH , A.J. & KIMBROUGH, D.L. ( 1989) The Paparoa Metamorphic Core Complex, New Zealand: Cretaceous extension associated with fragmentation of the Pacific margin of Gondwana. Tectonics, 8, 1217- 1234. TuLLOCH, A.J. & PALMER, K. (1990) Tectonic implications of granite cobbles from the mid-Cretaceous Pororari Group, southwest Nelson, New Zealand. N.Z. 1. Geol. Geophys. , 33, 205 -217.
Spec. Pubis int. Ass. Sediment. (1995)
22, 219-236
Sedimentation and tectonics of a synrift succession: Upper Jurassic alluvial fans and palaeokarst at the late Cimmerian unconformity, western Cameros Basin, northern Spain N IG E L H . P L A T T Geco-Prakla Schlumberger, Schlumberger House, Buckingham Gate, Gatwick Airport, West Sussex RH6 ONZ, UK
ABSTRACT
The Upper Jurassic (late Kimmeridgian to Berriasian ?) Senora de Brezales Formation of the western Cameros Basin, northern Spain, comprises a laterally variable succession of continental conglomerates, sandstones and pedogenetic carbonates deposited in wadi-type channels, alluvial fans, sandflats and palaeosols in a semi-arid environment. This succession rests on a complex unconformity surface that developed in response to relative falls in sea-level and strong Late Jurassic extensional faulting. Footwall uplift resulted in truncation of underlying strata at the crestal axes of fault blocks. The clastic rocks of the Senora de Brezales Formation represent the erosion products of the Jurassic anq older strata. Lateral facies variations reflect the changing lithology beneath the unconformity surface, whereas strong lateral thickness variations record fault control on sedimentation. In areas of limited erosion, karst surfaces developed on subaerially exposed lower Kimmeridgian limestones. Where these were remo ved, erosion of upper Oxfordian marginal marine sandstones led to the deposition of red continental sandstones. In other areas, erosion led to the incision of channels into a pediment of Middle Jurassic carbonates. The channels were filled with conglomerates largely deri ved from erosion of the Jurassic marine limestones. The location of channels was strongly influenced by NE-SW faults. Laminar and nodular calcretes formed directly on the unconformity surface, in interchannel areas, and within the o verlying clastic succession. The Senora de Brezales Formation is an outcrop analogue for Upper Jurassic clastic successions present in the subsurface of basins to the west of Britain on the northern Biscay margin . Field studies highlight the complex lateral facies variations within this synrift succession and underline the control of seismic-scale and subseismic-scale faults on erosion and sedimentation patterns at the late Cimmerian unconformity.
INTRODUCTION AND GEOLOGICAL SETTING
Many of the Mesozoic basins bordering the North Atlantic display complex unconformities and thick continental successions recording major rifting events during the Late Jurassic to Early Cretaceous (Tankard & Balkwill, 1989; Hiscott et a!., 1990). Improved understanding of the stratigraphy and tectonic evolution of rifts bordering the Bay of Biscay has highlighted the similarities between the offshore and onshore basins of Spain (Garcfa-Mondejar
1985; Platt, 1989a, 1990; Platt & Pujalte, 1994), Ireland (Petrie et a!., 1989; Shannon, 1991) and southern England (Kamerling, 1979; Chadwick, 1985; Evans, 1990; Ruffell & Coward, 1992). Upper Jurassic clastic rocks are reported from the offshore basins to the southwest of the UK and Ireland on the northern Biscay margin (Millson, 1987; Evans, 1990; Shannon, 1991; Moore, 1992), but there has been limited sedimentological study of
et a!.,
Sedimentary Facies Analysis: A Tribute to the Research and Teaching of Harold G. Reading Edited by A. Guy Plint © 1995 The International Association of Sedimentologists ISBN: 978-0-865-42898-0
219
220
N.H. Platt
these subsurface successions to date. In northern Spain, on the southern Biscay margin, Upper Jurassic-Lower Cretaceous continental clastic de posits are well-exposed, permitting detailed sedi mentological study and mapping of lateral facies and thickness variations within the Upper Jurassic synrift succession (Platt, 1986; Clemente & Perez-Arlucea, 1993; Gomez Fernandez & Melendez, 1994). This paper presents the results of a sedimen tological study of the Upper Jurassic Senora de Brezales Formation of the western Cameros Basin (Fig. 1), outlining the tectonic controls on alluvial fan deposition and palaeokarst development at the late Cimmerian unconformity.
the modern Florida Everglades or to the marshlands of southern Iraq (Platt, 1989b, c; Platt & Wright, 1991, 1992). The Rupelo Formation is overlain by oncoidal limestones, sandstones and mudstones of the ?Valanginian-Barremian Hortigtiela For·· mation (Fig. 2), and a thick ?Barremian-Aptian series of alluvial clastic rocks comprising the sandy-· muddy Piedrahita de Mufi6 Formation and the conglomeratic-sandy Salas Group. This succession is capped by alluvial sandstones and conglomerates of the upper Albian to lower Cenomanian Utrillas Formation.
LITHOFACIES STRATIGRAPHY
The stratigraphy of the western Cameros Basin, described by Platt (1986, 1989a, b) and Platt & Pujalte (1994), is outlined in Fig. 2. A thick suc cession of Early-Middle Jurassic marine carbonates is truncated by a complex series of unconformities (Mensink & Schudack, 1982; Schudack, 1987; Platt et al., 1991). In the south, Bathonian Callovian limestones are discordantly overlain by (?Callovian-) Oxfordian sandstones and cal carenites of the San Leonardo Formation (Wilde, 1988) and Oxfordian to basal Kimmeridgian car bonates of the Talveila Formation (Dfaz et al., 1983; Platt, 1986; Thalmann, 1989). Sedimentary cycles within this complex and heterogeneous succession of marginal marine carbonates and littoral clastics (Platt, 1986) may be compared with those present in the Corallian of southern Britain (Talbot, 1973; Sun, 1989). The middle Oxfordian to Kimmeridgian shallow to marginal-marine rocks are absent in many areas, reflecting erosion prior to deposition of the Senora de Brezales Formation, which is a laterally variable succession of continental deposits present through out the western part of the basin (Platt, 1989a). The Senora de Brezales Formation comprises poly genetic conglomerates, red sandstones and calcareous palaeosols, and is probably of Kimmeridgian Berriasian age (Platt, 1986; Wright et al., 1988). The Senora de Brezales Formation reaches a maximum thickness of 75 m to the north of Espej6n (Figs 1 & 3), and is overlain by lacustrine-palustrine lime stones of the Rupelo Formation (Berriasian). The Rupelo Formation is interpreted as a succession of freshwater carbonates deposited in a low-gradient, low-energy system of lakes and swamps similar to
The Senora de Brezales Formation shows strong lateral variability (see discussion below), but in all cases comprises three main facies: sandstones, con glomerates and carbonate rocks. Figure 3 presents a representative logged sedimentological section from the Senora de Brezales Formation. Red sandstones
Red sandstones reach a maximum of 40 m in thick ness and are present: 1 forming the lower part of the Senora de Brezales Formation to the southwest of the San Leonardo Fault (Fig. 1); 2 above basal Senora de Brezales Formation lime stone conglomerates in the northeast of the study area. The sandstones are typically dark brick-red in colour and are of medium grain size. They have subrounded grains, are generally quartzose, and contain scattered quartz pebbles 1-4 mm in dia meter. The sandstones are generally structureless (Fig. 4A), although trough cross-bedding, thin pebbly lags and plane lamination are locally discern ible (Fig. 4B). White-red mottling and/or 1-2 cm diameter burrows are developed at a few localities. Vertical cylindrical structures 5-10 em in diameter are also present locally, as are 2-cm-diameter tubu lar structures parallel to bedding. In the west, at Hortezuelos and Mamolar (Fig. 1), the sandstones are cut by vertical and horizontal cracks. Brecciated, nodular carbonate horizons 0.5-1 m thick are also present. These are commonly mottled and display floating quartz grains, angular, branching spar-filled cracks and grey carbonate stringers 1 mm in width. These carbonate facies are described in detail below.
221
Alluvial fans, palaeokarst and tectonics
A
1. (A) Palinspastic reconstruction of the North A tlantic and Bay of Biscay region for Late Jurassic times showing the location of major Mesozoic basins. The Cameros Basin is in central Iberia, to the south of the Biscay rift. (B) Map of the western Cameros Basin showing major structural elements and localities mentioned in the tex t: C, Castrovido; H, Hortigiiela/Valparaiso; Ho, Hortezuelos; HR, Huerta del Rey; J, Jaramillo Quemado; LG , La Gallega; M, Mamolar; Mo, Moncalvillo; ML, Mambrillas de Lara; PB, Pinilla de los Barruecos; PM, Pinilla de los Moros; Q, Quintanilla de las Vinas; R, Rupelo; SI, Salas de los Infantes; SL, San Leonardo de Yagiie; T, Talveila; QCF, Quintanilla Castrovido Fault; JCF, Jaramillo Covarrubias Fault; SLF, San Leonardo Fault. (C) Inset showing area covered by map B . Fig.
�
QCF
�
R .'......._ '-... ... '-... "'-.. :' He :' J """ • ... /JCF PM •
... "'
• a · ML
•
.·
Q__J9km
Mo • �
-- basin margin
--'--- normal fault ___.___ · · · · · · · ·
thrust
transfer fault
Interpretation
The homogeneous character of the sandstones is consistent with strong bioturbation. Primary sedi mentary structures are preserved in only a few
places, but the rare presence of lags and mesoscale cross-bedding suggests that the sandstones were waterlain. Mud is absent; flows were prol::ably short lived with no deposition from suspension. Thin sec tion observation shows that the red colour is the
W CAMEROS
BASIN- STRATIGRAPHY
(/) ::::l a::O
w w a..U ::::>1w a: u a..<{
Albian
Aptian
Barremian (/) ::::l a::O
ww :s:;u o<�: ....Jtu a: u
!'-'""" Hauterivian
Valanginian
Berriasian
Tithonian
lfiii±�;ijj£/�,��;P""�
�--------��:0�::;i;�:�i:�:,�r:: �:��i.;�:��:f}:+:?:>:xj;fj}/j;;����:;;.; Kimmeridgian
,;;.;..;.
S:
�
·
·
Talveila��
Oxfordian
-,
Callovian
KEY
Evaporite
Marl
Oncoidal limestone
Sandstone
Organic-rich limestone
Conglomerate
2. Upper Jurassic to Lower Cretaceous stratigraphy of the western Cameros Basin. Fig.
Limestone
223
Alluvial fans, palaeokarst and tectonics
z 0
�
� a: Ladera
f2 0
Member
...J LU a..
�
Las Vinas Member
KEY
(ill!illJ�illn
(/) LU ...J
limestone and marl
COI
Polymict conglomerate
w 0:::o
Brecciated limestone
< w 0�
Reticulate calcrete
Laminar calcrete Burrows and roots Cross-bedded red sandstone
ou.. •Z LU (/)
3. Logged sedimentological section from the Senora de Brezales Formation, section near chapel of Nuestra Senora de Brezales, 2 km north of Espej6n.
Quartz conglomerate Charophyte-gastropod
0
Massive red sandstone
j���� Marine limestone
Fig.
Marine Jurassic
product of iron oxide grain coatings, typical of con tinental 'red bed' deposits. This interpretation is consistent with the sedimentological evidence of subaerial exposure. This includes cracks, interpreted as sheet cracks developed during desiccation, mottles and tubular structures of varying morphology and size, interpreted as 1-2-cm-diameter burrows and 2-10-cm-scale roots. The brecciated, nodular and mottled fabrics of the carbonates are typical of pedo genetic horizons, favouring an interpretation as cal cretes. The presence of floating quartz grains indicates the in situ growth of replacive calcite. The red sandstones are thought to represent ephemeral stream deposits. The climate was prob ably semi-arid, with sporadic rainfall permitting only short-lived stream flow; in the intervening periods the sandstones were homogenized by burrowing and root action. The occasional rainfall permitted the growth of hardy scrub vegetation and periodically allowed the establishment of high or perched water tables, favouring the development of palaeosol pro files and pedogenetic carbonates (see also below). Desiccation and strongly oxidizing conditions were responsible for the red colour of the sediments and
prevented the preservation of organic material so that the roots are preserved only as moulds. Conglomerates
Conglomerates are common in the Senora de Brezales Formation. These are poorly sorted, with subangular to subrounded clasts, mostly of carbonate and generally varying in size from 2 to lOcm. Locally, the clasts reach 30-100 em, as at Jaramillo Quemado (Fig. 4C). The matrix consists of medium grained red sandstone with 1-2-cm rounded quartz pebbles, which are more abundant in the southwest. Conglomerates commonly occur in channels. The channels are 10-50 m across, have erosive bases and are 2-3 m deep (Fig. 5). Coarse conglomerates at the channel bases pass up into red, trough cross bedded sandstones. Many channels are cut directly into marine Jurassic carbonates, as in the northeast of the study area. At Castrovido (Fig. 1), channelized conglomerates rest on lower Callovian limestones, passing up into interbedded conglomerates and red sandstones. Channelized conglomerates also rest unconformably on lower Callovian marine
224
N.H. Platt
�
f2 "" �
'i:i'
·"' � ;:;
� �
� C) ,.,. �
�
� ;:; .,__
�
0 ;:;
�·
4. Lithofacies and sedimentary structures within the Senora de Brezales Formation. (A) sandstones- massive. Huerta del Rey. Person for scale. (B) sandstones- cross-bedded. Huerta del Rey. Hammer for scale. (C) conglomerates- very coarse conglomerates containing locally derived clasts of lower Callovian limestone. Jaramillo Quemado. Lens cap for scale. (D) conglomerates- stacked, fining up sheet-flood conglomerates. Arrows mark bases of sheet-flood units. La Gallega (Navas road) . Hammer for scale. (E) carbonates- cross-cutting laminar calcrete present within conglomerate, Hortezuelos. Lens cap for scale. (F) carbonates- stacked, horizontally bedded laminar calcretes in sandstone matrix, Mamolar. Lens cap for scale. (G) karst surface- karstic cavity developed in Lower Kimmeridgian limestones, filled by limestone breccia and red internal sediment, Talveila. Hammer for scale. (H) karst surface- red sandstone, marked by arrow, piped down into lower Callovian limestone surface, Pinilla de los Moros. Hammer for scale. Fig.
1-'3
V1
�
0\
:<: �
� :::::
5. Channels of polymict conglomerate cut into red sandstones and marls, Espej6n. The arrows mark the bases of three distinct channels. These channels are not fault-bounded. Bedding is vertical, younging away from camera: The photograph was taken standing on Jurassic marine limestones and looking southwards. The prominent ridge running left to right across the photograph above the Senora de Brezales Formation channels is composed of non-marine limestones of the o verlying Rupelo Formation (R). The village and cornfields beyond lie on Valanginian-Cenomanian clastic rocks (KL), whereas the mountain on the horizon consists of Upper Cretaceous marine limestones (KU). Fig.
Alluvial fans, palaeokarst and tectonics
carbonates at Quintanilla de las Vinas and Hortigiiela in the northwest, an area where red sandstones are absent. In the southwest, conglomerates occur inter bedded with sandstones or with palaeosols some metres above the base of the Senora de Brezales Formation. Many channels incised into the basal unconformity are bounded on one or both margins by minor NE SW trending faults. Lateral variations in conglomer ate thickness also commonly occur across these faults. In contrast, channelized conglomerates pre sent at higher levels within the Senora de Brezales Formation are not fault-bounded. At Espej6n {Fig. 1), a number of individual channels are spectacularly exposed. The channels are asymmetric, with strongly erosive bases. The coarsest conglomerates fill the base of the channel, passing upwards and towards the channel margin into red, trough cross-bedded sandstones. Sheet-like conglomerates are also common; these show planar erosive bases and typically occur in 2-5-m beds (Fig. 4D). Several pulses of conglomer ate occur at Senora de Brezales; these are traceable laterally for 20-50 m. At Hortezuelos (Fig. 1), conglomerates near the base of the succession are monomict, dominated by angular 2-4-cm clasts of grey micrite. Elsewhere, the conglomerates are polymict ('polygenetique' of the French usage; Salomon, 1982). Clast lithologies include: 1 fossiliferous yellow-orange packstones containing 0.5-mm quartz grains and brachiopod fragmentsthese are derived from the marine lower Callovian; 2 pink to grey micrites, commonly partially recrystallized- these may represent subaerially weathered clasts of marine carbonate from the Talveila Formation, Middle Jurassic, or Liassic; 3 pink oolitic grainstones- these are especially common in the southwest of the study area, and were probably derived from Middle Jurassic shallow water carbonates; 4 rarer, small ( < 1 em) clasts of red sandstonethese may be derived from red sandstones in the Senora de Brezales Formation, or from Triassic red beds. The conglomerates show few sedimentary struc tures, and are mostly clast-supported. Matrix supported conglomerates occur at a few localities, as at Senora de Brezales and La Gallega (Navas road), but even in these cases there is little mud and the matrix is comprised of sandstone.
227
Interpretation
The channels provide evidence of powerful, strongly erosive flows which were probably intermittent events associated with sporadic heavy rainstorms. The wadi-type channels were incised into the uncon formity surface on uplifted blocks, and locally, as at Espej6n, into finer grained deposits of the Senora de Brezales Formation. Away from the fault scarps, flows spread out into sheet-floods, depositing tabular units of conglomerate and sandstone. Carbonate rocks
Pedogenetic carbonate horizons are interbedded with the red sandstone facies of the Senora de Brezales Formation (see above). Carbonate horizons also rest directly upon marine Jurassic limestones in interchannel areas. Laminated limestones are present in the north of the study area, lying either directly on the uncon formity surface (as at Castrovido and Mambrillas de Lara; Fig. 1), interbedded with or cross-cutting the sandstones and conglomerates (as at Hortezuelos and Mamolar; Fig. 4E & F) or developed as exten sive sheets resting on conglomerate bodies (as at Quintanilla de las Vinas). The laminae are irregular and undulating, consist ing of 1-mm alternations of light and darker grey (rarely black) micrite. Many of the laminated hor izons display a fabric of horizontal 1-mm pale beige, concentrically laminated carbonate tubules 0.5 mm in diameter filled with sparry calcite. At Senora de Brezales and at Espej6n (Fig. 1), a succession of marly, brecciated and heavily mottled carbonate horizons is interbedded with sheet-flood and channelized conglomerates. These sediments display a complex reticulate fabric produced by horizontal 2-20-mm layers of laminar calcrete and vertical tubular structures 1-10 em in diameter and up to 1 m in length. Some of the vertical structures are composed of homogeneous micrite, but others show an internal fabric similar to that of the laminar horizons. Between these structures, the mottled marly, or sandy, matrix commonly contains abun dant fine carbonate strings and spar-filled angular, branching cracks. At Senora de Brezales, stacked laminar horizons form mound-like structures 5 m across with a relief of 0.5 m (fig. 9a in Wright et a/., 1988).
228
N.H. Platt
Interpretation
The carbonate horizons within the Senora de Brezales Formation are interpreted as calcareous palaeosols. The laminated limestones are similar to laminar calcretes described from modern exposure surfaces in Florida by Multer & Hoffmeister (1968). Although similar in some respects to laminar stro matolites, an absence of diagnostic algal structures, such as calcified filaments (Read, 1976), and their association with pedogenetic features, suggests inter pretation as biogenic laminar calcretes or 'rhizolites' (Wright et a!., 1988). The fine spar-filled tubules are interpreted as root structures (rhizoliths). The beige micrite coating may either be a replacement of the root tissue itself (internal septae commonly form the characteristic 'alveolar texture' of Esteban, 1974), or may be made up of layers of concretionary car bonate precipitated around the root. A more detailed description of the laminated horizons is to be found in Wright et a!. (1988). The thickness and abundance of laminar calcrete horizons towards the top of the formation point to long periods of root colonization, both on the surface and beneath it. These times were punctuated by occasional input of fine-grained distal alluvial clastic material, producing an alternation of laminar cal cretes with mottled sandstone or marl. Desiccation and the action of larger roots were probably respon sible for most of the observed brecciation of the carbonate horizons. Brecciated, mottled carbonate horizons are also common within the basal part of the overlying Rupelo Formation, and in places there may be an upward transition between the Rupelo and Senora de Brezales formations. Although Platt ( 1986) con sidered these to be two essentially separate units, they may be partial lateral equivalents.
GEOMETRY OF LATE JURASSIC UNCONFORMITIES
The study of Upper Jurassic facies distributions is complicated by the presence of at l